Division of Mollusks Sectional Library Mune yt HTL a ott iivaall t iy fet sah OH jos MiLUS3 vii: DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE AND LABOR Moll. BULLETIN OF THE eRe AU OF FISHERIES Re aac, Division of Mollusks 191 | Sectonal Library IN TWO PARTS—PART I JAN 2 6 1989 LIBRARIES GEORGE M. BOWERS COMMISSIONER WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE * 1913 A BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF THE WATERS OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY * In Two Parts Diviein ee WY eu m of Molluelre Bd PART I Section I—PHYSICAL AND ZOOLOGICAL. By Francis B. Sumner, Ray- mond C. Osbum, and Leon J. Cole. Section I—BOTANICAL. By Bradley M. Davis. MS Pa ee i ran) 4 0) i a) BP ae Be es Bae Ne pg nh a CONTENTS. ; &* PART I. Page. SEcTION I.—PHYSICAL AND ZOOLOGICAL. By Francis B. Sumner, Raymond C. Osburn, and eonmp Coley teins vcore’ we AB Es he coh Seetuee ate GAS ET OR ts PE ee ae eA PREY oe Coot te II CUE SST) DET pn ee EDS OR Oe One ai So ee Pe Ee II Me Geaprapnicall and: pliysicall COMAMMONS | ofits /5 cep vege oie yeh © siciere ste!> exopapnieks Pegs 28 Ts Gaal Phas SSE SNORE ACM O Mm eM OOD ce moth Mane Ca mire Iaae nanny a Rie oT Oe 28 2. Character of the Shores and Ottoms: ooo. 5 fase: elec eva ocee occ ste es ates ee myosin ais 20 De (UPA ENG |S CER ae HALRB OMS THOS COME Ae Ben ewes ae eI Stamm Toe aeE 34 Lig ANSTIOVES EY AUTO ALS CAS AUER, SAMA Ek SRT oA Nes a aa 38 isp KSEA TET O ISS cco 8 Sevce Eich RO EEA RISE CoN ONE OCS TSEC gn nee aa Te 52 BRT ea SR AOPSIs Olpz00 lop iCal iat sy mye rel ee eee CR ire ee Fy hc oPaacs tera xt e She a5 0. «/ hotels 8 55 Rem PET OSed pith TECOLGS pore tant betsy Raps gshones yates) ae ge bade! i laf nc cease he ie 55 Dre Me ISR OTM CH ALES cir cc A yes ec ep cera Si slal poke ath ssisee! 1 vinewlen Gee dessanets 62 3. The fauna considered according to regions and habitats................. 64 4 bhe average yield of the dredge Marly cialis siecle wel 5s ae 2 elas aoe 77 Ra Pxplanatiomon dhe talitalicatalopien ctx clases ia keie Gg oles Aen sie 80 Bastea SVnOpsis OhtatinalcCALalogey irae tsi h ic eras echo es ies 84 7. Comparison of the Woods Hole catalogue with certain others. . = asie eege 85 pbhe falta considered by systematic groups atic ioc no cbse cs ce Bisuelege sie cle viele wee QI TLOUO ZO Ae iareen sss ies ons to yi nAn ny ap Me tihice aea EAs age eat ses Ket e5,)8) aid) je/e hie QI Ds DOMME eA RA AAO OES SS AL doo iE Cet come Yee Deere eRe eRe ae aA eS ae 93 Pea CELEMLOK ACA ple Sorc, s Tours Mec teeth Peas T et Peae Nya same t ec nat 20 )k iuace bd ae 95 Zo Platyuelminthes,, Nemathelmimthes (ete. ooo epi) iyeries «ss Sic. TOL BES VOZO Cy tect neha tet fer stni eae Ace reich da abe 5s nee lS 102 GMP CHINOMEL MAA: Mey Plain Ray sve Mae wey Me cee casks dee tai As! os hogar 110 em ANSITU I AL ANIC SO PIUTA CULL yoo eal fea tiehey gs cher Vs apo aie seni ate p atopy voce II7 <2 eA iL nga 00 fa Yee as ma del Oa I ORE a ea 126 MME MYO POG aire reteset cue Ue Ne Chae Meet despre a. 2 OF allah ove a.a' Sale 127 TEPOStrACO CA de Me ott eta fies, ph Stem ener sole aaueues Ni blenaas Sy cin state ole te We s 127 TATSI COPED OC ay er cote tgs re sre RR RC OAR ALAS aac sks ee iecl atest os 128 Tie MGs bon of (0 5 Larvae RT MEIN one CEPI, ety en IN ah reee, eee eee 128 Wig det #450) 15) 0:56 Be, ie mm ated Rea ly OPEN) NTI IERIE PE Anne 131 SU Pe MESO TIO A text cereseiiy oko cterece ae ste iaieior tap a yete trap ciara eeg se Sead dugid sve talk 135 vu. Schizopoda, Cumacea, Stomatopoda............................ 137 WITT LW ECAPOG AT) 5 nel Rd LMR RaSicLS Ne ea eieanieta hoe tenn a) Bile Seopa 137 EXPE UP UOSUITA setaue: 5 lstgsichn acieicers sana chaearcen ga de McAaltNa es here gts ooeiine a ste 142 Keqe ONO PORIGAN i sat gaae, ey yea nia eeesyh Maan tine Cheater ered eh cis eon als, 142 Mi asecta andvArachmiday verso Wir eon ivaeearen ties cos sae Sieh gees 143 ap MOMNISCa Reimer ant tenant eer ta nici aha he iasremb cs ahs eae iaa ae 143 DAE CLECY POCA mire teeter Peery ee Peet at irae. cords S ais) 5 Sue cua mak 146 EWA PMINELICA sack athe) tots note ea ely es lk La a laida oa hgs 150 adi SETS Tro) O08 Volta clase. Pm ORL! Ce Ui ate le cc te a 151 EV MCAD al O POG Ares. cider ire Mapa haa ace sbavelet arate tee iciel Ss Seles eid 204 155 TPN 1G LOOT Ales ae Aaei ys, Fa aa SATs le tee Octal Johns RBS bs BO cven Muay Soaked es 155 i, ATER E IE eae beh beeseeeeateh AWG cuties nal BOS ERR IEP Mee Pa ec a a 155 BENSCOS Wet iio Hayes ots POA Ma 9 ketal ote ied Ny Biaes elevate tapers ensign save. o's atboate! cede 160 AG ae CG EMA AV EGs WIATEINANEED Freee eet ial fe ms el eTee ioe Siete SI AE ee ep eyrare den Hage stete ie 169 5 ' © CONTENTS. SEcTION I.—PHYSICAL AND ZOOLOGICAL—Continued. Page. Chapter V=;heoreticall considerations:/7j--.4.neeee tee oe oe eee Oe eee 170 z. Factors determining distributions: een yen s\.c eee eke eae eee 170 2. The local fauna as influenced by the character of the bottom............ r7I 3, he danitence oli tempetatitery-arwiss te 2 c/a else eee Retain: 174 4. Che influence of depth!) o..eocaciae dens oi de eee oaeie ooh eee ee 178 5. Position of the local fauna in zoogeography..................0..eceeeeee 181 6. Comparative distributions of closely related species..................... 185 7. Changes in the composition of the local fauna......................-0.00- 190 83) Conteltsiont yn 3.5 fcr eiee oars ce rete one Sins Rated o ayvinioen. feiuisla rae tee 192 Bibliography, for sections cc sb.5) ops eae SO ok ieee eid eccnclas 22 Sh Cea ee ee ee 193 Description of dredging stations occupied during the present Survey..................... 201 Ciarts ta 2 27 saa dasa tied Ss MRP ne atin tens sidlnne Crete aye ciatc iss ee rake dar eve chee a ee 219 Section II.—Boranica,. By Bradley Moore Davis.............. 0000s cece eee eee eee nee 443 Chapter I. Introduction....... Ha scay elas tia cavalo We Viegas heel a Se Rats Bias Smeets: ae An ee 443 II. Some factors affecting the distribution of algze at Woods Hole and vicinity........ 445 Li MBCNCOASE Lie cal Nelge See Wis senses Sie ean Urea te Wi aia telcte RAE Hh act ine eRe cece tke Serpe 445 2. ‘Dae bottom in deeperiwater. sc chess dyin ae sein tarde eee lee eras 445 2.) the tides|and! tidal eutrents.)3. 05 42/20 ec. e)s c-cd uel ale ae eee 446 7 Wiad bj v(eY 2) i (2th 0) ip Core Nelda ie a aa eR eel UT oie 446 5s Deptha OF Watery ees hie sans sacs sfecncnaynigesls wit fe Papas (sina oie eteinenen teh see 447 (sane Wd ol Benes see RP ea ee ees ru a es SE eee iG occ oa 0 448 7. letmperatire and seasonal’ changes: -.25 sssec0 . ani) o2 ache ae ee eee 449 8. Salinity of the’ water ii oo nscale oss sie ekeiinitvnen Acca aerere tyes ayaa eee 452 III. Characteristic algal associations and formations at Woods Hole and in Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound oo ceo ee a siicke es eles se hye eles eee 453 Algalassociations? oie) onss.cs sates cowie nieineln tyeraialsos tee Saket ec ae eae 456 The cool-water sublittoral formation... 2.0.6.0... eee ee 468 The warm-water sublittoral formation. ......................-.0e eee eee 7 age Phe Zostera formation... yo. saved cc. be eee ee ae seein ree ae eee 472 ‘A winter /sublittoral formation ...)00.2/.0. ob ees) hee aeie o aa ee 473 The littoral formations.) 8.8. Mew aaah as cy anton eee hn 474 Mhe\ plankstowy yy. secs e ans cous cele eft iste eee eels eats Seta te ate a eo) eee er 475 IV. A report on the alge of Spindle Rocks, Woods Hole Harbor...................- 476 V. The distribution of marine alge in the deeper waters of Buzzards Bay and Winey ard’ Sota 7) Wise ucts = Srclc yt Sabaicee Regen sie a eet ee 480 r. the middle/regionsiof Buzzard’s Baye. 22.22.5252 acs oe ae ee 480 2. The middle regions of Vineyard Sound.................. PARR oo 3 482 3. Certain inshore regions of particular interest...................2....000- 487 4. Some statistics relative to the distribution of alge in Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sounds pie suspen Ganrantanniter ieee wikis ate ciatenate AONE ee 404 Niterature cited ‘for Section Pl) 1) G24 cgi ceases Heietsiasetsr einen sp caesar): Slee eae 497 Charts 2282974 ae ihe cae er alte aver aici jeyabele nl saatete ieletonsi caste ai tah inte Cea eeite atekec ian leet tcc een eae 498 Chart No. m, Biloculina ringens.........50. 00sec ens 2. Miliolina seminulum.................. ae mibolma oblonga... . 222i. eee 4. Miliolina circularis. ...;..)0. 0002). 528% 5. Polymorphina lactea................... 6. Discorbina rosacea.................... 7. Pulvinulina lateralis. ....:....../.0... Bernorala beccanit, 5.066 8208). Sew BRMCHAUNA SH oo ccs be aoe ee er aes %3- Microciona prolifera.................. maeobermnartia tiarella: 3222.55.45. 502.0098. 15. Hydractinia echinata.................. 16. Eudendrium ramosum................. m7. Hudendrium dispar................... 18. Tubularia couthouyi.................. Ege abibitlaria crocea. ©........00. 0602s eens mo mObelia geniciilata.. 0... SFP es 21. Halecium halecinum................. a2. Ahitiaria argentea.......500 62.00.0605 az. ochizotricha tenella. ...2.. 20.28 24. Alcyonium carneum.................. Metridium dianthus................... BOLeASHANgIA Canes... svi eke en kee EMCMISIA COULHEA <55.04 cee cee eer es ao. Tiubultpora liliacea... 3.4605 20.200 1% Bye PEACANATOUWINA sc. . 4c ok ge oe eee Pebicellaria ciliata 3... .6c00e ae tee ae 2 GRIST ER a 1 Rs ce? 32. Membranipora pilosa.................. 33. Membranipora monostachys............ . Membranipora tenuis................. 35- Membranipora flemingii.............. 36. Membranipora aurita................. By. Cribrilina punetata. ..... 205252. 38. Schizoporella unicornis................ 39. Schizoporella biaperta................ (eippothoa hyalina’, es.) rh: Ax.) Cellepora americanaiy 20. 42. Lepralia pallasiana and americana... . Ag. Leprahia pertusa.......0.0 evens tise . Smittia trispinosa nitida............. 45- Bowerbankia gracilis. ................. Chart No. . Hippuraria armata................... . Henricia sanguinolenta............... > Asterias forbest .: 23552 ee . Asterias vulgaris......... ee EES Pe . Amphipholis squamata............... . Strongylocentrotus droebachiensis .... . Arbacia punctulata..2) 2507 as . Echinarachnius parma................ : Hulalia annulata, 9. ee Les . Lepidonotus squamatus............... NEpHthiys ancisay.s: 1.1 Wie eas Sie » Nephthys bucera...28:)2e)jene. so eo: eNeteisipelagicavn cette tee . Platynereis megalops.................. > Marphivsa leidyi..<.1o. dasiece eee = Diopatraietiprea: . 2.6... 0h ee ee, pp Atabpella opalina.|. i. .csenenenn ee - Lumbrineris hebes.................... ey NANOE ;iligripesy. crest se ee en ae . Rhynchobolus americanus............ . Chzetopterus pergamentaceus.......... . Spiochztopterus oculatus......... » Weprea fitbra naycs.nsos.ce ; pista intermedian,,.......0ch. athe aes a Pista) palmatar 2s: ieee dee . Polycirrus eximeus.................... . Ampharete setosa.................... . Melinna maculata..................... . Cistenides gouldii.................... . Clymenella torquata.................. . Maldane elongata:.......2.000..082004 . Trophonia affinis ..................... . Parasabella microphthalmia........... . Pseudopotamilla oculifera............ . Hydroides dianthus....:.............. . Sabellaria vulgaris. ................... . Phascolion strombi................... . Balanus eburneus.................... - Lysianopsis alba..................... . Haustorius arenarius................. . Ampelisca macrocephala.............. . Ampelisca spinipes.................... > By DLs\serrata sti). sane anne The . Calliopius leviusculus................ 8 Chart No. QI. 92. 93- 94. 95: 96. Pontogenia inermis.................... Bateatsecunda.. it aecces secodue teen Gammarus annulatus.................. Elasmopuis levis! (20 7) ee see eee Atitonoésmitht 7.200. eee eee Ptilocheirus pinguis................... . Amphithoé rubricata................. =wASSAMAnMOraca fy jets el late tee - Hricthonius minax..... 2.052. .22sa5ea, . Corophium cylindricum.............. ~JUnciolavitroratarn . hcnie een ee > Caprellideersp 2..3..2.1 25 spbicudann aoe . Leptochelia savignyi.................. . Idothea baltica............ Spar ah een ae . Idothea phosphorea.................. . Erichsonella filiformis.................. . Crago septemspinosus.................. . Homarus americanus................... > (Pagurus pollicarisheemearnnn waehence cee > sPagunis/acadianus: 40-2 meer aerate . Pagurus longicarpus.................. Pe Ra gtints aati pese en See ee . Peliarmuticay, so) sastenran egitim - Libinia emarginata.................... -| Cancer itrorattisi coe eee eee , Canceriborealisns ni anne eee = Ovalipesiocellattis: 7. es seen ae . Neopanope texana sayi................ . Pinnotheres maculatus................. . Tanystylum orbiculare................ . Anoplodactylus lentus................ nOStheay Ahem Cake yaa eps ca ee yA pe ed PATIONI al Sitat pl eset er ee eee een ee 7) AMOMia aculeatal iam rirli ae eee eet . Pecten magellanicus.................. . Pecten gibbus borealis. ................ > Mytaliis\editlis yy iis eeeee toi tener - Modiolus modiolus.................... » Modiolaria migra; aasanmeme ere mCrenella glandilan+-) 2 aean ener jArca ponderosa...) ie naire ene an ie BPA Calbia SVeRSa seis riers ens ee ine . Arca campechiensis pexata............. » Niteula proxima,.. 5.)-nvs se vnee nee » oldia limatulay:.).< 2) sesame 5 SOSH) WOM bocce ar doo yes oo os ues . Venericardia borealis................. . Astarte\wndata:.... 20. eeee aereeeae » Astarte castanea... , :ieiiimisee arts eee . Crassinella mactracea...............0. . Divaricella quadrisulcata.............. . Cardium pinnulatum................... CHARTS. Page. | Chart No. 309 | 143. Levicardium mortoni................. B10))|/9144.) Cy clasislandicay..e.ese4..) nee 31I | 145. Venus mercenaria...................... 312 | 146. Callocardia morrhuana................. 313 | 147. Petricola pholadiformis................. ar4. |r48.)Dagelusiibbusiie 7.023.055) eee girs 49. Vellina teneray,/))..()) toh. ear 206), T5e.; Macoma)tental. \s-1)..0 ele ano eee 317 | 15z. Ensis directus....... 1 pi deitenst Sal heme 318 | 152. Cumingia tellinoides................... 319 53. Spisula|solidissima: 2...) 2554) eee 320 | 154. Mulinia lateralis....................... gar || t55.) Dhracia contadi. (>. saeauee ae ee 322 | 156. Cochlodesma leanum.................. B27 || B57. Lyonsia) byalinass 7 .ehoe) sen kien eae 324 | 158. Clidiophora gouldiana.................. 325) (59: Corbutla/comtractan ;e sesh ate 326 |) 100. Miya/arenatia..).)72. 4... 5. ene 327 | 161. Chetopleura apiculata................ 328 | 162. Tornatina canaliculata................. 329 | x03. Cylichnella oryza. ...:.0G. 70) sae 330 | 164. Busycon canaliculatum............... aan ||) 105. Busycon\ (Carica)... jadi a ee eee 332 | 166. Buccinum undatum................ oes 4g3 | 207. Uritia thivittata.”: .; cn ose ae 334 | 168. Ilyanassa obsoleta..................... 335 \| 169. Anachis avaray...... 0) peer eee 336) |) i70. Astytis lunatal ico.) 9: eae eee 337 | 171. Eupleura caudata.................... 338 | 172. Urosalpinx cimereus.................. 230) ||) b73.) Hulimayconoidea... 4:11.) ioe ago. |n74. Durbonillaisp.... ..)- Gaunt eee 341 | 175. Seila terebralis............ 342 | 176. Cerithiopsis emersonii................. 343 |) 277. Bittium’alternatum, ©). ) 1 yeeeeneee i ZA 1) P78.) CCI COOPer . o 54... eee eee 345 | 179. Vermicularia spirata.................. 346 | 180. Littorina litorea..................... 347 | rsa. Lactina puteola.)))..)).. .. ane ee 348 | 182. Crucibulum striatum................. 349 | 183. Crepidula fornicata.................... 350 | 184. Crepidula convexa.................... ggu | 285. Crepidula plana... u- anne nraene 352 | 186. Polynices duplicata.....-............. 353) | 187... Poliymices|Weros’) ..).iei sears ere 354 | 188. Polynices triseriata.................... 965 .| 289. Loligo pealit. .. ., 7aueaut 2) oaeerencann 356 | 190. Molgula arenata and Eugyra glutinans . 357 | tor. Molgula manhattensis................ 3h8 | nog. Styelaypartitans) Wevcrerinelkes slaw etes 250) 10g. ReLOp Mora witiclic hi amram iets inna 360 | 194. Didemnum lutarium................. Chart No. 195. 196. 197- 198. I99- 200. 201. 202. 203. 204. 205. 2006. 214. 217. 218. 219. 220, 221. 223. 224. . Density chart, . Surface temperatures, Amaroucium pellucidum............. Amaroucium pellucidum form constel- Amaroucium stellatum............... RAN AR PRE ACEH. #. erature We siae Mull es Syngnathus fuscus................... Ammodytes americanus............... Stenotomus chrysops.................. Tautogolabrus adspersus.............. Spheroides maculatus. ................ Myoxocephalus eneus................. Prionotus carolinus.................... PHOS SHEMtAS 2) wp eee oe oescassseas aie oi Paralichthys Gentatus: 9.95 65s sn nae: . Paralichthys oblongus................ . Pseudopleuronectes americanus....... . Lophopsetta maculata................ . Temperature chart, Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound, August, 1907 . Temperature chart, Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound, November, 1907. . Temperature chart, Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound, March, 1908...... Temperature chart, Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound, June, 1908...... . Density chart, Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound, August, 1907..... Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound, November, 1907 Density chart, Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound, March, 1908.... Density chart, Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound, June, 1908...... Curves showing annual range of air and water temperature at Woods Hole, Mass., 1902-1906 ... facing page. . Surface temperatures, Northwestern Atlantic Ocean—January, Feb- tiaty, March, April... ......0.... Surface temperatures, Northwestern Atlantic Ocean—May, June, July, Northwestern Atlantic Ocean—September, Oc- tober, November, December...... Cape Cod and aeighboring areas of land and water, showing geographic and hydrographic features (based, in part, on U.S.C. &G. S. Chart No. Woods Hole Harbor and vicinity, large scale (based on U. S.C. & G. S. Chart No. 348) 429 437 438 439 440 CHARTS. Chart No. 225. 226. Vineyard Sound, Buzzards Bay, and adjacent bodies of land and water, with especial reference to local geographic names, as used in the text (based on U. S.C. & G. S. Chart Nor)... .4e8 facing page. . Showing position of Fish Hawk and Phalarope stations of the survey, 1903-1907 .......... .facing page. . . Showing depth and character of bottom at each of the stations of the SUBVE Viste ase eniee: facing page. . . Chetomorpha melagonium............ . Cladostephus verticillatus............ = Arthrocladiasvallosal. 2. 5 4. +0 2 4 nels a WES mAnestianvATiGis scars tele cebae a criice . Dictyosiphon hippuroides............ ew Chotdayilitit comanccsen re eth ase ye a aminatiasAgarditi: Ws. asc teehee . Laminaria Agardhii var. vittata....... = Lamiinariatdiottata. 0. Jee itis. . dence . Sargassum Filipendula................ . Antithamnion cruciatum.............. o) COLA HEI. on etieies eei ] Gritiithsiatentisier «ccc. dees hae elon Seb lumaAria\ Clepatisya tere qi arene ives . Spermothamnion Turmeri...+.......... - opyridia filamentosa. .:5.).0...50-4- . Polysiphonia elongata.../.......... . Polysiphonia nigrescens........ . Polysiphonia variegata................ a Alanfelditrarplicata ns ve 2.0513 sibel aches den VW Chondrusichispiss. c225 accicaee sis a . Phyllophora Brodizi................. . Phyllophora membranifolia........... me Agardbvellateneray gsi. occ, 60 setae . Cystoclonium purpurascens........... . Cystoclonium’ purpurascens var. cir- Ue Champia parvitlanc 2: i) .0. ce... n Wbomemtatia, TOSeay iii y. ects ete lacie | Lomentaria imeinata.../04- 4). 55... 6. , Rhodymenia palmata...../..-:..2.2.-. . Delesseria sinuosa..................... . Grinnellia americana » Polyidessrotundus: see -iesee ces ae cee > Corallina offieinaliss eb she 5 4. sete . Hildenbrandia prototypus............ . Lithothamnion polymorphum......... peZosteraimmarina rs prec.) seis ceo aiaere . Distribution of alge on Spindle Rocks, WWariar7 st OOhrs cctenrerenmeicue eines sass Page. 442 10 Chart No. 268. Distribution of alee on Spine ioc Apr. 22, 1905....... 269. Distribution of algz on §, May 22, 1905........ , Zi Distribution of alge on spindle Rocks, June 29, 1905....-....--- 5 271. Distribution of alge on — Rocks, July 22H TOAE A Aile Spee as Tr bAT AL A BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF THE WATERS OF WOCDS HOLE AND VICINITY. oe Section I—PHYSICAL AND ZOOLOGICAL. By FRANCIS B. SUMNER, RAYMOND C. OSBURN, and LEON J. COLE. oo Chapter !—INTRODUCTION. “One of the necessary conditions for the intelligent understanding of a nation’s population, its resources and its needs, is the taking of an adequate census. So also we can have no proper appreciation of the resources of the sea, and of the means by which we may develop and conserve them without first making an accurate inventory of its inhabitants. This view was stated quite explicitly by Baird (1873, p. x1m) in his first report as Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, and has been the assumption upon which much of the scientific work of the United States Fish Commission has been based. Accordingly it was appropriate that the first annual report of the commission should contain not only a Catalogue of the Fishes of the East Coast of North America, so far as then known, but an extended report upon the invertebrate animals of one important section of the coast, and a list of the marine alge inhabiting this same region. The preparation of these detailed lists of the animals and plants occupying regions of greater or less extent has long been the favorite occupation of a certain class of natu- ralists. Such lists abound in the annals of botany and zoology. It is only thus, indeed, that we have learned how our planet is populated. The cumulative labors, first of individuals, then of scientific organizations and of governments, have given us the data from which to formulate the laws of geographical distribution. In the beginning we have the bare facts of occurrence; then correlations are established between given con- ditions of environment and the presence of given species or varieties; finally we are brought within striking distance of the great central problem of the origin of the species. So much for the scientific aspect of the case. On the practical side, faunistic and floristic studies need offer no apology for their existence. They have, indeed, formed a part of the established policy of our Government for many years. The Department of Agriculture has long maintained a biological survey of the land animals and plants of this continent, while our Bureau of Fisheries, following the example of its illustrious founder, has slowly but steadily been conducting a census of the inhabitants of our seas and lakes. Truly, these creatures are not all fit for food, nor indeed for any commercial purpose whatever—though we must add that there are probably many more animals and plants of economic value than we now realize. But the life of the earth is an inter- related whole. One species stands in relation to another as its enemy, prey, food, It 12 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. parasite, host, messmate, or the like, and intimate chemical relations may exist, as we find to obtain between the animal kingdom and the plant kingdom, as a whole. More- over, as we now view the case, all these multitudinous living creatures are, so to speak, related by ‘“‘blood.”” The knowledge which we gain from one is commonly applicable to its nearer relatives and frequently to a long series of other forms. Hence the futility of endeavoring, even on economic grounds, to restrict our investigations to food fishes or other animals of obvious commercial importance. What we learn from the study of a minnow is, in the great majority of cases, quite as applicable to a mackerel or a cod. But the minnow is easier to obtain’and easier to manipulate. Thus it is that we find a staff of experts, under Government employ, devoting themselves, in many cases, to the study of obscure and apparently insignificant forms of life. A full account of zoological explorations in the coastal waters of New England would occupy a volume of considerable size. As pioneers in this work stand forth the names of Gould, C. B. Adams, Couthouy, Desor, Girard, and Storer; of Ayres, Stimpson, Mighels, Leidy, and Louis Agassiz. A later period was inaugurated by the establish- ment of the United States Fish Commission in 1871, and the commencement of the mportant dredging explorations of Verrill and his colleagues. Beginning with the shallower waters of the bays and sounds of New England, these naturalists extended their observations to the broad continental shelf, and finally to the depths of the ocean beyond. ‘The construction by the United States Fish Commission of the steamer Fish Hawk in 1879 and of the Albatross in 1882 gave great impetus to the exploration of the deeper waters off the North American coast; although work of the first importance in this field had already been done by Pourtales and by L. and A. Agassiz with the Coast Survey steamers Corwin, Bibb, Hassler, and Blake, and by Verrill himself with various Government vessels detailed for the service of the Fish Commission. Many years ago, Woods Hole was selected by Prof. Baird as the most promising spot upon our coast for the commencement of a scientific study of fisheries problems. From the very outset he gathered about him a staff of naturalists of the type that was dominant in that generation—men eager to seek out every living thing concealed be- neath the waves, to describe and figure and name. Foremost among these was Addison Verrill, who, with his colleague Sidney Smith and some others, was for a years active in exploiting the marine fauna of New England. In spite of the previous observations of Desor and Adams and Gould and Stimpson, and the elder and younger Agassiz, who had already made essays into the waters of southern Massachusetts, Verrill and Smith found in Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay an almost virgin field. We begin to realize the pioneer nature of much of their work when we recall that even some of our most abundant and familiar species (e. g., Chalina arbuscula, Hydroides dianthus, Virbius zostericola, Orchestia agilis) were first described in the Report upon the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound (1873), while others, including some of our commonest ascidians, had been only recently described by Verrill from specimens taken in the vicinity of Woods Hole. Indeed, the report of Verrill and Smith, hasty and ill digested as it was, remains to this time our chief single reference work upon the fauna of this section of our coast. That first inclusive list of local species has been much extended, it is true, partly — by the original authors themselves, partly by a younger group of naturalists, who have prepared synopses and annotated lists of particular sections of the local fauna. Certain ec Y : BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 13 of these have been published by. the United States Fish Commission, others by the National Museum and by the Boston Society of Natural History. So far as they have dealt with the fauna of the Woods Hole region, it is fair to say that these papers are based chiefly, some of them perhaps wholly, upon records or collections made by the United States Fish Commission or by its successor, the Bureau of Fisheries. Within recent years reports have appeared comprising the following groups of animals repre- sented in our local marine fauna® Protozoa, Foraminifera, Hydrozoa, Meduse, Entozoa (of fishes), Copepoda (free), Copepoda (parasitic), Ostracoda, Amphipoda, Echinoder- mata, and fishes. Others dealing with the local Actinozoa, Bryozoa, and Polycheta are ready for press, and it is the policy of the Bureau of Fisheries to continue this work until every group having any considerable biological or economic importance has been treated in this way. The task undertaken by the present authors has been twofold: First, to make as complete a census as possible of the marine fauna and flora of an arbitrarily limited region within the vicinity of Woods Hole; and, second, to carry on systematic dredg- ing operations throughout that portion of this region comprising Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay.? In carrying out the former division of our work, i. e., the “census,’’ which appears as sections 11 and Iv of this report, we have resorted for data to a variety of sources. First of all we may mention the records of the dredging operations, including, on the one hand, those of the survey, in the restricted sense, and on the other hand the results of many special trips to various points within the region. It must be admitted, however, that out of the grand total of over 1,600 species of animals there listed, scarcely more than 500 are included in the dredging records; while of those species encountered in the dredging operations, the great majority had already been listed by previous writers. On the zoological side, at least, the main source of the data recorded in the catalogue was thus necessarily the literature treating of the local marine fauna. And of this the quantity is very great.© For 30 years or more Woods Hole has been the chief station for the pursuit of studies in marine biology on this side of the Atlantic. Fortunately, from the compiler’s point of view, a relatively small proportion of the resulting literature contains data relevant to the present work, since the trend of modern biological work is at present physiological and morphological rather than taxonomic and ecological.4 But the list of papers abstracted for the catalogue of marine fauna and @ The papers comprised in the ‘Fauna of New England”’ series published by the Boston Society of Natural History are not included here, since they have a different scope. bA brief report upon some of the results of this undertaking was prepared by the senior author of the present work for the Fourth International Fisheries Congress. (Sumner, 1910.) ¢In addition to making a general search for appropriate bibliographic references, almost to the date of publication of this teport, the following periodicals were examined systematically for data relating to the local fauna: American Journal of Science (from 1870 to 1907). American Naturalist (from 1875 to 1909). Biological Bulletin (complete to 1909): Boston Journal of Natural History (complete). Journal of Morphology (complete to 1909). Memoirs Boston Society of Natural History (complete to 1909). Proceedings Boston Society of Natural History (complete to 1909). Proceedings Washington Academy of Sciences (1899 to 1907). Proceedings U. S. National Museum (complete to rgr1r). Transactions Connecticut Academy of Sciences (1870 to 1907). U.S. Fish Commission bulletins and reports (complete to 1909). 4 A noteworthy illustration of this fact is the paucity of our data regarding the reproductive period of local animals. The meager notes of Bumpus, Mead, and Thompson comprise the larger part of such definite observations as have been recorded on this subject. 14 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. flora nevertheless contains more than 250 titles. Moreover, it has not been thought worth while for the purposes in hand to make any very thorough examination of the works preceding the publication of the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound, since Verrill and his collaborators have there included the rather scanty records of their predecessors. And only such statements were donsidered by us as relate directly to the occurrence of species within the limits of the region defined hereafter. Another source of the data accumulated in the course of our “census” was the wealth of information acquired during the past 40 years by the veteran collector of the’ United States Fish Commission, Mr. Vinal N. Edwards. Much of this, it is true, has already been incorporated into a score of different published papers, with or with- out due acknowledgment of the real source of the information. It is safe to say that most of the lists and synopses of Woods Hole species that have appeared since the first report of Verrill are based in large measure, if not primarily, either upon records made by Mr. Edwards himself or at least upon material collected by him. The descriptions and, in a large measure, the determination of the species have, however, been the work of others. It was found by us that Mr. Edwards still possessed copious notes relating to the yield of fish traps, fyke nets, seining trips, and tow-net collecting which had never been utilized; and that he had gathered much material which had not yet been iden- tified. Such records have been abundantly employed in the course of our work, and, in general, Mr. Edwards has been continually called upon for information during the preparation of the faunal catalogue. Indeed, one of the motives which originally prompted its compilation was a desire to incorporate in a permanent form the valuable but still unpublished data in the possession of this indefatigable collector and observer. From time to time notes of value have been contributed by various investigators belonging to the local scientific colony, who have become experts upon one or another group of animals or plants; and in certain cases considerable manuscripts have been furnished us, notably by Messrs. W. R. Coe, J. A. Cushman, W. C. Curtis, C. W. Hargitt, Lynds Jones, Edwin Linton, J. P. Moore, A. L. Treadwell, and C.B. Wilson. Likewise a card catalogue, which had been formerly maintained by the Marine Biological Laboratory as a receptacle for ecological notes, was put at our disposal by the director of that labora- tory, and a considerable number of these data were found to be relevant to our purposes. Mr. George M. Gray, the curator of the same institution, has also responded liberally to the numerous queries which we have put to him, and thus we have profited to a large degree from his wide experience as a collector. At the commencement of the present undertaking the practice was encouraged, among investigators in the Fisheries Labora- tory, of recording the results of collecting trips of any sort or of observations or dis- coveries which they might make by chance relating to local ecology. Later a printed form was devised whereby such random records could be entered upon single cards. Finally, although it was no part of the Survey, as at first planned, to include the littoral or intertidal zone, it was thought desirable to carry on a certain amount of careful shore collecting in order to obtain definite local records for the catalogue. With this in view, parties from the laboratory visited Nobska Beach and Point, Great Pond, Tashmoo Pond, Vineyard Haven, Lagoon Pond, Katama Bay, Cedar Tree Neck, Menemsha Bight, Tarpaulin Cove, Robinsons Hole, Nantucket Harbor, No Mans Land, West Falmouth Harbor, Scraggy Neck, Wareham River, New Bedford Harbor, and Round Hill Point. No such exhaustive inventory was made at these shore stations as was the case with the BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 15 dredging work, and lists of the aggregate fauna and flora at these points were not pre- pared; but definite records of occurrence were obtained in some cases where previously only general statements had been given, and the range of some species was extended in an interesting manner. The territory covered by the ‘‘census’”’ was the entire ‘‘Woods Hole Region,” to use a rather indefinite and much misused expression. This term, in the present work, is employed in a quite arbitrary sense, as judged from the viewpoint of zoogeography. Generally speaking, the Woods Hole Region has been held to include the entire area of sea and of littoral readily available for collecting purposes from Woods Hole as a base. Of course such an area comprises a great diversity of conditions, and supports a most diverse fauna and flora. In compiling the census the criterion generally employed in admitting or rejecting species was as follows: Records were admitted from points extending from Newport on the west to Chatham and Sankaty Head upon the east. Narragansett Bay, except that portion in the immediate vicinity of Newport, was excluded; but the whole of Buzzards Bay, Vineyard Sound, and Nantucket Sound were included, together with the ocean shores of Marthas Vineyard and Nantucket and the adjacent ocean area southward to the 20-fathom line. It is not a part of our present purpose to define and delimit the Woods Hole Region for future investigators. There is, ‘of course, no such region geographically speaking. Unfortunately this term, and even the name Woods Hole itself, have been used by various writers in an extremely mis- leading sense. Certain species have been listed in published records as taken at ‘‘Woods Hole” which we know to have come from considerable distances. In the case of certain fishes, indeed, it is quite evident that they were bathysmal species, collected at great depths and far from land. The second part of our undertaking comprises the systematic dredging operations which were conducted during the summers of 1903, 1904, and 1905, together with supplementary work carried on during the four following seasons. This project has been very generally referred to as the ‘‘Biological Survey of the Woods Hole Region,”’ and this term is a convenient one, provided that too much is not implied by it; for this has obviously been a biological survey in a rather limited sense. Neither the plankton nor the exclusively littoral (intertidal) fauna and flora are included within the scope of the operations in question, though abundant data relating to these are, of course, included in the ‘‘census.”’ The Survey, in this restricted sense, has been confined to Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay, with the exception of one day’s dredging at Crab Ledge, near Chatham. The Crab Ledge records, having been made with nearly the same degree of care and thoroughness as those made in strictly local waters, have been included within the limits of the present report, though otherwise they would not have been regarded as relevant to it. As will appear later, this procedure has made possible some most inter- esting and instructive comparisons. During the early explorations of Verrill in the waters adjacent to Woods Hole little system, or at least little regularity, seems to have been employed in the choice of dredging stations. Certain lines were followed, it is true, whose position appears to have been known with some definiteness, and the dredge was lowered at more or less regular intervals. These stations all appear upon the chart which accompanies his report (The Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound); but there is little if any reference 16 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. to specific stations in the text of that report. From the earliest days of the United States Fish Commission, when naval tugs and other small Government craft had to be requisitioned to meet the needs of its scientific explorations, down to the days of the Fish Hawk and Albatross, it has been the custom to record serially numbered dredging stations, with the bearings, depth, and other data by which each spot could be identified. From time to time lists of these stations have been published (Smith and Rathbun, 1882; Sanderson Smith, 1889). Thus far, however, no lists have ever been offered showing the total array of species found at the various stations, nor has the distribution of a single species been described in detail or plotted out graphically for local waters. _ Whether or not the data necessary for such an undertaking were ever gathered in the past, they have never been published, and those earlier records are scarcely available at present. For this reason it seemed desirable to repeat the earlier exploration of the shallower waters in the vicinity of Woods Hole, in an endeavor to deal with certain problems more intensively than has ever been done before. A systematic survey of the bottom of Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay was accordingly planned, with a view to showing (1) the aggregate fauna and flora associated together at each point dredged; (2) the detailed distribution of each species which was found; and (3) the depth, character of bottom, temperature, etc., which might explain the observed facts of distribution. The incidental discovery of new species would, of course, be welcomed, though this was not the primary object of the investigation. In the dredging work the steamers Fish Hawk and Phalarope were chiefly employed. With the former vessel much larger dredges could be used, and the position of the stations could be determined more accurately. The Phalarope, on the other hand, having a smaller draft and being more wieldy, could be employed in shallower waters. This vessel was consequently the one used for the inshore work, both in the Bay and the Sound, though the still smaller Blue Wing was employed on a few occasions. Three types of dredging apparatus were employed by us. (1) The beam trawl, of which descriptions and figures may bé found in several previous reports of the United States Fish Commission (Verrill, 1883; Tanner, 1884, 1897). The trawls employed in the present work were quite diminutive in comparison with those used in commercial trawling, having a beam length (width of aperture) of from 6 to 9 feet, and a depth of net not much exceeding 10 feet. This appliance can be employed to best advantage on a level bottom of hard sand or fine gravel, upon which the lead line fits closely. It is well adapted to scraping up the larger mollusks, fishes, crustacea, echinoderms, algz, etc., which lie upon the surface, but not to penetrating the sand or gravel; and it conse- quently fails to disturb those forms which burrow in even a slight degree. For this _ reason, and because of the large size of its meshes, the beam trawl was commonly not employed alone; but a dredge of the next type was ordinarily appended to the lower end of the bag. (2) The ordinary naturalists’ dredge, of the type originally devised by O. F. Miiller (see Verrill, 1883; Tanner, 1884, 1897; Agassiz, 1888). This, as is well known, con- sists of a heavy, rectangular, iron frame, to which is fitted the mouth of a bag of stout _ netting. In the commoner pattern the two longer sides of the frame consist of sharp, outwardly flaring edges, adapted to cutting into the sand, gravel, or mud;:and the ee ht ookd: BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 19) dredge is practically certain to drag in such a way that one or the other of these edges is lowermost. A modification of this type of dredge which was freely used during the present work was the ‘‘rake dredge,” which differs from the ordinary pattern in possessing heavy teeth along the cutting edge. The frame, in both types, is fitted with two heavy movable iron arms, to which the dredge line is attached. Commonly a comparatively light rope was fastened to one of these handles, so that in case an obstruction was encountered this line might part and allow the dredge frame to free itself without escaping altogether. The dredge net was protected from tearing by a sheathing of heavy canvas, which was attached to the frame outside of the net and formed a bag, open at the lower end. The netting commonly employed in these dredges had a }-inch or a 1-inch mesh® in the upper portion, while the lower end was quite closely woven. Such meshes were likely to retain not only the stones, shells, and the great majority of living organisms, but even considerable quantities of the bottom material. Fine loose sand, however, and in less degree mud, were likely to be washed out almost completely during the reeling in of the dredge line. Where such bottoms were encountered, the canvas sheathing of the dredge was frequently tied up at the lower end, or sometimes a simple canvas bag alone (mud bag) was attached to the frame. During the last season of the regular dredging work (1905) the mud bag was nearly always employed in connection with the beam trawl. It is obvious that a much fairer bottom sample could be collected in this way. The dimensions of the frame in the type most commonly used during the Fish Hawk dredging were 12 by 22 inches. A smaller size (8 by 16 inches) was, however, some- times used in the Phalarope and Blue Wing work. (3) The third type of dredge employed was the ‘“‘oyster dredge.’’” This was inter- _ mediate in size between the beam trawl and the scrape dredge and was very heavily constructed, being well adapted to use upon rocky bottoms. The scraping edge at the mouth of this implement was armed with powerful spikes or teeth, designed to dig deeply into the sand or gravel. The bag of the dredge was made up of iron rings, linked together after the fashion of chain armor. In order to retain the smaller organisms, this chainwork bottom was commonly lined with fine netting. The oyster dredge was employed on bottoms too stony for the other appliances, or where it was desired to penetrate more deeply beneath the surface. The Fish Hawk is a steam vessel having a length of 146 feet at the water line, or of 156 feet over all, a beam of 27 feet, and a draft of about 7 feet. She carries adequate machinery for the reeling in of heavy dredges, and despite her limited speed and unsea- worthy construction is an extremely serviceable vessel for scientific operations in quiet waters. A full description of the Fish Hawk has already been given by Tanner (1884), and therefore need not be repeated here. The material taken by the Fish Hawk dredges was commonly emptied into a series of trays, constituting the table sieve of Verrill and Chester (Verrill, 1883), having graded meshes, the coarser ones naturally being uppermost. After a superficial examination - and preliminary search for specimens a stream of salt water was played upon the mate- rial, and the sand, mud, and small unattached organisms were thus washed into the @ These measurements refer to the “‘stretched’’ mesh. Such meshes would be } inch or } inch square when open. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt 1—13 2 18 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. underlying, smaller-meshed trays. The contents of each tray were examined in turn, according to a system to be described later. The Tanner sounding apparatus? was employed at each of the Fish Hawk stations, together with the Sigsbee ‘“‘water specimen cup,’’ and the Negretti-Zambra thermometer. Thus the temperature and density were recorded, as well as the depth of the water. It was later realized, however, that the figures for temperature and density obtained during the regular dredging operations were not sufficiently exact for the purposes of the work, and, likewise, that no fair comparison would be possible of the different waters in the region unless we possessed a set of determinations which had been made nearly or quite simultaneously throughout its entire extent. For this reason a new set of temperature and density observations, taken with standardized instruments and within the briefest period possible, was made after the completion of the dredging work. Such determinations were repeated several times at intervals of a few months, so that the seasonal conditions are now pretty well known. ‘These will be discussed in a later section. The position of the vessel was determined in the earlier part of the work by means of an azimuth compass located on the roof of the deck house, just abaft the pilot house. Bearings were taken upon two, sometimes three, landmarks, usually lighthouses. This was commonly done just before the lowering of the dredge. The ‘‘station,” as re- corded on the chart, was thus the point where the dredge haul commenced, while the direction and amount of the drift was estimated rather roughly.? Later, tripods were erected upon a number of Coast Survey triangulation points and sextants were employed in locating the ship’s position. Angles were taken simultaneously by two observers, one of whom found the angular distance between X and Y, the other that between Y and Z. ‘The position of the vessel was determined both at the beginning and at the end of the dredge haul, and frequently at one or two intermediate points. Thus upon the maps the later stations in Vineyard Sound appear not as single circles but as straight or curved lines, at intervals in which are to be found the points (a, b, ¢, etc.) at which sextant readings were taken. The Phalarope is a steam vessel, originally designed as a yacht, having a length of 82 feet at the water line, or of 92 feet over all, and a beam of 16 feet. She draws 7% feet of water, and her average speed is probably about 11 knots. The Phalarope carries no dredging machinery and is not permanently equipped for this work. In landing the dredge a small derrick was employed, this being operated by hand power. The contents were emptied upon a special movable platform built over the forward cabin. A set of sieves was employed similar in principle but smaller than those used on the Fish Hawk. With this vessel the use of the beam trawl was impracticable, and even the oyster dredge ' was too heavy to be employed very frequently, though it was used to advantage under certain conditions. The second type of dredge mentioned above was therefore the principal one employed. Since the Phalarope dredging was, for the most part, done within a quarter of a mile from land, it was found to be possible to locate the stations with a fair degree of accuracy by reference to features of the shore. Bearings upon lighthouses were not commonly practicable, nor indeed were they believed to be especially desirable. The soundings indicated, with sufficient precision, the distance from land, and the direction @ For descriptions and figures see Tanner (1884, 1897). b This last has been omitted from the 1903 records. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 19 of various landmarks was noted. An ideal degree of accuracy in locating these stations might have been attained through the sacrifice of much time and effort, but it is doubtful whether the scientific value of this report would thereby have been greatly enhanced. In the case of both vessels the same general procedure was adopted in respect to the listing and the preservation of material. One or more of the authors of this report accompanied each dredging trip, and one or several assistants were detailed from the laboratory staff. On many occasions specialists interested in particular groups of organisms accompanied us on these expeditions and participated in the identifications. The more obvious and easily recognizable species were listed on the spot, mention being made of their relative abundance and other facts of interest. These observations were dictated to an assistant. At the same time samples of the sand, stones, mud, seaweed, etc., and any specimens concerning which the least doubt was entertained were preserved, with a record of the station from which they came. This material was later sorted over in the laboratory and further species were identified and listed. Those concerning which there was still any doubt were bottled and subsequently referred to the proper specialists. Formalin was commonly employed for fishes, mollusks, coelenterates, and worms, alcohol (after the earlier dredgings at least) being generally used for crustacea, bryozoa, and echinoderms, the calcareous parts of which, as is well known, are damaged by formalin. The authors of the zoological section of this report early familiarized themselves with a large proportion of the commoner species encountered, including the great majority of larger animals, and after a few preliminary safeguards it was believed that any one of us could identify these with a fair approach to certainty. Minute organisms, or any which required careful study before they could be specifically determined, were either subjected to careful examination in the laboratory by the authors themselves, or, more commonly, were reserved for reference to one or another of the taxonomic experts who have assisted us. Acknowledgment must here be made, accordingly, to the specialists who have given their services, in most cases without any remuneration, to the task of identifying the Survey collections. The following deserve mention: Dr. Paul Bartsch (mollusks), Dr. R. P. Bigelow (decapods), Dr. H. L. Clark (echinoderms), Prof. W. R. Coe (nemer- teans), Dr. J. A. Cushman (Foraminifera, Porifera, Ostracoda), Dr. W. H. Dall (mollusks), Dr. B. W. Evermann (fishes), Dr. J. H. Gerould (sipunculids), Prof. C. W. Hargitt (coelenterates), Prof. S. J. Holmes (amphipods), Dr. B. W. Kunkel (amphipods), Prof. F. M. MacFarland (nudibranch mollusks), Dr. J..P. Moore (annelids), Prof. C. C. Nutting (hydrozoa), Dr. H. A. Pilsbry (barnacles), Miss M. J. Rathbun (decapods), Dr. Harriet Richardson (isopods), Prof. W. E. Ritter (simple ascidians), Mr. R. W. Sharpe (copepoda), Dr. W. G. Van Name (compound ascidians). The part played by each of these specialists will be referred to in connection with the various divisions- of the animal kingdom. A few insects, most of which were taken during the shore and brackish-water collecting, were identified by a number of entomologists in the National Museum. In the case of certain groups it was found impossible to obtain any assistance from previously trained specialists, or at least to the extent needed for the complete identi- fication of our collections. In such cases it became necessary for one or another of the authors of this report to acquire a certain degree of mastery of the group in question. This has been true particularly of the Bryozoa, Cirripedia, Amphipoda, Isopoda, and Pycnogonida. 20 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU QF FISHERIES. The identification of the first-mentioned group of organisms was undertaken by Dr. Osburn, who, asa result, has been led to the preparation of a synopsis of the Bryozoa of this section of ourcoast. Dr. Osburn likewise disposed of the isopods collected by us after the first season’s work. The pycnogonids and a large proportion of the amphipods from our dredgings were identified by Dr. Cole, while Dr. Sumner has given considerable time to an examination of the barnacles of the survey. The study of the Foraminifera, Porifera, and Ostracoda was first undertaken by Dr. Cushman, while employed as a salaried assistant in the Woods Hole Laboratory during the progress of the survey. In respect to the second-named group, his identifications are admittedly somewhat tentative. The determination of the marine alge was carried out by Prof. B. M. Davis and Miss Lillian MacRae, one or both of whom accompanied nearly every dredging expedition belonging to the regular series. Doubtful cases were referred to Mr. F. S. Collins, to whom our thanks are likewise due in this place. Various types of printed cards and other blank forms have been employed in the course of this work. (1) A large sheet 12% by 16 inches, of which an incomplete repro- duction appears below. Upon this were transcribed the original dredging records, made in the field and in the laboratory.“ The array of species for each station was here given, together with various relevant notes. This form was drawn up and adopted before the commencement of the dredging operations and before the requirements were definitely known. Experience has very naturally suggested changes. The columns headed ‘‘Sexual condition,’ ‘‘Age or size,’ and “Special habitat’ might better be dispensed with, since such data can only be properly recorded for each dredge haul separately, and the column headed ‘‘Total”’ is likewise of no use. Furthermore, there should have been ten columns instead of five devoted to dredging stations, since more than five dredge hauls were commonly made during a single day’s work. It might also be worth while, in another edition of these sheets for local use, to print the names of the species which occur most frequently in the lists. COLLECTING REcORD.5 hor RM Be 28 ora i ap Pr IT eC ALCL RS ce Sab oh cs iter ottah tet See ODSEFPvVers). ciccus Jasuines see eee eee Remarks. PUNE OLAV i. oreo eae re ee ree Number of set or 1 2 3 4 5 2 Jie esd bee haul, etc. | ot Bef Vita RE In Snare) PRES Shee EA oe PRC NG Oks Bays Peeler Loealityfinidegst| anemia date ctaseineercrts Jose es[e eee e eee cece eee cheese nage eee and mins. 2 Boel a 2 eM me eh eed tis nn ace, TRO, = Ba Depths. cd Kk y eek sp lew Te ON creccncyall ava sip alle a fp, cued Stevan Atirtentperatitee si:.0 Selsey ses winter aces Bird @haracterof bot~ Jie. side de sll dedie st haece elle seevoralls hs ge sulepetse: Sotelo ee eee eee tom. AAV as lhe Blass prcane thc Hide BMA Onc chad a Oe ont ebb Water tenmpera='|[), 52/5) cae. sigs cictotlfs are ss] 5 09020 alin ate ale ceve oie nel Ce se Rete eee : ture, surface. Prroficonditienss <5). 1.8K a eayee cee ote Water :tempera=s|.<.caulcjesecafncss Jape’ dls DOkdilet kot eeeraneld «er eee ture, bottom. Wethodlofcollecting se --pmese coe ae eee: Detistty of waterihy tc ctcd sols ss ietcin stretl scope i spai| state eyatall mintere veal teow ne eee : i Species. ke SoReal — me Total. Special Remarks. PPA Pan, ee Pe ee ree oe ee eer oe Eyer tants ae ae he a ea) Ate heat | PN uh at 2M RIN AN OE oe | b In the form actually used there was space for a large number of species. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 22 (2) From an analysis of these large sheets the distribution of each species was ascertained. ‘rhe list of stations for each of these species was recorded serially upon large blank cards 5 by 8 inches in size. Here were entered, along with each station number, the abundance, where stated, or any item of interest which had been noted in the original records. These cards, under each major group, were arranged alphabetic- ally and kept for reference. The distribution of each species by stations could thus be determined on a moment’s notice. (3) A sheet 8 by 11 inches in size was devised, having the headings indicated herewith. This was intended either for use in abstracting data from various pub- lished records, or for the entry of information furnished directly by observers. A single sheet was devoted to each species so listed, and the printed headings are self- explanatory. These sheets were padded in blocks of 50 each. ReEcorRD BLANK FOR NoTES Upon LOCAL SPECIES. ObSenVEtSMAIHIO ME EER MOLE tee re ets ae, Fhe ede ne. pa be aaa IG, HEALS. ws punmrknareels Beet ops Aas Ai eiaciotss mie a tenet Reha eC arn DRS are ene els, Mare or MANES SEM IMES EDOM TEU LOCAL ae ys eet ne. een anata eth ore Mee ress n ce Feersleleete a) ste ale ed ccce's «estag coe cunlere a “gp TT? ny nheyner a eres a ges 1 & Rare ec ads oOo ibe 4 eiehes MEME Rio ipa e, ens ray ue ae ea a a Ee AE SO Distribution, geographical (state any locality where species is known to occur)....................05- Mistbiition. seasonal (with exact dates, incase of rater SpeCles)). 55... jos aya cee ie ee ete ees ee MMRDA MAO Up Migel [PALASIUC) esas rapa oe cp tgs alads ousfunynienas eecutsbpaiae ak ckcewvase ho tee pry atibsclend’ tect io Slate, Galle an feepmenetion (sextal condition, breeding habits, €tc.)..... 2.20.0. e eee eee eect mente eee ee ane eeeamrrininerifectincert.. teat ter wal Pee Notte. SAWS RN, LER Rade IE a By 2 Economic data........... PSN LOM eB ae Uae ne Rs aim 6 MEN Ad Fel! Se bells hens: Ree R hye eat eines: Peseretercrnuitteratitite, (tolocal ocertrence) only): salen cars syays cyan Save sci uns oh hela aealershs athe wiv sind pemepep ties Remarks (any ecological or other data of interest. May be continued on back) (4) A rather elaborate system of cards was devised for recording in permanent form the summarized data derived from all of the sources detailed previously. Separate cards 4 by 6 inches in size were printed, with headings corresponding to each of the subdivisions of the sheet just described (3). The name card was of heavier material and provided with a projecting index margin, or “tab” intended to bear the specific name. Thus a complete record for a single species would consist of 11 cards, although, as-a matter of fact, this number would seldom be used, owing to the lack of certain data. In addition, a heavy red index card was provided for each family, and a blue one for each class. A large mass of data was transcribed upon these cards in typewriting, but it must be confessed that the system was found to have serious faults in practice. In the first place, it was, as should have been foreseen, too cumbersome. In the second place, data were entered on different cards which should not have been separated. For instance, “ rela- tive abundance”’ should not commonly be separated from ‘‘ geographical distribution,”’ since it often happens that a species may be abundant in one locality and very rare at others. The phrase “scarce to abundant’’ does not describe such a situation with sufficient precision. In a similar manner “habitat’’ and “season,” or date, should be included with each individual entry of the occurrence of a species. The total number of cards per species should evidently be greatly reduced. Nevertheless, the system, even as described, served a useful purpose during the preparation of this report; and it is @ The burdensome task of transcribing these records was carried out with great care and precision by Mr. C. V. Morrill. , 22 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. recommended that a simplified card catalogue be maintained at the laboratory in the future for the reception of further data as they accumulate. Such a system, if properly cared for, would furnish a receptacle for fragmentary notes and records which otherwise would be lost. (5) For occasional or random observations by local observers a provisional mode of entry was adopted and another type of card, uniform in size with the last, was printed for the purpose. This card, although likewise capable of improvement, proved to be extremely useful. We trust that the following explanations and admissions will not be construed as an apology for the results herein offered. Without such a frank confession of the limita- tions of our work and of the difficulties encountered, we should expose ourselves to the criticism of making pretensions which have not been realized. It is only fair to our- selves that we should disarm such criticism as is based upon the assumption that we have enjoyed greater facilities and opportunities than was actually the case. Moreover, fairness and scientific accuracy demand that there be a clear separation between those of our results which we regard as clearly established and those which are to be regarded as merely probable. The reader’s confidence in what we trust are really sub- stantial and valuable acquisitions should not be shaken by the discovery of various undeniable sources of error and uncertainty. The fact must be emphasized at the outset that the work of the Survey, with a few important exceptions, was restricted to the summer months. The vessels employed were commonly available not earlier than July 1 and not later than September 1. ‘This is likewise the period during which those immediately in charge of the dredging opera- tions were free for work of this sort. Without exception, the biological staff was con- stituted by university or college men—instructors or graduate students—who were busily occupied in their teaching or their studies for about nine months of the year. From these circumstances there has resulted a two-fold limitation of the work. First, with respect to the dredging results, we can only offer a record of midsummer conditions; second, it is obvious that neither as much work nor as high a degree of prepa- ration can be expected of a staff thus constituted as from one composed of naturalists permanently engaged in pursuits of this sort. We must confess in all frankness that we found it necessary in large degree to develop our own methods through experience, and that the earlier dredging operations are to be regarded as in large measure practice work. This fact, however, has been recognized by the authors throughout, and for this reason the field of these earlier labors was explored later with far greater care and thoroughness. Due allowance must likewise be made for the fact that those of us who listed and sorted the dredging material in the field and in the laboratory make no pretensions to being universal naturalists having a “‘speaking acquaintance’’ with practically every species of animal and plant likely to be encountered by us. We will add the further admission that on many occasions no one of the party thus employed was a recognized authority upon a single group of animals, considered from the standpoint of taxonomy. But this state of affairs has resulted, we believe, almost wholly in errors of omission, many of which have been subsequently rectified. At the outset we familiarized our- selves with those species which were readily recognizable, and endeavored to learn in just what cases confusion was possible and special care necessary. The advice of BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 23 various systematic zoologists who happened to be at the laboratory was constantly sought. Specimens from each dredge haul of all species concerning which any doubt was believed to be possible were brought back to the laboratory for further examination, and were commonly bottled for reference to specialists. Some confusion of species probably occurs in the records here presented, especially those derived from the earliest dredging work; but we believe these cases to be few, and we have endeavored to indicate such possibilities in their proper place in the records. Moreover, the supplementary dredging trips to be mentioned below have removed many of these ambiguities. Cases of omission are doubtless present in great frequency, and many of them would have been inevitable under the most favorable circumstances. Microscopic organisms were entirely overlooked. The Foraminifera were collected and listed during only one of the seasons in which the original ‘“‘stations’’ were dredged. The smallest crus- tacea and worms, and in fact minute organisms in general, were undoubtedly over- looked in very large measure. Certain forms were regularly neglected during the earlier portions of the work, but were later sought for and preserved, after our attention had been called to them by special students of the organisms in question. This was particu- larly true of some of the more minute hydroids, Bryozoa, amphipods, and Annulata. The charts representing the distribution of such forms would consequently be misleading unless this fact were taken into consideration. The apparent absence of a species through- out a wide area would not in such cases imply its actual absence. But here again we have indicated such possibilities in the discussions of the various groups. In a large proportion of cases an example of a doubtful species was preserved from each station at which it occurred. Sometimes, however, a single specimen was chosen as representa- tive of a considerable number of stations. This proved to be a dangerous practice. It has sometimes happened (most often, perhaps, in the case of encrusting Bryozoa and of certain small mollusks) that the representative sample proved to comprise two or more species. The identity of the species which had been taken at the other stations was, of course, rendered uncertain. Such ambiguities are duly noted in the records, as also other possible sources of error and confusion. Again, certain misleading results have arisen from the differences in the dredges employed at various points. So far as these relate to the character of the bottom they will be discussed under that head. It need only be pointed out here that the beam trawl alone would bring up no bottom sample except occasional stones, and would thus miss most of the organisms except the larger algee and such animals as crawl upon the bottom or at least project considerably above its surface. On the other hand, the scrape dredge alone, on account of its small aperture, would commonly miss the fishes and other actively swimming organisms, and, indeed, would have a much smaller chance of gathering in any of the forms which dwell freely on the bottom. The burrowing species, however, or such, at least, as do not burrow deeply, would commonly be cap- tured. At the majority of the Fish Hawk stations, as already stated, the two were used together or in succession. During the earlier part of the work the bottom material (sand, gravel, shells, etc.) was not searched with sufficient care, and considerable numbers of species were doubtless overlooked for this reason. Later more careful methods were adopted, such as have already been described. 24 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Errors have doubtless crept in during the copying and tabulating of the records. It will be readily appreciated that the clerical work herein involved was enormous and that it was necessary to intrust much of it to assistants. Although methods of cor- roboration and verification were commonly employed, and while we believe the records to be reasonably free from errors of this sort, instances have been discovered of regret- table carelessness on the part of certain assistants employed during the earlier stages of the work. But the total number of such cases is in all probability proportionately very small; and they commonly can not seriously vitiate the results, since the most fre- quent errors made have been the transpositions of the records of adjacent stations. In no case can such a mistake have resulted in assigning to the fauna of our region a species which has not been found here, or even in the confusion of records from widely different points within the area dredged. And, finally, it must be pointed out that even our highest authorities are not infal- lible and that they do not in all cases appear to have been consistent in the determina~ tion of species. . But after making all these admissions—and honesty demands that they should be made—we insist emphatically upon the substantial accuracy of the results herein pre- sented. We have made due allowance for the various sources of error and have, in many cases, been able to correct them by supplementary work. Indeed, during every season since the conclusion of the original survey dredging trips have continually been made with a view to rectifying specific errors. To what degree these supplementary dredg- ings confirm the earlier results and to what degree they reveal inaccuracies or omissions. will be pointed out later. We have been most fortunate in having the active coopera- tion of more than a dozen systematic naturalists of high standing, without whose assist- ance, indeed, this work would have been utterly impossible. While, then, more and better work could have been done under ideal but impossible conditions, we think that no apology is necessary in offering the results already accom- plished. We are able to portray with a fair approach to accuracy the detailed distribu- tion of a large number of species of plants and animals and are able to portray with less completeness the distribution of a much greater number. We have been able to correlate, in a large number of cases, the peculiarities of distribution with peculiarities in the character of the bottom or with the temperature of the water, and to compare in an inter- esting way the distribution patterns of closely related species. And, finally, we believe that we have laid a foundation upon which others may build in the future. And here a few words as to the needs of the future may not be out of place. As it does not seem likely that those who have been most active in the present undertaking will be able to. devote much more of their time to it, we venture to offer the following tentative program to our possible successors: (t) A repetition of this entire dredging work after the lapse of 10 or 20 years would be highly desirable. We should recommend relatively less attention to Vineyard Sound and relatively more to Buzzards Bay. This later work could doubtless be accom- plished more rapidly than was done in the present case. The mistakes and failures of the present report could perhaps in considerable measure be rectified. Such a repe- tition of the present survey would not improbably reveal interesting changes in the occurrence of various species, and it doubtless would result in supplementing and cor- recting our rather experimental labors. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 25 (2) Seasonal changes in the fauna and flora should be determined by observations throughout the year. (3) A more definite system of classifying bottom deposits is desirable. (See p. 30-32.) (4) Temperature and density records should be taken throughout the entire region for every month of the year. (5) The intertidal and the pelagic fauna and flora should receive the same detailed attention as has been accorded to the bottom-dwelling species. (6) The limits of the area dredged should be extended from the mouth of Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound out to the 25-fathom line, and farther if practicable. Such work as has already been done points to the possibility that the limits of distribution of a considerable number of species would be successively encountered as the work was extended outward. We should likewise predict in full confidence a greater and greater predominance of such northern types as just enter Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay. We hope that such a program may be carried out in the future. Much of it could only be accomplished, it is true, by the establishment of a permanent scientific staff at the Bureau’s Woods Hole Laboratory. Our hope, therefore, embraces this feature likewise. The senior author of this report, as director of the Woods Hole Laboratory, has had general supervision of the Biological Survey from its inception, including executive man- agement, selection of assistants, correspondence with specialists, etc. Upon him, also, has fallen the duty of compiling the results and of writing the entire report, excepting that portion devoted to the marine alge. The latter has been prepared by Dr. Davis. On the other hand, both Dr. Osburn and Dr. Cole have played an essential part in this undertaking, and are fully entitled to rank as joint authors, During the summer of 1903, in which the Fish Hawk alone was used for the Survey dredgings, the field work and subsequent disposition of the zoological material were in direct charge of Dr. Sumner and Dr. Osburn. In 1904 the Fish Hawk dredging, after a few preliminary trips, was in charge of Dr. Cole, who was likewise largely responsible for the identification of the material collected by that vessel. During the latter season the inshore dredging with the Phalarope was commenced, and this, almost from the outset, was in charge of Dr. Osburn, who identified a large proportion of the specimens and drew up the records for these trips. During the summer of 1905 practically the same arrange- ments were continued, Dr. Osburn superintending the work of the Phalarope and Dr. Cole that of the Fish Hawk. Thus the two last-named members of the staff have been responsible for about four-fifths of the field work during the first three seasons of the Sur- vey dredging, together with a proportional amount of the task of identifying the zoolog- ical specimens, while perhaps one-fifth of this is to be credited to Dr. Sumner. This estimate leaves out of consideration the services of the botanists of the staff, Dr. Davis and Miss MacRae, who participated in the field work during the second. and third sea- sons of the survey. The supplementary dredging trips of later seasons were in charge of different mem- bers of the laboratory staff, according to the nature of the material sought. During the summers of 1907 and 1908 Messrs. D. W. Davis and C. B. Bennett were each detailed for duty on the Fish Hawk for a considerable number of days, with instructions to search for and preserve all material belonging to certain specified groups. The sorting and 26 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. subsequent disposition of these specimens fell to the lot of Dr. Sumner. The tempera- ture and density determinations of August, 1907, were conducted by Mr. D. W. Davis, the series of November, 1907, and of March and June, 1908, being carried out by Dr. Sumner. The temperature records of August, 1909, for Nantucket Sound and Crab Ledge were obtained by Dr. Osburn and Dr. Cole. The systematic shore collect- ing already referred to was almost wholly in charge of the two last-named persons, each supported by a number of assistants detailed from the laboratory, while a careful examination of the fauna of certain brackish ponds of the region was undertaken by Dr. E. D. Congdon. A really complete list of those who are entitled to rank as collaborators in the work of the Survey or in the preparation of this report would include a larger number of names than could well appear upon the title-page. Our indebtedness to Mr. Vinal Edwards has already been expressed, and the services of certain assistants have been acknowledged in the discussion of various phases of the work. No inconsiderable credit for such success as has attended our efforts must be given to the commanders of the vessels employed during the dredging operations. Especial mention must be made of the able services of Boatswain James A. Smith, United States Navy, and Lieut. Franklin Swift, United States Navy, commanding in successive years the steamer Fish Hawk, and those of Mr. Robert N. Veeder, commanding the Phalarope. A list has already been given’ of those who have aided in the determination of species, and reference has been made to the fact that certain of these experts accom- panied many of the dredging expeditions, or at least examined the material immedi- ately after its arrival at the laboratory. Thus Messrs. Bigelow, Cushman, Hargitt, and Moore, and Misses Rathbun and Richardson were each present at the Woods Hole Laboratory during one or more of the seasons devoted to the Survey operations. Acknowledgment must here be made of the cordial cooperation and willing help of the foregoing persons and a number of others throughout the preparation of this report. Each portion of the annotated list, or “‘catalogue,” has been referred to a specialist for the revision of the nomenclature. In the main, the list given on page 19 might be repeated with the following qualifications: To Dr. Dall has been referred the portion of our list relating to the Mollusca, with the exception of the nudibranchs and the Pyramidellide, concerning which Dr. F. M. MacFarland% and Dr. Paul Bartsch, respectively, have been consulted. ‘To Miss Rathbun alone we have referred the manuscript relating to the local decapods; to Prof. Hargitt alone that relating to the ccelenterates; and to Dr. Holmes alone the list of amphipods. Certain specialists not hitherto named have likewise been kind enough to criticize the classification and nomenclature in the case of various groups not represented in the dredging collections. Those deserving mention are: Dr. G. M. Allen and Dr. Lynds Jones (birds), Prof. G. N. Calkins (Protozoa, other than Foraminifera), Prof. Edwin Linton (parasitic flat worms and round worms), Mr. R. W. Sharpe (free living copepods), Dr. Leonhard Stejneger (reptiles), Dr. F. W. True (mammals), Prof. C. B. Wilson (parasitic copepods). In the case of certain minor groups the authors of the report must themselves assume responsibility for the nomenclature employed, this being based upon the best published work available. Some discussion will be devoted to the subject of classi- fication and nomenclature in the section dealing with the annotated list. a Dr. MacFarland has gone so far as to prepare for us a synopsis of considerable length, including the Woods Hole nudibranchs. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 27 From October, 1906, to December, 1909, the senior author of this report was almost continuously in residence at Woods Hole, engaged in the task of compiling the data and preparing the results for publication. The great amount of skilled clerical work herein involved has been largely performed by Miss Edith Chapman and Mr. James W. Underwood, whose patience and conscientiousness throughout these monot- onous labors deserve ample recognition. For the accuracy of each step in the task of compilation, however, the senior author makes himself fully responsible. The manu- seript of the present report has been read over and discussed by all of the authors and is to be regarded as expressing our substantially harmonious views. The next chapter will consist of a preliminary discussion of the various physical factors which affect the marine fauna and flora of the region. A chapter will then be devoted to a statistical analysis of the results of the Survey, as well as of the census of animal species. Next, the various groups of animals will be discussed separately and in greater detail. Following this an attempt will be made to interpret some of the phenomena herein discussed, and to show the bearing of our results upon some of the broader problems of biology. There will then follow, in order of arrangement, a list of the regular dredging stations of the Survey, the faunal distribution charts and the physical and geographical charts. Section 11 will consist of a presentation of the chief results on the botanical side, followed by the distribution charts for the marine alge. Sections m1 and Iv will comprise the faunal and floral catalogues or annotated lists. Rather full bibliographies have been appended, comprising works relating to the occurrence of the various ani- mal and plant species at Woods Hole. There would have been much in favor of considering the fauna and flora together throughout the present report, and particularly in the general discussions relating to distribution. Since, however, the day of the universal naturalist has passed, and since each one of us must content himself with being either a zoologist or a botanist, it has not seemed practicable to throw together the discussion of the entire ‘‘biota”’ of the region. The botanical portions of the work, as well as the field work upon which they have largely been based, represent the labors of botanists who have worked, to a con- siderable degree, independently of the z>-ologists of the staff. Thus we have thought it advisable to present the results as far as possible separately. This arrangement likewise corresponds to the difference in authorship between the two main subdivisions of the work. The introductory chapter, together with that upon environmental conditions, are, however, just as essential to an understanding of the botanical data as of the zoological, and the geographical and physical charts are likewise equally related to both subdivisions of the report. Thus the entire report is, in a sense, a unit, and indeed the zoological and botanical members of the staff have conferred to a considerable extent during its preparation. Chapter IIT -GEOGRAPHICAL AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS. 1. GEOGRAPHY. The general geographical features of the region may be seen at a glance by reference to charts 223, 224, and 225%. Vineyard Sound has a length of from 15 to 17 nautical miles, depending upon the limits arbitrarily chosen,’ and a width of from 3 to 6 nautical miles. Its main axis bears from northeast to southwest. The southeastern boundary is constituted by the island of Marthas Vineyard, the northwestern by the Elizabeth Islands and for a short space by the mainland of Cape Cod. At its eastern end Vineyard Sound passes iinperceptibly into the far wider Nantucket Sound, while to the westward it opens freely to the Atlantic Ocean. It is connected with Buzzards Bay by a series of narrow straits, of which Woods Hole isa type. Through them the tidal currents are very swift. These straits separate the Elizabeth Islands from the mainland and from one another. ‘There are no streams of any consequence emptying into either Vineyard Sound or Nantucket Sound. Leaving out of consideration certain shoals and the zone immediately adjacent to the shore line, the depth throughout Vinevard Sound ranges between 6 and 18 fathoms, most soundings lying between 10 and 15 fathoms. ‘There is in no sense a progressive deepening of the water as we pass toward the western end of the Sound, although some of the greatest depths (18 fathoms”) occur in the vicinity of Gay Head and Cuttyhunk. At least one sounding as great as this has, however, been made back of Middle Ground Shoal, and depths as great as 17 fathoms occur at more than one point in the eastern half of the Sound. As a rule, the 10-fathom line runs within a half mile from shore, though mention must be made of an elongated shoal reaching well toward the middle of the Sound and extending throughout about half its length. ‘This is known at its eastern end as the Middle Ground, the opposite end being called Lucas Shoal. In the former portion the water may be no deeper tuan 4 feet or less in depth at mean low tide. Buzzards Bay has a length of about 25 nautical miles, as measured from the railway station known as Buzzards Bay to the Hen and Chickens Shoal. Its main axis is nearly parallel to that of Vineyard Sound, from which it is separated throughout the lower half of its length by the Elizabeth Islands. Elsewhere it is bounded by the mainland of Massachusetts. At its northern end and along its entire western side the shore line of Buzzards Bay is very irregular, being indented by a considerable number of estuaries, a'These and other geographic and hydrographic charts used in the present report are the work of Mr. W. F. Hill, formerly draftsman in the Bureau of Fisheries. b The region explored during our dredgings extends a short distance into what would probably be commonly regarded as belonging'to Nantucket Sound, though there is, of course, no definite line of division between the two. ¢ Our own soundings give 19} fathoms at one point (Fish Hawk station 7683), while the greatest depth indicated on the Coast Survey chart for Vineyard Sound is 18 fathoms at mean low tide. Perhaps the phase of the tide is partly accountable for this difference; perhaps it rests upon an error of observation. ‘The depth recorded by us for station 7682 (19 fathoms) is quite likely due to an error. Otherwise no serious discrepancies have been detected between the Fish Hawk soundings and those of the Coast Survey. In general our soundings (Fish Hawk and Phalarope), while not always taken with great care, are believed to be close enough approximations, especially when the variability in depth throughout the extent of the Bay and the Sound are considered. ’ 28 BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 29 which penetrate deeply into the mainland. Some of these, as will be shown later, furnish considerable quantities of fresh water at certain times of the year. The depth ' of Buzzards Bay beyond the ‘“‘adlittoral’’ zone (see p. 179) ranges from 3 fathoms near its head to 18 or more fathoms at its mouth. About a mile west of Penikese Island occurs a deep hole only recently charted. Here a depth of 24 fathoms has been found, this being, so far as known, the deepest sounding obtainable within a distance of 10 miles or more from land. Throughout most of its extent, however, Buzzards Bay is much shallower than Vineyard Sound, and a depth of ro fathoms is seldom or never encoun- tered except near its lower end. The conditions existing in Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound can not be understood without reference to the adjacent features of the coast and the ocean. The tidal cur- rents, as well as the character of the water, are doubtless influenced by the proximity to the westward of Narragansett Bay and Long Island Sound. From the mouth of Vineyard Sound the Atlantic Ocean, throughout an are of about 120°, extends for an indefinite distance uninterrupted either by land or by shoals. The depth, on the whole, increases very gradually, the ‘‘continental shelf’’ extending out to a distance of over 75 miles to the southward of Gay Head, where the 100-fathom line is encountered. Shortly thereafter an abrupt descent commences. South of Marthas Vineyard the 20-fathom line lies 10 miles or more off shore, and the distance increases as we pass to the westward. South of Narragansett Bay, however, it sends a long sletider loop in a northeasterly direction toward the mouth of Vineyard Sound, reaching a point within about 6 miles of Gay Head. To the east and southeast of Woods Hole the geographical conditions are peculiar, and are highly important in determining the nature of the fauna and flora on this part of the coast. The peninsula of Cape Cod, together with the two large islands to the southward, inclose a broad, shallow body of water—Nantucket Sound. This attains a high temperature during the summer months, and doubtless in large degree influences the temperature of Vineyard Sound, with which its waters mingle freely as a result of tidal currents (p. 36). It is possible, also, as has been held by certain writers, that Cape Cod, together with Nantucket and its associated shoals, constitute a barrier which deflects a well-defined cold ocean current away from the mainland of the continent. Whether or not this is true, it is an undoubted fact that the coastal water temperatures to the east and north of Cape Cod are much lower during the summer months than are those immediately to the south of it. The resulting faunal differences will be dis- cussed elsewhere, and the temperature conditions will likewise be considered more fully in another place. 2. CHARACTER OF THE SHORES AND BOTTOMS. The dominant feature of the shores and bottoms along this section of the coast is the glacial débris. Although the main outlines of the land topography of this region may be preglacial, as Shaler (1898) contends, there are extensive morainal deposits upon Nantucket, Marthas Vineyard, and the Elizabeth Islands, as well as on neighboring parts of the mainland. Indeed, a large part of the local shore line and sea bottom still consists of practically unaltered glacial boulders and gravel, which have been subjected for only a comparatively brief period to erosion and transportation by waves and cur- rents. Even the Middle Ground in Vineyard Sound is regarded by. Shaler as ‘‘a bit of 30 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. submerged land topography,” and not as the creation of currents acting upon shifting sands. Sandy beaches are common upon the ocean shores of Marthas Vineyard and Nantucket, where the surf is heavy and erosion is known to be progressing rapidly. Elsewhere within our region stones and gravel are a characteristic feature of the shore line. Commonly, this coarser material extends down the beach to low-tide mark or beyond, being succeeded by a gently sloping sand flat, more or less interspersed with scattered stones and boulders. In places where the shores are not too steep the stony belt gives place on its landward side to a sandy beach of varying breadth, or the littoral zonation may at times be even more complex. On the other hand, there are many tracts of shore where this phenomenon is not manifest at all, the entire shore and the adjacent sea bottom, so far as visible, being wholly stony. Mud, largely of organic origin, occurs in abundance in bays and inclosed waters which are not swept by tidal currents. At certain points within our area preglacial formations have become exposed. As the most conspicuous instances of this we may cite the cliffs of colored clay at Gay Head and the outcroppings of granitic rock in the vicinity of New Bedford Harbor. These last represent a formation “‘which probably in large part constitutes the foundation rocks beneath the sea and under the islands which lie to the north of Marthas Vineyard.” (Shaler, 1888, p. 323.) This formation is the probable source, according to Shaler, of the glacial bowlders of Marthas Vineyard. Passing reference may be made here to Shaler’s hypothesis that Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound each represents the sub- merged valley of a former river. It does not lie within the province of this report, however, to consider the various problems relating to local geology. As regards bottom characters, Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay stand in striking contrast to one another. In the former, stones, gravel, and sand predominate; in the latter, mud. ‘These differences are very readily explained. Vineyard Sound is con- stantly swept by strong tidal currents, which prevent the accumulation of fine deposits except in sheltered bays, such as Tarpaulin Cove and Menemsha Bight. Buzzards Bay, on the other hand, being open only at the lower end, is not subjected to such a thorough scouring by the tides (see p. 37), and here, therefore, large deposits of mud occur, as, indeed, they do at all points on the sea bottom off shore at depths which are beyond the influence of currents. Moreover, there open into Buzzards Bay a number of rather large estuaries, which doubtless furnish much of the material which becomes deposited asmud. It has been shown that silt so fine as to remain for a long period in suspension in fresh water is soon precipitated when mixed with sea water. (Allen, 1899, p. 380.) Thus it is evident that a considerable part of the suspended material from the brackish- water estuaries which empty into the northern and western parts of Buzzards Bay must settle to the bottom before it can be transported to any great distance. One of the data recorded at each dredging station was the nature of the bottom so far as revealed by the sample brought up. ‘The classification was a very rough one, and it must be freely confessed that it could have been greatly improved. The follow- ing were the principal ingredients recognized: (1) Sand; (2) gravel (referred to as ‘pebbles’? when fine); (3) stones; (4) shells; (5) mud. These ingredients occurred singly or in almost any combination. a The reader is referred to Shaler’s two papers already cited. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. st Referring to the first three heads, it must be stated that the ordinary glacial drift of the region, like that which is distributed so widely elsewhere, consists of a mixture, in varying proportions, of sand, gravel, and stones. These three terms are not employed in the same definite sense as they are, for example, by E. J. Allen (1899). This writer restricts the word “‘sand”’ to mixtures of particles the coarsest of which will pass through a 1% mm. sieve, the finest passing through a 14 mm. sieve, but not remaining in suspen- sion for more than one minute in sea water. Under this main class he recognizes three subdivisions. ‘‘Gravel’’ (also subdivided into ‘‘fine,” ‘“‘medium,’’ and ‘“‘coarse’’) com- prises aggregations of particles ranging from 1.5 mm. to 15 mm. in diameter. Any inorganic material coarser than this was listed by him as “‘stones.’’ Our use of these terms, though far less precise than Allen’s, we believe to correspond more nearly with common usage. In many cases our ‘‘sand’’ would probably comprise Allen’s finer grade of “gravel,” and our ‘‘ gravel’”’ would comprise much which he would term ‘‘stones.”’ Thus stones which were frequently as large as an inch or more in diameter were con- sidered as belonging to the “‘gravel.”’ The truth is that any such classification is arbitrary, and, unless actual measure- ment is employed, as has been done by Petersen and by Allen and Worth, these designa- tions must be extremely ambiguous. Moreover, it is very doubtful whether an exact classification, such as the foregoing, would be of any service in the case of our local sea bottoms, which vary so much, even within the limits of a single dredge haul.* As will be pointed out later, the nature of the methods employed renders it possible to state with only a rough degree of approximation the extent of the correlation between the distribution of a given species and the character of the sea floor. Another source of difficulty relates to the character of dredge employed at a given station. A canvas bag (p. 17) would retain all of the ingredients, and this could be washed and sifted and properly described. Such a small bag would frequently fill almost immediately, however, and thus fail to represent the entire course of the haul. During the earlier portion of the work the sample was commonly collected by an ordinary dredge net having a very close mesh at the bottom. It is obvious that if the mixture consisted of sand and gravel, much of the former might be lost during the reeling in of the dredge line, and that the sample might be listed as merely ‘‘ gravel,” whereas sand predominated at the outset. On the other hand, a sample in which sand predominated was doubtless at first often listed as ‘‘sand”’ in cases where careful washing would have revealed the presence of small proportions of gravel or shells. The beam trawl, having no cutting edge, and having a net with a wide-meshed bottom, would bring up merely the loose stones lying freely upon the surface. Thus the ‘‘stony’’ bottoms of the earlier records may in some cases have included a certain proportion of sand and fine gravel, though such cases are probably infrequent, since the beam trawl was commonly not used upon bottoms known to be stony. Where no stones appeared in the trawl net it was usually assumed, in the absence of data to the contrary, that the bottom was sandy. However, as already stated, a small dredge was generally used along with the beam trawl. @ Anidea of the variability in the character of the bottom within comparatively narrow limits will be gained from considering the results of some of our supplementary dredgings, in the course of which over roo of the original stations were repeated with a rather rough approach to accuracy. On comparing in each instance the earlier and later record for the same station it was found that in only 14 per cent of the cases were identical types of bottom recorded, while in only 33 per cent of the others were they substantially identical. In 47 per cent of the cases the ingredients recorded were partly the same, while in 6 per cent they were totally different. The later entries were as a rule fuller than the earlier ones, and this fact doubtless accounts for some of the differences, but they are likewise largely the result of real differences in the bottom passed over. 32 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Large beds of nearly pure sand are without doubt common in Vineyard Sound, and are occasionally met with even in Buzzards Bay. Such are the great shoals of shifting sand of which Middle Ground in Vineyard Sound is a fair sample. These are veritable submarine deserts, often being almost devoid of life. Despite Shaler’s asser- tion that in Vineyard Sound ‘‘the amount of sand at the disposition of the currents and waves is not large,’’ we believe that such transportation is sufficiently active in some localities to be a determining factor in distribution. In the vicinity of Middle Ground and Lucas Shoal we have frequently observed the water to be rendered turbid by sand and fine shell fragments which had been brought up by the currents from a depth of several fathoms. Beds of dead shells, accompanied by sand, gravel, or mud, occurred frequently, both in the Bay and in the Sound. These sometimes represented extinct mussel beds, though the shells of Spisula solidissima, Arca transversa, Venus mercenaria, Venert- cardia borealis, Astarte castanea, Callocardia morrhuana, Anomia simplex, Pecten gibbus, and other lamellibranchs sometimes occurred in great quantities. Among the gastro- pods, Crepidula fornicata is perhaps the only one which contributed materially to shell deposits, although the shells of many of the commoner species, occupied by hermit crabs, are frequently taken in great numbers. Under “‘mud”’ is included a considerable diversity of material, differing in origin and in chemical composition, but agreeing in consistency and in general appearance. Ina few cases the deposits represented upon the chart by the conventional shading for mud arefairly pureclay. Beds of this last material occur, as is well known, at Gay Head and the neighboring parts of Marthas Vineyard, and outcroppings of it are met with along the shores at various points within the region. In the course of the dredging clay was brought up in Vineyard Sound near the island of Cuttyhunk. Most of the mud, however, is composed in considerable part of organic matter. It is dark in color, and frequently has an offensive smell. It may be either sticky or semifluid or it may contain enough sand to alter the texture visibly. According as the mud or sand seemed to predominate in such a mixture, it was listed as ‘“‘sandy mud”’ or ‘“‘muddy sand.” Sometimes such mixtures were called ‘“‘sand and mud;”’ and in all probability the sand was at times overlooked, and the deposit was listed nferely as ‘‘mud.’’ Indeed, it is likely that almost any sample of mud, however pure in appearance, would be found upon careful sifting or decanting to contain a certain percentage of sand, and sometimes small amounts of fine gravel or shell fragments. It had been our expectation to include in another chapter of this work the results of petrological and chemical analyses of the various bottom deposits, undertaken by Prof. Gilbert Van Ingen, of Princeton University. Thus far, however, Prof. Van Ingen has failed to complete his report upon these deposits, and its publication must therefore be deferred. The specimens upon which these analyses have been based were collected in 1905 during the third series of dredgings by the Fish Hawk in Vineyard Sound and in the course of some supplementary dredging, during the following summer, in Buzzards Bay. Satisfactory bottom samples from the earlier dredgings had not been preserved. In the present instance they were obtained exclusively by the use of a canvas bag, which prevented the washing out of the finer constituents. The larger ingredients, such as stones and large shells, were not, however, included in these samples preserved, so that BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 33 such analyses, while highly valuable as studies in mineralogy, would not alone give a fair idea of the respective bottom areas considered as the habitats of living beings. The chart showing bottom characters represents rather crudely the condition of the floor of Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound, certain conventional modes of shading being adopted to represent the chief ingredients. The circles having a composite shading are commonly divided into equal halves or thirds, as if the various constituents were present in equal amounts. This results from the imperfections, in this regard, of the records upon which this chart is based. In the plotting of these circles, likewise, it has been necessary to adjust the position of each to that of its neighbors, with the result that in certain cases the symbol is removed some distance from the bottom designated. This is particularly true of the adlittoral (Phalarope and Blue Wing) stations. Excluding a more or less narrow adlittoral zone, the bottom area here portrayed divides itself into three main regions: ¢ (1) Vineyard Sound, from its eastern end to a transverse line of division passing at a level somewhere between Tarpaulin Cove and Robinsons Hole. Here the pre- dominant feature is the presence of gravel and stones. This area, it is true, contains one extensive shoal of sand, the so-called Middle Ground, and many other sandy areas. In the bays mud likewise occurs. (2) Vineyard Sound from the line above referred to to its western end. Here the bottom is predominantly sandy, though gravel, stones, and mud occur in places. The presence of shell beds does not, of course, exclude the occurrence of an underlying bottom of sand. (3) Buzzards Bay asa whole. Here mud predominates, except close to the eastern shore, and at the extreme lower end. The latter might be regarded as an independent area, but it seems scarcely large enough to warrant this. The inshore (adlittoral) dredgings reveal in many cases a distinctly different type of bottom from that of the adjacent deeper waters; and various restricted areas of one or another kind of bottom may be found almost anywhere. Owing to the methods employed, it is evident that the correlation of bottom charac- ters with the distribution of species can be indicated with only rough approximation. During a given haul the dredge passes over a considerable stretch of sea floor and may collect samples of several totally different sorts of material. Organisms may likewise be collected from all points in this path. To determine by such means the kind of bottom proper to every species encountered is obviously impossible. A species may appear in the records as coming from ‘‘sand,’”’ whereas it may have been scraped from the surface of large stones at any point during the haul. Only the broader correspondence between the larger areas in which certain types of bottom predominate, and the general dis- tribution of the species in question, is commonly to be regarded as significant. Again, when certain organisms are listed from certain types of bottom, the inference must not always be drawn that such bottoms themselves constitute its true habitat. Thus enecrusting Bryozoa, which occurs upon shells, or alge, are frequently listed from bottoms of sand or even mud. @ These divisions do not correspond to those recognized in the botanical section of this report. Of the latter there are five. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt. 1—13 ve 34. BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 3. CURRENTS AND TIDES. The first currents which concern us are two of the great permanent streams which maintain the circulation of the ocean, namely, the Gulf Stream and the southwardly flowing Labrador Current. Off the Massachusetts coast, the Gulf Stream is first encoun- tered at a distance of about 85 nautical miles south of Marthas Vineyard and Nantucket; that is, just beyond the edge of the continental shelf. Its distance from shore varies from year to year, and even during lesser periods. It has been shown by Libbey (1895) that the Gulf Stream, during this part of its course, at least, presents by no means a regular outline in crosssection, but exhibits, on its coastal side, a wall having very roughly the contour of an inverted $. Its lower boundary, which Libbey identifies approximately with the 50° (F.) curve, sends a projection coastward between the adjacent colder zone and the bottom, while at a higher level the cold stratum referred to projects seaward into the midst of the warmer water of the Gulf Stream. (See Libbey’s fig. 1-21.) This brings about the result that throughout a narrow strip along the continental declivity the latter is bathed by warmer water than it would otherwise be exposed to, and con- sequently supports a different fauna. A not wholly convincing illustration of the dependence of the fauna of this section of the ocean upon the chance relations of these temperature zones is offered by the case of the well-known tilefish, which suddenly disappeared from the edge of the continental platform for a period of about 10 years. (See Collins, 1884; Verrill, 1884; Libbey, 1895; Bumpus, 1899.) Its extermination was first revealed by the presence, during the spring of 1882, of enormous numbers of the dead fishes floating upon the surface of the sea throughout a belt parallel to the coast and about 170 miles in length. At the same time Verrill (1884, p. 656) reported the ‘‘scarcity or absence of many of the species, especially of Crustacea, that were taken in the two previous years, in essentially the same localities and depths in vast numbers—several thousand at a time.” Verrill accounted for this wholesale destruction of life by the occurrence of a heavy storm, which he believed to have “‘forced outward the very cold water that, even in summer, occupies the wide area of shallower sea, in less than 60 fathoms, along the coast, and thus caused a sudden lowering of the temperature along this narrow, comparatively warm zone, where the tilefish and the Crustacea referred to were formerly found.”’ Libbey has endeavored to correlate the reappearance of the tilefish, about 1892, with a change in the position of the 50° curve; and, indeed, the first successful search for the fish after the catastrophe of 1882 was suggested by the discovery of changed temperature conditions. But the influence of the Gulf Stream extends much nearer to the coast than the edge of the continental shelf, and without doubt affects our local faunal conditions. The presence nearly every year in Vineyard Sound of considerable masses of the Sar- gassum bacciferum, with its attendant fauna, shows that strong southerly winds may drive the surface water of the Gulf Stream as far as the mainland of Massachusetts.? And, apart from these occasional and obvious effects, it is probable that the warm current exerts a constant influence upon the coastal waters of southern New England, the two undergoing a certain degree of intermingling as a result of winds and tides. Indirectly, a The prevailing wind during the summer months blows from the southwest quadrant. From records kept for five years onthe Vineyard Sound Lightship (Rathbun, 1887), southwesterly winds are found to be the most frequent ones during the months of April to September, inclusive. At Nantucket, also, according to the report of the Chief of the Weather Bureau for 1909-10. the prevailing direction of the wind from May to September, inclusive, is southwest. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 35 also, through its influence upon the atmosphere, the Gulf Stream must have a very pronounced effect in tempering the climate of this section of the coast, and this without doubt reacts upon the local sea areas. As regards the presence of a definite southward-flowing cold current on the New England coast, there seem to be decided differences of opinion. According to the prevailing view, the Polar or Labrador Current may be detected along practically the entire Atlantic coast of the United States. A concise statement of this view has been furnished us by the Navy Department: A cold current originating in high northern latitudes flows down past Labrador and Newfoundland, after which a portion trends away toward the southward over the Grand Banks, past Nova Scotia, and on southward in a narrowing belt as far even as the coast of Florida. From Sable Island to Florida its course is in general parallel to the Gulf Stream, near which it presents the frequent phenomenon of cold water welling up from below. In the shallower waters of the coast this colder current gives way to tidal influences which prevail to seaward over a wide area east of Nova Scotia, throughout the entire Gulf of Maine, and over Georges Bank and Nantucket Shoals. Similar views are embodied in a number of different publications of the Hydro- graphic Office and Coast Survey and in certain Government charts. (E. g., Current Chart of the North Atlantic Ocean, No. 1308, pub. 1892.) They appear likewise in various popular accounts and atlases. (See Boguslawski, 1884, p. 269-272; Bogus- lawski and Krummel, 1887, p. 436, 437.) This assumption of a continuation of the Labrador Current along the southern shore of New England was made by Libbey, who thus interpreted the temperature relations which he observed there. Indeed, Libbey believed that the line between the two currents could often be seen from the deck of a vessel. (Libbey, 1891a, p. 236.) Various biologists also, including Packard and Verrill, have invoked the aid of this northern current in endeavoring to explain certain phe- nomena of geographical distribution. Verrill (1871, p. 258), indeed, believed that he found evidences of an offshoot of the Labrador Current extending for some distance into Long Island Sound. According to another view of the case, the Labrador Current can not be traced farther south than Newfoundland, along the American coast, and has no connection with the “cold wall” or belt of cooler water lying between the Gulf Stream and the shores of the United States. It is held by Schott (1897, p. 204-208; see also Supan, 1903, p. 295) that such southward-flowing cold water as is found along the New Eng- land coast comes mainly from the Gulf of St. Lawrence; that the extent of this flow is but slight, and that the presence of the ‘‘cold wall’’ is largely a contrast phenomenon, due to the presence of the warmer Gulf Stream beyond. Whether or not there occurs along the southern coast of New England a definite cold current of any considerable velocity, and, if so, whether this current is a continuation of the Labrador Stream, are matters of subordinate importance for our understanding of the biology of this region. The undisputed facts in the case seem to be that there is a belt of relatively cold water lying between the Gulf Stream and the New England shores, and that in summer this belt has a temperature very much lower than that of the waters immediately skirting the coast, particularly those of the partially inclosed _ bays and sounds, with whose fauna we have at present to deal. There is evidence, also, that north of Cape Cod this cold belt reaches the shores of the mainland itself and directly influences the littoral fauna; while south of Cape Cod it lies at some distance from the mainland, though its presence is felt upon the outlying shores of Marthas Vineyard and Nantucket. Referring to the temperature charts for the northwestern 36 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Atlantic (charts 220, 221, 222), it will be seen that during the months of June to Sep- tember, inclusive, the waters of Long Island Sound and those at the station just south of Buzzards Bay have a temperature several degrees higher than that of the first two stations to the eastward of these points. Farther yet to the eastward, however, the temperature again rapidly rises, owing to the presence of the Gulf Stream. The local ‘relations will be discussed more fully in the next section of this chapter. In addition to these great ocean streams, the local currents due to tides are very important in determining the fauna and flora of our waters. ‘Tidal currents of sufficient velocity to be reckoned with by mariners occur at considerable distances offshore and, when deflected and concentrated by features of the coast line or by shoals, their velocity may be very great. In Woods Hole Passage, for example, they attain the speed of 8 miles per hour at spring tide. Such rapidly flowing currents, where the water is shallow and the bottom rocky, must result in a very high degree of oxygenation of the water. Moreover, a rapid current, of course, bears a more abundant food supply to those fixed or slow-moving organisms which depend for their food upon minute particles brought to them passively, or, as is the case with plants, upon gases or other substances in solution. Accordingly, we find beds of mussels and luxurious growths of anemones, ascidians, hydrozoa, bryozoa, and alga in some of these tidal streams. On the other hand, tidal and other currents undoubtedly have a deleterious influence upon certain other organisms, which, through their agency, may become buried in sand or mud. But the most widely prevailing effect of the tides locally is the continual mixing of the warmer (in summer), less dense, and relatively impure water of the coast line with the unlimited reservoir of cooler and purer water offshore. An idea of the magnitude of this process may be gained by considering the rate of tide flow in Vineyard Sound. This is as high as 2.6 knots per hour in the middle of the channel at the time of maximum velocity of the current. It is stated that ‘‘an object set adrift at the time of slack before flood will be carried 7 sea miles eastward before the reversal of the current, and an object set adrift at the time of slack before ebb will be carried 9 sea miles westward before the beginning of the flood stream.”’* Thus a certain part of the water at least travels a distance of one-half or more of the length of Vineyard Sound during a single phase of the tide. Owing to the retardation due to the friction of the shores and bottom, the mean sectional velocity would perhaps not exceed half the figures stated above. Even so, however, the water throughout the entire section would be displaced on the average to the extent of 3% nautical miles during the flood phase and to the extent of 4% miles during the ebb. : There would thus be a net westerly movement of the water amounting to about 1 knot during each complete tidal cycle, or about 2 knotsin 24 hours. Were this the only factor i concerned, it would thus require about eight days to completely replace the water of — Vineyard Sound. In reality the ocean water brought in during the flood tide constantly mixes with that already present in the Sound, and this process of diffusion must result in a fairly rapid renewal of the latter, quite independently of the transfer of water result- ing from the predominance of the westerly current. It seems likely, therefore, that a week would much more than suffice to bring about a practically complete change of water in Vineyard Sound. Obviously, the conditions are much less simple in reality a These data, though not the deductions which have been drawn from them, were furnished by the office of the Coast and Geodetic Survey. See also current diagram for Nantucket and Vineyard Sounds, in U. S. Coast Pilot, Atlantic Coast, pt. m, Pp. 152. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 37 than is implied in such a computation, for the rate of renewal is very different in different — parts of the Sound. The more central portion of the stream would enter to a much greater distance than that close to shore, while the waters contained in various depres- sions of the bottom (if we may judge from temperature considerations) are probably renewed at a comparatively slow rate. In Buzzards Bay the change is in all probability much more slow, owing to the fact that this body of water communicates with the ocean at one end only, and that its mouth is very narrow in proportion to the total area of the Bay. Here there plainly can be no such continuous displacement in one direction as was found to occur in Vineyard Sound, and the renewal must be effected entirely through the mixture of waters resulting from the ebb and flow of the tide. The amplitude of the tides is, however, considerably greater in the Bay than in the Sound. Since the mean depth of the former is much less than that of the latter, a proportionally larger degree of change must result from this cause. The mean depth of Buzzards Bay, as computed from the 91 soundings indicated upon the chart contained in the Atlantic Coast Pilot, part m1, is a little over 41 feet. The average rise and fall of the tide in Buzzards Bay is about 4 feet. Thus the amount of water brought in by the flood tide is equal to about one-tenth of the total volume already containedinthe Bay. To what degree this ocean water mixes with that already present in the Bay, and, conversely, what proportion of the water which leaves the Bay on the ebb tide consists of that which entered on the previous flood, would be impossible to determine even approximately. Assuming that as much as one-half of this remains behind, which seems an extreme supposition, then the entire Bay would require 20 tides or 10 days to effect a complete renewal. On the whole, therefore, it seems likely that the average rate at which the water is renewed in Buzzards Bay is not over half that which obtains in Vineyard Sound. It is obvious, however, that this renewal of water would take place at quite different rates in different parts of the Bay. Near the mouth the change is probably much more rapid than the above figures would imply, while at its head the renewal of water is probably far slower. Likewise the surface water is probably changed at a much more rapid rate than are the lower strata. It must be remembered, also, that it is not pure ocean water which enters either the Bay or the Sound, but coastal water, which has been contaminated during previous ebb tides. Nevertheless, even such crude estimates may be of service in showing the relative stagnancy of the two bodies of water under consideration. A feature of great importance in determining the character of the local littoral fauna and flora is the slight amplitude of the tides throughout the entire region. A table will best illustrate the amplitude of the mean, spring, and neap tidesat 11 representative points. | Mean. Spring. Neap. Mean. Spring. Neap. ——- _———— = Feet. Feet. Feet. Feet. Feet. Feet. MRETITIE SS Gory scenes occ e ¢ 4.1 5.2 qvol}|) Larpanlin Covel an... cse. casicec 2.3 2.8 1-7 New Bedford.27 551. ca. 42 5.2 3-1 || Vineyard Haven.............. I.7 2.1 I.2 ’ Woods Hole (Bay side)........ Axes” 5.0 3-0 || Woods Hole (Sound side) ..... 1.7 2.1 I.2 Mouth of Bay (Westport)..... Bun 3-8 Bosal |i PA PATLO VONL. create siete Sa sian! s 2.0 2.4 rai MOREE EISSR Ora nines foie se vine | 3.8 4-3 2.6 || Nantucket Harbor............ | gad 3.8 2.3 Wai ete, te cas scm cen « 3.0 3-7 2-2 38 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. The resulting narrowness of the littoral (intertidal) zone is a characteristic feature of the region, and stands in decided contrast to the conditions encountered on the Maine coast, where the average tidal range is not less than 1o feet. ~ 4, TEMPERATURE. The surface and bottom temperatures were recorded for each of the regular dredging stations of the Fish Hawk and were entered in the original records for these. It became evident, however, that the methods then employed were not sufficiently accurate for purposes of careful comparison; likewise that the temperature determinations should be taken as nearly simultaneously as possible throughout the entire area under considera- tion. Accordingly, new observations were made at four different seasons of the year, with standardized instruments and in accordance with more precise methods. Density determinations were made at the same time as those upon temperature, but a discussion of these will be deferred till the following section. The methods pursued in making the temperature observations were as follows: Certain stations were selected which were believed to be representative of all sorts of conditions as to geographical position, depth, tidal influences, etc. These were commonly selected from among the regular dredging stations plotted upon the distribution charts, but they were not located by the vessel with any close approach to accuracy. Ina few cases, however, other points were chosen, so that it was thought best to give a new set of numbers, or rather letters, to the temperature stations. They ranged from A to Y in the Sound and from Ato Vin the Bay.? (See chart 211.) In taking the August series of temperatures the Fish Hawk was employed; in November and June the Phalarope was used; in March the Blue Wing. ‘The bottom temperatures were obtained with Negretti-Zambra thermometers, provided with the Tanner inverting case (Tanner, 1884, p. 26); and the instrument was in all cases left at the bottom for a period of 10 minutes. Our own and previous tests (see Kidder, 1887, p. 203) have shown that reliable results can not be obtained in less time. The thermometer was then upset by a “‘messenger,” rendering impossible any further change in the column of mercury, except the slight expansion or contraction of the thread itself, which could be allowed for whenever the water and air temperature differed sufficiently. The surface temperature was taken by means of an ordinary thermometer of the Queen or Tagliabue make, having a long scale. Surface water was drawn in a dip bucket and kept in the shade while the thermometer was in use. When air and water temperature differed much, the pail of water was changed at least once before the final reading was made. The air temperature was likewise recorded, though this was far from exact, owing to the artificial sources of heat necessarily present on a steam vessel. August series.—The first series of temperature determinations was made between August 14 and 29, 1907. ‘[wenty-five observations in Vineyard Sound were made on August 14, 15, and 16. The order followed was such that stations scattered throughout nearly the whole length of the Sound were visited on the same day. Thus, differences due to locality would not be confused with differences due to meteorological changes. Buzzards Bay was then covered on August 19 and 20, most of the stations being reached on the first day. Certain stations in Vineyard Sound were also revisited @ Not all of these stations were included in every series of observations, while the greater number of the Bay stations were omitted from the March series. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 39 on August 20, as likewise on August 22; and stations in both Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay were visited for a second, third, and even fourth time on August 28 and 29. Thus, while it is not possible to present simultaneous readings throughout all the waters under consideration, the most extreme points were reached within a limit of five days (August 14-19); and such supplementary determinations were made as to eliminate confusion of results by seasonal change. A consideration of these supplementary temperature determinations, 41 in number, shows that, although they were made after an average interval of nine days, the mean difference (irrespective of sign) between the first and the later determination was 1.8° F. It will be noted also that in many cases the later temperature was higher, instead of lower, though, on the average, it was found to be about 33; degree lower. Moreover, a consideration of the chart (No. 219) repre- senting the mean annual temperature curves for the Woods Hole station shows that the variation in water temperature at the latter point during the entire period of the present observations (August 14-29) is, in this five-year average, but a trifle over 1° F. The variations within the limits of a single day, due to tidal influences, are doubtless more serious sources of error, at least for surface temperatures; but it was, of course, impossible to eliminate these. TABLE 1.—TEMPERATURE AND DENSITY: VINEYARD SOUND, AUGUST, 1907. . 2 ie Nie Depth in Air Surface | Surface | Bottom | Bottom emperature station. b fatiiciats. (ees | tie, atest ).| take Mates), RMS, SSE ok CNS cidieiatere ie Ovi aye alepw ave Aug. 16 94 67.3 68.6 I. 0239 63.8 1.0239 RETR Iae) =. ey. )arcinn a Fic) ats. Meme a plchoa Mulls qantas fare do..... 4% 67-7 68. 3 1.0238 68. x 1.0239 RT ee cir SSR ES eet a sien adlneaine sae do..... 7 68. 3 67.6 I. 0241 67-4 I. 0237 Een no hes tees cold te eed elk aa Esai an Lidotenti 11% 67-7 66. 8 I. 0237 66.3 1.0242 EERE ae =o, Rees ais necks a Sa cc'ee dvicele ds cin os bie Aug. 14 Gs Wa [ev ctejelare, Rteers eteravarateceee I. 0238 69. 3 I. 0241 EE teenie, «cose oo ae oN + ceva che ale Gc wie inet ots ah ys wl do. -ccs 10% GGeSih lcmseaiseras I. 0239 68. 5 1.0237 le Cea On eS ES Se Se een Aug. 15 to 67.3 67.3 I. 0241 66.9 I. 0241 lo St) Oo i gee ea Aug. 22 Ir 67.0 66. 4 I. 0237 66. 3 1.0237 ENTE SEP hort ROM a cic, 4k Gitte aiisheverbl oles Gansu Aug. 16 9% 67.8 65.8 I. 0242 65.3 1.0240 MEE ah elena fe honioe ss eestae owe ve ce Rees ncaa the Aug. 14 9% G07) iie.srereintecies I. 0235 67.5 I.0239 I MRMRERR EU oars ia oo0 23 NG eae wae te Ae eas cea ona a Ste 6 ak Aug. 22 104 67.8 67-3 I. 0234 65.5 I.0236 NERD TSC 3, «2106 ate Siete oR e ws viaje Bane wl a oleh Aug. 15 10 68. 3 67.3 I. 0240 67.4 I. 0239 EE a Bs es Aug. 22 104 67-3 64.6 1.0236 63-4 1.0236 SMP Sis cy Peichls ee sie © cle Se sein v ato, «/e,ctsiphevoid wears Aug. 16 9 68. 3 66. 3 I. 0239 65.3 I. 0239 Re te aovinicks eet at ee kales Bodice: Same Aug. 14 1234 67.8 66. 8 I.0240 65.5 I. 0240 NER IIALERD TROT AT, NS chil Mak hc wos omeaaiowtat | Aug. 22 16 67.6 65.6 I. 0237 62.4 I. 0236 EER ar Bee Re ec aleige ts aacoieso nid owe kine a0 | Aug. 15 6% 70.3 62.8 I. 0243 61.4 I. 0243 on boa SUA AER BAC cee See ae a 1 dons. 12% 69.3 65.3 I. O24 61.1 I. 0239 UU MMEOSLESE rier teye SE RON. ceis e euiatelcs « Ss csjba a Rae viniines FA ap AE OPOBE 68. 3 64.3 I. 0238 60.3 1.0237 so oe ASeSSE SUSE RS Senne ciel Aan an fe a Aug. 14 9 67.1 65.8 1.0238 63.5 I. 0241 DERE ee ict Chore cd's Dire skein abieann's oe Aug. 16 10 66. 8 64.8 I. 0239 60.9 I. 0241 OTRO ewe ne ee Aug. 22 12% 66. 2 61.9 I. 0237 58.2 1.0237 PERE PEL Dyes CR ee Suinie ycs Aot cio oa Stree ceebed Aug. 28 1344 70.3 63.7 1.0235 61.4 1.0238 8 Soa SO CRE? Bats age GUase eo Aug. 15 8% 69. 8 63.8 1.0243 59-3 I. 0243 _ + oc Cc SPS Sea SRB See pene ee ee ea | Aug. 14 10 69. 1 69.3 I. 0238 61.4 I. 0239 POE ele eieeie viata cle cleans «ua isyae Viayea anieie De cevoruie dma Wov.... 10 68. 7 62.8 1.0237 58.6 I. 0241 oy Sete Cache te sl ey Aug. 16 14% 64.5 63.0 I. 0240 58.8 I. 0239 MUM Me eet alas «iat chore cialcie 9s Sha teen eh vohie siad bn nel dd Ste days: 11% 64.9 62.4 1.0242 59-2 1.0236 Lo UGLT LAN is. | 20 Rs ae ean er | Aug. 22 Ir 71.8 63-3 1.0237 61.7 I. 0237 VL a ESN Ge ee ae As ci eS ee a a Aug. 23 11% 70-3 62.3 1.0235 61.2 1.0234 Rie aPC SER re Ny aiae oc cioreicie Sine ski dialviek Base crake > whe Aug. 16 104 64.2 63.1 ¥.0245 60. 1 I. 0241 40 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. TABLE 1.—TEMPERATURE AND DENSITY: VINEYARD SOUND, AUGUST, 1907—Continued. : Depthin Air Surface | Surface | Bottom | Bottom ‘emperature station. Date. Griinarasy. tempera-|tempera-| density | tempera-} density ture. ture. |(atzs°C.).| ture. |(atrs°C.). Vi Grepeated) ogecaiiscet ala aibakin teers ial tedae paella Aug. 20 934 69. 7 64.3 I. 0233 6r. 2 1.0236 WV repeated) nce Pee sao ine csloas ertierat reise Aug. 28 4 68.3 64.3 I. 0240 60. 2 I. 0238 VWilrepeated eas. eeacaki Savenccare wreak oe miei aa Aug. 29 934 64-3 63. 1 I. 0240 58.2 I. 0239 a, ee ee aR ats ob he, Aaa ROC in eS hitin chines G tein Aug. 16 1734 64-3 60.3 I. 0241 55-0. 1.0241 Wi Gepeated) Mess se Weds c nik ce mieee ewer eee Bera Aug. 20 1734 72.3 64.3 I. 0234 59.0 I. 0237 Wi Grepeated) i heer cenit aniacc teins an chile ences Aug. 28 I] 91.8 63.9 I. 0239 59.9 I. 0241 W2 (repeated) i esa fe otaineeicce cece ten anion ere Aug. 29 14% 63.8 61. 5 1.0240 57-2 I.0242 De BEDE Dae aor eee Geicht hs BELG dase. 3o Aad cists Aug. 16 124% 64.6 63-8 I. 0241 57-2 I. 0241 Mi (repeated) ec se es ae hae see se eee eee eae Aug. 28 1634 69. 3 62. 5 I. 0234 53-2 I. 0239 (ARN Als BOS SO OaC DOM GS ade boCrnn ona ara sonuroes HueonAS Aug. 16 8 63.8 63.3 I. 0240 61.3 I. 0239 DY RSE 6 COW Be ey ERAN a IA A EAg CaCO ET ORE OBS ORE O biey atom Dcro a melee apaitere 67. 68 64. 70 I. 02385 62. 28 I. 02389 TABLE 2.—TEMPERATURE AND DENSITY: BuzzarpS Bay, AUGUST, 1907. ‘ ‘ Depth in Air Surface | Surface | Bottom | Bottom emperature station. Date. RnaEee. tempera- | tempera- density tempera-| density ture. ture. |(atrs°C.).| ture. |(atzs5°C.). TAN, heey & Pes TS . SAE Sete Ce, CERNE tal, : Aug. 19 3% 65.5 71.3 1.0226 41.3 I.0224 Sy sr ee Syhaenl oh Bebe Rio teeta Ai lain, BERL Se Re Re Ai ab EGdOusens 3% 66.3 71.5 I. 0229 71.0 I. 0231 ease Renee 3 ie raneet acces Ge uses Ue oars Baton Be crete eT GO sey a 5 64.3 40.3 I. 0229 70.7 I. 0232 10 es TOG onc CREE ORO cc ACER DR oS OCH Ce oreo Gousnas 4 66.3 73.1 I. 0233 70. 2 I. 0234 1 Oe RR EI SCRA ci ce ey ae FE. eA ic Gee 3 Beko Co aae 54 67-3 40.3 I. 0235 70.4 I. 0234 TED pa Biden heat Salo enema ate ene Pee eos ta rd PP Se Oe eee downs 54 62.8 69. 5 I. 0234 69.3 I. 0235 oe Haya ate acoticre Ee ee IN Baan de Spee ei Ses wedOXien 534 43.3 69. 8 I. 0236 68.3 I. 0238 PED BAR sence Lott coher gaia sieeaMledee cline Piles Aeiatat ae lobavetar apnea nC Ozeinte 9% 69.9 40. 5 I. 0234 66.0 I. 0236 | CREE Re RecA © RRA ARN ee, OL ie AL Ee Re a Si a | Aug. 20 634 66. 5 60. 3 I. 0240 68. 4 I. 0235 CURSE ee hos 5 See SAA ae ee eo oc ae eet | Aug. 19 5 69. 5 69. 8 I. 0237 68.3 I. 0236 a OEE RG RAG eo aT ab ac OR Seen Sette HsGOe es v7 8 66.3 69. 8 I. 0234 65.0 I. 0234 A see am” eae AEN ne AN oc TE Bee SAIS ee © Aug. 20 9 66.8 67.6 I. 0232 64.6 I. 0236 EiGepeated) ees. seca. SEA Ae IMPS Reyes Were cals re aes eRe ets eae | Aug. 29 9% 65.2 65.2 I. 0237 64.3 I. 0238 INE spe coke cit isse te aha cbe tas eve she eNTCTN aro oA srs dale veils, niche Mette ntone Mae Aug. 20 EAA 67.9 68. 8 I. 0233 67.6 I. 0237 SIND ecyes osha se eaten tan EP re eet Py eenets (He ae 634 67.9 66.9 I. 0235 65.3 I. 0236 (GER Ea HeNS Sete Se ny aon Cb 8 Or ODS ore OL ena > pis cramer Aug. 19 vi] 66. 6 67.8 I. 0237 67.1 I. 0236 o-Amye apaevess Seer tp (Paes A Ag ON 1A Te» Re) ES oles let ite | Aug. 20 Io 67.8 66. 8 I. 0234 64. 2 I. 0236 Je (GCE) Sado coaraugeaenod sin sob DecgnouaaumEana|| Sukh As 8 65.3 65.0 I. 0235 64.3 I. 0237 oars HR a) gaia tice ee ce a Ue esta aes MSI Uc aks i alta yereos ig whe | Aug. 19 8% 66. x 67.3 I. 0235 64. I I. 0235 1S Ae te IER Stes Sea Lane Pn SECA ti cis Hh eT Ath oe ER Aug. 20 634 71.3 67.3 I. 0235 66.6 I. 0234 R(repeated)): -ce.s. sce egret tare Sine elem tate ialamte cele tate | Aug. 29 6% 66. 5 65.4 I. 0235 64.7 I. 0237 See ah SEEM GEA GHO To ORR oS AAT +5 Daa eS Aug. 20 12 74.8 67.8 I. 0233 63-2 I. 0236 i] Dy Oar a eee Oe ee Per Ua BS fer ore INE tic Moms pdov ena 634 72.4 65.8 I. 0233 63-2 I. 0233 OP ee Frm SINE Bre Ee. OSA hos LORE, i aig tee hy Jos ido... 9% 68.9 66.9 I. 0236 64-3 I. 0233 Ai (repeated yy Yrs ho .-s, sears ques chen ee ccc ere A ete rss ree | Aug. 29 Io 64.7 64.8 I. 0238 64.0 I. 0239 DU Aayehay varanasi asetge ictsda srctescne marstiyacccchelePegat tee evar sian ae catetes aie aero Aug. 20 1234 72.3 64. 8 I. 0234 60. 2 I. 0236 AVA (repeated))s stasis. ais caakke tol tae Se eee hc Re ace Aug. 29 9 64.1 62.7 I. 0241 60. 6 I. 0237 CS Ree eh GAAS ets Aue Cab ar oaGe EEA Ia lets eC Ucuee ea: 67. 56 67-93 I. 02344 66. 19 I. 02350 BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 41 Tables 1 and 2 show the temperature? and density conditions encountered during the August observations. Chart 211 represents the surface and bottom temperatures for each station, the figure used being in each case the earliest one taken. The following generalized statements may be made regarding these figures: (1) The greatest extremes of temperature recorded are 71.5° and 55.0°, giving a range of 16.5° within the limits of the region. (2) The surface temperatures average 2.21° higher than the bottom temperatures, the differences increasing as we pass toward the western end of Vineyard Sound and the lower end of Buzzards Bay. The mean figures (based upon all the figures of the tables) are surface 66.04°, and bottom 63.83°. (3) Buzzards Bay contains warmer water than Vineyard’ siti the mean figures being 67.93° (surface) and 66.19° (bottom) for the Bay, and 64.70° (surface) and 62.28° (bottom) for the Sound. (4) In both Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay, both at the surface and the bottom, there is a steady decrease in temperature as we pass from northeast to southwest; i. e., toward the open ocean. In Buzzards Bay the maximum surface temperature (71.5°) was found near the head, while the minimum (64.8°) occurred off Cuttyhunk. The maximum bottom temperature also occurred at the head of the Bay, where surface and bottom waters were practically of equal warmth. A minimum of 60.2° was found off Cuttyhunk, just at the mouth of the Bay. @ We have very reluctantly decided to employ the Fahrenheit scale in the present work, for the following reasons: Our in- struments, and practically all those in use by the Bureau of Fisheries, are graduated in this scale. Moreover, im past American hydrographic work temperatures have usually, if not always, been expressed in Fahrenheit degrees. Weshould, however, have employed the centigrade scale, despite the foregoing considerations, were it not for the fact that our temperature charts were drawn before due consideration was given to this matter; and it does not seem worth while to change them now, particularly as plates have already been prepared from some of them. For the convenience of those who are more familiar with the centi- grade scale we append a conversion table: TABLE FOR CONVERSION OF FAHRENHEIT TO CENTIGRADE DEGREES. Fahren- Fahren- Fahren- Fahren- cert ~ | Centigrade. ate Centigrade. | eit. Centigrade. fred Centigrade. ek Centigrade. ° ° ° o ° ° ° ° ° ° +80 +26. 67 +69 +20. 56 +58 +14. 44 +47 +8. 33 +37 +2. 78 79 26. 11 68 20. 00 57 13. 89 46 7-78 36 2.22 78 25-56 67 19. 44 56 13-33 45 7-22 35 I. 67 77 25.00 66 18. 89 55 12. 78 44 6. 67 34 I. It 76 24:44 65 18. 33 54 12.22 43 6. I 33 o. 56 75 23-89 64 17-78 53 1. 67 42 5-56 32 ©. 00 74 23- 33 63 17.22 52 Ii. II 41 5-00 3r —o. 56 73 22. 78 62 16. 67 51 to. 56 40 4. 44 30 —X. 15 92 22.22 6r 16. If 50 I0. co 39 3-89 29 — TOF qr 21.67 60 15-56 49 9- 44 38 3-33 28 222 42 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. In Vineyard Sound, the maximum surface temperature (69.3°) occurred near Nashawena Island, but such a temperature was quite exceptional in this portion of the Sound, as reference to the chart will show at a glance. With this exception, the highest temperatures are at the eastern end. At one station just beyond the western limits of Vineyard Sound (W) the surface and bottom figures were 60.3° and 55.0°, respectively. A rather abrupt fall in temperature is encountered in passing southwestward through the Sound when we reach the line passing from Robinson Hole to Kopeecon Point. The mean bottom temperatures for the portions of the Sound lying above and below this line are 67.35° and 60.24°, respectively (based upon chart figures only). As we shall find later, this lower temperature of, the outer portion of the Sound is correlated with important differences in the bottom fauna. In Buzzards Bay the lowering of tempera- ture toward the mouth is less abrupt, and water colder than 64° occurs only near the extreme end. The water appears to be at no point as cold as it is on the other side of the Elizabeth Islands. TABLE 3.—T&MPERATURE AND DENSITY: VINEYARD SOUND, NOVEMBER, 1907. ‘ Depthin Air Surface | Surface | Bottom | Bottom Temperature station. Date. FAR GRISS *temper- | temper- | density | temper- | density ature. ature. |(atzs°C.).| ature. |(atxs5°C.). Ce Aaa aris AM camara ati ae BE RPE iG Amer sima cuales on Nov. 12 8 39-0 50. 2 1.0240 51.1 1.0242 BN Ee ties cesta enn Oa i ae a Ne Mem UMC Y ORL ue aaa Nov. 11 114 47-0 51.4 I. 0237 51.6 1.0241 ) Des aie Neck os ay Oi sea me ene oGTeM eSsU SY Be MRS ON dairer 6 46.0 SI.2 I. 0238 51.4 I. 0241 1 Oa Re ies hei es yc ea, Rete RES at dove 15 48.0 51.7 I. 0238 51.4 I. 0238 RT Ee Oe See eo ER Stal, IE Ree ee Nov. 12 10 40.0 49-7 1.0240 55 1.0241 Gilepeated) Maersk er San ne an ee anni rene ere: Nov. 15 114 37-5 49-7 I. 0240 503 1.0240 1s CAPR Pals ri ae: sear ae Ae umn cope. NB heal Ma Nov. 12 7 39-0 50.7 1.0242 50.38 1.0242 SERRE SRR an PPP ae aan Sees nr OOD, Ri aE Nov. rr 12 49.0 51.2 I. 0238 5.4 1.0238 i Pints Wes eee tae dee Shan eae yk ah Aor oe oh ol eat enone ES Nov. 12 be) 39-5 51-1 I.0242 51-5 I. 024 TR eh NS eee ey ite MCLE bby Ais ase ai te) Roe GUC aa do..... 13 40. 5 50. 6 1. O2A0Nn Ie nears I. 0241 | Oy eae ETE TEDS fe ercre Senos ets OS Gate ara Cagis Arie Nov. 11 5 49-0 51.2 I. 0238 51.4 I. 0238 IME ot ay ce Wi resoraHen Rete net tom ayer tad Manta ah eb thny o. avien shave eh eso eaters Nov. 12 7 40. 5 51-1 I.0240 51.8 I. 0240 NY WG sjo(es (as ) A ar A Hates A ee eR IS RERIEPN Bs 7, ea CIA Nov. 15 7 39-0 49-7 I. 0240 50. 5 I. 0240 a eR SR A a 35 ORM Ot OE RE enc eme RAIR Noy. 12 114 39.0 51.1 I. 0241 51.5 I. 0241 (Oe etapa bm yaHl Siitailrch Mater Rena sen Sores MRR et es Rea Ia tr Nov. 11 8 49-0 51.2 1.0238 50.9 1.0238 ) ae I NRA are ay, bei, an Ae ars taeda. Oe G | Nov. 12 12? 42-0 51.2 I. 0241 52.0 1.0241 (0 ere Ree St casei a) NCAAs tN a reat es 5 WERE oh \ercoee eas 834 41.0 50. 7 I. 0242 50. 5 I. 0240 ya Seta MH ee ISH LEC PETC Sieh Brie ae pk OA pt a Novy. 11 8 49.0 51.7 1.0238 5i.1 I. 0241 Ele ne Res SSRI O95 oo DL ot RRS | Nov. 12 14 42.0 51.7 I.0242 52.0 I. 0241 TUES eeacscra utces cade MAE sid ais IRR SoU fader tora cMelcn moa,» Ga a a downs 10% 41-0 50. 7 I. 0241 51-9 1.0243 Nar een oR A, Pe Renata STF 0 eM Ae, NRE NOUR lal oh do..... 8 43-0 51.2 I. 0241 51-9 1.0238 TW ee Sic sais oi eee ae ake seas oP coe eres hae area heaediowsact 18 45.0 51.2 I, 0243 52.0 1.0241 Wa (RED A Ee) HE ices. 4 cise meters Miane fe ees neat Retauaredsteie one ELE | Nov Is 17% 40.0 50. 1 I. 0240 51.6 1.0241 2, 25 SS iy 9 AER EERE S A egy) ORR Re RSE ins Oh Ree Lene ety Nov. 12 114 39° 5 51.2 I. 0241 52-5 1.0244 1 le ea REP es Raat EGR ad POLAR Gs ERS hy a AME hy tt dows 8% 4l.5 50.9 I. 0241 2.0 I. 0242 Mean | 42. 64 50.90 | 1.02401 51.44 1.02406 BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 43 TABLE 4.—TEMPERATURE AND DENSITY: BuzzARDS Bay, NOVEMBER, 1907. f Depth in Air Surface Surface Bottom | Bottom Temterature station. Date. Tear temper- | temper- density temper- densit y ature. ature. |(atrs5°C.).] ature. |(at15°C.). ss = T| = a ee ee | | TO oko): ist re ie ae! t's CAR nferat clu arejare deine w'atele | Nov. 13 3 35-0 46.3 I. 0214 49-8 I. 0220 EE Sei. oaks Sa hu cs wie ait div esti, Swi Meta eine Bra BEAT: (Satta 24 37-0 47-7 1.0228 49-4 1.0229 TE CERI wie ies ete eile nla walkie Cia ie e/div'e ste Wirtele wieislele sae tae 6 34.0 48. 2 1.0228 50.1 1.0229 MIRC SRS rs io citolsta ere ]e waters ti o/Otbis,« whale sistaterbte ove leinie el a wre doe wt 44 43-0 48.2 I. 0230 49-5 I. 0230 SA i SS ee, ee] ee doves: 6% 36.0 47-3 I. 0226 50.0 I. 0228 SOME Ae BOR, Slice of Hp As aie akinlenie koe MERCH aie a ses done: BA 35-0 48. 5 I. 0231 49-1 I. @232 EIRP NS cole « Scleidh (ches geile bsimays svete aly cle iaee dors... 5 39-0 48.7 I. 0236 49-3 I. 0236 IPR ees «cs rae Ais wn Si Sie Geiser Sa heble » vlelare }:- do... 8% 41.0 48.7 I. 0237 49. 8 I. 0237 Ne ee RI Le fie Soaks abe ico weisrdlaiacayajc ee Slate « o diace do! fac. 6 33-0 49. 2 I. 0235 49.8 1.0238 eho CEN wrrcloltie Spa ac aisisidocebole vs tueiwss do 5 41.5 48. 2 I. 0234 48.9 I. 0233 EI ec fers choles /a\ie nied clonic Seehivnladdiettalete moe cie's ook Scone 7 42.0 49-7 I. 0237 50. 5 I. 0237 I ieee, civ civ Si lvieisw he hoses d W'sleeteiaie aicis Nieielete views i's eax’ honae 8% 43-0 49:5 I. 0237 50. I I. 0237 EE Ry ic ae Shjew hakhen oe eine dc ae na vcs avert & Nov. 15 6 38.0 47-2 I. 0238 47-5 I. 0237 SPT Zerg ifs aie Sass cles spoainlo/s, v(cteie is.nit Ab, \Sieteiera's Bes be BeBe 6% 35:5 48.0 T.0238 48. 5 I. 0239 I oe Noo nicl iotinia'e nlevics dladeitssiemine erst eee Gres < 5 35-5 48. 5 1.0238 48.8 I. 0238 a on ag 2 Aw shinies Oyo piins eased ine diamysiephia-wjs sew GOs sie 8 36.0 48.6 I. 0239 50.0 I. 0240 NTT ey Rael 0 Sas ah rei nc: wlaserovasinne eve eieiees. Sd)d aia 6 Gotnncc 54 36.0 48.7 1.0238 49.1 I. 0239 SEES NS che cs Scie ala nla siaree-nie oot nai Sa ER Maras bal sie d dove: 6% 39-0 47-9 1.0236 49-1 I. 0236 See a sicot e010) = 2)>\0)a;ainynfaletn/si< ste 34, bisraiejorataicis o)>aty sevens do..... 15 40.0 49:7 1.0237 50. 5 I. 0237 SNES oe aie, ice site iglesia vice tia aves valte e's ins I: 0:3): 6% 39-0 49:7 I. 0240 50. r I.0240 Dee ots cei ctatbs cs lsrm nia vials) tie ates. die es vie sid vio s ecaters [ae eee 7 43-0 48.7 I. 0236 49.0 1.0236 ONE Ro 2 ech clel ope efe- s(n) s nle'siaisra)scsie ors Slsicieieiajsiactce ores Goss: 17 40.0 49-7 I. 0240 50. 4 I.0240 i] Co 30) Sasecme: SMe RS Se nee Berne n ae Fee eal 38. 25 48. 50 | 1.02342 | 49. 51 I. 02349 i | November.—Temperature and density conditions at the middle of November, 1907, are shown in tables 3 and 4, the temperature conditions being shown on chart 212. When compared with the conditions during August, the chief facts to be noted are: (1) The great reduction in water temperature naturally resulting from the approach of winter. The mean of all the figures is 50.14° as against 64.91° during the August observations. (2) The comparative uniformity of all the figures, the extremes being 46.3° and 52.5°, Showing a range of 6.2°, in place of a range of 16.5° as in August. (3) The exact reversal of the differences foundin August. Here the surface temper- atures are somewhat /ower than the bottom ones (average=49.78° and 50.47° respec- tively); the Bay is colder than the Sound (average=49.00° and 51.16°); and we meet with slightly higher temperatures as we pass toward the open ocean. ‘This last tendency is not very evident in Vineyard Sound, but is quite marked in Buzzards Bay. All these differences are, of course, quite intelligible. At this time of the year the air tem- perature has become much colder than that of the water. It is natural, therefore, that the surface of the sea should cool more rapidly than the bottom, and that the shallower, more sheltered waters should cool more rapidly than the open ocean. 44 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. TABLE 5.—TEMPERATURE AND DENSITY, VINEYARD SOUND, Marcu, 1908. mi y mepthnn Air Surface | Surface | Bottom | Bottom emperature station. Date. pero temper- | temper- | density | temper- | density ature. ature. |(atrs°C.).| ature. |(at15°C.). Dee ee Re SI aR RRC eres Seo ein orice cea soc de Mar. 20 5% 31.5 36.9 I. 0236 36.8 I. 0233 Wate staie syecase wie Boeaheshahe HE ea EOS CEs Sh OA Me eee ORAM pace eae downer 13 29-5 36.2 I. 0232 37-6 I. 0234 Ei(repeated) 6.0 Wane Sateen a eeu ene ee Mar. 21 Ir 33-0 36.4 I. 0235 36.5 I. 0235 8 PRO ete enti Tea Moa ate Ec tneie oman ee Mar. 20 11% 28.5 36.3 I. 0233 36.3 1.0235 BEE AR eee tie eh: mE ae «cee eR oe SOME Tes Fe UO ec. b 4 (DOV nies 8 32.5 36.9 I. 0237 36.7 I. 0237 LO ar ah Cate er WA ec aera aici Meola eats. Cte tis eer Ses ercmeeted ee MAO ner 4 30.0 36.3 I. 0232 36.2 1.0233 Sof SN RET Te ce ees cat MR er a oka neyo crear ab dover I4 30-0 37-0 I.0238 36.6 1.0238 Qs Aetorncla( nitins Ce as Mincratiert eh ah raus Dice keaton seve ae eara Sern see dow.ec 104 32.0 37-1 I. 0237 36.6 I. 0240 SS So URES O RU TOL CE ORC TOC amctic nt enOe Geet some ogas mE CLOLncias 5 31.0 36. 6 I. 0236 36. 5 I. 0236 Mars pe cie re arate orate tease wi behest emvaloye.seaheatihe uray Sealere eas eG aCLOberenys 8 31-5 36. 8 1.0238 36.6 I. 0239 Wa teins Sis AR Gitlaeeeetere Ske eee Mica Toe Rate OTE eae Sie rep I TE, oe ote Pa ONeio 5 28.0 BOuBA lindane SO1GN lt. ee ee a, Woe rer rete Cha NG IE ASR oor cid eo CaO eee RG ESC 0 Mes or neu seni 18 33-0 36. 7 I.0238 37-4 I.0238 IMD CARE A feiss hel atch ps ckche eambaisls cist cteauabooe he sh cvegiin ebeeata ta gato del idee capa abl srall eave sekes wanustee | 30. 87 36.64 | 1.02356 36. 70 I. 02361 TABLE 6.—TEMPERATURE AND DENSITY, BUZzZARDS Bay, Marcu, 1908. 7 rf Depth Air Surface | Surface | Bottom | Bottom Temperature station. Date. in tempera-|tempera-| density | tempera-| density fathoms.}| ture. ture. j|(atrs°C.).| ture. |(atrs°@). J] Nn ee ae Se AOD aE GUSe Tenn CMR Deco Ge ore Mar. 21 214 | 28.0 37-1 I. 0212 37-6 I.0224 JO iid aa AIST A BIO’. «OOS Ae eDERCG Aheln CRIA Ieee Se Pee One 4 30-5 37-4 1.0222 36.6 I.0225 | EOD Te EEA OD RO ICON oe EPRI IOC EIS PAS hac AG ies Ten GOKene: 5% 28.0 36.8 I. 0222 37-1 I. 0234 TEU Sek REN R TPN, SOD ot: co aviesale ais cacao he Wena NR Gi oa eee dovtace 4% 29.0 36.2 I.0226 36.1 I.0227 fe ot ais Bethy, cho drink NE Sohn Acebieic ia artnr be artaoab ca dows 9 31-0 37-0 1.0226 36.5 I. 0239 OD ay ovapes sph guete Beas sas ated ve geneous eh « es eres pele ed tte tal oul downer 8% 30-0 36.7 I. 0229 36-3 I.0234 Mean aitrecs iis cavclveres: eve sieceiateisisterss rirarace tare electra ramen rercteretal erenine eittie nl 29-41 36. 86 poss 36. 70 I. 02305 March.—Another set of determinations was made on March 20 and 21, 1908 (tables 5 and 6; chart 213). Owing to the inclemency of the weather and to the fact that only the Blue Wing was available for the work, a smaller number of soundings was made at this time, and indeed the lower part of Buzzards Bay was entirely neglected. The results are none the less interesting. The mean for the entire set of 36 determinations (including both surface and bottom) was 36.71°. A high degree of uniformity was manifest throughout the entire region, for the most extreme temperatures recorded were 36.1° and 37.6°, while the average deviation (i. e., the average departure from the average) was only 0.32°. Moreover, such slight differences as did occur seemed to bear no definite relation to locality. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 45 TABLE 7.—ITEMPERATURE AND DENSITY, VINEYARD SOUND, JUNE, 1908. Depth Air Surface | Surface | Bottom | Bottom Temperature station. Date. in tempera-| tempera-| density | tempera-| density fathoms.| ture. ture. j(atzs°C.).| ture. j|(atxs5°C.). 5 56 58.4 I.0233 BB od llalate rs eievalcnsts TA 56 57-5 I 0234 57-4 I-0234 12 63 58.0 I 0233 57-7 I.0231 II 59 57-4 | 1.0234 58.3 1.0234 114 57 57-4 | 1.0233 56.7 1.0234 8 59 57-2 I 0234 56.5 I.0233 13 59 56.3 I.0234 56.0 I-0235 9 59 56.3 I 0233 55°4 I-0232 9 59 56.8 I. 0233 55-8 I.0235 9 59 54-3 T-0234 49-8 1.0234 18 57 55-3 I-0233 53-3 I.0233 Io 59 55-8 1.0243 47-9 I.0234 9 60 54-6 I.0234 53-0 1.0234 oh Tl SOpgd nn Be cha ry AU OBB EIEIS 6 ARE D Ale Ok A Eg cis) BGS O CAGE Gal ae oro 58. 61 56.56 | 1.02342 55-09 I.02336 TABLE 8.—TEMPERATURE AND DENSITY, BuzZARDS Bay, JUNE, 1908. Depth Air Surface | Surface | Bottom | Bottom Temperature station. Date. in tempera-|tempera-| density | tempera-| density fathoms.| ture. ture. |(atrs°C.).| ture. |(atzrs°C.). 4 60 64.0 1.0224 64.4 1.0223 5 59 63-3 I.0223 62.8 I.0222 634 64 62.2 I.0227 61.6 I.0227 43% 64 61.8 I 0227 60.3 1.0227 8 61 59-5 I. 0233 59-1 1.0229 74 56 56.1 I.0233 Sito I.0234 5 57 61.4 I.0229 60.8 I.0229 8 59 59-7 I.0232 58.7 I.0231 9 55 57-8 1.0232 59-0 I. 0234 5 56 61.3 1.0230 59.8 I.0232 1244 58 59-3 I- 0232 57-6 I.0233 6% 55 58-3 | 13-0235 57-9 1.0231 12% 57 58.3 I. 0232 56.7 1.0232 PPR aN Caste tun cage hy ca iis, aol y 3 Ps epee an ues a 58.53 60. 23 I. 02299 59-52 I. 02295 June.—On June 5 and 6, 1908, surface and bottom temperatures were determined at 26 stations in Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay (tables 7 and 8; chart 214). The mean of all these 52 figures is 57.85° F., or 7.06° lower than the mean for the August observations. The relations which were found to obtain during August are, however, manifested with equal clearness in the June series, the figures being: WMD TARLTTT 0 nectar A a eR na a PNR -. 64. 40 HEMT OCI Dn awhad Samu dine cetop Selteg Ge Ut Ceaie sete A eae cic Pe er a ea 47-90 Me Aanitor B17 ZaLdsnBbayen. ety. sh A AN NSA IE nee ron elise od Rote see ae aes 59. 88 MearitaraVATler aed) SOpmiCren) iene Men es mite sires iets Ds iaye. o's tenes ee a ele we 55- 83 HV SBANE) POR SUPP ETO SY 8 ala nl A tii en cra Mts Ore edi alert A IO a a 58. 39. HVE SARE Ua PMEMELOSTEN core th pct cl see gy eps se facies ai oa Pe Sik) Soe rs) cscte! ass a mbuaueces Ge mae Soke 46 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. It is likewise plain that the temperatures decline noticeably as we pass toward the open ocean, the maximum temperature being found at the head of Buzzards Bay, the minimum at the mouth of Vineyard Sound. There was, however, at the time of the June observations, no abrupt fall of temperature beyond Robinsons Hole. Annual temperature cycle.—Before discussing the probable significance of these observations upon the waters of Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay, mention must be made of the annual temperature cycle at Woods Hole. TABLE 9.—AIR TEMPERATURE AT Noon: Woops HOo.e# SrarIon. January. | February. March. April. Years. aed Max. | Min. | Mean. | Max.| Min. | Mean. | Max.| Min. | Mean. |Max.| Min. | Mean. TCP, Sree Nan AON CHEE AC Dado toot Ubarcane 46 12 | 30-3 42 2I| 30.7 53 29 | 42-7 62 40 49°4 TL GOS is Rasa RT te che asic oe A ENS Ne ae cen oer 46 Io | 32-5 52 Io | 34.6 55 33 | 44-9 65 36 50-3 3 ("ey aah GEOR IRE Nine AGheb.bid ob haircare 45 a 26.3 45 8] 26.6 50 PPE NO eine 58 36 45-4 Troe Sere BERD b Her O do Od BRE ED AO a ROOTED 47 14 29.1 41 I2 27-0 54 24 | 37-9 57 37 47-7 OOO sapere n ih np tate CRI Pie eteieiael peiarion 53 18 | 37-0 47 roel) ERG 51 24.| 35-3 59 38 48-9 IVesyears ere aces ge tadae 53 2| 31-03 52 8 | 30.39 55 21} 39.58 65 36 48.33 May. June. July. August. Years, _ SSS SS 7 Max. | Min. | Mean. |Max.| Min. | Mean. | Max. | Min. | Mean. | Max. | Min. | Mean. Nilohin Ado ab (HOUs MOCO OUGUA SOA Arn dy oan DOD 66 49 57-6 71 58 65-9 80 65 71.4 8 64 71-9 Tine Gee ode ac BOE DA bee oan Ge RemeOreodaDd 76 46} 60.7 73 51 63-1 79 64 12.4 76 57 70-5 SC ley re RN OG Ere te eRe he Nia shin ay Cane cern OOD 68 54| 60.5 46 54| 66.1 |» 83 68 | 74.0 79 65 72h 5 Cle Hn Gas ae Cea do CeRne SAK Gow ACS Seon 69 50 | 58.4 "8 48 | 66.4 82 63 74.0 80 60 7004 TOOOu eee eva emiieceee ise erdierox. ooshote 67 45 58.9 81 55 68.5 80 65 70.0 82 67 75-0 ENViG VieatS vata oe eect eeaienias 76 45 59-21 81 48 | 66.02 83 63 972.35 82 57 71.95 September. | October. November. December. Years. —_—_—_———} - Max.} Min. | Mean. |Max.| Min. | Mean. | Max.| Min. | Mean. | Max.} Min. | Mean. MQOR greece rs Reto lee reyete eyeicLeteimataeteiedalelevare/n ale 75 61 67-9 68 41 57-7 59 38} 507 47 2 33-6 OOS i atiaicinlete eee io saree ie eee ecto teeatsrster strays 78 54 | 67.6 68 40 | 57-8 60 2 43-6 50 16 32-5 Sie Co) ae Basi eI CE A 8 eho Die GIES Cosi aie BIA Ot arin cea 7A 48 | 65.8 69 38 54:9 54 Oa Az att 47 I5 30-7 TGOSE Ai cit cs asesvae janes je teshove mies Mee mise Ete aearshe: siecsieys “I 5r 66. 69 45 57-7 59 28 44-9 55 25 39-0 QOL ere re tee Toe ratte) Saat ee cise 75-5 58 | 67.7 70 49 | 58.9 57 33 | 45-1 48 9 33-4 ) OG ee ROP a pianae ees BeCUe 78 48 67.01 50 38 57-39 60 25 45-29 55 2 33-82 BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 47 TABLE 10.—WATER TEMPERATURE AT Noon, Woops HOLE STATION. January. February. | March. | April. Years. Max. | Min. | Mean. | Max. Min. | Mean. | Max. Min. | Mean. | Max. | Min. | Mean. if r. | RMIT acetate Ctafacers oc nere Ciass/e/978 pie sie sesavease 34-5 | 29-5 31-7 31-5 228.0 29.3 42-5 | 32-5 36.6 52-0 | 41-5 45-8 Oo ori at oS Bee epee aes 36.5 | 29-5 | 33-0 | 35-0] 30-0] 32-4 | 44.0 | 34:0 | 39-6 | 50.5 | 44.0 46.6 RI cls 5 ca nig «cio eas diai ojo -a\s)c\asin o 9-wie =. auniy> 32-0 |428.0 29-5 29.5 | 28.5 29-1 39:0 | 29.5 33-8 | 45-5 | 36-5 41-3 0: 4-0 CRESS GSBRSS EFA RSS Ir ieemeasrsirtccets 35-0 | 29-5 | 31-0 | 30.0] 29.0] 29.5 | 39-5 | 29-5 | 32-9 | 48-0 | 39-5 42-9 RRR eer aie seh a's 2 icinicls 6 wisie'cis ststals oe si nies oie 39:5 | 33-5 36.5 37-0 | 33-0 34:7 38-0 | 32-5 ana 48.0 | 37-0 42-7 fod DIC na Se eens 39-5 |@28.0 | 32-33 | 37-0 |228.0 | 31-00 | 44.0 | 29.5 35-64 | 52.0} 36.5 43-90 May. June. July. August. Years Max. | Min. | Mean. |Max.| Min. | Mean. |Max.| Min. | Mean. | Max.| Min.| Mean. 54-6 | 65.0] 58.5 62.9 | 69.0 | 64.0] 66.7 71.0 | 68.0 69-3 59-0 | 62.5] 59-0] 61.3 70.5 | 63.0] 67.9 | 69.5 | 63.0 67.7 54-1 69-0 | 585 | 62.8 73-0 | 67.0] 69.8 72.0 | 69.0 70.2 52.8 66.5 | 57-5 62.0 74-0 | 66.0 70.4 73-0 | 67-5 70.0 54-1 68.5 | 58-5 | 63.2 73-0 | 67.0] 69.3 74-5 | 69-5 7164 54-92 | 69.0 | 57-5 62.42 | 74-0 | 63.0 68.83 | 74-5 | 63-0 69-74 September. October. November. December. Years. Max.| Min. | Mean. | Max.} Min. | Mean. | Max.} Min. | Mean. | Max.| Min. | Mean. RMP ARENE NS ein ese tae ee mein de Sareea ele ole 70.0 | 65.0 67-5 65-0 | 54-0 60. 5 55:0 | 47-0 52-0 47-5 | 35-0 38-9 eM NE Do Pte siete eh iein’s [cx 0/n'v/e\ ishelo aie bunts 69.0 | 63-5 | 66.6 | 64.0] 51-5 59-2 53-5 | 38-5 47-9 | 40-0 | 32-0 36.6 OMA epee etry yx pS Sw ins, #\e/¥ln,o/0.0 pore ae 70.0 | 64.0] 67.0 | 63.0] 51.5 57-6 52-0] 40.0] 46.3 41.0 | 31-5 34:4 Oo DSS AES Telete so eyesde ees Oe ES Saha eae 69.0 | 63-0 | 66.4 64.0 | 54.0 59-6 54-5 | 44-0 48.2 44.5 | 38.0 40-0 MPN eat T oer eee eteie eo sisiciei fe -'elvin eleivGhelelh.creietecesn 71.0 | 66.0] 68.5 | 65.0 | 56.5 | 60.3 54-0 | 42.5 | 47-0 | 42-5 | 33-5 36.3 IMEI MERITS sora scix Mate ainels eeaee ge tie 71.0 | 63-0] 67.20} 65-0 | 51-5 | 59-44] 55-0 | 38-5 | 48.28 | 47.5 | 31-5 37-23 @ Based doubtless upon an inexact observation, since this temperature is below the freezing point of sea water. Curves showing seasonal variations in the air and water temperatures at the Woods Hole station for five years are presented on chart 219. These curves are based upon the noon temperatures contained in the station records from 1902 to 1906, inclusive.? The ordinate for each day is the mean of the five years’ figures for that day. Such curves do not, of course, exhibit the extreme conditions, since maximum and minimum figures are neutralized in the process of averaging. The water temperatures are natur- ally those which chiefly concern us at present. It will be seen that the highest point in the curve showing these is at August 12, where the mean temperature is slightly over 71°. Reference to table 10 shows that the maximum temperature for August (and for the year) recorded during these five years is 74.5°. The lowest point in the curve is on February 19, where a mean temperature of 30° is almost reached. The minimum for the entire + Ci. Edwards in First Report U. S. Fish Commission, with which these figures agree fairly closely. 48 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. period is about 28.5° F.,” which is the freezing point of sea water. This temperature is perhaps reached at one time or another nearly every winter. An analysis of this curve reveals several other facts worthy of mention. (We omit as irrelevant the interesting relations between the curves for air and for water.) There are two comparatively level sections having a duration of about two months each, occurring in midwinter and midsummer, respectively. During each of these periods, the range of temperature is only about 3 degrees. ‘The remainder of the year is made up of the long vernal ascent, and the somewhat more abrupt autumnal decline. During 131 days, or rather more than a third of the entire year (June 3 to Oct. 12), the temperature remains above 60°; from May 5 to November 8, the temperature exceeds 50°; while from April 3 to December 5, the curve is above the 40° line. On the other hand, from December 26 to March 14, the temperature of 35° is not exceeded. The water here employed was that drawn from the surface at the local pier, close to the buildings of the station. This water rapidly changes with the tides which sweep through Woods Hole Passage, and therefore is not liable to the extreme fluctuations found in more inclosed areas. ‘The figures doubtless represent fairly well the surface (and likewise the bottom) temperature of Woods Hole Harbor and of the adjacent shallower parts of Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound. The mean water temperature for this entire period of five years was 51.01° F.; the mean air temperature for the same period was 51.98°. Since these figures are based upon temperatures taken at noon, they are doubtless somewhat too high, though the error in the case of the water temper- atures is probably slight. It will be important for our future discussion to make a comparison of the water temperatures at Woods Hole and those at the United States Fisheries stations at Glouces- ter, Mass., and Boothbay, Me. For this purpose we have employed the records of only three years at each station, the same years (1905, 1906, 1907) being used in each case. Thus the figures here presented for Woods Hole necessarily differ somewhat from those given in the preceding table. TABLE 11.—MEAN WATER TEMPERATURES (NOON) AT BooTHBAY, GLOUCESTER, AND Woops Hoe FOR THE YEARS 1905, 1906, 1907.4 Janu- | Febru- March.| April. | May. | June. | July. August.|;, Sep- pete Novem-| Decem- ‘ary. ary. ember. er. ber. ber. Boothbayen a sceelaauene b 33.5 | 530.3 32-2 37-8 44.1 51-8 58.5 61-0 56.0 48.7 42-4 37-0 Gloucester ee ieee ease: 36.1 32-7 35:7 41-4 48.2 56.6 63-1 63-1 59-8 53-2 45:8 39-7 WoodsiHoleyi....2:4--- 33-9 31.2 33-6 42.1 51-9 61.3 69.4 70.4 67-4 59-1 48.1 38-7 a Based upon records furnished by the superintendents of these stations. b Based on two years only (1906, 1907). From the foregoing figures the following facts may be gathered: (x1) That the mean water temperature for these three years was highest at Woods Hole (50.59°), next highest at Gloucester (47.95°), and lowest at Boothbay (44.44°). (2) That these differences are at a maximum during the summer months, being reduced to a minimum or even reversed during the winter months. Thus the annual range of temperature is greater as we pass to the southward. a Stated as 28° in the table. This was doubtless due to an error in the reading. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. AQ (3) For every month of the year the water temperatures at Gloucester are higher than those at Boothbay. On the other hand, during the months of December, Janu- ary, February, and March the Woods Hole temperatures are lower than those reported from Gloucester, despite the more northerly location of the latter station. ‘This is probably due to the fact that the water used at the Gloucester station is in more imme- diate connection with the great reservoir of ocean water, which responds more slowly to the winter cold. Moreover, a rapid intermingling of the two is effected by the tides, which have a far greater amplitude at Gloucester than at Woods Hole.*% (4) During the months of May to November, inclusive, the water temperatures at » Woods Hole are much higher than those of either of the more northerly stations, while the mean difference between Woods Hole and Gloucester for July, August, and Sep- tember (7.1°) is over twice as great as that between Gloucester and Boothbay (3.5°).° This last feature of the comparison is the most important of all for our present purposes. The difference in latitude between Woods Hole and Gloucester is about 1° 7’, while that between Gloucester and Boothbay is about 1° 12’. Nevertheless, the difference in water temperature between those two stations, which are separated by the peninsula of Cape Cod, is twice as great during the three months of the year when the water is warmest as that between the two stations lying to the north of Cape Cod, even though the latter are divided by a greater interval of latitude. While the waters whose temperatures are here recorded may not be entirely representative of the neighboring sea areas, and while the number of years here comprised is small, the main points in our comparison are believed to be sufficiently well established. Let us now return to a consideration of the temperature conditions at Woods Hole. Sigmficant features of the local temperature conditions.—lf we take the average of all the temperature determinations (surface and bottom) recorded on chart 211 for the 14 stations westward of Robinsons Hole, within and at the entrance to Vineyard Sound, we find the mean temperature of these waters, at practically the period of maximum temperature, to be 62.17.° At Woods Hole this temperature is exceeded during the entire period of the year between June 14 and October 6. If we consider only the figures for bottom temperature in this western area of the Sound (and these it is, in the main, which influence the bottom fauna), we find the mean to be 60.24, a temperature which is exceeded at Woods Hole, from June 3 to October 11. In Buzzards Bay, on the other hand, a temperature as low as this last was not once recorded during the August series of observations, though in one case it was found just beyond the mouth of the Bay (V). Bottom temperatures between 60° and 65° were, however, found throughout the lower third or fourth of the Bay, except near the western shore. It thus appears that the summer conditions of temperature such as obtain in the vicinity of Woods Hole during the months of June, July, August, and September do not directly affect the southwestern third of Vineyard Sound and in only a limited degree the lower end of Buzzards Bay. It will be shown that this fact is of supreme importance for the understanding of certain features of distribution. It might reasonably have been expected that the winter temperature of these ‘outlying waters, adjacent to the open sea, would be considerably higher than that @ This is in full agreement with the explanation of the relatively high winter temperatures at Gloucester and Boothbay; independently offered by Superintendents Corliss and Hahn. 6 This difference is likewise somewhat greater for October, and is practically the same for May. 4 16269°—Bull. 31, pt 1—13 50 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. elsewhere recorded within the region, owing to the conservative influence of the ocean in retaining the heat received during the summer. It would have given no surprise, therefore, to find the mean annual temperatures approximately the same throughout all these waters. Unfortunately we have no data for the coldest period of the winter. Reference to the temperature curves for the Woods Hole station shows that the water curve reaches its lowest level on February 19. It was planned, accordingly, to obtain a series of observations in Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay at about that datein 1908. It isa matter of much regret that no boat was available for this purpose until a month later, when the water temperature throughout the entire region had risen to nearly 37° F. At this time, as has already been pointed out (p. 44), a great uniformity in water tem- perature prevailed throughout the region explored, and the outlying waters, off Gay Head and Cuttyhunk, did not differ appreciably from those of the other portions of Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay. It will be recalled that in November there was likewise a large measure of uniformity, though at that time the outlying waters were somewhat warmer than the rapidly cooling waters of the upper half of the Bay. In the absence of further data it might be contended that at the time the November obser- vations were made the inshore temperature was just passing the ocean temperature in its annual decline, while, on the other hand, it might be supposed that the March temperatures were taken at a time when the inshore temperature curve was again about to cross that for the ocean temperature. And indeed it is possible, that in the inter- vening months the latter did remain somewhat higher than the former. But even on the impossible supposition that 36° F. represents the minimum tem- perature of these outlying waters,” this figure would be only about 7° higher than the lowest recorded elsewhere (i. e., the freezing point of sea water), whereas in summer the extremes of temperature varied as widely as 15°. Thus, in any case, the mean annual temperature of the bottom waters in the outlying portions of Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay is undoubtedly lower than that of the more inclosed areas to the northeast. For Vineyard Sound the mean bottom temperature of the stations lying to the seaward of Robinsons Hole, as based upon the four seasonal averages obtained by us, is 50.53°. The corresponding figure for the remainder of Vineyard Sound was found to be 53.31°. This difference, however, is entirely determined by the June and August results, so that for the summer months alone the difference would be about twice as great. Another plain deduction from the foregoing figures is that the total annual range of temperature in these outlying waters is far less than in the more inclosed waters of the region. For the former the temperature range is probably about 30° F.; for the latter it may reach 45° or more. The occurrence in summer of colder waters in the ocean immediately beyond the mouth of Vineyard Sound was pointed out by Verrill as long ago as 1871, and a few definite temperature figures were then presented by him. ‘These last were also included in the chart accompanying the “‘Report on the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound.” On September 9 the lowest figure recorded by Verrill was 57° F., which was the bottom temperature at a point several miles beyond Gay Head. Within the @ Rathbun (1887) in a chart (No. 17), giving temperatures taken during five years at the Vineyard Sound Lightship, off Sow and Pigs Reef, records figures as low as 29° and 30° during January and February. For most of the time during these months, moreover, the temperature remained below 35°. ‘These were surface temperatures, it is true, but it is likely, as above stated, that the figures for surface and bottom are not far from equal in winter. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 51 mouth of Vineyard Sound, on the same day, the surface temperature was 67° F. Tem- peratures were likewise taken west of No Mans Land and south of Narragansett Bay in 29 fathoms. ‘These agree in being considerably lower than the temperatures known to occur at the same time in the more inclosed waters of the neighborhood. The pres- ent writers have found still more extreme conditions to prevail at certain points imme- diately to the east of Cape Cod. At Crab Ledge, a few miles to the east of Chatham (chart 223), at a mean depth of 1714 fathoms, two observations on August 12, 1909, gave a mean surface temperature of 65° F. and a mean bottom temperature of 47.2° F. These figures accord pretty well with some obtained at nearly the same point by Robert Platt, United States Navy, on September 14 and 15, 1877. ‘The latter found a mean surface temperature of 60.3° F. and a mean bottom temperature (28 fathoms) of 48.2° F. It is interesting to compare the figures obtained by us on August 10 and 12, 1909, for a series of points between Woods Hole and Crab Ledge. These are presented in the following table: epi, | Buttes | Bottom ature. ature. PIGDEMRC TEN GIUSE withont Nantucket Sornd) |... 2... ij cies oesiesel sce ee ae viene ciacee sciecic evens 5 63-0 62.0 Handkerchief Shoal (eastern end Nantucket Sound) .. .. 0.0.00... cece ccc eect e eee eeeeeneeees 7 62.5 60.0 ReeeeM eres CEINIGOLE GL INATEUCKEL SOUTIG) <5. Sos ajeteicie g ocltino 0 dices» vie aelen oicle slovaagicieh seietcelee da weatinala 83% @70.5 @70.2 eae CEOSLETHL ENG, VATLEVAE SOMA) ooo 52.5 c.cs ciaicin ons bieyoibisinleye(Gie ecjaselereins pisinias Sle cmp vaca aes 12 71.0 69.5 @ The mean of two determinations on different days. Verrill explained the low temperatures of the outer waters by invoking the aid of ‘‘an offshoot of the arctic current,’ which he believed to pass westward into Long Island Sound. The question whether or not there is a definite southward (and west- ward) flowing current which affects this part of the coast has already been discussed briefly on another page. No conclusive answer to this question appears to be forth- coming at present. Undoubted, however, is the fact that during the summer months there lies a comparatively cold zone between the warm coastal water and the yet warmer Gulf Stream. This may, as has been suggested, merely represent the normal ocean water which would be proper to this latitude in the absence of the Gulf Stream. If this view be accepted, the higher temperature attained during the summer months by the waters of Buzzards Bay and of Nantucket and Vineyard Sounds is simply the result of their shallowness and comparative detachment from the great reservoir of ocean water outside, just as we know that salt marshes or shallow lagoons become even warmer than this during the summer months. The question here suggests itself why the coastal waters north of Cape Cod, e. ¢g., at Gloucester and at Boothbay, do not likewise become much warmer than they do during the summer months. We have seen (p. 49) that the relations between the temperatures at these points and those at Woods Hole are not such as are wholly explained by differences in latitude. It is highly probable that one factor in the case is the far greater depth of the waters north of Cape Cod, at slight distances from shore, For example, the 50-fathom line passes within from 5 to 10 (nautical) miles of Cape Ann and of many parts of the Maine coast; while at the nearest point it lies over 50 4 These data were furnished us by the Superintendent of the Coast and Geodetic Survey. 52 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. miles from Marthas Vineyard. The tides, likewise, are of much greater amplitude north of Cape Cod, insuring a far more rapid intermingling of the coastal waters with those of the open sea. South of Cape Cod there is an extensive area of shoal water, much of which is pretty definitely bounded off from the open ocean. Reference has already been made to the occurrence of a net westerly tidal movement through Vine- yard Sound. This implies, of course, that the latter derives much of its water from Nantucket Sound, a broad and on the whole very shallow area of sea, pretty well shut in by land and by shoals. 5. SALINITY. Salinity or, more properly, density determinations were made along with those for temperature. The Sigsbee water cup was employed for obtaining samples from the bottom, while the surface water was merely drawn up in a pail. ‘The salinometers employed were of the Hilgard pattern and were previously tested by the Bureau of Standards. Great care was taken to prevent the soiling of the stem by the hands, which was found to exert a marked effect upon the level reached by the instrument. A bottle of caustic soda solution, or a mixture of sulphuric acid and potassium bichro- mate, was kept at hand, and used from time to time for cleaning the stem. It was found more practicable to read from the summit of the meniscus, or cone of fluid sur- rounding the salinometer stem, than to read from the actual water level. The value of the meniscus in terms of the scale was later determined. Since the temperature of the water is an all important factor in determining its specific gravity, as referred to distilled water at maximum density, careful record was kept of the water temperature at the time of taking the reading for density. Knowing these two factors, reduction was easily accomplished by the aid of a table furnished by the Bureau of Standards.” The figures, as presented, represent the specific gravities which would have been obtained had the water samples in all cases been at a temperature of 15° C. Thus each figure represents the relative weight of a given sample at 15° C. compared with an equal volume of distilled water at 4° C. The density of a solution depends, of course, upon two factors, its temperature and its concentration. Having eliminated all differences due to the former factor, the figures here given represent the concentration, i. e., the salinity of the water. The density readings here recorded were in nearly all cases made aboard ship. More precise determinations would of course have been possible if the water samples had been bottled and brought back to the laboratory where the ship’s motion would not have disturbed the observations.2 And our results would have been still more precise had we resorted to the method of titration with nitrate of silver, as employed in recent hydrographic studies. The latter method has, however, been used by us as a check upon our specific gravity determinations, and the results of the two accord so well on the whole (see p. 54) that the figures here presented are probably exact enough to meet the demands of the present work. Our figures for density are recorded to the fourth decimal place. From comparison with the chlorine tests it seems likely that in a Various tables of this sort have been published; e. g., Libbey, 1891, p. 397; Tanner, 1897, D. 337- b In five cases, in which this was done, and the results of the two independent determinations were compared, a mean differ- enice of 0.00024 was found; i. e., the error affected only the fourth decimal place, or last one considered in making the reading. ¢See Pettersson, 1894, p. 296; also account of International Conference for the Exploration of the Sea, in Journal of the Marine Biological Association, vol. v1, pp. ro1—114. ‘* ho BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 53 some cases they are accurate only to the third decimal place. Those familiar with recent hydrographic studies will perhaps regard such figures as too rough approxima- tions to have any scientific value. This would doubtless be true if we had to do with wide expanses of the sea, containing fairly permanent currents or strata of water, the limits of which could only be ascertained by determining slight differences of salinity. But in the inclosed bays and sounds of our region the continual intermixture of the waters resulting from tides and winds would render unlikely any constant stratification on the basis of salinity, and it is certain that rapid variations occur within the same area. As was the case with the temperature records already discussed, a series of determinations having no reference to the phase of the tide are open to rather serious objections. But it would be practically impossible to make such a series simultaneously throughout so large an area, and almost equally difficult to make each of them at a corresponding phase of the tide. For these reasons, therefore, only the larger differences of water density, such as are indicated by figures in the third decimal place, seem to be of interest in attempting any correlation between this factor and the distribution of our local marine animals and plants. And it will be found later that, so far as our dredging records are concerned, even the greatest extremes of salinity which are recorded by us have little or no effect in limiting the distribution of most of the species. This statement, of course, is only intended to apply to the fauna taken by the dredge. Great numbers of littoral or shallow-water organisms, here as elsewhere, obviously thrive best in brackish water or at least in somewhat diluted sea water. The salt marshes and the estuaries, indeed, are largely populated by a fauna of their own. The figures for density are given in the same tables (1-8) as those for temperature. From the density figures those for salinity proper, or percentage of salts, may readily be obtained from the table offered by Pettersson (1894, p. 298). The following equiva- lents have been computed for such degrees of density as are to be found in Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound. They represent the percentages of salt by weight in a given quantity of sea water: Density. Salinity. Density. Salinity. I. 0210 2. 84 I. 0230 3-09 I. 0215 2. 91 I. 0235 3-16 1.0220 2.98 I.0240 3-23 I. 0225 3+ 03 I. 0245 3.29 The differences of salinity, in relation to locality and season, are represented upon charts 215 to 218. Several facts of importance are to be derived from these tables and charts. (1) Even the highest figure recorded here (1.0244) is considerably lower than that found throughout the north Atlantic at great distances from land, where a specific gravity of 1.0270 to 1.0280 prevails. (2) The greatest extremes to be found among our determinations are 1.0212 and 1.0244, representing a difference of about 15 per cent in salinity. (3) The average surface density (1.02337) is lower than the average density at the bottom (1.02349). This difference is more marked in the Bay than in the Sound. It is 54 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. manifested in six of the eight pairs of contrasted figures, the June figures (both for the Bay and Sound) being exceptions. (4) The average density for Buzzards Bay (1.02314%) is lower than that for Vine- yard Sound (1.02372) and is particularly low at the head of the Bay. This condition is readily understood by reference to the estuaries which discharge into it. (5) Certain seasonal differences appear which are, perhaps, of questionable sig- nificance. In Vineyard Sound the density figures for the seasons may be arranged in the following order: GJM 52. siesc Srecchalb oase, Sikvere snare era ene Ve patel aneee ave ee Naser the ezecese ach eros eye ee I. 02339 NE cls Deen eRe MEE: Se ERIN ha Aine ach SONG EE SAO GUC U Ol tu-s0 ovo. I. 02358 PATIBUISE Sl HC hcig Mibate wih ae aacerscalm cre Mier eae aa ae ete alee abana RIMES toe ale I. 02387 November niisecie nai. Tn eee ae org Ae ete ceah Sires ae REE I. 02403 For Buzzards Bay the figures can not be given for the entire area, since in March only six stations, nearly all of them in the upper half, were visited. Taking the figures for these same six stations for the four months we find the following order to obtain: IMEC oir ele ts tray ora i, sea) tec Vimen sce eaeeitsysva = eels aie amass ge ce ea ps sive Le 02200 (ACES Cabernet ome aN eet A Meant He rag AS is eS eta tAr' so ce I. 02273 ING VED ER RRA Lae sate ciate ate fie eves voarete tthe clef eteesranten, Siete hs sotlehs BOR Ue Eee ene I. 02299. VASA CRISES ee ty Sh i or SRN” BI, OPE eye | ee eee ee I. 02327 The figures for the different seasons were obtained at intervals of about three months and by two different observers. Differences due to “personal equation” have thus perhaps played a part in the results. And even if that source of error were eliminated, it is quite likely that the figures for the same month in different years would not agree at all exactly. In November, 1908, eight of the determinations of the pre- ceding November were repeated. The average difference between the earlier and later figures was 4 in the fourth decimal place, i. e., a quantity in excess of some of the sea- sonal differences appearing in the foregoing tables. In order to compare the results of hydrometer readings with those obtained by titra- tion for chlorine, 17 water samples were subjected to both tests.2 The chlorine deter- mination in each case was compared with the value, computed from Pettersson’s table, for water of the specific gravity recorded. It was found that the actual and the expected values differed on the average by 1.5 per cent. On the assumption that the figures for the titrations were absolutely correct, which is scarcely allowable, this discrepancy implies an average error in the salinometer readings amounting to a little over 3 in the fourth decimal place. We have thus, in any case, some measure of the accuracy of the specific gravity determinations here recorded. As already stated, the fourth figure is not entirely trustworthy. It must be remembered, however, that local dif- ferences have been pointed out within our region equal to about ten times the amount of this average error. Seven water samples obtained by us in August, 1909, at points within Nantucket Sound and beyond its eastern end, yielded specific gravities varying only from 1.0237 to 1.0239. These figures are close to, but slightly lower than, those found in Vineyard Sound during the same month two years previously. @ This figure is somewhat too low, since only the upper half of the Bay was represented in the March series. Here, as stated, the density is particularly low. b These titrations were for the most part made by Dr. W. M. Clark, then a scientific assistant at the Woods Hole laboratory. Chapter III—SYNOPSIS OF ZOOLOGICAL DATA. 1. THE DREDGING RECORDS. Complete records were kept of every dredge haul of the Survey, comprising such data as the bearings, date, depth, etc., at each station, as well as a list of the aggregate fauna and flora foundtooccur there. It was our original expectation to publish the entire set of station records as an appendix to the present report, for it would certainly be desirable to insure the permanency of these records through printing. They are the crude data upon which most of our ensuing discussion is based, and it is highly probable that they would yield other results of value if subjected to further analysis. Here, and here only, do we find what forms of life are associated together upon a given area of the sea bottom. Owing to the voluminous character of these records, however, it has not been found practicable to publish them in their entirety, although a ‘‘ List of Stations” is presented at the close of section I. As regards the associations of species, we must be content at present with presenting the data in a generalized form, except for the reproduction of a very few complete station records by way of illustration. In all there are 458 stations, belonging to the regular series, which may be classi- fied as follows: nisihawi wVvineyard ooutid sa: BAe Unie) Sieh. sale dd He Me sale a ee 218 Bib view MB IZZardspe ay ee tee stab te iets oie. INS cd enciseth dete, Sed ehedisl 66 PAS EN a ey Ora Ie eet e he cians eh cree cectarehare a lone! 5 acs aves s heen vepapae wis da: sparse aye,uand 7 Phalarope and Blue Wing, Vineyard Sound..........5.........---0 2-0 eee 77 PRAlALOPe, DUZZALOS DAY a Vourceitsc jets y aieeetatr si a4 ae ele uons ee apa ef sic nietpare eens 90 PRG ea aa eae ta eta olsind tar tps bop ael- Bam ptcaccd le Bas Siviekates rehire oyardiefe 2c. age eS eh 458 With a few exceptions (see below) these stations were all dredged during the sum- mers of 1903, 1904, and 1905. The Fish Hawk was employed during all three of these seasons, the Phalarope (supplemented by the Blue Wing) during the second and third seasons. Owing, however, to an accident which prevented the use of the Phalarope along the western shore of Buzzards Bay in 1905, the latter region was not dredged until the summer of 1907. These 1907 stations have been charted along with the others and the records included in the same series. There are likewise included with the regu- lar series certain repeated stations. Owing to the somewhat tentative character of the Vineyard Sound dredgings in 1903, 34 of these earlier stations were redredged (ap- proximately) in 1904, partly with the Fish Hawk, partly with the Phalarope. Such stations have been designated by the original number, with the addition of the Latin word ‘‘bis.”’ The ‘‘bis’’ stations have all been treated as Fish Hawk stations, and a list of them is published at the end of the Fish Hawk series. The records for the occur- rence of each species at this group of repeated stations have been incorporated serially 55 56 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. with the others in the annotated list, and these records have been included in plotting the distribution charts. During the summers of 1906, 1907, 1908, and 1909 various supplementary dredg- ings were carried on with both the Fish Hawk and the Phalarope, and at least 150 sta- tions were dredged. ‘These were in most cases more or less approximate repetitions of stations of the regular series. On most of these occasions search was made only for particular species, and no list was kept of the entire collection of organisms brought up. In the case of the hydroids, Bryozoa, and Foraminifera, however, and of unusual species belonging to any group, the records derived from these supplementary stations are to a large extent included with the others, the year of the dredging being indicated. During the summer of 1909, 26 of the earlier stations in Buzzards Bay (mainly of the Fish Hawk series) were repeated with rough approximation by the Phalarope, and fairly full lists were made of the organisms taken at each. These lists have been appended to the regular series. Several trips were likewise made during the summer of 1907 for the special purpose of collecting alge. To what degree the earlier records have been confirmed or corrected by these sup- plementary dredgings will appear from time to time in the special discussion relating to particular species. It may be noted in passing, however, that the later operations have added very materially to the accuracy of our results as a whole. A chart (no. 226) has been prepared indicating the position and, so far as possible, the direction and extent (see p. 18) of the dredgings of the survey. Upon this chart the stations are numbered, these numbers corresponding to those given in the lists. The numbers employed are arranged consecutively according to date. They do not there- fore bear any necessary relation to the position of the stations. In order to facilitate the finding of a given station by the reader the following general statements are offered: (1) The Fish Hawk stations are all indicated by numbers of four digits, commenc- ing with 7, thus: 7521, etc. The Phalarope and Blue Wing stations are indicated by numbers ranging from 1 to 167. (2) Fish Hawk stations are designated either by a circle or by a chain of two, three, or four smaller circles, connected by a straight or curved line (see p. 18). Phala- rope and Blue Wing stations are designated by arrows, which show the direction of the haul, and, very roughly, its relative duration. These last are in all cases near shore, except for a few upon the Middle Ground shoal at the eastern end of Vineyard Sound. (3) Fish Hawk stations 7521 to 7602 are in Vineyard Sound, commencing near Nobska Point and running to the westward. They are arranged at intervals of about three-fourths of a mile along lines crossing the Sound at a distance of about 1 mile from one another. Near the western end of Vineyard Sound three of these lines are num- bered in a reversed order, i. e., stations 7581 to 7587 are along the line connecting Gay Head and Cuttyhunk, the next stations in serial order, being ee a line passing from Nashawena to a point about 1 mile east of Gay Head. (4) Stations 7603 to 7609, inclusive, are at Crab Ledge (see chart 223), and are therefore not included upon the present chart. (5) Stations 7610 to 7675 are in Buzzards Bay—7610 to 7635 are in the upper half, starting from a point near Woods Hole; 7636 to 7675 are in the lower half. @ Certain groups, however, did not receive adequate attention, and comparatively few of these specimens were referred to specialists for identification. TL Caine es vo rin eee BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 57 (6) Stations 7676 to 7783 (except 7711 to 7716) are in Vineyard Sound, beginning at the western end and passing eastward, though the order is not at all regular. (7) Stations 7711 to 7716, inclusive, do not appear upon the chart. (8) Stations 1 to 19, 24 to 43, and 52 to 167 were dredged by the Phalarope; 20 to 23 and 44 to 51 by the Blue Wing. (9) Stations 1 to 77 are in Vineyard Sound. No. 1 is along the shore of Nonamesset Island. ‘The first series continues, not always in regular order, to 38, at Cuttyhunk, though 35, 36, and 37 are at Sow and Pigs Reef. Stations 39 to 43 are along the shoal Middle Ground. Stations 44 to 51 and 56 to 60 are at Gay Head; 61, 62, and 63 are near West Chop; 64 to 68 are along the shore of Marthas Vineyard from Prospect Hill to Cedar Tree Neck; 69 to 72 are in Vineyard Haven; while stations 73 to 77 extend from Nortons Point to Cedar Tree Neck. (10) Stations 78 to 167 are in Buzzards Bay. They commence at Nashawena Island, and extend northeastward along the shores of Pasque and Naushon; the series then skips to Cuttyhunk (99 to 104), then to Weepecket Islands (105 to 110), then to Cuttyhunk again (111 and 112) and to Penikese (113 to 116). Station 117 is at Unca- tena Island, and 118 to 123 are inthe immediate neighborhood of Woods Hole. From this point the series extends pretty regularly up the eastern shore of Buzzards Bay, and from the head of the Bay, down the western shore, at wider intervals. The complete records of four of our stations (dredge hauls) are presented herewith. We have selected one Fish Hawk station in Buzzards Bay (7656), one Fish Hawk station in Vineyard Sound (7730), one Phalarope station in Vineyard Sound (52), and one Phalarope station in Buzzards Bay (83). In each case, that station, within each group, has been selected from which the greatest number of species was recorded. ‘Thus, 61 species of animals and 20 species of plants were found at station no. 7656; 81 animals and 13 plants at no. 7730; 72 animals and 14 plants at no. 52; and 68 animals and 11 plants at no. 83.. These are accordingly not typical dredge hauls in the sense of being average ones, numerically speaking. On the other hand, the bottoms which were traversed were probably characteristic enough of the regions which they represent. No attempt has been made by us, here or elsewhere, to count the number of indi- vidual organisms taken in a single haul of the dredge. Such figures are, however, so entirely dependent upon the character and size of the dredge employed, and the dura- tion of the haul, that we do not believe that the value of any results of this sort would have been commensurate with the labor involved in counting. Even these maximum figures from our dredging in Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay fail much below some of those offered by Herdman and Dawson (1902, p. 20 et seq.). For example, in three successive hauls in the neighborhood of Port Erin, at depths of 16 to 18 fathoms, these writers record 93, 111, and 156 species of animals. Moreover, we are informed that these hauls are “‘characteristic’”’ and not ‘‘picked” ones, being made “‘for the purpose of comparison with some published from other seas.” Further comparisons between the fauna of our region and that of the Irish Sea, in respect to wealth of species, will be found on pages 88 and 89. @ The numbers for these stations are about twice the average ones. Seep. 77. 58 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. FISH HAWK STATION 7656. August 12, 1904.—North end Penikese Island W. byS., 314 miles; Dumpling Rock Light NNW. 34 W., 474 miles; 8 fathoms; sandy mud; 7-foot beam trawl, scrape dredge; drift NE. 1 mile. ANIMALS. HypDROozoA: ?Obelia geniculata (on Laminaria). Tubularia crocea (few colonies). BRYOZOA: AStea anguina. Bugula turrita. Cellepora americana. Lepralia sp. (americana or pallasiana). Membranipora pilosa. Schizoporella unicornis. ANNULATA: Arabella opalina (z). Brada setosa (z). Cistenides gouldii (1 tube). Clymenella torquata (several tubes). Diopatra cuprea (few tubes). Harmothoé imbricata (1 tube). Lumbrineris hebes (1). Nephthys incisa (several). Nicolea simplex (2 tubes on Laminaria). Ninoé nigripes (several). Rhynchobolus americanus (1). Spiochetopterus oculatus. Spirorbis spirorbis (on Laminaria, etc.). Trophonia affinis (several). CIRRIPEDIA: Balanus sp. (probably eburneus) (few). DECAPODA: Cancer irroratus (several). ; Libinia emarginata (several large and small). Neopanope texana sayi (1). Pagurus longicarpus (several in shells of Nassa). AMPHIPODA: /Bginella longicornis (r). Amphithoé rubricata (1). Caprella geometrica (1). Ptilocheirus pinguis (many). IsOPpoDA: Erichsonella filiformis (rz). PELECYPODA: Anomia simplex. Arca transversa (few shells). Astarte castanea (several shells). Astarte undata (several shells). Callocardia morrhuana (few shells). Cardium pinnulatum (few shells). Clidiophora gouldiana (few). Ensis directus (few shells). Mytilus edulis (several large and small shells). PELECYpopa—Continued. Nucula proxima. Petricola pholadiformis. Tellina tenera. Venus mercenaria (few small shells). Yoldia limatula (z). GASTROPODA: Anachis avara (few shells). Astyris lunata. Crepidula fornicata (few shells and living). Crepidula plana (few shells). Littorina litorea (x shell). Tritia trivittata (several shells). Turbonilla vine. Turbonilla winkleyi. Turbonilla sp. CEPHALOPODA: Loligo pealii (eggs and young). PISCES: Paralichthys oblongus (1). Prionotus carolinus. Pseudopleuronectes americanus (3). Spheroides maculatus (1). Stenotomus chrysops (many young). Urophycis tenuis (1 living). PLANTS. PHSOPHYCES: Chorda filum (rz). Chordaria flagelliformis (many). Desmarestia aculeata (few). Dictyosiphon hippuroides (many). Ectocarpus fasciculatus (many). Laminaria Agardhii (many). RHODOPHYCES: Ahnfeldtia plicata (few). Callithamnion Baileyi (many). Ceramium rubrum (many). Champia parvula (few). Chondrus crispus (many). Cystoclonium purpurascens (few). Cystoclonium purpurascens var. cirrhosum (few). Dasya elegans (r). Phyllophora Brodizi (many). Polysiphonia elongata (1). Polysiphonia nigrescens (few). Rhodomela subfusca (1). Rhodymenia palmata (rz). Spyridia filamentosa (few). BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 59 FISH HAWK STATION 7730. August 8, 1905.—(a) Prospect Hill-Nashawena, 115° 59’, Nashawena-Gay Head, 87° 59’; (b) Prospect Hill-Pasque, 92° 27’, Pasque-Gay Head, 115° 22’; (c) Prospect Hill-Pasque, 101° 57’, Pasque-Gay Head, 118° 41’; 12 fathoms; hard sand; 9-foot beam trawl and mud bag. ANIMALS. FORAMINIFERA: Biloculina ringens. Discorbina rosacea. Miliolina seminulum. Rotalia beccarii. PORIFERA: Cliona celata (much). Hyprozoa: . Eudendrium dispar. Halecium halecinum. Hydractinia echinata. ?Obelia geniculata. Pennaria tiarella. Bryozoa: AXtea anguina. Bicellaria ciliata. Bugula turrita. Cellepora americana. Hippuraria armata. Lichenopora verrucaria. Membranipora tenuis. Schizoporella unicornis. Smittia trispinosa nitida. ASTEROIDEA: Asterias forbesi (1). Asterias vulgaris (2). Henricia sanguinolenta (x large). OPHIUROIDEA: Amphipholis squamata. ECHINOIDEA: Echinarachnius parma (2 shells and 1 living). ANNULATA: Diopatra cuprea (1 tube). Harmothoé imbricata (1). Lepidonotus squamatus. Nicolea simplex (3). Pseudopotamilla oculifera (many tubes). ?Spirorbis spirorbis (few). CopPEPODA: Argulus megalops (r). DECAPODA: Cancer irroratus (several). Crago septemspinosus (r). Homarus americanus (several). Libinia emarginata (many smail). Ovalipes ocellatus (few). Pagurus acadianus (several). Pagurus annulipes (several). Pagurus longicarpus (few). . AMPHIPODA: Aiginella longicornis (very many large and small). Ampelisca macrocephala (1). Ampelisca spinipes (3). Amphithoé rubricata (1). Byblis serrata (4). Corophium cylindricum (2). Ericthonius minax (4 males, 1 female). Ericthonius rubricornis (1 female). Pontogenia inermis (10 small). Unciola irrorata (2 small). TSsOPODA: Edotea montosa (1). Erichsonella filiformis (2). Idothea phosphorea (several). PELECYPODA: f Anomia simplex (many shells). Astarte undata (several shells). Callocardia morrhuana. Cardium pinnulatum (few living and shells), Clidiophora gouldiana (1 living and x shell). Cyclas islandica (1 shell). Divaricella quadrisulcata (1 shell). Ensis directus (1 shell). Lyonsia hyalina (3 shells). Modiolaria nigra (few very small living). Mytilus edulis (x living). Nucula proxima (1 shell). Pecten gibbus borealis (1 fragment and 1 shell), Pecten magellanicus (1 fragment). Spisula solidissima (several shells). Tellina tenera (few living and 1 shell). Venericardia borealis (few shells). Venus mercenaria (x large shell). GASTROPODA: Anachis avara (few). Astyris lunata. Lacuna puteola (2). Polynices heros (several). Tritia trivittata (few living and shells). Vermicularia spirata (1 shell). CEPHALOPODA: Loligo pealii. TUNICATA: Amaroucium stellatum. PISCES: Pseudopleuronectes americanus (3). Raja erinacea (3). ?Raja ocellata (1). PLANTS. PHAOPHYCE®: Chorda filum (drifted fragments). Desmarestia aculeata (few). Desmarestia viridis (few). Dictyosiphon hippuroides (few). Fucus vesiculosus (drifted fragment). Sargassum Filipendula (drifted fragments). BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. RHODOPHYCEA:: Agardhiella tenera (few). Antithamnion cruciatum (few). Ceramium tenuissimum (few). Cystoclonium purpurascens var. cirrhosum (many). Grinnellia americana (r1). Polysiphonia elongata (few). Polysiphonia nigrescens (many). PHALAROPE STATION 52. August 11, 1904.—7-6% fathoms; shelly and gravelly. ANIMALS. HYDROZOA: Tubularia crocea (few tubes). BRYOZOA: Bugula turrita (many). ASTEROIDEA: Asterias forbesi (several). Asterias vulgaris (several). Henricia sanguinolenta (2). ECHINOIDEA: Arbacia punctulata (few). Echinarachnius parma (many). Strongylocentrotus droebachiensis living). ANNULATA: Diopatra cuprea (many tubes). Harmothoé imbricata (common). Hydroides dianthus (few). Nephthys incisa (1 fragment). Nereis pelagica (several). Pista sp. (fragment of x tube). Pseudopotamilla oculifera (x). Sabellaria vulgaris (1 tube). DECAPODA: Cancer irroratus (many small). Crago septemspinosus. Libinia emarginata (several small). Pagurus acadianus (2 small). Pagurus annulipes (few). Pagurus longicarpus (many). AMPHIPODA: Corophium cylindricum (rz). Ischyrocerus anguipes (1 small). Unciola irrorata (rz). ISOPODA: Erichsonella filiformis. PELECYPODA: Anomia aculeata (x shell). Anomia simplex (few shells). Arca transversa (few living and shells). (several a The occurrence of this species in the present dredge haul is inexplicable PELECYPODA—Continued. Astarte castanea (several). Astarte undata (few). Callocardia morrhuana (many shells). Cardium pinnulatum (common, living). Clidiophora gouldiana (many shells). Cochlodesma leanum (abundant). Corbula contracta (1 shell). Crassinella mactracea (many living). Crenella glandula. Cumingia tellinoides (few shells). Ensis directus (small living). Lyonsia hyalina (x living). Modiolaria nigra (few shells). Modiolus modiolus (few shells). Mulinia lateralis (few shells). Mytilus edulis (few). Nucula proxima (few). Pecten magellanicus (z shell). Petricola pholadiformis (2 shells). Spisula solidissima (many shells). Tellina tenera (few shells). Venericardia borealis. Venus mercenaria (few shells). Yoldia limatula (1 shell). GASTROPODA: Anachis avara (several shells). Astyris lunata (many living). Busycon canaliculatum (r). Czecum cooperi. Cerithiopsis emersonii (1 shell). Crepidula convexa (several living). Crepidula fornicata (many shells). Crepidula plana (many living). Lacuna puteola (few shells). Littorina rudis (z living, 2 shells). @ Polynices duplicata (few, 1 living). Polynices heros (few shells). Polynices triseriata (several living and shells). Tritia trivittata (living and many shells). The specimens doubtless came from much nearer shore, being retained in the net, perhaps, from the preceding haul. (a ettg Mal Be BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 61 Gastropopa—Continued. RHODOPHYCEA: Urosalpinx cinereus (few). Agardhiella tenera (many). AMPHINEURA: Antithamnion cruciatum (few). Cheetopleura apiculata (several). Corallina officinalis (few). CEPHALOPODA: Cystoclonium purpurascens (few). Loligo pealii (x mass of eggs). Cystoclonium purpurascens var. cirrhosum PISCES: (few). Myoxocephalus zneus (few). Griffithsia Bornetiana (few). Raja sp., egg capsule (r). Lithothamnion polymorphum (few). Phyllophora Brodizi (few). PLANTS. Polysiphonia nigrescens (many). PHAHOPHYCE: Rhodymenia palmata (few). Chordaria flagelliformis (few). Seirospora Griffithsiana (many). Ralfsia clavata (few). Spyridia filamentosa (many). PHALAROPE STATION 83. Jwy 12, 1905.—North shore of Pasque Island; 5—7 fathoms; sand. ANIMALS. CirRIPEDIA: FORAMINIFERA: : Balanus sp. (probably eburneus) (few). Miliolina circularis. = ee SCHIZOPOD: Cliona celata (2 pieces). Schizopod (undetermined). Hyprozoa: DeEcapopa: Hydractinia echinata. Crago septemspinosus (many). Sertularia sp. Homarus americanus (1 fragment). Thuiaria argentea. Libinia emarginata. Tubularia crocea (dead tubes). Pagurus annulipes (several). ACTINOZOA: Pagurus longicarpus (common). Astrangia dane (several small). AMPHIPopA: sy ee deem. Leptochelia savignyi. IsopoDA: Bugula turrita. Crisia eburnea (few). eeOLe# seuss (a). Hippothoa hyalina. INSECTA: Lepralia sp. (americana or pallasiana). | Sarcophaga sp. larva (probably not actually Membranipora pilosa. dredged from bottom). Membranipora tenuis. PELECYPODA: Schizoporella unicornis. Arca transversa (several). Smittia trispinosa nitida. Astarte castanea (few living). ASTEROIDEA: Callocardia morrhuana (few). Asterias vulgaris (1 small). Cardium pinnulatum (several shells). Henricia sanguinolenta (1 small). Clidiophora gouldiana (x living). EcHINOIDEA: Corbula contracta (few shells). Arbacia punctulata (spines). Crassinella mactracea (several living and Echinarachnius parma (x shell). shells). ANNULATA: Crenella glandula (2 shells). Diopatra cuprea (few tubes). Cumingia tellinoides (2 shells). Harmothoé imbricata (2 very small). Ensis directus (shells). Hydroides dianthus (several). Mytilus edulis (fragments and young). Lepidonotus squamatus (1). Ostrea virginica (x living). Nereis arenaceodentata (r). Pecten gibbus borealis (2 shells). Nereis pelagica (x young). Yoldia limatula (few, 1 living). Pista sp. (fragments of several tubes). AMPHINEURA: Spirorbis sp. (2 tubes). Chetopleura apiculata (2). 62 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GASTROPODA: PISCES: Anachis avara (common, living and shells). Myoxocephalus zeneus. Astyris lunata. Cochlodesma leanum (1 shell). PHAOPHYCEZ: Ses Crepidula convexa (1 living). Desmarestia aculeata (many). Crepidula fornicata (many shells). Leathesia difformis (x drift). Crepidula plana (few). RHODOPHYCES:: Eupleura caudata (several shells). Callithamnion roseum (2). Littorina litorea (1 shell). Corallina officinalis (x drift). Polynices triseriata (common, living and Cystoclonium purpurascens var. cirrhosum shells). (many). Tritia trivittata (many living). Phyllophora Brodizi (many). Urosalpinx cinereus (few shells). Phyllophora membranifolia (many). Vermicularia spirata (several shells). Polyides rotundus (many). TUNICATA: Polysiphonia nigrescens (many). Didemnum lutarium (several masses). Polysiphonia urceolata (rz). Molgula manhattensis (2). Rhodomela subfusca (rz). 2. THE DISTRIBUTION CHARTS. We have deemed it advisable to publish a large number of charts portraying the distribution of species as revealed by the station records. It is not likely that the lists of station numbers given in the text for each species will often be translated by the reader into definite localities; while, on the other hand, the generalized statements of the authors are necessarily incomplete and at best do not take the place of graphic representations such as the charts. Some explanation is necessary for a proper under- standing of these last. With a few exceptions, they are based upon the records of the regular dredging stations only, i. e., those for the years 1903, 1904, and 1905.% Nodata derived from outside information, however reliable, have been included here, nor even data from our own shore collecting, or (exceptions aside) from our supplementary dredg- ings and repetitions of earlier stations, though, of course, such additional data have been incorporated in the text. The exceptions mentioned include the “bis” stations as a whole (see p. 55), the records from which have been plotted for all species. In the case of the Foraminifera, hydroids, and Bryozoa, many records derived from supplementary dredgings (repeated stations) during the summers of 1906-1909 have been plotted upon the charts. This has been considered advisable owing to the probable imperfection of the original records for all of these organisms. Such procedure is open to two objections. In the first place, the repeated stations are at best rather rough approximations to the original ones whose numbers have been given them. Even with the greatest care, it is impossible to lower a dredge at precisely the same point as on a previous occasion, and in the case of most of our repetitions, lack of time prevented the maneuvering necessary to a very exact location of the spot origin- ally charted. In the second place, the repeated stations were not distributed with any regularity throughout the region dredged, and unless due caution is exercised the results of these are likely to be misleading. Moreover, since the records from these have been plotted only for certain groups, undue emphasis has in some cases probably been thrown upon the latter. Despite these objections, however, we believe that the distributions @ Including the completion of the western shore of Buzzards Bay in 1907. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 63 of the species in question have been portrayed more fairly, on the whole, than if the supplementary records had been omitted. Without making certain allowances one might be greatly misled by these charts. Some of the sources of possible misconception have just been referred to. For all groups the greater apparent abundance of various species in Vineyard Sound, as compared with Buzzards Bay, is frequently to be explained merely by the greater number of dredging stations in the former. The Fish Hawk was employed during two seasons upon the Vineyard Sound series of stations, while systematic dredging by this vessel in Buzzards Bay was limited to the summer of 1904. Thus there are 218 Fish Hawk stations in Vine- yard Sound and only 66 in Buzzards Bay, although the latter is a considerably larger body of water. The concentration of stations in the Sound, so obvious upon the chart, is thus explained. The latter condition is emphasized by the inclusion in the distri- bution charts of records from the “‘bis’’ stations (see above), all of which were in Vine- yard Sound. This disparity in the thoroughness with which the two bodies of water were worked was due (1) to the fact that the earlier and more or less experimental dredgings were conducted in Vineyard Sound, and it was regarded as desirable to repeat these; and (2) to the greater uniformity of conditions throughout the bottom of Buz- zards Bay, rendering it unnecessary to dredge at such frequent intervals. Another point for which allowance must be made is the fact that the apparent absence of a species from a given area is in some cases due merely to the absence, for the time, of a collector accustomed to search for this particular form, or even to the lack of dredging apparatus suitable for bringing it up. Such cases, and other possible sources of error, will be discussed in their proper places in connection with particular groups of animals. Finally, reference must be made to certain spurious distribution patterns, which result, not from any defect in our own methods, but from the transportation of organic remains to points where the animals themselves had probably never lived. As an illustration of this phenomenon we may mention the occurrence of shells of the common oyster in the deeper parts of Vineyard Sound, where their presence is probably to be attributed to passing vessels. Another instance is the transportation of littoral shells (e. g., Littorina litorea) by hermit crabs, and it is likely that the lighter shells of certain mollusks and the remains of various other organisms are carried to considerable distances by currents. The distribution charts are reproduced from maps plotted out by Mr. James W. Underwood and Miss Edith Chapman. ‘These assistants employed a blank form based upon a chart prepared by the draftsman of the Bureau, Mr. W. F. Hill. The stars were first put in with a rubber stamp and then filled out with a drawing pen and india ink. Owing to the crowding of stations or the proximity of some of these to shore, the star BS in many cases, at some distance from the station to which it belongs. It has not been thought worth while to plot the distributions of any species which were taken at Jess than 10 of the stations. On the other hand, the distributions of all animals,* with a few special exceptions, which were listed from 10 or more stations have been presented herewith. Thus the charts are restricted to the more representa- @ This statement does not strictly hold for the plants. 64 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. tive species comprised in our local benthos. In many cases, however, highly instructive data have been obtained regarding forms of less frequent occurrence. Such have been referred to in the text. Records entered as doubtful have been excluded in plotting the distribution charts, In the charts for the shell-bearing mollusks and echinoderms, and for the coral A strangia,. it will be found that the stars are in many cases surrounded by circles. ‘The circle in each case indicates that one or more /iving specimens were recorded from the station in question; absence of the circle implies either that the records indicate the presence of dead shells only, or that no statement has been made on the subject. 3. THE FAUNA CONSIDERED ACCORDING TO REGIONS AND HABITATS. Many of the species encountered during our dredging operations were found to have a practically unrestricted distribution within the waters explored. In the case of many other species, their distribution was found to be definitely restricted, i. e., they were adapted to particular temperatures or to particular kinds of bottom. These various types of distribution will be discussed at some length in relation to particular species which serve to illustrate them, and many cases are portrayed graphically by means of charts. But it is likewise important that a list of the more prevalent species should be presented synoptically for each subregion of our chart and for each variety of habitat. With this in view the stations were tabulated in various ways, according to the type of bottom or the like; and for each of these groups lists were prepared comprising all of those species which were taken at one-fourth or more of the stations in question.“ We believe that lists thus restricted may be regarded as comprising only such species as are truly representative of these various bottoms. It must be conceded, however, that many of the less common forms which do not appear in the lists at all may be highly characteristic of one or another group of stations, and may, indeed, be limited to these. Preceding the lists for particular waters or particular types of bottom we present a table comprising those species which were taken at one-fourth or more of the total number of dredging stations of the Survey, i. e., at 115 or more of the regular stations.? It is believed that such a list conveys a good idea of the prevailing benthic fauna of our local waters, so far as we can speak of any single prevailing fauna where the conditions differ so widely. ‘This list will perhaps render possible the detection of future changes in the relative abundance of certain species. a At first only those species were listed which were present at half or more of a given group of stations, but it was found that all of the resulting lists were very brief, and that they omitted many highly characteristic forms. b None of the supplementary stations, except the ‘‘bis’’ stations of 1904, have been considered in the present computations. The inclusion of the 1909 records would doubtless change the complexion of these tables somewhat, though not, we believe, very materially. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 65 I. Species recorded from one-fourth (115) or more of the regular dredging stations of the Survey.a PORIFERA: , Decarpopa—Continued. Cliona celata (171). Libinia emarginata (192). ACTINOZOA: Cancer irroratus (209). Astrangia dane (158). Neopanope texana sayi (143). BRYOZOA: PELECYPODA: Crisia eburnea (201). ; *Anomia simplex (256). *Bugula turrita (255). : Pecten gibbus borealis (162). Schizoporella unicornis (197). Mytilus edulis (217). Smittia trispinosa nitida (163). Modiolus modiolus (120). ASTEROIDEA: *Arca transversa (264). Henricia sanguinolenta (118). Nucula proxima (205). Asterias forbesi (206). Crassinella mactracea (182). EcHINOIDEA: Cardium pinnulatum (219). Arbacia punctulata (156). Callocardia morrhuana (192). Echinarachnius parma (170). Tellina tenera (193). ANNULATA: *Ensis directus (235). Harmothoé imbricata (189). Spisula solidissima (222). Lepidonotus squamatus (165) *Clidiophora gouldiana (234). Nereis pelagica (192). Corbula contracta (128). Diopatra cuprea (198). GASTROPODA: *Hydroides dianthus (237). *Tritia trivittata (373). CrirRIPEDIA: *Anachis avara (295). Balanus eburneus (162). *Astyris lunata (245). AMPHIPODA: Urosalpinx cinereus (156). Unciola irrorata (115). Littorina litorea—shells only (131). DECAPODA: *Crepidula fornicata (326). Crago septemspinosus (169). *Crepidula plana (291). *Pagurus longicarpus (290). Polynices heros (165). Pagurus annulipes (196). Polynices triseriata (144). II. Species which were taken at one-fourth (55) or more of the Fish Hawk stations in Vineyard Sound. PORIFERA: ECHINOIDEA: Cliona celata (76). Arbacia punctulata (ror). Riepedz0a: Echinarachnius parma (130). ANNULATA: Eudendrium ramosum (58). Hydractinia echinata (62). AcTINOzOA: Astrangia danz (70). Harmothoé imbricata (go). Lepidonotus squamatus (86). Nereis pelagica (115). Diopatra cuprea (75). Bryozoa: Hydroides dianthus (94). Crisia eburnea (97). CrrRIPEDIA: Bugula turrita (135). Balanus eburneus (83). Schizoporella unicornis (112). DECAPODA: Smittia trispinosa nitida (84). Crago septemspinosus (73). Cellepora americana (55). Pagurus pollicaris (70). ASTEROIDEA: ~ Pagurus longicarpus (131). Henricia sanguinolenta (62). Pagurus annulipes (77). Asterias forbesi (119). Libinia emarginata (99). Asterias vulgaris (73). Cancer irroratus (134). ets The number in parenthesis indicates the number of stations at which the species wasfound. Species are starred (in the first list only). which were taken at one-half or more of the stations. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt 1—13 5 66 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. AMPHIPODA: PELECYPopA—Continued. Unciola irrorata (68). Clidiophora gouldiana (94). PELECYPODA: Corbula contracta (62). Anomia simplex (93). Mytilus edulis (136). Modiolus modiolus (85). Arca transversa (116). Nucula proxima (82). Venericardia borealis (59). Astarte castanea (74). Crassinella mactracea (go). Cardium pinnulatum (66). Callocardia morrhuana (62). Tellina tenera (77). Ensis directus (94). Spisula solidissima (140). In a considerable measure the above list is a repetition of the first. GASTROPODA: Tritia trivittata (163). Anachis avara (131). Astyris lunata (116). Urosalpinx cinereus (63). Crepidula fornicata (144). Crepidula plana (136). Polynices heros (1109). CEPHALOPODA: Loligo pealii (55). TUNICATA: Amaroucium pellucidum (57). Only four species comprised in the first list are wanting in the second, while only nine additional ones are to be found in the latter. This close agreement is doubtless due to the fact that the Fish Hawk stations in Vineyard Sound are more than three times as numerous as are those in Buzzards Bay. They thus have an undue share in determining the character of the first of our lists. III. Species taken at one-fourth (17) or more of the Fish Hawk stations in Buzzards Bay. PORIFERA: Cliona celata (32). ACTINOZOA: Astrangia danz (29). BRYOZOA: Crisia eburnea (24). ZEtea anguina (22). Bugula turrita (35). Schizoporella unicornis (31). Smittia trispinosa nitida (25). ASTEROIDEA: Asterias forbesi (23). ANNULATA: Nephthys incisa (34). Diopatra cuprea (34). Ninoé nigripes (31). Rhynchobolus americanus (22). Chetopterus pergamentaceus (21). Spiochztopterus oculatus (28). Cistenides gouldii (19). Clymenella torquata (25). Hydroides dianthus (30). CirRIPEDIA: Balanus eburneus (36). AMPHIPODA: Ampelisca macrocephala (17). Ptilocheirus pinguis (26). Unciola irrorata (22). DECAPODA: Crago septemspinosus (28). Pagurus longicarpus (52). Pagurus annulipes (27). Libinia emarginata (39). Cancer irroratus (26). Neopanope texana sayi (31). PELECYPODA: Anomia simplex (52). Pecten gibbus borealis (32). Mytilus edulis (17). Arca transversa (50). Nucula proxima (37). Yoldia limatula (44). Crassinella mactracea (21). Cardium pinnulatum (55). Levicardium mortoni (26). Venus mercenaria (34). Callocardia morrhuana (56). Tellina tenera (37). Macoma tenta (10). Ensis directus (40). Mulinia lateralis (45). Clidiophora gouldiana (52). GASTROPODA: Busycon canaliculatum (32). Tritia trivittata (65). Anachis avara (37). Tee ee ys) ims * ‘ BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 67 Gastroropa—Continued. Crepidula plana (46). Polynices duplicata (21). Polynices triseriata (30). CEPHALOPODA: Loligo pealii (18). Gastropopa—Continued. Astyris lunata (18). Eupleura caudata (40). Urosalpinx cinereus (18). Littorina litorea (28). Crepidula fornicata (55). The number of species in the foregoing list (55) is slightly greater than that in the one immediately preceding it (51). It will be shown later that the average number of species per dredge haul was likewise somewhat greater in Buzzards Bay. This is true despite the fact that in the aggregate about 25 per cent more species were taken in Vineyard Sound than in Buzzards Bay. Of the 55 species contained in the foregoing table, 33 (55 per cent) are common to the list for the Fish Hawk stations in Vineyard Sound, while 22 are to be regarded as more particularly characteristic of Buzzards Bay. On the other hand, 18 of the more prevalent species in the Sound list do not appear in that for the Bay. Of the 22 characteristic Bay-dwelling species, 7 are annelids and 11 are mollusks; the 18 species peculiar to the Vineyard Sound list are more diversified. The Phalarope and Blue Wing stations represent dredgings in the shoaler waters, and are for the most part much closer to land than those of the Fish Hawk. ‘The more prevalent species from these stations will therefore be presented in separate lists. IV. Species taken at one-fourth (19) or more of the Phalarope and Blue Wing stations in Vineyard Sound. PORIFERA: ?Grantia ciliata (21). Cliona celata (32). Hyprozoa: Tubularia crocea (27). ACTINOZOA: Astrangia dane (26). BRYOZOA: Crisia eburnea (50). Bugula turrita (42). Schizoporella unicornis (29). Smittia trispinosa nitida (25). ASTEROIDEA: Henricia sanguinolenta (36). Asterias forbesi (24). ECHINOIDEA: Echinarachnius parma (31). ANNULATA: Harmothoé imbricata (40). Lepidonotus squamatus (37). Nereis pelagica (51). Diopatra cuprea (35). Hydroides dianthus (47). AMPHIPODA: Amphithoé rubricata (26). Corophium cylindricum (21). IsopoDA: Idothea phosphorea (30). Erichsonella filiformis (25). DECAPODA: Crago septemspinosus (27). Pagurus longicarpus (46). Pagurus annulipes (44). Libinia emarginata (29). Cancer irroratus (33). Neopanope texana sayi (23). PELECYPODA: Anomia simplex (41). Anomia aculeata (28). Pecten gibbus borealis (26). Mytilus edulis (42). Arca transversa (36). Nucula proxima (25). Crassinella mactracea (32). Cardium pinnulatum (35). Callocardia morrhuana (20). Tellina tenera (31). Ensis directus (33). Cumingia tellinoides (23). Spisula solidissima (35). Clidiophora gouldiana (28). GASTROPODA: Tritia trivittata (59). Anachis avara (63). Astyris lunata (57). Urosalpinx cinereus (36). Littorina litorea (19). ¥, 7 aah i 68 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. TUNICATA: Amaroucium pellucidum (25). Crepidula fornicata (55). Amaroucium pellucidum constellatum (23). Crepidula plana (50). Didemnum lutarium (24). Polynices heros (27). PISCES: * Polynices triseriata (35). Myoxocephalus zneus (22). Gastropopa—Continued. Lacuna puteola (39). The number of species here comprised is very close to those in the two lists immedi- ately preceding it. Of the 54 species here present, 38 (70 per cent) were contained in the list for the Fish Hawk stations of Vineyard Sound, 16 being wanting from the latter. Conversely, the Fish Hawk list contained 13 species which do not appear in that for the Phalarope. It does not follow, by any means, that a species which is limited to one or the other of these lists is actually restricted as to depth or proximity to shore. Indeed, most of them appear with considerable frequency in the dredgings of both vessels. Of the 16 species which are confined to the Phalarope list, only 3 show a marked restriction to the vicinity of the shore line. These are Amphithoé rubricata, Lacuna puteola, and Littorina litorea. ‘The last named, as is well known, is strictly littoral (i. e., intertidal) in its habitat. The dredging records refer exclusively to shells, most or all of which were doubtless transported from the shore by hermit crabs. On the other hand, of the 13 species restricted to the Fish Hawk list, only 6 give any evidence of a preference for deeper waters than those dredged by the Phalarope and Blue Wing. ‘These are Euden- drium ramosum, Cellepora americana, Asterias vulgaris, Modiolus modiolus, Venericardia borealis, and Astarte castanea. In the case of the last two species named, the avoidance of the inshore waters is quite obvious. Of the others this can not be stated as confidently. V. Species taken at one-fourth (23) or more of the Phalarope stations in Buzzards Bay. PORIFERA: DECAPODA: Cliona celata (31). Crago septemspinosus (41). Hyprozoa: Pagurus longicarpus (59). Hydractinia echinata (33). Pagurus annulipes (48). Libinia emarginata (25). ACTINOZOA: } Astrangia dane (33). Neopanope texana sayi (37). PELECYPODA: BRYOZOA: 5 Crisia eburnea (30). Bugula turrita (45). Schizoporella unicormis (25). Smittia trispinosa nitida (29). ASTEROIDEA: Asterias forbesi (39). ECHINOIDEA: Arbacia punctulata (29). ANNULATA: Harmothoé imbricata (40). Lepidonotus squamatus (28). Diopatra cuprea (53). Pista palmata (25). Clymenella torquata (24). Hydroides dianthus (66). CIRRIPEDIA: Balanus eburneus (27). Anomia simplex (68). Pecten gibbus borealis (61). Arca transversa (62). Nucula proxima (61). Yoldia limatula (26). Crassinella mactacea (39). Cardium pinnulatum (62). Levicardium mortoni (60). Venus mercenaria (41). Callocardia morrhuana (54). Tellina tenera (48). Ensis directus (68). Cumingia tellinoides (38). Spisula solidissima (28). Mulinia lateralis (30). Lyonsia hyalina (31). Clidiophora gouldiana (59). Corbula contracta (36). Tee | BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 69 AMPHINEURA: GastTropopa—Continued. Bittium alternatum (37). Cheetopleura apiculata (23). : 5 Littorina litorea (54). ee Orope: Crepidula fornicata (72). Busycon canaliculatum (24). Crepidula convexa (32). Tritia trivittata (85). Crepidula plana (58). Anachis avara (64). Polynices duplicata (36). Astyris lunata (54). Polynices triseriata (30). Eupleura caudata (37). TUNICATA: Urosalpinx cinereus (39). Didemnum lutarium (27). The total number of species in the foregoing list (54) is exactly the same as that contained in the one immediately preceding it. In fact there has been a rather striking uniformity in the numbers comprised in these lists, ranging as they do from 46 to 55. Of the 54 species in the foregoing table, 41 (76 per cent) are common to this and to the list of Fish Hawk species in Buzzards Bay. On the other hand, a number not much inferior to this (37=69 per cent“) are common to the present list and to that given for the Phalarope stations of Vineyard Sound, among the latter being some which are not recorded in the other Buzzards Bay list. A few others in this list are only found elsewhere in the Fish Hawk list for Vineyard Sound. While, therefore, the Phalarope list for Buzzards Bay resembles the Fish Hawk list for Buzzards Bay more closely than any of the others, it must be pointed out that it contains a considerable number of species which are prevalent throughout the Sound, but which in the Bay are to be found only at the inshore dredging stations. This fact, which is not very strikingly illustrated by these figures, will appear much more clearly when the charts portraying the distribution patterns of certain species are scrutinized. Tables have likewise been prepared listing the “‘prevalent”’ species for each type of bottom. The same criterion has here been employed of admitting only those species which have been encountered at one-fourth or more of the number of stations belonging to the group in question. After considerable thought the following classification of bottoms has been adopted for present purposes, not as being an ideal one, but as being the most simple one possible consistent with a fair regard for accuracy. The only strictly exact classification would recognize as many types of bottom as there are combinations of ingredients listed; but such a classification would be altogether too cumbersome for the purposes of our statis- tical treatment. We realize that the grouping here employed must result in a quite inadequate characterization of the habitat of many species. A specimen may ostensibly have come from a muddy or a sandy bottom, when, in reality, it was growing attached to a shell or other solid object. We have, nevertheless, included as muddy and sandy those bottoms in which shells were likewise recorded. This has been done for the reason .that shells or fragments of these were scarcely ever wholly lacking from the contents of the dredge. Again, certain living mollusks which move freely over the bottom afford support for attached organisms just as well as do dead shells. Surely the presence of such should not suffice to constitute a “shelly” bottom. The same may be said regard- ing shells occupied by hermit crabs, which abound throughout the entire region, giving support to hydroids, Bryozoa, barnacles, Crepidule of several species, and other organisms. @ Only ss per cent of the Fish Hawk list for Buzzards Bay were common to the Fish Hawk list for Vineyard Sound. 7O BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. th ee eee aeee ‘ i We have accordingly adopted the following classification of bottoms in the ensu- ing discussion of habitats: A. “Sand,” including bottoms recorded as pure sand, or sand and shells. toms containing stones, gravel, or mud are excluded. B. ‘‘Gravel and stones, Bot- including records which list either of these ingredients singly or in combination with one another or with sand. No bottoms containing mud are here included. C. “Mud,” including bottoms recorded as of mud, muddy sand, or sandy mud. Bottoms are here included in which shells are listed, but not those containing gravel or stones. Certain combinations (e. g., gravel and mud) are excluded from this classification, and records from such stations are not included in the present list. however, relatively very few. Such cases are, VI. Species taken at one-fourth (43) or more of the stations dredged on sandy botioms. PORIFERA: Cliona celata (49). HyprRozoa: Hydractinia echinata (46). BRYOZOA: Crisia eburnea (74). Bugula turrita (107). Schizoporella unicornis (63). Smittia trispinosa nitida (44). ASTEROIDEA: Asterias forbesi (71). Asterias vulgaris (56). ECHINOIDEA: Arbacia punctulata (48). Echinarachnius parma (ror). ANNULATA: Harmothoé imbricata (72). Lepidonotus squamatus (54). Nereis pelagica (72). Diopatra cuprea (72). Hydroides dianthus (6r). CIRRIPEDIA: Balanus eburneus (51). DECAPODA: Crago septemspinosus (80). Pagurus longicarpus (zor). Pagurus annulipes (59). Libinia emarginata (62). Of the foregoing 46 species all but 2 appear in one or both of the lists for Vine- DeEcaropa—Continued. Cancer irroratus (92). Ovalipes ocellatus (43). PELECYPODA: Anomia simplex (97). Pecten gibbus borealis (52). Mytilus edulis (113). Arca transversa (105). Nucula proxima (62). Venericardia borealis (49). Astarte undata (44). ' Astarte castanea (59). Crassinella mactracea (72). Cardium pinnulatum (83). Callocardia morrhuana (78). Tellina tenera (96). Ensis directus (84). Spisula solidissima (109). Clidiophora gouldiana (88). Corbula contracta (46). GASTROPODA: Tritia trivittata (142). Anachis avara (95). Astyris lunata (94). Urosalpinx cinereus (46). Crepidula fornicata (124). Crepidula plana (111). Polynices heros (80). Polynices triseriata (51). yard Sound. On the other hand, 8 of the species do not appear in either list for Buzzards Bay, and 14 do not appear in the Fish Hawk list for Buzzards Bay. These facts follow directly, of course, from the well-known differences of these two bodies of water in respect to the character of their bottoms. ne. 2 ee BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 71 VII. Species taken at one-fourth (42) or more of the stations for which bottoms of gravel or stones were recorded. PORIFERA: DEcaropa—Continued. Cliona celata (9r). Hyprozoa: Eudendrium ramosum (43). Hydractinia echinata (43). Tubularia crocea (44). Thuiaria argentea (47). ACTINOZOA: Astrangia danz (98). BRYOZOA: Crisia eburnea (97). Zitea anguina (50). Bugula turrita (99). Schizoporella unicornis (96). Smittia trispinosa nitida (go). ASTEROIDEA: Henricia sanguinolenta (82). Asterias forbesi (83). EcHINOIDEA: Arbacia punctulata (80). ANNULATA: Harmothoé imbricata (80). Lepidonotus squamatus (87). Nereis pelagica (93). Diopatra cuprea (70). Pseudopotamilla oculifera (42). Hydroides dianthus (118). CrrrIPEDIA: Balanus eburneus (63). AMPHIPODA: Unciola irrorata (46). DECAPODA: Pagurus pollicaris (47). Pagurus longicarpus (106). Pagurus annulipes (93). Libinia emarginata (69). Cancer irroratus (71). Neopanope texana sayi (64). PELECYPODA: Anomia simplex (83). Pecten gibbus borealis (51). Mytilus edulis (74). Modiolus modiolus (69). Arca transversa (81). Nucula proxima (69). Crassinella mactracea (78). Cardium pinnulatum (55). Ensis directus (86). Cumingia tellinoides (59). Spisula solidissima (84). Clidiophora gouldiana (66). Corbula contracta (55). AMPHINEURA: Chetopleura apiculata (55). GASTROPODA: Tritia trivittata (117). Anachis avara (127). Astyris lunata (103). Urosalpinx cinereus (79). Littorina litorea (42). Crepidula fornicata (113). Crepidula plana (103). Polynices heros (59). Polynices triseriata (48). TUNICATA: Amaroucium pellucidum (49). Amaroucium pellucidum constellatum (61). Didemnum lutarium (70). Of the 54 species in the foregoing list, only 4 are lacking from one or both lists for Vineyard Sound, while 11 are not to be found in either list for Buzzards Bay. Thirty- seven of the species (69 per cent) are common to the list for sandy bottoms. VIII. Species taken at one-fourth (28) or more of the stations dredged on muddy bottoms. PORIFERA: ASTEROIDEA: Cliona celata (31). Asterias forbesi (48). ACTINOZOA: Fane : : teria 8 Harmothoé imbricata (35). ace capa: (28). Nephthys incisa (43). BRYOZOA: Crisia eburnea (30). Bugula turrita (49). Schizoporella unicornis (35). Smittia trispinosa nitida (29). Diopatra cuprea (54). Ninoé nigripes (35). Cistenides gouldii (32). Clymenella torquata (36). Hydroides dianthus (55). 72 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CrrRIPEDIA: PELECYPoDA—Continued. Balanus eburneus (46). Venus mercenaria (52). AMPHIPODA: Callocardia morrhuana (80). Ptilocheirus pinguis (41). Unciola irrorata (32). DECAPODA: Crago septemspinosus (50). Pagurus longicarpus (83). Pagurus annulipes (44). Libinia emarginata (57). Cancer irroratus (43). Neopanope texana sayi (43). PELECYPODA: Anomia simplex (74). Pecten gibbus borealis (57). Arca transversa (78). Nucula proxima (74). Yoldia limatula (66). Crassinella mactracea (29). Cardium pinnulatum (79). Levicardium mortoni (45). Tellina tenera (63). Macoma tenta (30). Ensis directus (64). Spisula solidissima (29). Mulinia lateralis (60). Clidiophora gouldiana (80). GASTROPODA: Busycon canaliculatum (43). Tritia trivittata (108). Anachis avara (67). Astyris lunata (48). Eupleura caudata (48). Urosalpinx cinereus (29). Littorina litorea, shells only (48). Crepidula fornicata (84). Crepidula plana (74). Polynices duplicata (35). Polynices triseriata (41). a Of the 50 species comprised in the above list only two? are absent from that repre- senting the prevailing species dredged by the Fish Hawk in Buzzards Bay; while only 7 species in the latter list are lacking from that for the muddy bottoms. The two groups of species are thus not far from identical. On the other hand, 13 of those in the list for muddy bottoms do not appear in either table for Vineyard Sound. Thirty-three of the species (66 per cent) are common to the list for sandy bottoms, while 34 species (68 per cent) are common to that for bottoms of gravel and stones. Comparing the lists for the three types of bottom, we find 13 species which appear only in that for bottoms of stones and gravel, an equal number which appear only in the list for muddy bottoms, while 6 are peculiar to the list for sandy bottoms. Of the 13 prevalent mud-dwelling forms, all but 1 are annelids or mollusks. . Of the 13 species peculiar to the list for gravelly and stony bottoms, 3 are hydroids and 3 are ascidians, the remainder being distributed through various phyla. The number of forms which are restricted to our list of prevalent species for bottoms of pure sand (free from mud on the one hand, and from stones and gravel on the other) isa very short one. ‘This is due to the fact that the great majority of sand-dwelling species are not deterred by the pres- | ence of a certain proportion of stones and gravel, while many of them are equally at home in sand which is somewhat muddy. In our classification, however, such bottoms have been included under ‘‘gravel and stones” and ‘“‘mud,”’ respectively. At least two of the species listed are, nevertheless, pretty definitely restricted to bottoms of pure sand. ‘These are the “lady crab” (Ovalipes ocellatus) and the “‘sand dollar” (Echina-. vachnius parma). In any consideration of such tables as the foregoing, it must be borne in mind that the fact of a species being restricted to one or another of the tables does not imply that it is absent from the other types of bottom, or subdivisions of the region. Indeed, it a These two are contained in the Phalarope Buzzards Bay list. a lee.) =e ve yi’ redo by. wr. . BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 73 sometimes happens that the species is recorded from an absolutely greater number of stations of another group than that for which it is here listed. Again, the caution must be repeated (cf. p. 31, 33) that in the field a specimen was frequently recorded from a cer- tain type of bottom when it seems probable that the dredge, at the moment of taking it, was passing over a quite different type of bottom. In many parts of our local sea floor several distinct varieties of bottom may be encountered within a quite limited area. Nevertheless, we believe that real and important facts of ecology are revealed by such tabulations as the foregoing, even though these may not in themselves present a complete picture. For concrete illustrations of the assemblage of organisms which may actually occur together on a given bottom, or at least within the area traversed during a single dredge haul, the reader is referred to the tables on pages 58 to 62. Thus far the lists of ‘‘prevailing’’ species for one or another group of stations have had no reference to the temperature factor. It has been thought desirable, however, to present a list of those species which have been taken at one-fourth or more of the stations within the cold-water area of the region, i. e., the area throughout which the water tem- perature in summer has been found to be considerably lower than elsewhere. For this purpose the Fish Hawk stations (and these only) were chosen, lying, in Vineyard Sound, beyond (southwest of) a line drawn from Robinsons Hole to Kopeecon Point, and in Buzzards Bay below a line drawn from Barneys Joy Point to Penikese Island. One hundred and one stations were included in this area. IX. Species taken at one-fourth (25) or more of the stations in the colder waters adjacent to the open ocean. Hyprozoa: TsopopDa: Hydractinia echinata (34). Obelia geniculata (27). Halecium halecinum (27). BRYOZOA: , Crisia eburnea (43). AXtea anguina (25). Bugula turrita (70). Schizoporella unicornis (46). Cellepora americana (30). ASTEROIDEA: Asterias forbesi (51). Asterias vulgaris (58). ECHINOIDEA: Arbacia punctulata (25). Echinarachnius parma (70). ANNULATA: Harmothoé imbricata (39). Nereis pelagica (35). Diopatra cuprea (43). CiRRIPEDIA: Balanus eburneus (37). AMPHIPODA: Unciola irrorata (27). 42ginella longicornis (35). Idothea phosphorea (26). DECAPODA: Crago septemspinosus (49). Pagurus acadianus (39). Pagurus longicarpus (59). Libinia emarginata (37). Cancer irroratus (75). Ovalipes ocellatus (41). PELECYPODA: Anomia simplex (54). Pecten magellanicus (26). Mytilus edulis (82). Modiolus modiolus (25). Arca transversa (60). Nucula proxima (30). Venericardia borealis (63). Astarte undata (51). Astarte castanea (44). Crassinella mactracea (41). Cardium pinnulatum (55). Callocardia morrhuana (63). Tellina tenera (55). Ensis directus (30). Spisula solidissima (72). 74 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. PELECYPoDA—Continued. GasTRorpopa—Continued. Clidiophora gouldiana (58). Polynices heros (60). Corbula contracta (33). Polynices triseriata (35). GASTROPODA: CEPHALOPODA: Tritia trivittata (88). Loligo pealii (37). Anachis avara (40). PISCES: Astyris lunata (48). Raja erinacea (31). Crepidula fornicata (65). Lophopsetia maculata (31). Crepidula plana (62). In the foregoing table it will be noted that only nine species (those italicized) have not already appeared in one or more of the lists for Vineyard Sound or Buzzards Bay. And not all these nine are species whose distribution has been determined by temperature; for example, Ovalipes, Raja, and Lophopsetta (see below). Such a list is thus ill adapted to displaying the peculiarities of the fauna occupying the colder waters of the region. But an examination of the distribution charts reveals the presence of a considerable number of species which are chiefly or wholly restricted to the colder waters under con- sideration. A list of these has been given below, along with the recorded range of each upon the North American coast. It will be seen that in 15 out of 20 cases the range of these species is predominantly northward,“ some of them, indeed, being near their southern limit of distribution. The presence of three of the others (Ovalipes ocellatus, Molgula arenata, and Lophopsetta maculata) is sufficiently explained by the nature of the bottom at the western end of the Sound, since these are characteristic sand-dwelling species.? X. Species restricted to, or at least occurring predominantly in, the colder waters of Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay. (Limited to species occurring at 10 or more stations.) Ca@iLENTERATA: Eudendrium dispar.—Vineyard Sound to Bay of Fundy. (N.) Alcyonium carneum.—Rhode Island to Gulf of St. Lawrence. (N.) ECHINODERMATA: Asterias vulgaris.—Labrador to Cape Hatteras, but not littoral south of Woods Hole. (N.) Strongylocentrotus droebachiensis.—Circumpolar, south to New Jersey. (N.) CRUSTACEA: Calliopius leviusculus.—Narragansett Bay to Greenland. (N.) Pontogenia inermis.—Vineyard Sound to Arctic Ocean. (N.) Pagurus acadianus.—Grand Bank to mouth of Chesapeake Bay. (N.) Ovalipes ocellatus.—Cape Cod to Gulf of Mexico. (S.) MOLLUSCA: Pecten magellanicus.—Labrador to Cape Hatteras. (N.) Modiolaria nigra.—Arctic seas to Cape Hatteras. (N.) Crenella glandula.—Arctic seas to Cape Hatteras. (N.) Venericardia borealis.—Arctic seas to off Cape Hatteras. (N.) Astarte undata.—Gulf of St. Lawrence to Cape Hatteras. (N. and S.) Cyclas islandica.—Arctic Ocean to Cape Hatteras [in deep water]. (N.) Thracia conradi.—labrador to Cape Hatteras. (N.) Buccinum undatum.—Arctic seas to Charleston Harbor. (N.) Crucibulum striatum.—Nova Scotia to Florida Keys. (S.) a See p. 184 for standard employed in grouping species as ‘‘northward ranging’’ or ‘‘southward ranging.”’ b Ovalipes and Lophopsetta, indeed, are known to occur on sand flats at various points throughout the region, irrespective of temperature. a eee ia ne BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 75 TUNICATA: Molgula arenata.—New Haven to Nantucket. Eugyra glutinans. (N.) PISCES: Lophopsetta maculata.—Casco Bay to South Carolina. (S.) Passing reference should likewise be made to certain species which were taken at less than 10 stations, and which, therefore, are not included among those charted. Some of these species are Polymastia robusta (a sponge), Tealia crassicornis (an anemone), Ophiopholis aculeata (an ophiuroid), Thyone wmsemita (a holothurian), Pandalus lep- tocerus (a shrimp), and Hyas coarctatus (a crab). Each of these has been recorded more than once at the open ends of the Bay and the Sound, but never, so far as we know, in the more inclosed waters. For the sake of comparison with the foregoing, a list is presented herewith com- prising those species which were taken at two or more of the seven regular Survey stations at Crab Ledge, off Chatham. Here, as stated above (p. 51),'the bottom temperature of the water in summer is considerably lower than at the western end of Vineyard Sound, and many degrees lower than in the greater part of the area dredged by us. XI.—Species dredged at 2 or more of the 7 Survey stations at Crab Ledge. FORAMINIFERA: AMPHIPODA: Discorbina rosacea (3). Ericthonius rubricomis (2). PORIFERA: DECAPODA: Polymastia robusta (5). Pagurus acadianus (6). Halichondria panicea (5). Pagurus kroyeri (4). Desmacidon palmata (6). Hyas coarctatus (5). Hyprozoa: Cancer irroratus (3). Eudendrium ramosum (2). Hydractinia echinata (7). Tubularia tenella (3). Tubularia crocea (6). Sertularella tricuspidata (3). ACTINOZOA: Metridium dianthus (5). Alcyonium carneum (3). BRYOZOA: ; (Not listed for these stations individually.) ASTEROIDEA: Henricia sanguinolenta (5). Asterias austera (6). Asterias vulgaris (7). OPHIUROIDEA: Ophiopholis aculeata (6). ECHINOIDEA: Strongylocentrotus droebachiensis (7). ANNULATA: Harmothoé imbricata (3). Nereis pelagica (5). Nothria conchylegia (2). Thelepus cincinnatus (6). Pseudopotamilla oculifera (4). Chzetinopoma greenlandica (2). Filograna implexa (s). PELECYPODA: Anomia simplex (2). Anomia aculeata (4). Pecten magellanicus (4). Mytilus edulis (2). Modiolus modiolus (6). Modiolaria levigata (5). Venericardia borealis (3). Astarte undata (3). Cyclas islandica (2). Spisula solidissima (4). Thracia septentrionalis (2). Saxicava arctica (4). Cyrtodaria siliqua (3). GASTROPODA: Coryphella salmonacea (3). Buccinum undatum (6). Chrysodomus decemcostatus (2), Tritonofusus stimpsoni (3). Boreoscala greenlandica (5). Polynices triseriata (2). Velutina zonata (2). TUNICATA: Halocynthia echinata (2). Amaroucium stellatum (3). Didemnum lutarium (6). 7c _ BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Among the foregoing species, the following have been already mentioned as restricted, in Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay, chiefly or wholly to the colder waters adjoining the open ocean: Polymastia robusta, Alcyonium carneum, Asterias vulgaris, Ophopholis aculeata, Strongylocentrotus droebachiensis, Pagurus acadianus, Hyas coare- tatus, Pecten magellamicus, Venericardia borealis, Asiarte wndata, Cyclas islandica, Buc- _ cinum undatum. In reality the number of those species which are common to Crab Ledge and the colder parts of Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay, but which are not encountered elsewhere in local waters, is considerably greater than this brief list would imply. A contrary condition is found in the case of certain species which are of general distribution throughout Vineyard Sound, and in many cases throughout Buzzards Bay as well, but which are nearly or quite absent from just those waters to which the fore- going species seem best adapted. The following is a partial list of such, based upon an examination of the distribution charts. XII. Species which appear to be scarce or lacking in the colder waters of Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay. (Limited to species which occur at 10 or more stations of the Survey.) COELENTERATA: Astrangia danz.—Florida to Cape Cod. (S.) Thuiaria argentea.—North Polar regions to Maryland. (N.) ECHINODERMATA: Arbacia punctulata.—Nantucket Shoals to Yucatan. (S.) ANNULATA: Lumbrineris hebes.—Casco Bay to New Jersey. (N. and S.) Hydroides dianthus.—Massachusetts Bay to Charleston, South Carolina. (S.) CRUSTACEA: Batea secunda.—Local. (?) x Pagurus annulipes.—Nantucket Sound to Florida. (S.) Pelia mutica.—Vineyard Sound to Florida. (S.) Neopanope texana sayi.—Cape Cod to Florida. (S.) PYCNOGONIDA: Anoplodactylus lentus.—Long Island Sound, Vineyard Sound, Eastport, 1 record. (?) Tanystylum orbiculare.—Marthas Vineyard to Virginia. (S.) MOLLUSCA: Vermicularia spirata.—New England to West Indies. (S). Cheetopleura apiculata.—Cape Cod to West Indies. (S). TUNICATA: Perophora viridis.—Woods Hole to Beaufort, N. C., and Bermuda. (S.) Styela partita.—Massachusetts Bay to North Carolina. (S.) Amaroucium stellatum.—Cape Cod to North Carolina.? (S.) Amaroucium pellucidum.—Vineyard Sound to North Carolina. (S.) It will be noted that only one of these species has a predominantly northern range upon ourcoast. It is also to be pointed out that, with a single exception (A maroucium stellatum), none of these species have been recorded by us from Crab Ledge.* We do not wish to lay undue emphasis upon such correspondences, however. It is likely that some of these species actually occur at Crab Ledge, in spite of our failure to find them. -It is likewise probable for some of them, at least, that their distribution in a1. e., not once. We do not here refer to the above table of species taken two or more times. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. Wd, Vineyard Sound is not determined by temperature, but by the character of the bottom. Nevertheless, after making these allowances, the significance of the facts discussed upon the last few pages can scarcely be doubted. 4. THE AVERAGE YIELD OF THE DREDGE HAULS. Another method of portraying synoptically the general facies of our local fauna, as revealed by the dredge, is to present the average composition of the dredge hauls. This we have computed for the Survey as a whole, and for the separate groups of stations which have been distinguished above; for the animal kingdom as a whole, and for its main subdivisions. In the following tables certain groups which were represented very sparingly in our dredgings, or which were not looked for systematically, and certain others which do not properly belong to the benthos have been omitted. I. Average number of genera and species of animals taken per dredge haul. Genera. Species. Survey as a whole (458 stations)..................... eatin 34. 3 37.0 Fish Hawk, Vineyard Sound (218 stations). ..................-. 33-7 36. 5 Fish Hawk, Buzzards Bay (66 stations)............-......20085 36.3 38. 7 Pish Hawk, Crab Ledge (7'stations) i. < . 2 cccce veces dence ele 37.0 39-7 Phalarope and Blue Wing, Vineyard Sound (77 stations)........ 32.1 25.2 Phalarope, Buzzards Bay (go stations)... .............:..00eee- 36.0 38. 5 While there is a rather surprising uniformity amongst these figures, it will be noted that the average number of species is slightly greater for the Fish Hawk than for the Phalarope stations; likewise that it is greater for Buzzards Bay than for Vineyard Sound, and greatest of all for Crab Ledge. It is of interest, likewise, that the average number of genera per dredge haul is nearly equal to that of the species. This point will be discussed later. II. Average number of genera and species for the 458 regular stations of the Survey, showing representation of each group of animals. Group. | Genera. | Species. | Group. Genera. | Species. MMSE ARSED See telat Meta: te aie ax Wa alpaierclaca y viacoes ee | Shey Sp AICS bso oo DEN Se a ee a Rees ee 6 oe A -4 PER RMROVE OVE He as s/20e Sia: ais fp ata. ays. elarelaeid ols a opsivtecate | vor 1.4 Decapoda: ¢iiicis, cd Sieh PH See a 2.8 3.5 LEI 2720 5: 2 ARB REE hep oe ae eee mal abe Ate in DOG alate ier cyst t oases 1.6 1.6 (3) VST ASR aa ae a +04 miCmUH AMO QOC are ae ek erttiatayn a tevarxtinkavaittalsernie sion 54 wr 0G 2] Bias 3062 BUDE 9 2551 GRUBBee Hedin 2.8 nO | pba SCTLOR OMG AL terete lsteretateteist sr sistetetety ets nhehettls ced a a: Wo) rat ae Be ee ee Oe -8 I.0 Peleoy nada rae ih. week es states capes. aS 8.9 9.2 REIS ALC te 0) Ses 3 Sha Aap e(olniciw sew / i an PATIO MITEL) sora sidste tsi laisiaialsranastarajaiee aisles ~2 +2 MORPTIERTOHLE Ue acc a) Aa ioe ate 2G sacaisunine asa bis bia 8 .8 Gastropoddle.ccncoune den eninmak veers ests 5-9 6.8 Holothuroidea..... ap ticitanbenat eens Kee | - 03 Fog) |NCephalopodaewne sancutesweenawsuenw se 2 -2 UIRRERL Da BEI es els eee ot bee 4:3 4-3 SUSI CA BAe a sthelec cesta nee ei naks siete tists cde “9 1.1 SOT TEGET SS i oe | -05 + 05 TPIS COS refer) crise ic otis atttakey ae rctk aiesatere oietag: Tae 1.1 | } In the foregoing table, it is nearly certain that the figures for certain groups, especially, perhaps, for the Porifera, do not fairly represent the number of these forms. For this reason, indeed, the Foraminifera have been omitted altogether. As stated in another section (p. 91), the Foraminifera were looked for systematically during one season only, while the Porifera at no time received adequate attention. 78 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. III. Average number of species per dredge haul for the two vessels and the two bodies of water considered separately. Fish Hawk stations. Phalerone eee Group. Vineyard Buzzards | Crab Ledge Vineyard Buzzards found | Bay (66). G Sound!) "aayi(ea 218). (77). POMEL as RIAN Pets rao ala tase ates sR eta ena A 0.6 | 0.8 2.3 0.9 0.7 ydrozoatrse retire eye eeaciaetTeicte etetteatete stators 2.0 7 3:9 mb -8 PNg utero puameneny cout ba S000 IGOO br mOCbAOGNO CUO 5 5 Teo 4 Nemertinea + Or BORN is Ache sO gODE | =O -02 Bry OZ08 os i5)- ehcp sayniear te on ee Seven oioe afoetatle te sels ertayorne ete sais 34 2.7 (a) 3 2.0 AISteroid eae aie. fey. ivatere te roe vole stern aie eben ekavavanels wha Meret ever he cet seeps oee eyo Ie 2 -6 3-0 1.0 -6 Ophiuroideas.yNas yateaeeysicteteeds ceil totodes cises etokate re oketeye is wlede ale elahcweteee ax eX -9 ah -07 Bo ehuitto td ea cy. ia siatayeaeleschdy hove erstadera ef zinve| ore os exelavaries leven slepatttetaget ysleraelers I.2 a2 1.0 -6 +4 Holothtorig caer si cyccic erent vosies soso eae: s\n fogern ate lelecsketelveietsy sah ieqiaagn Shapaet - OL DChy Isola gas ceracs 04 or tetra tala ta ys We Me ee os aes Re HORS Siecle sceee: Seana cece. de 2 ANUIets We a Bas 6.2 5-9 4.6 4-6 Siptimctitlid ayes recs sec varche w olctensionerai seals wie nis olny weratarehate: os Start eeeiete or O2i lh Bese Se aba - Or -2 (Orbo choo bas 650s GAO ROSH 6 AEE EOL eC OG aor wae G7 4 5 ol “2 Si} Alar poht pO Barer se ciate ciel aredess, oysverai sich letovs fete tonsyaiaue taielaynietaien ine ca einen 1.8 I. 3 7 I-9 it NSOPOG AMR Voces aie. cicso'e Said Se ietsleas eel xraie. cre csiavearanatepe arden ae ee 3 ore ECE eG -8 +3 SOLAS hon 5 Ma pen HE TRENT POORO TSU RIO nsec cia POR IOG o ne eee 3:8 3-4 3:3 3-2 B2 Py. cnosomida yee ura seniasine sesh see Bae Oe ee es HRT eae 2 2s ha Auereh etary Poe his Sa aeni- PP Lee OC Ae reek gs at spore asa ca acathty aw a sinls ike anogeghnea Ree se ea 8.2 TI. 5 i 75 11.6 CATT PONITTCUUTA oe cose as ateracsnate: one Sel aibis aaYanniatenzvacateletotenbeue ten sarah Renee Aa 2 Deal aaa eae 2 «3 IGastFopoda gay tek ciel he Ne UR ane oe 5, bt eke serabe s Atom Sec ae ne 5-4 74 4-7 7-2 9-7 Cephalopoda ter ctagaaad Snir Erase se eee treet terrae rol Vet ees oy Car | SCS LES ateg 3 OG! |e aeee ee Ribs) (7107 oan a Ee OA SS Gotan MAM b Geena een, HOGER ot 1-3 3 1.6 -7 I. 5 Teg -6 -3 @ The Crab Ledge Bryozoa have not been listed by stations. In a similar way we have represented the wealth in species of each of the types of bottom which have been distinguished (see p. 70). IV. Average number of genera and species per dredge haul jor the three types of bottom. Genera. Species. Sartre) ee Cote asics SMR aE ore Paon cleric he ievSueloneh orate eee, 33- 6 36. 5 Gravelvandistones (167)! 21/5. SRR ee inst Bees niaaisloee hele Biss 38. 0 Mitre (Gr) Wo Sh aha catsl ie oot Re a ee Eo a. a 34. 8 37-2 While there is here, likewise, a rather surprising uniformity among the figures, it is to be noted that the number of species is greatest for the stony bottoms and least for the sandy ones. ie ioe BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 79 V. Average number of species per dredge haul, showing the representation of the various groups of animals on each type of bottom. Gravel Group. Sand. and Mud. stones. Sa NCR a oP at Ur Sac cln(c ask Vs/a yolcta ctai sl paya MTOR Ve) cloves vie ofeletaisteln love dln|alplarare e'sfeistaia lefeleteisie’e’s s(efsie’a)= aie ls 0. 5 1.0 oO. 5 SERRE ee eee aaah eee ate anno niall sintnt cl etminla/e niet lerereiese nigiplevele|s)s o/a\= eialoin)a\a\n(nsinjsisisie.o #ie'vin'e.e eee 5 1.8 8 DOT E, ak setelotho deed: Se gen HOAB eto dengue db cored ennCoen UO ver ODOeCOCrOUcUE Tocco SDE ArEnoceeMae “3 7 3 EE caec s6ne etna Senn ea habe SRO RRO GtIOR HOB CCH Mag NE Is HES SEL ce Har noc cer Mr irae irae +02 or I INRA ope a) eI Hatcre «starlet Persp Mat clatal sia eietor a oC, o' ay c1e feline loinlesel abate elata'so\x/s/Sislelaim sivie)ciemiaiaivie es ible 2.8 37 2.0 (os nthit.. 4 cha dkeeee dk 2B SNe Gee pE ace ROR een On SOM ee REC Menor’ Me Cant penccrettr “9 1.3 6 | GL STIEETL odors qedcerenbendaedee 3os Sean 468 bea boeogepr ede AO Res DE Scat Onseroen satarecoracese. - 08 I 2 ETRE RT ETRE eee eet hee ct ci coin ome «crac e Mehels viele ssi shies asians Gav amiiagweiniodeesenades sense I-0 8 4 SRN NU NN SE MMNI CLERC ra a oxi 20-1 GIG vets igln a si ninkesSiekags eet aoitle © mae pice Galas Wolseelnialats diate ayeaajeteliers« +02 or 05 a SNA ENT MUNI ar FY DN te es cde fet) cUG Lait cous AIS arate usisveiate¥o intesaiafoeiciorastis eis icve\ site| Bryozoa not included. 5. EXPLANATION OF THE FAUNAL CATALOGUE. Part m1 of the present work consists of a catalogue or annotated list of the fauna of the Woods Hole region. The extent of territory comprised within the limits of the ‘““Woods Hole Region,”’ as here conceived, has already been indicated in chapter 1, of the present volume, where we have likewise discussed the sources of information upon which the present catalogue is based. It is true that an insignificant proportion, numerically considered, of those who fre- quent the laboratories at Woods Hole at the present time are interested primarily in systematic zoology or botany. But every working biologist, whatever his specialty, BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 81 deals with one or more species of animals or plants, which constitute, or at least fur- nish him with, the raw materials for his research. Thus, it is of advantage to all that a carefully prepared list of these organisms should be published, if regarded merely as a catalogue of available material. And it will, we trust, be of additional advantage to have at hand a single reference work which shall embody the nomenclature most recently adopted for these species by some of our most competent systematic experts. Confu- sion will, we think, be minimized by the existence of some standard, even though this standard may be a fallible one. In the present catalogue we are offering, however, far more than a mere list of species. We have gathered together all available data regarding distribution within local waters, seasonal occurrence, reproduction, etc., and have added various ecological notes, where these have seemed appropriate. It is our hope that these data may be of service to those who are in search of material for embryological or other studies. And we further hope that the decidedly meager notes which we offer may constitute a nucleus for future growth in this direction. It must be emphasized that we do not in any sense guarantee the trustworthiness of all the records herein contained. A large proportion of them have been included wholly upon the authority of others, whose names are mentioned in the text. Many species are included, indeed, which have never been seen either by the present writers or by the specialists who have collaborated with us. While such citations are, in most cases, bascd upon the statements of recognized authorities, it is more than possible that in some cases they rest upon errors of observation or of identification. But it would have been a very difficult task to cull out such mistakes, and we have therefore included all records based upon the statements of persons believed to be trustworthy, unless we happen to have definite evidence that these statements were erroneous. The mere failure of subsequent observers to find a species which had been included in one of the earlier lists is not to be regarded as decisive evidence of an error, in view of the known instances of change in the population of our local waters. Due credit has been given in a large proportion of cases to the authority for each statement made, the name of this person being inserted at the close of the citation. The person cited is responsible only for so much of the statement as immediately precedes his name. Independent citations are in nearly all cases separated by periods. In many instances the statement cited has never been published by the individual referred to, but has been communicated to one of the present authors orally or recorded in manuscript. Where no authority has been indicated for a given state- ment we mean either (1) that the present authors are themselves responsible for the observation, or (2) that the fact stated is a matttr of common knowledge to a large number of observers, or (3), in certain self-evident cases, that the bibliographic reference indicates the authority for the statement. With most groups of animals, as already stated, a certain proportion of the specimens collected were referred to specialists for identification. Since the value of a record depends, in great measure, upon the trustworthiness of the identification, we have indicated in a large number of cases, the authority for the latter. The symbols (* and the like) denote that specimens from the localities so designated have been identified by persons mentioned in a foot note at the commencement of the list. In the case of those organisms specimens of which were invariably referred to specialists, symbols 16269°—Bull. 31, pt z—13——6 82 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. have been omitted in connection with the records, the general acknowledgments in chapter Iv being regarded as sufficient. In other cases, failure to mention the authority for a determination implies that the specimen was identified by one of the present authors. This is true of the great majority of readily recognizable species belonging to various phyla. It must be borne in mind that the number of specimens recorded for a given station represents, in many cases, the number saved and listed, rather than the number actually brought in by the dredge. For many animals, especially minute ones, the former figure may give no adequate idea of the relative abundance of the species in a given dredge haul. The ‘bibliographic references under each species will be found to be very limited in number, and to include, with a few exceptions, only those works which mention the occurrence of this species within the limits of the region here under consideration. One work has been regularly included, however, even in cases where no mention was made of Woods Hole or vicinity by the authors. This is the ‘‘Report upon the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound” by Verrill and Smith (1873). Likewise, in the list of mollusks, we have regularly included page references to Binney’s edition of Gould’s “‘Report on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts,’ and for the fishes references to Jordan and Evermann’s ‘‘ Fishes of North and Middle America.” I has not been thought worth while to cite the first description of each species nor even to refer to any description or figure. To have included these would doubtless have added considerably to the usefulness of this report, but we need only remind the reader that the search for such few bibliographic citations as are here offered required many months of thoroughly uninspiring labor. In many cases reference to original descriptions and figures may be found in one or another of the works here cited. Bibliographic lists, limited almost wholly to the works referred to in connection with the separate species, have been appended to the zoological and botanical sections of the catalogue. In order to facilitate the finding of a species which has been listed by a name unfa- iniliar to the reader, a certain number of synonyms have been included in connection with the bibliographic references. Only those names are included, however, by which the species in question has been designated in the various works relating to our local fauna. ‘The synonyms here listed are all included in the systematic index. This will probably render possible the finding of a desired species in a large proportion of cases. As respects classification and nomenclature, we have found it expedient, and indeed unavoidable, to follow within each group some one authority, this authority being, in most cases, the same person who has been responsible for the identification of our species. Only thus has it been possible to avoid a quite interminable examina- tion of the literature on our part. This precedure has frequently led to our being obliged to substitute quite unfamiliar names for ones long current among American biologists, and to our listing under separate genera species which, to everyone but the taxonomist, are scarcely distinguishable from one another as species. No one could deplore more than we do the necessity for such changes, and this regret is the keener because of the confidence we feel that many of these names are not the ones that will ultimately stand. : Several years’ experience in the preparation of our faunal catalogue has brought home to us in a forcible way some of the most exasperating of the evils relating to 2 Piety oe vas i BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 83 zoological nomenclature. Indeed, it is upon the authors of works like this, who make extensive use of taxonomic names, while having very little share in their creation or transmutation, that these evils perhaps fall most heavily. On the other hand, we realize that there are many sides to this perplexing question, and that many of the generic and specific names in current use among Woods Hole biologists are entirely unjustified, as judged by any standard except local usage. Those who revolt because the long-cherished name of a favorite species has been replaced by a totally unfamiliar one, must be reminded that this is not always due to the caprice of some perverse “species monger.”” Nor are these changes in all cases due to the dis- covery that some long-forgotten name has “priority.’’ There are several other (legiti- mate) reasons for changing the name of a species, of which mention may be made of two. (1) Careful comparison may reveal the fact that two supposedly distinct species dwelling in different parts of the world are, in reality, identical. One or the other name must be given up. Thus, we have over and over again been obliged to abandon names given by earlier American zoologists to species found upon the shores of the New World. We need only mention the “Spongia sulphurea”’ of Desor (=Cliona celata Grant), the “Hydractinia polyclina”’ of Agassiz (now believed to be identical with H. echinata Fleming), or the ‘‘Ascidia tenella” of Stimpson (=Ciona intestinalis (Linneus)). In such cases, the changes may at first jar upon our nerves, but they must be accepted. (2) More complete knowledge of a species may show that its systematic position has at first been misunderstood. Here, as in the first case, we are not dealing with rules of nomenclature, but with facts. If the facts demand it, the species must be assigned to another genus. The most severe critics of our systematic brethren would hardly doubt the wisdom of removing the toadfish from the genus Gadus, to which it had been assigned by Linnzus; nor the expediency of so restricting the genus Nautilus as to exclude:the spiral Foraminifera! _ Many cases are sure to arise, however, when the mere user of zoological names—and to this class belong the great majority of present day zoologists—may well query whether the more refined grouping of species could not better be carried out within the limits of the genus itself. The latter procedure has the advantage of leaving the generic name (and therefore the full name of the species) unaltered. It is not so much for the changing of their conceptions of relationship that systematic zoologists are criticised so sharply as for their persistent changing of the names which we are all obliged to use and which we must learn anew as often as substitutes are offered by accredited authorities. This criticism derives particular force from the fact that there is no general agreement as to how inclusive a division the genus shall be. It is safe to say that at the present time the ‘“‘genera”’ of some groups of the animal kingdom are as inclusive as the “families” of certain others, while the ‘‘genera’’ of these latter may correspond more nearly to the “‘subgenera”’ of the first. It will be understood without further explanation why we have not adopted the practice, current among certain systematists, of including the subgeneric name, in parenthesis, as an integral part of the name of a species. The subgenus is of interest only to the systematist, who may readily find it by reference to the appropriate sys- tematic treatise. The name of the species is complete without it, and the biologist at large should not be burdened by having to learn trinomials of this sort. 84 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 6. SYNOPSIS OF THE FAUNAL CATALOGUE. A table has been prepared showing the total number of families, genera, and species comprised in our annotated list, grouped according to the larger divisions of the animal kingdom; likewise the number which have been recorded during our dredging operations and the number of those encountered which had not previously been listed for local waters. In this table species have been entered as doubtful, either because the deterini- nation of the species was made with doubt, or because of uncertainty whether the specimens taken really came from within the region here considered.@ In the ‘‘undetermined”’ column are included species which have been referred to a genus but not to a species, provided only that no determined member of the same genus has also been listed with which the species in question may be identical. Species have been listed as ‘‘taken by dredge’? which were recorded either from the regular dredging stations of the survey or from any of our supplementary stations, numbered or unnumbered. Species have been listed as ‘‘added to fauna of region” when it is believed that their local occurrence was recorded for the first time, either as a result of the survey dredging or of the other collecting operations which were carried on during these same years by members of the laboratory staff or by investigators who have cooperated in the work. In many cases, it is true, these additions to our local fauna have been announced in other publications, but their inclusion here seems none the less justifiable. Synoptic TABLE OF SPECIES COMPRISED IN ANNOTATED LIST. Ber i spac: Number of otal). i Species Groups of organisms. apes N aed of eee egcas o sented Deter- Undeter- | dtedge. region. mined. mined. PLOtOZOA fs ci ea ete eae ye oie ietere ice tie interaeapele tote te tere) ote () 75 99 5 23 28 Posifera: sci sayy geaicistorantanls cape eee cl aera weit 8 15 r2(+2?) 5 r1(+3?) 3(+1?) Bly deoz0aier) = cy cits tomers ren elon tee Satie ab ete 34 76(+3?) EAE ot) Web oe tects o> 28(-++1?) 6( +2?) Scyphozoasian ences okie eee eee oatern ieee Cette 4(+1?) 5(+1?) Ga 1) ih RePMMRSAHED SAG bRrccasodliangsescncna6 ICEINIOZOR feet eile «Tee aie ia Create is seek ote ete ook Rene 9(+2?) to(+3?) TACBP) |ilen ek he ek 4(+2?) 2 Ctenophoral,jajiis.. scene er ari ee eetisiest terete sence 9 Ui FRET PPRee rR etre esti annette (ot tes co bare, ‘harbellaria: By. ti joe ganci conics cache arte tet oatacraeietes 19 31 FX) €or ats) Ie EOE a OrO ondalscbpaccaca 6 Abge eC K Mer wosudemecdocdoeeodsaSameonvicasocouds (?) 15 52(+2?) Pa aaeeemrn cial oameuses eer Bestodat toch. ek. eae cables Cem eee (?) 29 41 Ce Mer na A heme y sae cian INemiertitiea' i (in weietechins Aone haan eee ae eRe 9 13 25(GEre)Meeennie tema 6.) Real Ae aes Nemathelminthes),c sce... cele sce /as sieletae sins a /ederd etalk (?) 12 EKA Gach) tl EEREERBeT Gerri cbardo asco seacsaa Glretoomatha. chee eee cls ek a arcretaie are yaterehmveteuereie is I I 7 I | cise wc axtase cert repre erereneeete Minophiled shes Ass 8 Sh. Ee aan els sense I I CMM Peeper cre etal ic causa cocaae.s BEV OZOA FS aes apyasiiat eis e Mi aRE EE ne action © hoist fens ate 21 36(+1°?) PAG aa) Ingasdaaodeo 67(+1?) 44(+1?) PASTCKOIG CAAA t sethes a siaabai on Me ee Ce OUTER eee 3 3 CON Oey Gan Cea 5 IR WAR RSs SHS SG Opto eas Nyt. cicies cic stete ate rin ernie nine 4 6 6: TRA cles en retire Sir Pt I hoe inaresretaretst ate NDveleyteloy Gs (ce We Res ee a al A een Ad Nie Ke 3 4 PRU MOR Sia) Aenea ol de 4 RAR MNS Se rate Hiolothuroidea, iicsis fepicidis 2b less ap eleos Bile de ya wee 3 5 Cerri eneanacor cae FADE OR Pees yr ccc? ica oly .chrce taney sean eR ee SA eee 35 98 133(+6?) 4 78(+4?) 7(+6?) OP OCH EECA octets ie rsia oistavein oo le ei fur evs eins ciate alevepetarere prnleieta 4 8 TE bh lhecrerevaecis 3 Sesavel lar coos heey ekths TRIS e eae ERprrdlisreaee on reek cts ote sare dale’ aictene a caiele eiata ele pane I 3 gt O95, OF ene eae qr Oo Sohactteemer Sip tisretlidary eae oie ehiessdeeieisiays at gs acaehictebhe Sig's etlelets I 2 Sis) ER ee ste s » ge * eee See ar @ Certain species only recorded from beyond the 20-fathom line, and thus perhaps somewhat extralimital, are also here listed. Von Graff's families are likewise included in b The species added by von Graff (1911) have been included in this table. the computation. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 85 Synoptic TABLE OF SPECIES COMPRISED IN ANNOTATED List—Continued. eo” Number of species (total). Number of Species Species Groups of organisms. oer gies of |__| taken by rai iy sented. ; Deter- Undeter- | dredge. region. mined. mined. UTERO Fone Tiss oc vines se sinisie c.e/siejaiesivennate'es 1(+1?) 2(+1?) ACU) Nettle we te cael tie elec swise tes 2 IMIS CCRTS, chit 0 civics ctvevinree sevice Sita siewiccnite 3 II AGRON ERK cetera 21 26 PRMIEUICIEPE )) 5. SLi 22a Au'c\ds;» ou oiuialolaiepwierricloibisioeis @ 13(+1?) 22(+1?) Bae (Cteont ill etc pit naroemee (yale bic ree cred 14 Oo SHES ECE GIO Bee SoG e eas ER Ent eee gn onE 8 32 EGE Tp a ake Ontni Al Rae aciaet nid Dont eamriee EAM ao oo Sa cia ce ie vloya,sicl vine elalsidivie'e\ajme.ciWlefoe 4 6 TECH-2E ees ne viecwaies 2(+1?) 2 ain: 2 CURE 109 Re ai ee age 5 See 22(-+2?) 54(+5?) 71(+3?) 3 35 9 TERETE DNS SHO fe a Leatdisveiwarsio'e net SU une beimen ¢ x1(+1?) 20(+2?) BE(HSP le vance anes 10 I RTI oh iS apis sis cielo vis pic aeitia s,e'shevwsoiets s 3 6 Seat) suspen sce I I eee REIEIEM AS ICP fe ins faLs eral a elsig'a o\t, #15, viciv.s.e:nie ties piecasevs I 2 Bee Glob chaticr die nisia ell cinnperaraelel ctevale | aisist a’ aisime ticle, ERMINE HERR Rese ore acti notice ectec tulelaew es 2 4 RRR ere net (+?) 1(+?) Woon vt pO a ee ee eens ee ae 20 37(+2?) Sz (CaP il ca creaeyaerae 27(+2?) 4 SOUR MEIE STEM ERIE cc. 1 nccae< a SPAS 5 ole: otal ohe. 0 Slo olecet alte I I Hoe VP dliceteatets pew Wha Fe lteabiaiciesoyaiate CSE TEE. oS GES EARIGO GAGE GEOG EE BESS DE ae EE 5(+1?) 5(+1?) BCExe)) sncace tease 4 2 PURSREEMMAMU Ie tyes Os ohare vise wratclvio ticle a wlclnie cide visciwe owas I I MEE MON UPAR Rate APE CE ae alcn tet k so Seieleers, sac vie; SEIT og crag cc's cjo'es b sig dulspieive se meligjuiow vee sis (?) 25 16 U3i aayatonaatere see ote ? IMR A Sern ya ain vin 7s sia lai niaysieicis winie @aisjawis/clere ® 31 48(+1?) FEEGH)li|icraronfeia:-telerers 57 6 SPERM IESER TS chats) 5 cis] aie)o\s.c.n sis )5\sinis « vrmlmicieiaieie myeieie'vis ne I 2 Zilia Pace Ae aRe PT telwlieal iscsi Snir SEMANAS OGY Paes flocs Ae che icict ciawaieins ovceadcbveis 43 81 129(+9?) I 65(+2?) 17(+?) RARIUN SAE eT Us iicls s\o dw os bv 08 bo Marais e050 wii oe 3 4 Atha! lactase Wdgod “gas bomtane Sea MERE TNL EO VON ToS a4 «de oes apd va n/a’ se) o1h nisin seid a ale I I LAE | Ua SQ DUB BDIC Oe eel oD IR HE GeO) (Coen Sere SUN NNNE REM TR hy oIecsas cs o)s Kio cies qin ee eye earasessieis oia'aysinia'e 10 18 22(+5?) 5 14(+6?) 3(+5?) IMCHIUMMER Ty a. ata Keer k ea ch ods db Qewecdeing 99 188(+2?) | 247(+5?) 1| 30 6(+1?) PMMA Ri ici taye scissile ep ier, Vauieatwietele alee w sie 4 5 Sie D WM Wl cisletnecetere a lshe ok tore cele coral xan sik Bae Tolore PUMPER EMISIER oieinginicicin\b/c\vieleis(e'u's'aie/r}o s/vieluje. a/tin'e odielejoius 12 44 YR a ae hasbecood tb oosareaase temrcose acct A ISRREMA RETOUR TOT) ia 97s faisve)suarareiacaierviv nis = 0ryieiaie.scais 6 11(+2?) PAC CCT) il Wiaedrcidrae BHO BOLTGSABC Itudoaenooobe Total... Pea KRG PFE Rracteseteeace 7 5 Holothuroidea.:............ 8(-+1?) 6(+1?) 5 4 8 I 8 13 Grinoid Ca ermcnee sts treiiecte ciane< aiaealliee sie cisieatetate ase ae s4| AM NE 1 dealt #5 ir tet aA ROR I I Poly cheetay0 W7). cc\eviels enie eis) 133(+10?) | 88(+13?) | 105(+1?) 29 148 Io 87(-+1?) 135 @ Of 98 Woods Hole Protozoa, only 29 are Foraminifera, while all of those in the other columns belong to the latter group. b Including Polygordiide. anes ore ee BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 89 Synopsis oF Woops Hoe MARINE FAUNA, AS COMPARED WITH THAT OF CERTAIN OTHER REGIONS FOR WHICH LISTS HAVE BEEN PREPARED—Continued. Canada (Whiteaves). Plymouth. . Hole Irish Sea Trieste Groups of organisms. (present and Number | Common | Number | Common |(Herdman).| (Graeffe). report) Smith. of to Woods of to Woods species. Hole. species. Hole. (2) cot ¢: rh II Fue We |b aa ae al Ee east c oe 3 I 2 2 URITAIEETCL AE Ry Uh Emits tak oars o Satan 6 | a rere ni= = aiinie |v de bieiele oles on feieew atnle'o weet ry» Ree PIX Rete SS (1?) 2 OTRAS Ss Sec ete 4 (CET PDP Peale arterial teicterdagtsicets reid | tole SM cratic ane I 3 EBUVIEAG 6. occ cece ecccns 3 2(+1?) 5(+z1?) I 3 I 1(+1?) 5 BMONOPOdA. coe. 6 eS. oe is se 2(+1?) 7 aed titan a cheat ieee ge i 3 2 2 4 (05 Ghee ee eee eas moti ie lhe) Biscy,). 29(+9?) Io Gi DE od 57(+1?) 9 Copepoda (free)............. 25(+1?) 1(?) TA Cet) RE Bee ete 24 5 | ss 56 Copepoda (parasitic)........ 58(+2?) r9(+5?) ACARED i eaercaeacie siete ree Ol Redoreaaees t0o9(+1?) Garrmpedsa it ecole. 15(+2?) 13 10 6 Io 4 10 15 PEA IRMLEMARI ERE S chat cid: > eter wu! cid Vatels) statsvorersvetals 0 cere) piece assieve cee ee) | Seer a ae amelMnuL) | Mereveitisis siacare I I (SSN Ee 71(+6?) | 31(+12?) 70(+4?) 20 52 7(+1?) | 129 49(+1?) MERHMOU lere crea v ey cmeas ces 25(+3?) | 22 26 12 30 5 24 51 C1 (5 27 Se 8(+2?) 5 Ir 4(+1?) 6 I 17 9 Stomatopoda... 60.66. 3 Bee ap keh oe halt Sadae adhe PW PON SRI cer = SE Dee oie rotated 2 SORIANO ie Sin care ties wieima sles 5 3(+1?) 7 3 24 I 16 Ir PEOMTERIOU EE ao no. osc eins oie v0 035 51(+4?) 36 34 I2 q1 3 61 "3 DTS Ge ee aa Zz Eee Me Re ee lames | Maerctee, Atta Core cee wislaleteral| Nervicje Morse es [tassios ee clusic|seceweduseae Pycnogonida.,.......:..:.+- s(+1?) 1(+1?) II 1(+1?) 8 2(+1?) Tay URLs ea ere PPPESUCTISITA CRS 8 oye cra shai aja’ siale's I DE Mal © if sraiseraracuie e Rtove'[anccorasahs ets cst apotey octal oy aie elated edna jateratarss]asaye| ieyehanwe sux «-chayeloll Aye) tes Riataretat RRR siefal asin ls «sini Sa sisi oia a's FOCfanse eso tmr ya al Me cclarayiptaterarel| ciety ave ah eve eis sister sioterstoiayorerallcivle aiateleuajereia'llteisistare sis ele well estima scarslewieve L2G 1 7o(+6?) | 84 100 55 86 5 r08(+3?) | 107 © Amphmeura................ 2 2 8 I CT meet ns ce Io 5 Gastropodac ...........0..5 129(+10?) | 97(+1?) 160 63 164 15 207(+3?) | 285 SeIRSTIEMEMSCL tye elas) ative seated Seisiaie ai’el=.< | cinieis poe alm AP Re Ke ociepeeons ne Le Whe Baesoceenbod 3 2 Cephalopoda. .....o....0.2- 4 5 FC Winona Peepers eS DIeier | Palsecenhecsccs 7 9 Enteropneusta........... mls M12) Moe becenisnoe lboggaecdnbun Hosaccs seaedladate sunasod sa aeeseocne PUPMTINCATE orcin clare Zoie.s Histayels 0 22(+10?) | 20(+5?) 27(+1?) Io 36 2 45(+14?) 75 Meee aee setae ee tae at fe since] pinto msm arco] s/cinie xe Scins ai5'| s\cis\s siete e(oieloie [abide dm a vic isis viola crewaeaares Tee ilbevanniammece RECESS Se Riscreictaicreiaia'e ag aaasec ATION) | rereratsrais oe eres | ciate nvefere aayerss fetaisiaie ci olute Stes ajsya/ais toa /osrae ailirlste 5 ise ece 8 134 181 MRECRIUIEIOE IGS ale Pic's xisie viejo e asie'e PME || Ch cetclctoccrce tetas | erate atetcereratete' steve ra teversicis oferta evar osetois tate oti eyaeralaceisse(eate/al[ ais wratel siayaveveretell natalia etvrejcrsie aid TEIN 5 Coen OREO OOM OPE Tage Ty RSE OnS cond oadece sao oa bgooourone dalac banaue dae lee door ooo0d oe aaudooreo, iced cacconds UREMRITIUBLIE Soy 19's isieis oinisieie:e SEAVER) Ho cametig ptist!-] S HOD ca oeCEl AROAEe Ae serie Ir Cece Tenures teem mee baee Tae eo vellece se ner iste gs “it So ee Sea er 1,625(+125?)| 626(+69?) | 1,058(+21?)| 365(+4?) | 1,2290(+3?) | 162(+127?)|1,828(+27?)] 1,449(+4?) Invertebrates (including RAMTAICHECE 7 oo tie clase siasees 1,286(+116?)| 626(+69?) |z,058(+21?) |............ T229(-1- 3h). elsreie oe sererers 1,681(+27?)| 1,268(+4?) MEXRERITACES |. oo concise c ecole ag (t-GN) [becca ete biaeel sian ec ncece | SR OSCE HON NCORCEROrenc Bacoereccried 147 181 a Comprising both the ‘“‘ Gephyrea armata”’ and the Sipunculoidea. b Some of the species comprised in the Trieste list are not marine. ¢ Seventy of the Plymouth gastropods are nudibranchs. Before leaving this hasty comparison between our own biological census and a few of the similar undertakings elsewhere, reference should be made to certain works in which some features of our own survey are closely paralleled. We must mention first of all the explorations in the Kattegat of the Danish steamer Hauchs, under the charge of C. G. J. Petersen. The resemblance between the Danish project and our own lies in the successful endeavor to correlate the distribution of various species with peculiarities of bottom and of water temperature, and particularly in the presentation of a number gO BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. of charts portraying the actual distribution patterns of certain species. Unfortu- nately Petersen thought fit to plot upon each of these charts the records for a consid-- erable number of species (26 in one case), thus rendering it very difficult to distinguish the distribution of any one of these, and to a large extent impairing the usefulness of the charts. Petersen’s ‘General results’’ (of which an English translation is provided) includes one of the most philosophical discussions which have appeared of the factors determining the distribution of marine animals. The important paper of E. J. Allen (1899) has already been mentioned in an earlier chapter. Allen has, among other things, presented 16 charts, each portraying the distribution of several species, usually members of the same zoological class. Each species is indicated by a letter, its relative abundance at various points being denoted by the style of type. These distributions are plotted upon an identical form, having the bottom characters indicated by conventional shading. Only scattered patches are thus represented, however, and in general the charts have little in common with our own. The detailed distribution of numerous marine species has likewise been ascertained by Herdman and his associates for the neighborhood of the Port Erin biological station on the Isle of Man. Seven distribution charts have been published (Herdman, 1901), each chart embracing one or more entire groups of organisms. Upon these charts each species is designated by a number, so that the total distribution of any given form may be ascertained (though rather laboriously) by finding all the’ various positions occu- pied by the number which has been assigned to it. Chapter IV.—THE FAUNA CONSIDERED BY SYSTEMATIC GROUPS. 1. PROTOZOA. . This phylum is represented in our list by 99 determined species, together with 5 others which are entered as undetermined or doubtful. Of the 99 determined species ' 32 are assigned to the Rhizopoda, 2 to the Heliozoa, 21 to the Mastigophora, 38 to the Ciliata, 5 to the Suctoria, and 2 to the Sporozoa. All but 2 of the rhizopods belong to the subclass Foraminifera, of which 23 species have been encountered during our dredging, and a number of others collected on piles, etc. With the exception of two or three species, no Foraminifera had been recorded for local waters prior to the operations of the present survey. _ The data which we have utilized relative to the Protozoa are derived mainly from two sources. The Foraminifera were obtained during the dredging operations of 1905 and 1907, and were, without exception, identified by Dr. J. A. Cushman, of the museum of the Boston Society of Natural History. A nearly complete list of these species has already been published by Dr. Cushman (1908). The records for the other divisions were taken from the report of Calkins (1902) upon the marine Protozoa of the region, to which have been added a very few data from the writings of Peck (1894 and 1896). In our annotated list the classification which we have adopted is that of Professor Calkins, except in the case of the Foraminifera. For the treatment of the latter group Dr. Cushman is responsible. The local records for Protozoa are comparatively scanty. The report of Calkins represents the search of one investigator for a period of two months during the mid- summer alone. With very few exceptions, the forms listed were taken from the local pier, close to the laboratory building. Nevertheless, as a result of this somewhat super- ficial examination, Calkins was able to record 72 species, 8 of which were described as new to science.? No search was made for Foraminifera during the summers of 1903 and 1904, though Discorbina rosacea was noted on several occasions without its identity being recognized. Dr. Cushman’s presence at the Woods Hole laboratory during the season of 1905 directed our attention to these organisms, and bottom samples from most of the stations of that year were examined by him personally. The dredging during that season was restricted to Vineyard Sound (Fish Hawk) and the eastern shore of Buzzards Bay (Phalarope). Two years later, in order to obtain more complete records for the Foraminifera and certain other organisms, about 25 of the Fish Hawk stations in Vineyard Sound and about 30 of those in Buzzards Bay were revisited. Bottom samples from all these points were submitted to Dr. Cushman, who was thus enabled to provide us with important supple- mentary data. Only two species were found, however, which had not previously been recorded by us, and it is Dr. Cushman’s belief that the list of local Foraminifera is toler- ably complete. But our knowledge of their distribution within the region was greatly extended by these later dredgings. We have accordingly departed from the custom, which has been followed for most other groups, of including in our distribution charts @ Two of these are no longer regarded by Dr. Calkins as good species. gr 92 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. only data derived from the regular dredging operations of the first three years, and have plotted out the records of these supplementary dredgings in the case of the Foraminifera. The meager representation of the Foraminifera in our local fauna is realized in a striking way when the present records are compared with those for deep-sea dredging. There occurs in these waters none of the ‘‘ooze’”’ which forms such a marked feature of the ocean bottom the world over. The maximum number of species found by the survey at any single station was 9 (Phalarope station 78), and the average number found throughout the period during which a careful examination was made“ was 1.4 species per dredge haul. During the Challenger dredgings, it was not uncommon to find 100 species of Foraminifera at a single station, and over 240 species were found in one case. The Canadian list of Whiteaves comprises 64 members of this group, 13 of which are known to occur in our local waters; while the Plymouth list comprises 109 species, 19 of which are common to Woods Hole. The list for the Irish Sea comprises 209 species of Foraminifera. All three of these foreign surveys have extended to waters of consider- ably greater depth than any which occur within the “‘ Woods Hole region” of the present report. The great disparity in the wealth of Foraminifera is thus largely accounted for. Distribution charts have been plotted for those 9*of our local species which were taken at 10 or more of the dredging stations. Regarding the distributions here por- trayed few definite conclusions can be offered, owing to the incompleteness of the records upon which they are based. As already stated, these organisms were not looked for during the regular dredgings of the Fish Hawk in Buzzards Bay, nor during the Phala- vope dredging in Vineyard Sound, though the former deficiency was in some measure rectified during the summer of 1907. As a consequence, one might easily be misled respecting the relative abundance of certain species on various parts of the local sea floor. For example, most of the species seem to be scarce or absent in the central parts of Buzzards Bay. ‘This is doubtless due in part to the fact that material was examined from less than 30 stations in the deeper parts of the Bay, as compared with about 125 in theSound. During the supplementary dredging of 1907 a number of species (Mih- olina seminulum, Polymorphina lactea, Polystomella striatopunctata, and Rotalia beccari) were encountered at Fish Hawk stations in the Bay; the two last named, indeed, being . taken with considerable frequency. It does not seem unlikely, however, that the soft, black mud which prevails throughout much of Buzzards Bay is unfavorable to some species of Foraminifera, as to many other organisms of all sorts. On the other hand, with a very few exceptions, every species which was recorded from Vineyard Sound was taken with greater or less frequency along the island shores of Buzzards Bay. One feature in the distribution of nearly all the species which have been plotted is the greater frequency with which they occur at the western end of Vineyard Sound. Indeed, certain species are entirely lacking in the eastern half. So far as is known, the same degree of care was taken in preserving and examining the bottom samples through- out the whole length of the Sound during the Fish Hawk dredging of 1905. ‘This greater abundance of Foraminifera at its western end would thus seem to be a genuine fact in distribution. Whether it is due to the character of the bottom, which is predominantly sandy in the western half of the Sound, or to the comparative absence of the swift tidal currents in the latter part can not be stated with any certainty. @ Including only the Fish Hawk and Phalarope stations of 1905. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 93 The following is a list of the Foraminifera dredged by the Survey. The asterisk denotes species which were recorded from 10 or more stations: Astrorhiza limicola. Miliolina bicornis. Reophax dentaliniformis. Verneuilina polystropha. Haplophragmium canariense. *Polymorphina lactea (chart 5). Webbina hemispherica. inns Sate Shea gre Spiroculina limbata. olymorphina rotundata. ' *Biloculina ringens (chart r). *Discorbina rosacea (chart 6). Biloculina tubulosa. Truncatulina lobatula. *Miliolina seminulum (chart 2). *Pulvinulina lateralis (chart 7). *Miliolina oblonga (chart 3). *Rotalia beccarii (chart 8). *Miliolina circularis (chart 4). *Polystomella striatopunctata (chart 9). Miliolina boueana. Polystomella crispa. Miliolina venusta. 2. PORIFERA. The treatment of the sponges constitutes decidedly the weakest spot in our report. In addition to the naturally great difficulties presented to the systematist by these animals is the fact that the group has been very largely neglected by local zoologists. Since the work of Verrill in the early seventies, in which a considerable proportion of the forms recorded were not specifically determined, no attempt has been made to list or describe the sponges of the shallower waters of the New England coast. Verrill’s later studies were devoted to species taken at considerable depths and belonging to a fauna quite distinct from that under consideration. Lambe,? it is true, has given much attention to the Canadian sponges, some of which are identical with species included in the present work, and H. V. Wilson® has xeported upon the Porto Rico forms, none of which, however, are known to occur in the Woods Hole region. The paucity of our data relating to the shallow-water species constitutes a conspicuous gap in our knowledge of the local fauna. In view of this condition of affairs, Dr. J. A. Cushman, of the museum of the Boston Society of Natural History, undertook during the summer of 1905 and during the fol- lowing winter to identify the sponges collected in the course of the Survey dredging. Twelve species were specifically determined by him with more or less certainty, four of these being forms which had been overlooked or left unidentified by Verrill at the time of the writing of the ‘Report upon the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound.” Certain other species were provisionally assigned to genera, and an even greater number remained undetermined. It was unfortunately impossible for Dr. Cushman to continue this work after 1905, and thus the results here presented are fragmentary and perhaps not wholly consistent. In all, 14 determined species of sponges are comprised in our annotated list, the identity of which is not certain in all cases. We have also included, on the authority of Verrill and of Cushman, a number of unidentified forms, to which generic names have been provisionally assigned. The Canadian list of Whiteaves comprises 36(+ 2?) species of Porifera (identified in the main by Lambe), six of which are common to our Woods Hole list. At Plymouth only 18 sponges have been catalogued, of which four or five are common to our own @ Sponges from the Atlantfc coast of Canada. Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada, vol. 11, sec. tv, 1896, p. 181-211. b Bulletin of the U. S. Fish Commission, vol. xx, 1900 (1902), p. 375411. 94 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. . waters.? Herdman records 58 species from the Irish Sea, while Graeffe lists 45 species from the Gulf of Trieste. As implied in the foregoing discussion, it is likely that the Woods Hole list will be greatly extended by further investigations. Referring to our dredging records for this group, the distributions of certain forms, such as Cliona celata, Microciona prolifera, Tethya gravida, and Polymastia robusta, have probably been ascertained with a fair degree of accuracy. On the other hand, it is probable that some confusion occurs between the two species of Chalina, since specimens which were listed in the field records as C. arbuscula were in a number of cases subse- quently identified as C. oculata (see catalogue). For this reason a single chart has been prepared, which includes all the records for this genus. A similar confusion exists regarding the two species of Halichondria (H. panicea and H. caduca). And in addition to these equivocal records specimens belonging to entirely undetermined species of this genus are listed from about 20 of the regular dredging stations and were doubtless taken at many others. Under such circumstances little of a general nature can be said regarding the distribution of these animals in local waters. The species having the most general occurrence was Cliona celata Grant (—Spongia sulphurea Desor), which was recorded from 171 of the regular stations. This form seems to flourish nearly as well on one kind of bottom as another, though it is much less common in the western half of the Sound than in the eastern half.2 That its scarcity in the former region is not due to the lower summer temperature of the water there is rendered probable by the fact that this species has been reported by Lambe from Prince Edward Island, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. It has not been taken by us, however, at Crab Ledge, where many of the typical cold-water species occur and many southern ones are lacking. Microciona prolifera is not uncommon in the Sound in the form of reddish incrus- tations on the surface of stones and shells. In Buzzards Bay, particularly in the inshore waters, it frequently grows up into the characteristic and beautiful arborescent form. A species of Grantia, which has been regarded as G. ciliata (Fabricius) by Verrill and others, is common on piles, and one or more species of the same genus (not improb- ably identical with the foregoing) were encountered at various points in dredging (chart ro). An interesting case of restricted distribution is exemplified in the case of Polymastia robusta, for which, however, no chart has been prepared, owing to the limited number of stations from which it was recorded. This readily recognizable species was taken by us a few times at the western entrance of Vineyard Sound and in the mouth of Buz- zards Bay; likewise at five of the seven regular stations of the survey at Crab Ledge. It is thus a representative of that colder water fauna which just enters the limits of our region. So far as we know, this species has not been listed from points farther south upon our coast than Marthas Vineyard, though ranging northward at least to the Gulf of St..Lawrence. Another case of definitely restricted distribution, for which, however, no explanation can be offered at present, is that of Tethya gravida. ‘This species, which was first described by Hyatt from specimens taken in Buzzards Bay, was encountered by us eight times, altis stated by the authors that ‘‘the list is a very imperfect one, many common species not having been identified and recorded.” b The chart for this species likewise shows a considerable gap in the central region of the Bay, but specimens were later . taken at several points in this area. ‘cn Nh, ees ee i d ‘ BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 9 5 but always within a very limited area near the head of the Bay. Mr. G. M. Gray also reports finding it at Bird Island, in the same vicinity. We know of no other records of the occurrence of this species. The following is a list of the species recorded from the Survey dredgings. The asterisk denotes those which were taken at 10 or more of the stations (exclusive of Crab Ledge). Ascortis fragilis. Chalina arbuscula. ?*Grantia ciliata (chart ro). Chalina oculata. *Cliona celata (chart x1). Esperella modesta. Polymastia robusta. Desmacidon palmata. Tethya gravida. Myxilla sp. undet. Halichondria panicea. *Microciona prolifera (chart 13). Halichondria caduca. A chart (12) has been prepared based upon the equivocal records for one or both species of Chalina. . Of the three determined species so common as to have been recorded from ro or more stations, one appears to be distinctly northern, another to be distinctly southern, while the third appears to have a range of nearly equal extent in both directions. The ranges, as given by Verrill (1873), are as follows: Grantia ciliata: Rhode Island to Greenland. Cliona celata: South Carolina to Portland, Me. Microciona prolifera: South Carolina to Cape Cod. Chona, as already stated, has since been reported from the Gulf of St. Lawrence. 3. CELENTERATA. Our list comprises 160 determined species belonging to this phylum, together with 12 others which are undetermined or doubtful. These are assignable to 54(+3?) families and 98(+7?) genera. The representation of the various classes is as follows: Hydrozoa, 132(+8?); Scyphozoa, 5(+1?); Actinozoa, 14(+3?); Ctenophora, 8. Among these, 28(+1?) of the Hydrozoa and 4(+2?) of the Actinozoa have been encountered during the Survey dredgings. The Scyphozoa and Ctenophora, owing to their pelagic mode of existence, do not figure in the dredging records, although the latter frequently and the former occasionally were taken during the reeling in of the dredge or trawl. Furthermore, a large majority, even of the fixed hydroids, comprised in our catalogue, find their proper habitat in shallower waters, where they grow attached to plants or - woodwork, and are rare or absent upon the bottoms reached by the dredge. The identification of specimens concerning which any doubt was felt by the col- lectors was made by Prof. C. W. Hargitt, of Syracuse University, and Prof. C. C. Nut- ting, of the University of Iowa, to whom we again take occasion to express our thanks for their assistance. The identification of the 1903 specimens was performed by Prof. Nutting, that of the subsequent material by Prof. Hargitt. A comparison of the deter- minations made by these two authorities revealed certain differences of opinion, some of which were later adjusted. In other cases, such differences are indicated in the text. Prof. Hargitt was present at the laboratory as a member of the investigation staff dur- ing the summers of 1905 to 1909, inclusive, and the records for those seasons are doubt- less on this account more complete than during the two previous seasons of the Survey’s 96 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. work. During these two earlier seasons it seems probable that certain minute and inconspicuous forms were overlooked by the collectors. It is likewise probable that some closely related species were confused in the field records. This is perhaps true to some extent even of such common forms as Eudendrium ramosum and E. dispar, though samples from many of the stations were fortunately preserved for future reference. The apparent scarcity of nearly all hydroids throughout Buzzards Bay, as por- trayed by the distribution charts, may be due in some measure to the fact that no specialist in this group was present during the season of 1904, when the eriginal Fish Hawk dredging was carried on in that body of water. We are, however, inclined to attribute a minor importance to this fact in judging of the occurrence of hydroids in Buzzards Bay, since records from 29 stations which were redredged in 1909 do not materially affect our ideas regarding the local distribution of these organisms. The data utilized in the preparation of our catalogue, aside from those derived from our own collecting operations, are based principally upon the published works of A. Agassiz (1865), Verrill (1873), Nutting (1901), and Hargitt (1901-1908). In addi- tion, special records were furnished by members of the investigation staff or by others. Particular mention must be made of some rather extensive manuscript notes kindly contributed by Prof. Hargitt. The latter authority likewise consented to revise our annotated list in respect to nomenclature and classification, though he regards these as being still to a considerable extent provisional. About 20 species new to science have been described during the past 10 years by Hargitt, Nutting, Mayer, and others from specimens taken within the limits of the present region. At least two of these (Ectopleura prolifica Hargitt and Keratosa com- plexuwm Hargitt) were described from specimens obtained during the course of the survey dredging; while a number of them were first collected and described during this same period, though independently of the dredging operations. Still other species (Calypio- spadix cerulea, Opercularella pumila, Sertularia versluysi, Sertularella polyzonmias, Aglao- phenia minuta, Tealia crassicornis), though more or less familiar elsewhere, have been added to the known fauna of these waters through the dredging and collecting opera- tions which form the chief subject of the present volume. Verrill and Smith (1873) recorded 72 determined species of coelenterates from definitely stated points within the limits of the region, together with a considerable number of others which were doubtful, undetermined, or extralimital. Among the foregoing 72 species were 57 Hydrozoa, 3 Scyphozoa, 8 Actinozoa, and 4 Ctenophora. Certain of the species listed by Verrill (e. g., Haleciwm gracile, Edwardsia farinacea, and E. lineata) do not appear to have been encountered in local waters by later naturalists. Indeed, repeated search by our parties for Edwardsia lineata at points where it was said to be abundant by Verrill failed to bring to light a single specimen. On the other hand, certain species which were not listed at all in the ‘‘Invertebrate Animals of Vine- yard Sound” are now known to be common in these waters. Such are Podocoryne carnea, Lizzia grata, Tubularia couthouyi, Staurostoma laciniaia, Epenthesis folleaia, Halecium halecinum, Gonionemus murbachii, and Sagartia lucie. The last-named species we know to be a recent immigrant into these waters, which probably arrived here within the past 15 years. Indeed it has, during this briet period, become by far the most abundant of our local actinians. Whether or not any of the other species are OE i wee, ee j 4 7 2 BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 97 imungrants of recent standing can not be stated. We have no satisfactory evidence that such is the case. The Canadian list prepared by Whiteaves fasted 66 Hydrozoa, 5 Scyphozoa, 44 Actinozoa, and 4 Ctenophora. Of these, 41 Hydrozoa, 2 Scyphozoa, 4 Actinozoa, and 4 (all) of the Ctenophora are common to our Woods Hole list. It is interesting that while the number of hydroids in the Canadian list is only half as great as in our own, the number of actinians is about three times as great. The catalogue for Plymouth includes 121 Hydrozoa, 8 Scyphozoa, 34 Actinozoa, and 3 Ctenophora. Of these, 34 (+6?) Hydrozoa, 2 (?) Scyphozoa, (2+1?) Actinozoa, and 2 Ctenophora are known to be common to the Woods Hole region. The list of Herdman for the Irish Sea comprises 129(+1?) Hydrozoa, 6 Scyphozoa, 24 Actinozoa, and 4 Ctenophora. There is a rather close agreement between the Woods Hole, Plymouth, and Irish Sea lists in respect to the number of Hydrozoa comprised. On the other hand, both of the latter lists agree in including a considerably greater number of actinians than have been recorded from the Woods Hole region. For the Gulf of Trieste, Graeffe catalogues 64(+2?) Hydrozoa, 9 Scyphozoa, 29 Actinozoa, and 5 Ctenophora. _ In all these comparisons the differences in area and in bathymetric range among the various regions must af course be kept in mind (see p. 87). On the average 1.8 species of coelenterates were recorded for each of the 458 regu- lar stations of the Survey. The species found to be of most general occurrence was the coral Astrangia dane, which was encountered at 158 of the stations, this being the only ccelenterate which was so prevalent as to be recorded from one-fourth of the stations dredged. It is likely, however, that Hydractinia echinata was actually present in at least one-fourth of the dredge hauls, and that it was frequently overlooked by us in listing the species in the field. Referring to the table on page 78, it will be seen that on the average nearly three times as many species of hydroids per dredge haul were recorded for the Fish Hawk stations in Vineyard Sound as for those in Buzzards Bay, while the average number of Actinozoa was the same in both bodies of water. The Phalarope stations in Vineyard Sound likewise show an excess of hydroids as compared with the stations in the Bay. From the table on page 79 it is evident that there is a greater wealth both of hydroids and of actinians on bottoms of gravel and stones than upon bottoms of mud or of pure sand. As respects Hydrozoa, the average number of species is nearly twice as great upon sandy bottoms as upon muddy ones. The distribution of most ccelenterates upon the local sea floor is, we believe, almost wholly conditioned by the character of the bottom. Charts have been prepared showing the distribution, in local waters, of 10 species of Hydrozoa and 3 of Actinozoa. A list of these, with a statement of the geographical distribution of each is given below. Owing to the probable incompleteness of our earlier records for the Hydrozoa, the practice of basing our charts upon the original dredgings of the “‘regular” series only has not been adhered to for this group. The results of various supplementary dredgings (see p. 62) have been incorporated here as in the case of the Foraminifera and the Bryozoa. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt r:—13_7 98 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. These charts nearly all agree in showing the paucity of ccelenterate life in Buzzards Bay, to which reference has already been made. In fact, but two species (Eudendrium ramosum and Astrangia dane) appear to be of anything like as general occurrence in the Bay as in the Sound. Two species among those charted were not recorded from a single station in the former body of water, while some of the others are confined within its limits to the extreme lower end or to the immediate neighborhood of land. This last condition is found to obtain in the case of many species belonging to nearly every group which do not thrive upon muddy bottoms, and their distribution is readily explainable by reference to this fact. Hydroids, as is well known, depend for support upon a solid substratum, such as is afforded by stones or dead shells, and their frequent occurrence upon bottoms which are listed as of pure sand is doubtless made possible by the presence of shells. Where such solid objects occur in the Bay, however, they are commonly more or less covered by soft mud. Nevertheless, at least one species of hydroid, Eudendrium ramosum, has established itself in considerable abundance on the floor of Buzzards Bay, a fact which is difficult to explain when we consider the almost total absence there of Pennaria trarella, a species having a quite similar mode of life, and one which is abundant throughout the Sound. Of considerable interest is the scarcity of Hydractinia echinata over the whole central area of Buzzards Bay. ‘That this is not due to the scarcity within this area of the her- mit crabs upon whose shells Hydractinta commonly dwells may be seen by reference to charts 109, 111 and 112, from which it is evident that the three commonest local Paguri are present throughout the entire Bay. It was at first thought possible that the non- appearance of this hydroid in the records of the Fish Hawk for Buzzards Bay might have been due to the failure of those responsible for the latter series of stations to include it when listing the contents of the dredge. That this is not a satisfactory expla- nation was shown in the course of some supplementary dredgings made during the summer of 1909. Hermit crabs (P. longicarpus and P. annulipes) were taken at 16 of the former Fish Hawk stations, but in only a single instance was Hydractinia met with, though Podocoryne was noted three times.% Several of the hydroids, particularly Tubularia couthouyi and Thuiaria argentea, appear to show a marked preference for the eastern half of Vineyard Sound, where the bottom is in large measure stony. The distribution of Odelia geniculata is probably dependent upon that of certain alge, to which it is generally found attached. Its abundance in the vicinity of Gay Head probably stands in direct relation to the occur- rence there of large numbers of the kelps (Laminaria), upon which it frequently grows. At least two very instructive cases are to be noted among the species charted, which appear to be intelligible only by reference to temperature conditions. We refer to the two actinians, Alcyonium carneum and Asirangia dane. ‘The former was found to be confined to the western end of Vineyard Sound and the extreme lower end of Buzzards Bay. It was not surprising, therefore, to meet with this species at several of the Crab Ledge stations. The case is quite comparable with that of the sponge, Polymastia robusta, referred to on page 94, and with many others which will be considered later. The limits of distribution for this species, so far as known, are: Rhode Island a These supplementary dredgings, however, added several species to the fauna of the Bay, so far as recorded by us. These were Clytia cylindrica, Pennaria tiarella (which is doubtless common enough in shallow waters near shore), Podocoryne carnea; and Schizotricha tenella. While none of these were taken with sufficient frequency to affect seriously our conception of the ccelen- terate fauna of the Bay, they point to the probability of considerable gaps in our original records for this group. oy au ial el ie hall Nl ER oe a “Ss in i BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 99 (Verrill) to the Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves). It is thus predominantly a northern form, which here approaches the southern limit of its range. Temperature is, with little doubt, the determining factor in the distribution of this species in local waters. What appears to be a type of distribution exactly converse to the last is to be found in the case of the simple coral, Astrangia dane. This species is abundant and of very general distribution throughout most of Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound. Indeed, it seems to be almost equally at home upon every sort of bottom, including soft black mud. Now, it will be seen that this form is conspicuously scarce at the open end of Vineyard Sound, i. e., in those same colder waters to which Alcyoniwm seems adapted to live. Astrangia, we learn, is a southern species, finding its northward limit at or near Cape Cod, so that its scarcity in the colder waters of the region? is thus perhaps explained. It may be suggested, on the other hand, that this gap in the local distribu- tion of Astrangia may result from the character of the bottom, which is almost wholly sandy throughout the area in question. The species has, however, been dredged else- where upon bottoms of practically pure sand, so that this explanation does not seem sufficient. If we seek for comparisons between the distributions of different members of the same genus, we find that our dredging records furnish few data of importance upon this subject. Tubularia couthouyi and T. crocea are seen to present certain characteristic differences, in that the former is largely restricted to stony bottoms, while the latter is of much more general occurrence upon the local sea floor and is abundant, likewise, even upon piles, etc., in shallow water. The former species has not been taken with living hydranths during the summer months, except at Crab Ledge and in the deeper waters south of Marthas Vineyard, while T. crocea has been found within the region in an active condition throughout the summer. Referring to the two commoner species of Eudendrium (E. ramosum and E. dispar), it would seem probable that the distribution of the latter in local waters is far more restricted than that of the former. Indeed, our records point to the scarcity or absence of this species in Buzzards Bay, a condition which affords an interesting con- trast to that of E. ramosum, one of the few hydroids which were dredged with any frequency in the latter body of water. Even more striking differences of habitat shown by closely related species of ceelenterates might be chosen among genera which do not figure in our dredging records at all, e. g., Edwardsia and Sagartia. The following is a list of the species taken in the course of the Survey dredging. As usual, those species are designated by an asterisk which were taken at 10 or more of the stations: HYDROZOA. Ectopleura prolifica. Eudendrium carneum. *Pennaria tiarella (chart 14). Eudendrium capillare. Podocoryne carnea. Eudendrium album. *Hydractinia echinata (chart 15). *Tubularia couthouyi (chart 18). *Eudendrium ramosum (chart 16). ?Tubularia spectabilis. *Eudendrium dispar (chart 17). Tubularia tenella. a It was not found by us at Crab Ledge. bIn the course of the 29 supplementary dredge hauls in Buzzards Bay in 1909, E. ramosum was taken eight times, but E. dispar was not noted once. ht Pe here) BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Tubularia crocea (chart 19). Calycella syringa. Clytia cylindrica. . *Halecium halecinum (chart 21). Campanularia verticillata. Sertularia pumila. Obelia commisuralis. *Thuiaria argentea (chart 22). *Obelia geniculata (chart 20). Thuiaria cupressina. Hebella sp. undet. Sertularella gayi. Keratosum complexum. Sertularella tricuspidata. Lovenella grandis. Hydrallmania falcata. Opercularella pumila. *Schizotricha tenella (chart 23). ACTINOZOA. *Aleyonium carneum (chart 24). Tealia crassicornis. ?Pterogorgia gracilis (one small dead fragment). *Astrangia dane (chart 26). *Metridium dianthus (chart 25). If we consider, with respect to their known ranges upon our coast, these 13 species of coelenterates which were of most frequent occurretice in our dredge hauls, we may group them as follows: Predominantly northern. ~ Hydractinia echinata.........Greenland (Mérch) to Charleston, S. C. (McCready). Eudendrium dispar............ Bay of Fundy to Vineyard Sound (Verrill). Halecium halecinum.......... Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves) to Long Island Sound (Hargitt). Thuiaria argentea.............. North Polar regions to Maryland (Nutting). ' Aleyonium carneum........... Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves) to Rhode Island (Verrill). Metridium dianthus............ Labrador to New Jersey (Verrill). Predominantly southern. Pennaria tiarella.............. Maine to West Indies (Mayer). Schizotricha tenella........... Marthas Vineyard (Nutting) to Beaufort, N. C. (Fraser). Astrangia dane............... Cape Cod to Florida (Verrill). Having range of approximately equal extent north and south. Eudendrium ramosum..........Labrador (Verrill) to Bermuda and Beaufort, N. C. (Hargitt). Obelia geniculata............. On our coast recorded from Labrador (Verrill) to Beaufort, N. C. (Fraser). [Cosmopolitan, according to Mayer.] Range of doubtful extent. Tubularia couthowyi........... Probably predominantly northern. Tubularia crocea............... Casco Bay (Hargitt) to Brooklyn, N. Y. (Verrill), and perhaps to Charleston, S. C. Thus six of these species appear to be predominantly northern in their range, while only three are known to have a range which is predominantly southern. This is a condition different from that shown by the local representatives of most of the phyla of animals, which as a rule show a decidedly southern bias. We do not believe, however, that this difference has any special significance, particularly since the propor- tion of our ccelenterates which are common to Canadian waters is no greater than that for the fauna at large. With the exception of the two cases discussed above (Alcyonium and Astrangia), none of these species appears to be distributed in relation to temperature in local waters. In the foregoing calculation we are of course only considering a few of the com- monest bottom-dwelling species. Were we to include the multitude of pelagic forms (Medusze), many of which are stragglers borne hither by the Gulf Stream, it is probable that the ratio of northern to southern forms would be quite different. whe Ths A! ed ‘ BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 101 4, PLATYHELMINTHES, NEMATHELMINTHES, ETC. The various classes of ‘‘flat worms” are represented in our check list as fellows: Turbellaria, 40(-+1?); Trematoda, 52(+4?); Cestoda, 71(+3?); Nemertined, 25 (1°). Of the ‘round worms” there are 14 Acanthocephala and 21(+5?) Nematodes. The anomalous group of Chetognatha is represented by a single determined species of Sagitia, though there may be one or more undetermined members of the genus in local waters. The Dinophilea, which are included in the present section only for the sake of conven- ience, appear to be represented by at least three species, none of which, however, has been observed during the Survey dredgings. Except for a comparatively small number of nemerteans (6 species), no representa- tives of these groups of “‘worms”’ appear in the dredging records. Certain nemerteans are abundant locally in the shallow waters near shore, where they live under stones or burrow in the mud or sand; while Turbellaria of a considerable number of species are likewise common in shallow weedy waters. From the fragmentary condition of all the nemerteans which were dredged by us it is evident that the apparatus employed was ill- adapted to unearthing deeply burrowing worms such as these. It is likely, therefore, that our scanty records give a very imperfect idea of the distribution of these species throughout the area dredged. It was accordingly inevitable that the greater part of our data respecting these groups of organisms should be derived from previously published statements. The records for the Turbellaria and Nemertinea are based chiefly upon the works of Verrill and of Coe, supplemented, in the case of the latter group, by our own dredging records and by a set of manuscript notes kindly furnished by Prof. Coe.* The records for the endoparasitic worms (trematodes, cestodes, nematodes, and Acanthocephala) are based for the most part upon the works of Prof. Edwin Linton, who for many years has studied our local fish parasites on behalf of the Bureau of Fisheries. To these published sources of information we must add, however, some valuable unpublished notes, kindly put at our disposal by Dr. Linton. Acknowledgments for the revision of those portions of the checklist which include these groups are due Prof. Linton and Prof. Coe. To Dr. Coe we are likewise indebted for the identification of the nemerteans taken during the Survey dredging. We have thought it expedient to follow Dr. Linton in retaining provisionally in their earlier sense certain of the genera (e. g., Distomuwm), which have been greatly subdivided by some recent writers. In his own published works, Dr. Linton has taken occasion fully to acknowledge the invaluable assistance of Mr. Vinal N. Edwards, who collected a large part of the material described by him. Of the 41 Turbellaria comprised in our catalogue, 9 were listed by Verrill in the report of 1873, though only 2 of these were recorded specifically for points within the limits of our region. The records for most of the other species have been derived from Prof. Verrill’s later writings and from the recent report of von Graff. The number of Turbellaria which have been listed from Plymouth, England, is about fifty per cent greater than that contained in our catalogue, and so far as is apparent only two of the species are common to the two regions. Herdman’s list for the Irish Sea contains 27 members of this group. @ The additional records for Turbellaria contained in the important paper of von Graff (1911) have also been incorporated during the revision of the present report. ; 102 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Of the 26 nemerteans of our catalogue, 7 appear to be common to the Canadian list and 5 to that of the Plymouth station. ‘The former list comprises 20(-+ 1?) species, the latter 35. Herdman has listed 24(+ 2?) species for the Irish Sea. None of the groups of parasitic worms appear to have been catalogued at any of these other stations. Under the circumstances which we have stated, it is natural that few generalized statements can be made regarding the distribution of these groups locally. The para- sites were of course taken from the fishes, and it would therefore be futile in most cases to state specific localities for these. Only such species have been listed, however, as are believed to have been taken from fishes captured in strictly local waters. Regarding the nemerteans, it may be said that in 18 out of the 21 occasions upon which these worms appear in the dredging lists they were taken in Buzzards Bay. It is quite possible, however, that these forms are much more abundant throughout Vine- yard Sound than would be implied by these records. As is well known, many of the species burrow rather deeply into the shores and bottoms which they frequent, and con- siderable digging is often necessary in order to unearth them. Now, the soft bottoms of Buzzards Bay were doubtless, as a rule, penetrated more deeply by the dredge than were the sandy or gravelly bottoms of Vineyard Sound. Of the six determined species of nemerteans recorded for the Survey dredgings not one was taken with sufficient frequency to warrant our plotting a distribution chart. The species of most frequent occurrence was Cerebratulus luridus, which was recorded 10 times, though some of these records are regarded as doubtful. This species was taken throughout the lower half of Buzzards Bay. The six species recorded by us from our dredgings are: Lineus bicolor. Cerebratulus marginatus. Micrura leidyi. Cerebratulus luridus. Cerebratulus lacteus. Amphiporus ochraceus. 5. BRYOZOA. Of the Bryozoa, 76(+5?) determined species are recorded for the Woods Hole region of which 5 are Endoprocta, the remainder belonging to the Ectoprocta. These species are assigned to 21 families and 36(+1?) genera. Out of the total number of species recorded, 67 (+1?), or about 85 per cent, were taken during our own dredging operations; some 6 or 7 more were collected by other means during the progress of the Survey, while 5 or 6 others are included wholly upon the authority of published statements. Several new species have been encountered during the Survey dredging, descriptions of which have been prepared by Dr. Osburn; while about 45 species have been added by us to the known fauna of the region. This latter number is considerably greater than we have been able to record for any other group of organisms, a fact which should not surprise us when we recall that no systematic study of the Bryozoa had been made in these waters within the past 30 years. Indeed, the subject has remained until recently in the same incomplete and rather chaotic condition in which it was left by Verrill. One of the authors of the present report was led to undertake the determination of the species collected during the Survey dredging. This was found to necessitate a critical examination of the literature of the group and a comprehensive study of the bryozoan fauna of our Atlantic coast, the results of which have recently been published.* 2 Osburn, Raymond C.: Bryozoa-of the Woods Hole region. Bulletin U.S. Bureau of Fisheries, vol. xxx, r910 (1912), P. 203-266, pl. XVDI-XXXI. a ed eee .) ~ ge | BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 103 Desor, in 1848, described two species of Bryozoa (Bugula turrita and Membranipora tenuis) which were collected by him in the vicinity of Nantucket. Verrill, in the report upon the invertebrates of Vineyard Sound, listed 33 species of Bryozoa, of which 27 determined species and several doubtful ones were recorded for specified points within the limits of the Woods Hole region. Only one of our local species was there described for the first time. In subsequent papers Verrill added a consider- able number of new Bryozoa to the fauna of the deeper waters off the American coast, but not more than 5 of these last fall within the limits embraced by the present report. Nickerson (1898) added a single species of endoproct (Loxosoma davenporti) to our local fauna, this being first described from specimens taken by him at Cotuit Harbor. So far as we know this is the only addition which has been made to Verrill’s lists of Bryozoa down to the time of the present Survey. Whiteaves catalogues 115 species of Bryozoa for the waters of eastern Canada. Of these species, 45 (+2?), or about 40 per cent, have been recorded from the Woods Hole region. On the other hand, these 47 species which are common to the two lists constitute nearly 60 per cent of the number comprised in our own catalogue. The Plymouth list records the occurrence of 103(+1?) members of this group, a number which is also considerably in excess of that recorded for the Woods Hole region. About 30 per cent of the Plymouth species (about 40 per cent, therefore, of the Woods Hole species) are common to the two lists. Herdman catalogues 136 species of Bryozoa (along with many varieties) for the Irish Sea; while Graeffe has recorded 56 species for the Gulf of Triest. It is scarcely likely that these figures give us any accurate idea of the relative rep- resentation of this phylum in the respective areas of sea bottom. It is not at all prob- able that the search for these organisms has been equally exhaustive at the various points named, and it is certain that the areas explored are far from being comparable in magnitude (see p. 87). We may assert in full confidence that the extension of our own dredging operations to the 50-fathom line would have very greatly increased our list of Bryozoa. The average number of species per dredge haul recorded for the stations of the regular series was 2.9. The species having the most general distribution was Bugula turrita, which was present at 255 (more than half) of the dredging stations. Those which were encountered so frequently as to be taken at one-fourth or more of the total number of stations are: Bugula turrita (255 stations). Crisia eburnea (201 stations). Schizoporella unicornis (197 stations). Smittia trispinosa nitida (163 stations). Representatives of this group are to be found attached to almost every sort of solid object within the waters of our region. Upon stones and shells they form calcareous incrustations, which may be white, gray, yellow, or red in color, and are often many layers in thickness. Such are Smitiia trispinosa nitida and various species of Schizopo- rella, Membranipora, and Lepralia. Other calcareous forms (Cellepora americana, Schizoporella wnicornis, and S. biaperta) give rise to coral-like nodules or foliaceous expansions upon Hydrozoa, alge, or other Bryozoa. Erect, hydroid-like colonies, such as those of Bugula, Bicellaria, or Crisia, 104 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. attach themselves to various other fixed organisms, or directly to piles or stones. Filus- trella hispida forms a thick matting over the rockweed along shore, and several species may be found upon active living animals, such as crabs. One, indeed, makes its home in the gill chamber of the blue crab (Callinectes sapidus). Various minute Bryozoa may readily be mistaken for hydroids, or may be overlooked altogether. Thus there is little doubt that many such forms escaped the collectors entirely during the earlier dredging work of the survey. With some few exceptions, the incrusting species are the ones which figure most prominently in the dredging records, colonies of this sort seldom being absent from stones or shells. Owing to the superficial similarity of several quite dis- tinct species of incrusting Bryozoa, it was our practice throughout the dredging work to save for preservation samples of even the commonest species from every dredge haul in which they occurred. Only three species of Bryozoa (Bugula turrita, Crisia eburnea, and Cellepora americana) were regularly identified by the collectors in the field, and there seems to be little probability that these were confused with any less familiar forms. All other species, so far as detected, were preserved for future examination. These were later identified by Dr. Osburn, who is likewise responsible for the classification here adopted. Charts (27-46) have been prepared showing the distribution of those species which were recorded from 10 or more of the dredging stations.? Two of these species, Lepralia americana and L. pallasiana, were confused in the earlier dredging records to such an extent that it has been thought best to plot their combined distributions upon a single chart. Thus there are only 20 charts for these 21 species. Less of general interest is to be gathered from the local distribution of the Bryozoa than from that of many other groups which we have considered. Only two distinct types of distribution are to be found among those forms which have been dredged with any frequency in local waters. We have (1) species whose distribution is general, or without any definite restrictions throughout Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay; and (2) species found wholly, or at least predominantly, in Vineyard Sound. Not a single species has been found which appears to be restricted in any degree to the Bay. Thus the phylum has a considerably greater representation in the Sound than in the Bay. The average number of species taken per dredge haul ® may be tabulated as follows: Vineyard Sound: Hist Hawi Stations: ia. J2)i nahh 24s Ee BN Fe Lee See ae Oe ee 3-4 Phalarope stations. 3.5 .24:.:s)2)5 sequin ase asecanepelava eee sha ised ete atet et ay aoe ee 3.0 Buzzards Bay: Mish awk: Stations fi. «cre acscsue eciclers piste thskahere cleune erske errata ere eee 257, Phalarope stations. ei my M ee See eco ae dieters a etn tis mn On as eit eae 2.0 The average number of species for the Crab Ledge stations would doubtless greatly exceed any of these figures, but unfortunately the data are not available. It is highly probable that the character of the bottom has been the chief factor in determining the results here tabulated, just as in the case of the Hydrozoa. Reference to the table on page 79 shows that the average number of species per dredge haul for @ Including the supplementary stations of 1906-1909, for the same reason as already stated in the case of the Foraminifera and ccelenterates. b Based upon the criginal stations only. Were the supplementary dredgings to be considered in this computation, it is likely that the figures for Buzzards Bay would be somewhat greater, though it is quite improbable that they would equal those for Vineyard Sound. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. IOS gravelly and stony bottoms is 3.7, that for sandy bottoms being 2.8, and that for muddy bottoms being 2.0. . The same fact is shown by an enumeration of those species which were taken at one-half or more of the dredging stations on each type of bottom. Four species (Crisia eburnea, Bugula turrita, Schizoporella wnicornis, and Smittia trispinosa nitida) are recorded as present in more than half of the dredge hauls made upon gravelly or stony bottoms; a single species (Bugu/a turrita) is listed for as great a proportion of the dredge hauls upon sandy bottoms; while not a single species was found with sufficient frequency upon muddy bottoms to appear in this list.¢ It is obvious, however, that no such bare characterization of the type of bottom properly describes the habitat of a fixed organism which depends for support upon the presence of some solid substratum. Now various solid objects, organic and inorganic, are commonly present, even upon bottoms of practically pure sand, and such objects frequently furnish attachment for Bryozoa. Even soft mud commonly contains dead shells or fragments of these, and some typical fixed organisms, such as the coral A strangia and the serpulid worm, Hydroides, are consequently of frequent occurrence upon muddy bottoms. We believe, nevertheless, that the comparative paucity of Bryozoa upon such bottoms is due in part to the scarcity of suitable objects for attachment. Thus the relative infrequency of Cellepora americana and Hippothoa hyalina in Buzzards Bay is probably correlated with the scarcity of hydroids and alge. On the other hand, it seems probable that the continued deposition of silt is unfavorable to the growth of many forms, even though a suitable basis of support be present. Grouping those species which have been charted by us, according to whether their distribution is general or restricted, we may arrange them provisionally under two heads. In making this classification, the greater absolute number of dredging stations in Vineyard Sound must be taken into account. Species having a general or unrestricted distribution in local waters. Crisia eburnea. Schizoporella biaperta. Atea anguina. Lepralia americana pallasiana. Bugula turrita. Lepralia pertusa. ?Membranipora pilosa. Smittia trispinosa nitida. Membranipora aurita. Hippuraria armata. Schizoporella unicornis. Thus the majority of our commoner species do not appear to show any marked pref- erence for one or the other body of water. One of the foregoing species (Vembranipora puosa) appears, however, to display an avoidance of the more central regions of the Bay. In the above list it will be seen that both erect and incrusting forms are included. Species restricted wholly or mainly to Vineyard Sound. Number of stations. EE ANA A CAUSAL et re tote eae ca Lote he, ad chs oh Sea ea ha oe 16 Sound+ 3 Bay. LESTER [ BISETET oy Fe MISTER I Se hen eee a 59 Sound+17 Bay. METH LAI POA NEMA PIN Oecd cherie hye eis at ace savect's Ssjete Melee ts 12 Sound+ o Bay. SORA DEPLETE IEC ALA ae tee ee ee tener cee ee Pe eet aes 12 Sound+ o Bay. EMppOLMOa Mydiiider ste. t ose e cet cect tie sees sess... 20 00und-+ 7 Bay: * Cellepora americana............... rp ieth MARA WS TBN IT, 66 Sound+13 Bay. "alt must be added, however, that the lists (pp. 70, 71 above) of species present in one-fourth or more of the dredge hauls upon these respective types of bottom comprise about equal numbers of Bryozoa. 106 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. At least two of the foregoing species (Membranipora tenuis and Hippothoa hyalina), while occurring with some frequency in the Bay, are restricted for the most part to the neighborhood of land. The preponderance of some of these forms in the Vineyard Sound records is prob- ably due in part to the relative imperfection of our data for Bryozoa from Buzzards Bay. Supplementary dredgings in the Bay, during the summer of 1909, revealed the presence of a number of species not hitherto found there, and indicated that certain others were not so scarce in this body of water as had been supposed. Indeed, it has been necessary to remove certain species from this second list which had earlier been placed there. Concerning the following species it is not believed that we have sufficient data to warrant any conclusions as to their relative abundance in the Bay and the Sound: Tubulipora liliacea. Membranipora monostachys. Bowerbankia gracilis. As a matter of fact all three of these species are recorded from an absolutely greater number of stations in the Sound than in the Bay. One of them (Membranipora mono- stachys) has been recorded in the latter only from the stations near land. Aside from the few cases mentioned, in which the occurrence of certain species in the Bay is limited to the inshore waters, there is nothing in the distribution of any of the species, so far as shown by the charts, which can be regarded as in any sense “‘bathy- metric.” Certain species which do not appear in our distribution charts, however, are restricted to shallow waters, or to the immediate neighborhood of land, and indeed may find their proper habitat in the littoral or intertidal zone. The most familiar instance of the last sort is the abundant Flustrella hispida, which occurs in great profusion upon the rockweeds, Fucus and Ascophyllum. Certain other species, likewise, such as Eucratea chelata, Amaihia dichotoma, and Bugula flabellata, have seldom been encountered by us except upon piles. Another species, Membranipora tehuelcha, has only been noted upon the floating gulfweed, with which it is borne passively to our waters. ‘This, like so many other species having the same habitat, is a southern form which does not properly belong to our local fauna. Not a single instance has been found among our dredging records of a species of this group whose distribution in Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay appears to be determined by temperature. There dwell, however, within the outlying colder waters of the region considered by us, a considerable number of species, most of which repre- sent a strictly northern fauna, and many of which, indeed, find in Woods Hole or vicinity their southern limit of distribution. A number of these have not previously been re- corded south of Canada. A list of those species is presented, herewith, which have been taken by us at Crab Ledge or in the vicinity of Nantucket, but not within Vineyard Sound or Buzzards Bay. Data are included respecting their distribution as heretofore known. Crisiaichibratianny sarees see Canada. Stomatopora diastoporoides ....British Isles, Baffins Bay, Gulf of St. Lawrence. Tubulipora atlantica............North Atlantic from Labiador to Florida; Australia. Tubulipora flabellaris.......... Northern Atlantic and Arctic seas; Greenland, Gulf of St. Lawrence, Grand Manan; Mediterranean ? Gemellaria loricata..............Northern Atlantic and Arctic seas; Labrador, St. Georges Banks, Grand Manan. ol Bane BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 107 Scruparia clavata...............British Isles, Gulf of St. Lawrence. Cellularia peachii...............Northern Atlantic and Arctic seas; Labrador, Gulf of St. Lawrence, St. Georges Banks. Menipea ternata............... Northern Atlantic and Arctic seas; Labrador, Gulf of St. Lawrence, Grand Manan. PCahermelhisity, ¢.... nls ole cess Northern Atlantic and Arctic seas; Greenland, Labrador, Gulf of St. Lawrence, Maine. Bugula cucullifera..............Maine, off Cape Cod. Bugula murrayana...............Northern Atlantic and Arctic seas; Greenland, Labrador, Gulf of St. Lawrence, New England. Membranipora cymbzformis....Northern Atlantic and Arctic seas; Gulf of St. Lawrence. Membranipora craticula. ........Northern Atlantic and Arctic seas, Davis Strait, Gulf of St. Lawrence. Membranipora unicornis........ Northern Atlantic and Arctic seas; Greenland, Gulf of St. Lawrence, North Pacific. Membranipora arctica........... Cribrilinaannulata. .s.62 4.0). 0563 “Eminently a northern form;’”’ Spitzbergen, Greenland, Labrador, Gulf of St. Lawrence, Grand Manan. Porina tubulosa.................Northern Atlantic and Arctic seas; Gulf of St. Lawrence. Schizoporella auriculata........ Red and Mediterranean Seas to Arctic Ocean; Gulf of St. Lawrence. Schizoporella sinuosa........... Northern Atlantic and Arctic seas; Gulf of St. Lawrence. Cellepora canaliculata...........Gulf of St. Lawrence; off Halifax. Mucronella pavonella...........Northern Atlantic and Arctic seas; Gulf of St Lawrence, North Pacific. Smittia porifera ................North Atlantic and Arctic seas; Gulf of St. Lawrence, Florida, South* Africa, Australia. Porella propinqua.............. Northern Atlantic and Arctic seas; Gulf of St. Lawrence, Davis Strait. Porella acutirostris..............Northern Atlantic and Arctic seas; Gulf of St. Lawrence. Porella concina. .... 6.20% Arctic seas to Mediterranean; Greenland, Gulf of St. Lawrence. Rhamphostomella costata....... Northern Atlantic and Arctic seas; Gulf of St. Lawrence. Alcyonidium parasiticum ...... British Isles. The following notes have been furnished by Dr. Osburn relative to differences of habitat displayed by different members of the same genus: Crisia. C. eburnea: Our most familiar species; abundant in shallow waters, but extending to the deepest waters of the region. C. cribraria: Found only in the outside, colder waters. Bugula. B. turrita: Abundant under all conditions in the inner waters; less common in the cold waters off shore, e. g., at Crab Ledge. B. flabellata: On piles and in shallower waters down to a few fathoms; almost wholly confined to adlittoral zone. B. murrayana: Abundant in outer waters on stones and shells; not found in inner waters. Membranipora. M. cymbzformis: Common upon hydroid and other stems in outside waters. M. pilosa: Common throughout our waters on shells and alge; differing in the form of the zooecia, according to substratum occupied. M. unicornis: On stones and shells in outer waters. M. monostachys: Throughout our waters; common, usually upon very smooth surfaces, such as inside of shells, on skate eggs, carapace of Limulus, etc. It presents differences of form, accord- ing to whether it grows in inner or outer waters. M. tenuis: Common upon stones and shells, but not in shallow waters near shore. M. flemingii: (Much as last). M. aurita: Common on stones, shells, and alge, at all depths. M. tehuelcha: Only found upon drifting gulfweed. 108 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Cribrilina. C. punctata: Common in Vineyard Sound and outer waters, on stones and shells. C. annulata: Only in outer, colder waters. Schizoporella. S. unicornis: Everywhere, forming massive colonies; less frequent in outside waters. S. biaperta: Throughout our waters, forming flat colonies on stones and shells, or (more frequently) forming fanlike expansions on alge, etc. S. auriculata: Only in outside waters. S. sinuosa: Only in outside waters. ‘Hippothoa. H. hyalina: Of general distribution on alge, shells, stones, etc.; best developed on stemsof alge and hydroids, where it forms nodular crusts. i H. divaricata: Locally, not at all common and found only in the outer waters, though not else- where restricted by temperature. Lepralia. lL. americana: Throughout our waters on stones and shells, especially in deeper waters. L. pallasiana: On stones, shells, piles, and eel grass; of general occurrence, but more frequent in shallow waters. L. pertusa: Of general distribution; most common on shells and pebbles. Mucronella. fi M. peachii: Occasional in Sound and in outside waters, forming flat crusts on stones and shells, M. pavonella: In outside waters only, forming flat colonies upon stones and shells, or rising into fan- like expansions on stems of hydroids, etc. : Smittia. S. trispinosa nitida: Of very general occurrence, growimg upon all sorts of objects, and forming massive nodular crusts on stones and shells. S. porifera: In outer waters, on stones and shells; smaller colonies sometimes taken in inner waters. Cellepora. ; C. americana: Of general distribution on stems of hydroids or alge, forming nodules or irregular masses. C. canaliculata: In outside waters, forming rounded, pisiform colonies on stems of hydroids, etc. Alcyonidium. _A. verrilli: Western end of Vineyard Sound; erect and branching. A. parasiticum: In outside waters, incrusting stems and stones; argillaceous matter combined in zoarium. A. mytili: In various situations in inside waters, incrusting, not argillaceous. Bowerbankia. B. gracilis and its variety caudata: Creeping over stems of other organisms, or upon piles; occurring together. Hippuraria. H. armata: Of general occurrence; creeping upon stems, etc., or erect. H. elongata: Commensal in branchial chamber or on carapace of crustacea. The following list comprises the Bryozoa collected by us in the course of the Survey dredging. A considerable number of these species were not taken, however, at any of the regular (numbered) stations, and a good many have been recorded only from outlying points, such as Crab Ledge or the shoals to the east of Nantucket. Those species which were taken at 10 or more of the stations in Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay are, as usual, designated by an asterisk. Pedicellina cernua. *Tubulipora liliacea (chart 28). Barentsia major. Tubulipora atlantica. Barentsia discreta. Tubulipora flabeilaris. *Crisia eburnea (chart 27). Stomatopora diastoporoides. Crisia cribraria. Lichenopora verrucaria. Se ee ee BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. *#tea anguina (chart 29). Gemellaria loricata. Scruparia clavata. Cellularia peachii. Menipea ternata. Scrupocellaria scabra, Caberea ellisii. *Bicellaria ciliata (chart 30). *Bugula turrita (chart 31). Bugula gracilis uncinata, Bugula cucullifera. Bugula flabellata. Bugula murrayana. Membranipora cymbeformis. *Membranipora pilosa (chart 32). Membranipora craticula. Membranipora lineata. Membranipora unicornis. *Membranipora monostachys (chart 33). *Membranipora tenuis (chart 34). *Membranipora flemingii (chart 35). *Membranipora aurita (chart 36). Membranipora arctica, Membranipora arctica armifera. *Cribrilina punctata (chart 37). Cribrilina annulata. Porina tubulosa. Microporella ciliata. Microporella ciliata stellata. #Schizoporella unicornis (chart 38). *Schizoporella biaperta (chart 39). Schizoporella auriculata. Schizoporella sinuosa. *Hippothoa hyalina (chart 40). Hippothoa divaricata. *Cellepora americana (chart 41). Cellepora canaliculata. *Lepralia americana (chart 42). *Lepralia pallasiana (chart 42). *Lepralia pertusa (chart 43). Lepralia serrata. Mucronella ventricosa. Mucronella peachii. Mucronella pavonella. Smittia trispinosa. *Smittia trispinosa nitida (chart 44). Smittia porifera. Porella propinqua. Porella acutirostris. Porella concinna. Porella proboscidea. Rhamphostomella bilaminata. Rhamphostomella costata. Rhamphostomella ovata. Alcyonidium verrilli. Alcyonidium parasiticum. Alcyonidium mytili. *Bowerbankia gracilis (chart 45). Bowerbankia gracilis caudata. Anguinella palmata. *Hippuraria armata (chart 46). 109 Referring to the 21 commoner species, it has not been found possible to distinguish the majority of them, according to their range, as predominantly northern or southern. This results partly from the fact that so many of the Bryozoa are surprisingly cosmo- politan in their distribution, partly from the fact that our knowledge of their distribu- tion in American waters is so meager. In a considerable number of instances it would appear from the few American records at our disposal that a species was predominantly _ northern or southern in its distribution, when reference to foreign records shows that such is not the case. Even those few species which we have here distinguished as pre- dominantly northward or southward ranging are so designated in a purely tentative way. Predominanily northern. Tubulipora liliacea............ Labrador to Long Island Sound. Bicellaria ciliata. 12/5... 02. Northward on our coast to the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Membranipora flemingii....... Greenland to Vineyard Sound (recorded from Adriatic). Cribrilina punctata.............Northward on our coast to Gulf of St. Lawrence. Bugula turrita. . : Membranipora pada acta Membranipora tentis.......... Hippuraria armata. . Predominantly southern. . .Casco Bay to Florida. .. Nantucket Sound to Beaufort, N. C. Same as last. ...Same as last. Three of the fats oe named species are ones which have only been listed from American waters. ese wih 2. Pe eee ae ae Dae Oe ay IIO BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Of very wide range in both directions. Crisia eburnea.................. Labrador to Florida (cosmopolitan). ARYISEV ANA RVR! 9 ole dio Wd als fouls He Cosmopolitan; upon our coast recorded from points as far south as Beau- fort, N. C. Membranipora pilosa........... Greenland to Beaufort, N. C. (cosmopolitan). Schizoporella unicornis.........Greenland to Florida (Europe and Africa). Schizoporella biaperta......... Greenland to Florida (Spitzbergen, Algiers, etc.). Hippothoa hyalina .............Greenland to Florida (cosmopolitan). Lepraliaypettusass sree erase Greenland to Florida (cosmopolitan). Position doubtful, owing to insufficiency of data. Membranipora aurita.......... Not previously recorded from America. Cellepora americana............(?) Lepralia pallasiana............. Perhaps northern. Lepralia americana.............Known only from a small section of our coast. Smittia trispinosa nitida....... Known from only a small section of our coast (also Australia). Bowerbankia gracilis caudata .. Known only from a small section of our coast. Thus a considerable majority of these species have either an almost unrestricted range in latitude, or a range of doubtful extent. Four have been classified as predomi- nantly northern and an equal number as predominantly southern. If, however, our calculations had been based upon the entire list of local Bryozoa, including the many species (p. 106, 107) which were listed only from outlying points, we should have been led to regard our bryozoan fauna as being, on the whole, preponderatingly northern in its character. 6. ECHINODERMATA. This phylum is represented in local waters by only 24(+1?) known species. Of these, 6 belong to the Asteroidea, 6 to the Ophiuroidea, 4 to the Echinoidea, and 8 (+1?) to the Holothuroidea. Eighteen of these species appear in the dredging records of the’ Survey, as follows: Asteroidea, 6; Ophiuroidea, 5; Echinoidea, 3; Holothuroidea, 4. Data relating to several other species have, however, been furnished by various of our Woods Hole collectors. The other records for local echinoderms are based mainly upon the published statements of Verrill and of H. L. Clark. In the classification adopted by us we have followed Dr. Clark. To this authority we are indebted for the identifi- cation of many specimens, as well as for the criticism of those portions of our manu- script which relate to the Echinodermata. Verrill and Smith (1873) listed 19 species of echinoderms for Vineyard Sound and adjacent waters. Among these were comprised 5 species belonging to the Asteroidea,?® 4 to the Ophiuroidea, 4 to the Echinoidea, and 6 to the Holothuroidea. To these must be added 1 holothurian (Molpadia oolitica), which was included doubtfully, and 1 ophiuran (Amphiura abdita), which was reported by Verrill only from Long Island Sound, but which has since been found in Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay. Disre- garding the holothurian just mentioned, all of the species listed by Verrill for these waters have been taken by subsequent collectors. Except in one questionable case, our dredging operations have added no species to the known fauna of the region. This exception is the brittle star just referred a One of these, it is true (“‘Asterias arenicola Stimpson”’), is not now regarded as a distinct species, but is, as Verrill him- self thought likely, identical with A. forbesi. The name “green starfish,” by which Verrill repeatedly refers to this species, is certainly a misnomer, so far as our local specimens are concerned. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. Ill to (Amphioplus abdita (Verrill)), which was taken at about the same time by Mr. G. M. Gray and by our own collectors on the Fish Hawk, and has since been dredged by us on several occasions.“ It appears, indeed, that this species is not uncommon in local waters, and the same has proved to be true of the holothurian Caudina arenata, which was previously regarded as very rare locally. Reference to the comparative table on page 88 shows that the phylum of Echino- dermata is very poorly represented in the Woods Hole region, as compared with each of the other localities which have been considered. For the phylum asa whole we have the following figures: Woods Hole, 24(+1?); Eastern Canada, 71; Plymouth, 36; Irish Sea, 35; Triest, 37. In the case of the Asteroidea and Ophiuroidea in particular, these figures are uni- formly higher for the other stations than for Woods Hole. Again, our own list is the only one among them which is completely lacking in crinoids, for even Antedon has not thus far been met with in our waters. Fourteen of our 24 echinoderms are common to Whiteaves’s list for eastern Canada, while only 2 (perhaps only 1) are common to the Plymouth list. In making any comparisons between these faunal lists, the usual allowance must be made for the widely different areas to which they relate, as well as to the widely different ranges in depth. Comparisons with Plymouth or with Trieste appear to be much fairer than with either of the other regions, so far as area is concerned. The average number of species of echinoderms dredged at the 458 regular stations of the Survey was 1.9. The species which was encountered with greatest frequency was Asterias forbesi, which was recorded from 206 of the stations. The only ones which were recorded from as many as one-fourth of the total number of stations are: Number of stations. PASECIIAS LOEDESE Pay te cic ts alec steis aieie ota FEE afeiey cidall cies = Pe liaipe sien sige uae ee 206 Be tetmt AtAcHiuTtis Paetilale os cain seta, bayeiass = aiiate ln os 2h seeds tole chee cha ware ops eualeatie, stele 170 PMG AEA SEMEL CLUE RCA teeta tah ade fase Nevers eueve Way thio tis eraye valle cc, cyercls outa faba) oPeaie 156 LCTIEIC IA SAM CTUNTO LOUIE AS nig oh tepeyeie + 3) ieneye cre a0 srasene ss elausidceajai Se. od aud, 40e byaysiele, ci 118 Owing to the comparatively large size of most members of this phylum, and to the very limited number of species which occur in local waters, it seems likely that our list of echinoderms is particularly complete. If additions are made subsequently, it will probably be among the ophiuroids and the holothurians, some of which are of small size and given to burrowing or to concealment in crevices of stones, etc. It is likely, too, that our dredging records for this group are fairly free from errors of omission.or con- fusion of one species with another. Reference should be made, however, to certain mistakes of identification, which we believe to have been made at first. (1) It is probable that during the early days of the work the younger specimens of Asterias vulgaris and A. forbest were sometimes confused in the field. So far as this con- fusion may relate to Vineyard Sound, the results can not be serious, since our later and more accurate exploration of the Sound has shown that both species occur throughout practically its entire length. As regards Buzzards Bay, specimens of Asterias vulgaris . were recorded from five stations within its interior, which it has been decided to leave out of consideration in plotting the distribution chart for this species. The records have, @ See Clark, in Science, Jan. 24, 1908, and Sumner, in American Naturalist, May, 1908. According to Dr. Clark, Mr. Gray’s specimen was taken in August, 1907 (exact date not stated). Our own first specimen was dredged on Aug. 6, 1907. Here, then, is a most perplexing question of priority! 112 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. however, been retained in the list of stations for this starfish, as given in our catalogue, though their doubtful nature has been indicated. Supplementary dredgings were made in Buzzards Bay during two subsequent seasons, partly for the purpose of testing this feature in the distribution of Asterias vulgaris. Out of a total of nearly 60 stations, starfishes of this genus were recorded for 11. ‘These were in all cases assignable to Asterias forbesi, with the exception of a few small specimens of A. vulgaris taken at two stations situated near the island shores and not far from the mouth of the Bay. Accordingly we regard the occurrence of the latter species in the interior portions of Buzzards Bay as being extremely doubtful. (2) Doubt has been cast upon our earliest field identifications of the ophiuroids. For this reason, it has been regarded as fairer to bring together the records for the first year, except such as are based upon authoritative determinations, under the heading “ophiuroids unidentified.” Such specimens were probably in most cases referable to the species Amphipholis squamata. Distribution charts have been plotted for seven species of echinoderms (charts 47 to 53).% It will be seen at a glance that only two of these species (Asterias jorbesi and Arbacia punctulata) were encountered with any frequency in Buzzards Bay, while of these two the former alone was generally distributed throughout the central portions of the Bay. Arbacia and certain other species (notably Henricia) were found to be largely restricted, in Buzzards Bay, to the immediate neighborhood of land. For these facts, as for similar ones already discussed in our treatment of other groups, we believe that the character of the bottom is chiefly responsible. Most of our commoner local echinoderms prefer bottoms of gravel or sand to ones of mud. ‘To this statement, it is true, exceptions are offered by some of the holothurians and ophiuroids. From the table on page 79 it will be seen that the average number of species of echinoderms per dredge haul, taken upon bottoms of gravel and stones, is 2.2; that for sandy bottoms being 2.0, and that for muddy bottoms being only 1.2. The different classes, however, do not agree in these preferences. The figures both for holothuroidea and ophiuroidea are greatest for muddy bottoms; but, owing to their infrequent occur- rence in the dredge hauls, they do not seriously affect these averages. The relative wealth of the echinoderm fauna upon different types of bottom is shown in another way by an enumeration of the species which were taken in one-fourth or more of the dredge hauls made upon bottoms of each type (p. 70, 71). In the list for sandy bottoms are comprised 2 asteroids and 2 echinoids; in that for gravelly and stony bottoms, 2 asteroids and 1 echinoid; in that for muddy bottoms, a single asteroid and no echinoids. Similarly, 3 asteroids and 2 echinoids appear in the list of species (p. 65) taken at one-fourth or more of the Fish Hawk stations in Vineyard Sound, while only 1 asteroid and no echinoids appear in the corresponding list for Buzzards Bay. The lists for the Phalarope stations in the two bodies of water do not show as great differ- ences, since the conditions in the ‘‘adlittoral”’ region are more nearly similar throughout, but the preponderance is nevertheless somewhat in favor of Vineyard Sound. A species which is restricted more than any other to bottoms of pure sand ° is the “‘sand dollar,” Echinarachnius parma. Character of the bottom, rather than tempera- a {n the case of the charts for shell-bearing organisms, the occurrence of living specimens at a given station has been indicated by a circle surrounding the star. Among the echinoderms this practice has been followed only in the case of the two sea urchins, Arbacia and Strongylocentrotus, these being the only ones which would be likely to leave behind enduring remains. It has been assumed for these two that all the field records relate to living specimens unless the contrary is expressly stated. b The dead tests are of more general occurrence, owing probably to the fact that they may be drifted bv tidal currents. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 113 ture, is probably responsible for the greater prevalence of this species in the western half of Vineyard Sound, where, as we have pointed out elsewhere, certain typical sand- dwelling species find their most congenial habitat. On the other hand, certain less frequent species (not among those charted) were dredged chiefly upon muddy bottoms. Particularly worthy of mention is the holo- thurian Caudina arenata, which was taken by us seven times in Buzzards Bay and only once in Vineyard Sound. The part played by temperature in determining distribution is rather strikingly illustrated by some members of our echinoderm fauna. ‘The local distribution of the two commoner species of Asterias is quite in keeping with what we know of the ranges of these two forms upon our coast. A glance at charts 48 and 49 shows us that whereas Asterias forbesi has a practically unrestricted distribution in local waters, A. vulgaris, on the contrary, is most prevalent in the colder portion of Vineyard Sound. Indeed, there is seen to be a progressive concentration of the distribution symbols as we pass from the eastern to the western end of the Sound, while in the Bay the records are con- fined to the neighborhood of the open ocean: It is likewise worth noting in this con- nection that the latter species was recorded from all seven of our regular dredging stations at Crab Ledge, while Asterias jorbest was recorded but once. As stated by Clark, the range of the latter species upon our coast is from ‘‘ Maine to the Gulf of Mexico,” but it is said to be ‘‘rare or local north of Cape Ann.” It is pri- marily a shallow water form, which does not appear to pass beyond depths of 25 or 30 fathoms. A. vulgaris, on the other hand, ranges from Labrador to ‘Cape Hatteras, though it is “rarely seen in shallow water * * * south of the Woods Hole region.” It is recorded from depths as great as 358 fathoms. Such natural expectations as to distribution in local waters are not, however, realized in the case of another starfish, Henricia sanguinolenta. ‘This species, also, is listed as ‘‘littoral only as far south as the Woods Hole region,” while, to the northward, it extends to Greenland. The dredging records show it to be abundant throughout the length of Vineyard Sound and, indeed, to be rather commoner in the eastern (warmer) half. It is likewise recorded from scattered stations in Buzzards Bay, even well toward its head. For this species, then, temperature seems to be a minor factor in determining the distribution in local waters. Of considerable interest are the relative distributions of our two local sea urchins, Arbacia punctulata and Strongylocentrotus droebachiensis. The former species appears to be of general occurrence throughout Vineyard Sound, except for the portion adjoining the open ocean. In Buzzards Bay it occurs as far as the upper end, but it seems here to be restricted largely to the vicinity of land. Strongylocentrotus, on the other hand, occurs in greatest abundance in the western portion of Vineyard Sound, though occa- sional specimens have been taken as far eastward as West Chop. In Buzzards Bay it is found only near the extreme lower end. Again, Strongylocentrotus was taken at all seven of the stations at Crab Ledge, while Arvbacia was not found there once. The latter species occurs locally at all depths, even up to the low-water mark. The former species, on the other hand, is rarely if ever taken at such slight depths, except in northern waters.? We have very few records of its occurrence in less than 5 fathoms, @ Verrill, it is true, states that this species occurs “‘at low water on the outer rocky shores.”” This can not bea common occur- tence locally, however. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt 1—13 8 II4 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. and in the great majority of cases (72 per cent) it was taken at depths greater than 10 fathoms. Comparing the range of these two species upon our coast, we find that Arbacia is said to occur from “‘Nantucket Shoals and Woods Hole to west Florida and Yucatan”’ (Clark), i. e., our region lies at its northern limit of distribution. The range of Strongy- locentrotus, on the other hand, is said to be ‘‘circumpolar; southward in the western Atlantic to New Jersey (not in shallow water south of Cape Cod).” That Arbacia is not adapted to enduring temperatures lower than those generally prevailing in our local waters during the winter months is indicated by the fact that a large proportion of these urchins seem to have been exterminated in Vineyard Sound during the winter of 1903-4. This winter was an extremely severe one, the ice being greater in quantity and lasting longer than for many years previously. Even Woods Hole passage, where the tidal currents are extremely swift, was frozen over so firmly that Mr. Vinal Edwards accomplished the astonishing feat of walking over to Nona- messet Island. Reference to the temperature tables for the Woods Hole station (p. 47) shows that the mean water temperature for January and February, 1904, was 29.3° F., as compared with 32.3°, the mean of these two months for the other four years comprised in the table. Now the sudden and extreme scarcity of Avbacia in Woods Hole Harbor and else- where in the summer of 1904 was noted by local collectors generally, and we are informed by the curator of the Marine Biological Laboratory, Mr. George M. Gray, that this species did not’ for several years resume anything like its former abundance in local waters.? Fortunately we are in possession of definite data on this subject, based upon a comparison of our dredging records for the summers of 1903 and 1904. As has been stated on page 55, a considerable number of the 1903 stations were repeated-in the following summer for the sake of comparisons and verifications. In the two parallel columns below we present the records for Arbacia, obtained during these two seasons, in that part of the Sound (the eastern two-thirds) in which the stations were duplicated: 1903. 1904. zsaxbis (fragments and spines). 7522 (many living). 47522bis (none). 7523 (several living). 7523bis (x spine). 7524 (very abundant, living). 7524bis (none). 7526 (2). 7529 (few). 7530 (abundant). 47530bis (none). 7531 (1 dead). 7531bis (few fragments). 7532 (many). 7532bis (few spines). 7533 (few, many spines). 7533bis (1 small living). 7534 (numerous). 7534bis (few spines). 7535 (few shells, many spines). 7535bis (many spines). 7530bis (many spines). 7537 (many, rather small). 7537bis (none). 7538bis (spines and fragments). 7539 (few). 7539bis (none). 7540 (few). a This despite the fact. that hardly more than a third of our stations were in waters as deep as that. b In 1908 and 1909 we were able to obtain large quantities of these urchins in Vineyard Sound by means of tangles. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. II5 1903. 1904. 7541 (few). 7541bis (many spines). 7542bis (several spines). 7543 (fragment). 7543bis (none). 7545 (numerous living). 7545bis (fragment of shell and many spines). 7546 (few living). 7540bis (spines). 7547bis (several living and fragments). 7549 (many living). 7549bis (few fragments and spines). 7550 (fragments). 755obis (few spines). 7551 (few living). 755rbis (x living, several fragments). 7552 (few). 7552bis (few spines). 7553bis (few spines). 7554 (x small dead). 7554bis (none). 7555 (numerous). 7556 (few). 7556bis (many fragments and spines). 7557 ( shell). 7558 (many living). 7559 (few living). 756z (about 2 bushels). 7562 (few living). 7562bis (none). 7563 (many living). 7563bis (spines and fragments). 7564 (many living). 7564bis (many spines). 7566 (many spines). 7567 (many spines). 7568 (many spines). 756gbis (spines). Thus in 1903 the presence of living specimens is expressly recorded in 12 out of 36 stations at which Arbacia occurred, and it is certain that they were present at many of the other stations, perhaps in all cases where the contrary is not explicitly stated. Such records as “few,” “‘many,” or ‘“‘2 bushels” certainly refer, for the most part, to living specimens. We may state confidently, therefore, that living sea urchins of this species, sometimes in large numbers, were taken at from one-half to two-thirds of the stations in question. In 1904, on the other hand, living specimens (never in large numbers) were recorded from only 3 of the 23 stations at which Arbacza or its remains were taken. In all other cases the records are for spines and fragments.? Further- more, this condition was equally manifest during the succeeding season. Stations 7735 to 7757 (dredged in 1905) cover practically the same region of the Sound as stations 7521 to 7569. At these 23 stations of the later year spines (in one case fragments) are recorded in 12 cases; in not a single case was a living Avbacia taken. Reference to the complete station list for this species shows that throughout the Sound as a whole (sta- tions 7678 to 7783) living specimens of .Arbacia were taken but 5 times during the summer of 1905, and that never more than 2 (in four cases a single one) were taken at one time.? a The number of records for spines only would have been somewhat greater, it is true, during the summer of 1903, had the sand, etc., brought up by the dredge, been searched as carefully that year as during subsequent seasons. ¢ It is to be noted in the case of Strongylotrotus, likewise, that a large proportion of the later (1905) records (7678 to 7752) ‘indicate the presence of spines and fragments only, while living specimens alone were noted in 1903. “This last circumstance was, however, doubtless due in considerable measure to the fact that the loose spines of the green urchin were overlooked during the first season (see preceding footnote). The absolute number of stations from which living specimens are recorded in 1905 (counting as living all those not listed as “fragments”’ or “‘spines’’) was 8, as compared with ro during thesummer of 10903. Moreover, at 4 out of 5 of the “bis’’ stations (1904) at which this species was taken the records indicate living specimens. Thus it seems unlikely that Strongylocentrotus was unfavorably affected during the winter which wrought such havoc with Arbacita. The same may be said of the “sand dollar,’’ Echinarachnius. We find no evidence of any destruction of this species at that time. 116 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. How the severe cold prevalent during the winter under consideration could have resulted in the death of organisms dwelling in several (sometimes many) fathoms of water is difficult to see. With animals so situated an actual freezing seems to be out of question, and the temperature to which they were subjected on this occasion was only a few degrees lower than that ordinarily endured by them in the winter. Further- more, it must be pointed out that the peculiarities in the local distribution of Arbacia correspond to known differences in summer temperatures, not winter temperatures. As has been shown above (p. 50), it is likely that in winter all our waters attain practically the same temperature at the coldest period of the year; and indeed it is the shallower, more inclosed waters, such as those frequented by Arbacia, which are the ones to respond most quickly to the winter cold. Further consideration will be given to this subject in chapter v (p. 177). In addition to these illustrations, which have been discussed at length, we find several other instances among this group of species whose distribution in local waters is certainly related to temperature. Thus Asterias austera, Solaster endeca, and Gor- gonocephalus agassizu, which reach their southern limit of distribution in this region, have been taken by us only at Crab Ledge; while Asterias tenera, though recorded from points as far south as New Jersey, is predominantly a northern form, and locally is only known from outlying points such as Crab Ledge and Sankaty Head. Again the brittle star Ophiopholis aculeata and the peculiar little holothurian Thyone unisemita, the first of which, at least, is known to be a predominantly northern form, have only been recorded by us from the western end of Vineyard Sound and from Crab Ledge— a not unusual combination, as we have seen. Although it isa problem to what degree depth, as such, can be regarded as a factor in determining the distribution of marine animals, we find of course many species which appear to show marked preferences for the deeper or the shoaler waters of the region. Among the echinoderms, it has already been pointed out that the sea urchin Strongylo- centrotus occurs in Vineyard Sound chiefly at depths of rofathoms or more. The same is true to a less extent of Asterias vulgaris. Now both of these have already been mentioned as northern forms, which are restricted in large measure to the colder waters of the region. Their avoidance of the shoaler waters near land is probably dependent upon their preference for lower temperatures. Some of our local holothurians have a converse type of distribution; i. e., they show a decided preference for extremely shallow waters. To what degree this fact is related to temperature, and to what degree it depends upon the character of the bottom, in which they burrow, need not be considered here. One of this group, Thyone briareus, was dredged by us several times but never far from land, and its more characteristic habitat is probably in waters which are not accessible to the dredge at all. The following is a list of the echinoderms which were taken by us in the course of the Survey dredging. The asterisk denotes as usual those species which were encountered at 10 or more stations in Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay, and for which, consequently, distribution charts have been plotted. @ Toa certain degree Henricia sanguinolenta is more prevalent in the deeper waters. Only 7 per cent of our records for this species are from depths less than 5 fathoms, although 24 per cent of all our stations were at depths not exceeding that figure. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 117 Solaster endeca. Amphioplus abdita. *Henricia sanguinolenta (chart 47). Gorgonocephalus agassizii. Asterias austera. *Strongylocentrotus droebachiensis (chart 51). *Asterias forbesi (chart 48). *Arbacia punctulata (chart 52). Asterias tenera. *Echinarachnius parma (chart 53). *Asterias vulgaris (chart 49). Cucumaria pulcherrima. Ophioderma brevispina. Thyone briareus. Ophiopholis aculeata. Thyone unisemita. *Amphipholis squamata (chart 50). Caudina arenata. Considering the 7 more prevalent species of local echinoderms, we may group them, as usual, according to their range upon our coast, as predominantly northern or southern. The distributions here stated are those given by Clark. Predominantly northern. Henricia sanguinolenta............. “Greenland and Labrador to Connecticut, off New Jersey and even Cape Hatteras.”’ WAsterias VUIPAriS: .. 2.2.2... eee ee “Labrador to Cape Hatteras; but south of the Woods Hole region rarely seen in shallow water.’’ Strongylocentrotus droebachiensis. . “Circumpolar; southward in the western Atlantic to New Jersey (not in shallow water south of Cape Cod).”’ Predominantly southern. Asterias forbesi................-5-. ‘Maine to the Gulf of Mexico, rare or local north of Cape Ann.”’ Arbacia punctulata................. “Nantucket Shoals and Woods Hole to West Florida and Yucatan.’’ Of uncertain position. Amphipholis squamata............ Arctic Ocean to West Indies and South America. (Australia; Mediterranean Sea.) Echinarachnius parma.............. On our coast, from Labrador to New Jersey (also Red Sea). It is obvious that no fair opinion can be formed regarding the zoogeographical position of our local echinoderms from a consideration of these few species. According to Clark, 5 of the 6 true starfishes of the region are northern, though the Asteroidea are the only group which show this preponderance of northern forms. 7. ANNULATA AND SIPUNCULIDA. ANNULATA. Of the Annulata proper 148 determined species are recorded, to which number must be added 4 undetermined species and a few others which are doubtfully to be included in this list. These species represent 109 genera and 40 families. Of the total number of species recorded, 83, or more than 50 per cent, were taken during our own dredging operations; 46 others are recorded for local waters on the authority of persons who have participated in the work of the Survey, while 30 species are included wholly on the authority of published statements. The great majority of the segmented worms here recorded belong to the subclass Polychzta, of which about 135 species have been listed for the region. In addition to these, however, are 11 species of Oligocheta and 4 of the Hirudinea. | Only a single new species (Arabella spinijfera Moore) has been described from speci- mens taken during the Survey dredging. A number of species hitherto unrecorded locally have, however, been added to the known fauna of the region. Such are Myxicola steenstrupu, Pista intermedia, Polycirrus phosphoreus, Spiochetopterus oculatus, Spirorbis 118 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. tubeformis,.and some or all of the following:* Amphitrite cirrata, Chetinopoma green landica, Cirvatulus cirratus, Glycera capitata and Praxilella zonalis. Verrill and Smith (1873) listed 70 determined species of Annulata from specified localities lying within the limits of our region, and some 5 others whose range, as stated, would include Woods Hole and vicinity. Our present list thus comprises about twice as many representatives of this phylum as were catalogued for the region in the ‘‘ Report upon the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound.’’ More than 20 other determined species, however, were recorded at that time by Verrill for adjacent portions of the Atlantic coast; while in later papers he added many more to the fauna of the Woods Hole region itself. Most of those species of our own list which are not comprised within the various papers of Verrill have been recorded upon the authority of Dr. J. P. Moore, who has devoted some years to a systematic study of the Woods Hole Polycheta. Some of these, as above stated, were first taken during the survey dredging operations, while a yet greater number were collected independently by Dr. Moore before the latter opera- tions were commenced. It is understood that Dr. Moore has noted the occurrence of a number of species which are not included in this report, but these records are unfor- tunately not available at present. Except in the case of certain familiar and easily determined forms, all of the annelids from the dredging collections were identified by the last-named zoologist, to whom we are likewise indebted for the revision of our check list of species. This authority is also responsible for the terminology adopted, though not, of course, for all the statements in the text. Our list of Annulata considerably exceeds that given by Whiteaves for eastern Canada. Of the 105 Polychzta comprised in the latter catalogue, 29, or somewhat more than one-fourth, appear to be common to the Woods Hole region. None of the other groups of segmented worms have been considered by Whiteaves. The total number of annelids listed in the Plymouth catalogue is surprisingly near to that in our own. ‘The number of Polycheta is somewhat greater (148) in the former; the number of Oligocheta being smaller (only 3). Of the Plymouth Annulata, 1o of the Polycheta and 1 of the Oligocheta appear to be common to Woods Hole. Herdman has listed 90(-+-2?) members of this phylum for the Irish Sea; while Greffe records 142 species for the Gulf of Trieste. Certain defects of method must be taken into account in judging of the complete- ness of our dredging records for the annelids. As is well known, a large proportion of the species burrow in the sand or mud, in some cases quite deeply. When disturbed, they retreat hastily from the surface. In order to obtain such forms without mutila- tion, or in many cases even to obtain fragments of them, it is necessary to dig deeply into the soil. Dredges such as those employed in the present work removed, at best, but a few inches from the surface of the mud and sand, giving the burrowing worms an ample opportunity to escape. . An impressive instance of the incompleteness of our records for some of these bur- rowing annelids is furnished by the case of Diopatra cuprea. ‘This species, as is well known, constructs a parchment-like tube, extending down some feet into the ground. The terminal, exposed portion of the tube is reinforced by any small bits of solid matter which happen to be at hand, e. g., pebbles, shell fragments, or bits of eel grass. By the exercise of considerable care the living worm may be dug up in shallow water. But a These species were all dredged during the course of the survey. Whether or not they had previonsly been collected inde- pendently by Dr. Moore is not known. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 119 although we have encountered these tubes (or rather short segments of tubes) at 198 stations throughout Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay, we have not a single record of having taken even the anterior portion of the worm itself in the course of our dredg- ing. Our records for Chetopterus pergamentaceus, Clymenella torquata, Melinna macu- lata, and the two species of Pista likewise relate almost exclusively to tubes; although the first two of these species, at least, may be readily collected by digging in shallow water. It is highly probable also that some small and inconspicuous species were pretty constantly lost or overlooked in the process of washing large quantities of mud or sand, particularly as we were seldom assisted in the field by anyone having an ade- quate knowledge of this group.* Mistakes due to the actual confusion of one species with another in the field records are probably particularly infrequent for the annelids, in as much as nearly all of the specimens were reserved for identification by Dr. Moore. The one known case in which a certain degree of confusion exists is that of the small tube-dwelling worms of the genus Spirorbis. It was not at first realized that several species of closely similar appearance existed within the limits of the region dredged, and for this reason it was not thought necessary to save samples from every dredge haul. It has consequently been found necessary to list a considerable proportion of our specimens merely as “Spivorbis sp. . undetermined;’’ and it has not seemed worth while to present the distribution charts for any members of the genus, although at least one of these (S. tubeformis) is known to have been taken at more than 10 stations. On the average, 4.3 species of Annulata were recorded for each of the Survey dredge hauls. The species found to have the most general distribution was Hydroides dianthus, which was taken at 223 of the 458 stations. Those encountered so frequently as to be taken at one-fourth of the total number of stations were: Hydroides dianthus (223). Diopatra cuprea (198). Nereis pelagica (192). Harmothoé imbricata (189). Lepidonotus squamatus (165). As might have been readily inferred from the habits of this group of organisms, the character of the bottom was found to be the dominant influence in determining their dis- tribution. Now, we have seen that the bottom of Buzzards Bay, as a whole, is muddy, whereas most portions of Vineyard Sound, however much they differ in other respects, agree in the scarcity of mud. Accordingly we find it possible to divide the majority of the annelids from the Survey dredgings into predominantly Bay-dwelling and predom- inantly Sound-dwelling forms. As judged by our dredging records, members of this phylum are encountered with considerably greater frequency in Buzzards Bay than in Vineyard Sound.2 The average number of species taken per dredge haul for each body of water and for each vessel may be tabulated as follows: Vineyard Sound: Bis ea wk StAulOouswne amin Aas Ae sce ors eencias Seeiee oe ote teres Te. ysis PHAlALOpe SEALLOUIS set cee ene es ae Sake ee SHR, SE Mae ED 4.6 Buzzards Bay: udieetlcw li SeationSaescte seis Setrire sais 2 FF sie os Ae iin dere BS SS OSs Se 6.2 HAL ALOBEISEALONS aerate teat Teter sees ree ee i es ee nas 4.6 @ To obtain satisfactory results, portions of the bottom material should be covered with sea water and left standing in dishes for some hours. > This statement is in no way inconsistent with the fact that the total number of species recorded for the Sound as a whole is considerably greater than that recorded for the Bay (p. 80). 120 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. It is to be noted that this preponderance in favor of the Buzzards Bay stations relates only to those of the Fish Hawk. It is in the deeper portions of the Bay, where the Fish Hawk dredgings were made, that the mud predominates. Elsewhere the bot- tom agrees more closely with that of Vineyard Sound. These same facts are shown by a comparison of the lists of “‘prevalent’’ species for the different groups of stations (p. 65-71), 1i.e., the lists of those species which were taken at one-fourth or more of the stations belonging to each group. ‘Thus the list for the Fish Hawk stations of Vineyard Sound contains five species; that for the Fish Hawk stations of Buzzards Bay, nine species. The list for the Phalarope stations in Vineyard Sound contains five species; that for the Phalarope stations of Buzzards Bay, six species. With reference to the wealth of annelid life upon the three types of bottom which we have considered, we have the following figures, representing the average number of species per dredge haul: Sand, 3.4; stones and gravel, 4.7; mud, 5.2. To what extent the greater wealth of annelid life upon muddy bottoms is actual and to what extent it is apparent can not be stated. Soft mud is of course cut into much more deeply with the dredge than is sand or gravel, and thus a larger proportion of the burrowing worms would be collected from the former type of bottom, even if they were equally common upon both. Those species which were taken in one-fourth or more of the dredge hauls made upon sandy bottoms are: 4 Harmothoé imbricata. Hydroides dianthus. ; Nereis pelagica. Lepidonotus squamatus. Diopatra cuprea. It will be seen that this list comprises exactly the same species as were recorded for one-fourth or more of the total number of stations. It likewise comprises the same species as are to be found in the lists for both the Fish Hawk and Phalarope stations in Vineyard Sound. The following is a list of prevalent species (according to the same standard) taken upon bottoms of gravel and stones: Hydroides dianthus. Harmothoé imbricata. Nereis pelagica. Diopatra cuprea. Lepidonotus squamatus. Pseudopotamilla oculifera. The only one of these which was not comprised in the preceding list is the last one named. The corresponding list for muddy bottoms is as follows: Hydroides dianthus. Harmothoé imbricata. Diopatra cuprea. Ninoé nigripes. Nephthys incisa. Cistenides gouldii. Clymenella torquata. Three of the foregoing species (Hydroides, Diopatra, and Harmothoé) were comprised in all of the preceding lists, and indeed they may be regarded as almost ubiquitous in local waters. The other four are to be regarded as characteristic of muddy bottoms, and indeed all of the seven appear among the ‘“‘prevalent” species for the Fish Hawk @ In this and all similar lists, the species are arranged in the order of frequency. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 121 stations in Buzzards Bay. ‘The latter list is seen to be the most extensive one, so far as annelids are concerned. It will be found upon p. 66 and need not be repeated here. Distribution charts (54-82) have been prepared for those 29 species (exclusive of Spirorbis) which were taken at 10 or more dredging stations. With respect to their distribution in local waters, we may arrange the species in the five following groups: Species nearly or quite restricted to Vineyard Sound. Number of stations. Brtalsnanniilatay, SHRI. AEE PEAY. Ps ae 17 Sound+¢r Bay. Da) 5 00) 2 nO COE Cain DRE Ce eR EDI Cook rie obior nc eee 22 Sound+ 1 Bay. PROC RTEAIS ERATIONS tabs inte gs npg «hot yu, o.aye)s wi siauey «b's churasee’ Ra's’ to Sound+ o Bay. These species and some less frequent ones which might have been included are recorded almost exclusively from bottoms of sand or gravel. Itis perhaps worth noting that the three listed are ones which are found most commonly in the interstices of the sandy ascidian, Amaroucium pellucidum. Polycirrus eximeus is recorded by us only from the eastern half of the Sound. Species occurring predominantly in Vineyard Sound, though more or less common in Buzzards Bay. Number of stations. PRPAEMIGINOE TMDITICALA Es ccree seienio eves 38 Bay-+1 Sound. RE MnyMCHODONIS FAMORLC ATS gfe coyohal sy sags aie tayo 0 Giche tor insane ara 22 Bay+2 Sound. Chetopterts Perpamentaceus Fr... este cuiec.c.c 2s Helse nice se sciele © 43 Bay-+o Sound. Spiochatopterus ocwlatas heey. i.e. I AIS. 35 Bay+2 Sound. Bista intermedia ho) 2ii.) ery) oer sos eta! Aes Pelt! 18 Bay+2 Sound. Melina mine ul ata gai tises ie = gota tits es Sale dor 2B oe GeKe 16 Bay-++o Sound. Gistenidesgorsl dise acti hiss cia checeveeile Peeve dea ys lee 37 Bay-++o Sound. Maldane elongata: ga scac erie fe isnt ticks ic ORs tae. «ae REE S « 16 Bay-+to Sound. Species occurring predominantly in Buzzards Bay, though taken occasionally in Vineyard Sound. Number of stations. (Pistaspalmata Oe rey a eMeian) wecetiadckass-1-)sci dep ea 29 Baye 7 Sound. PATH HATete:SCLOSA riper Preece ka vicis) sips o's esata « Alls Shehs aeiaraiees 15 Bay+ 5 Sound. Clymenella torquata............... Sah A 5 RTS SR RIES, Ea 50 Bay-+10 Sound. PROP UOMIey ALIMISH S etene ntd., re etc tNe oh es Dae eee, cena 17 Bay+ 4 Sound. @ At mouth of Bay. > Mostly inshore stations. 122 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. With a very few exceptions the last two lists comprise species which primarily inhabit muddy shores and bottoms. In the case of certain species (Clymenella and Rhynchobolus) it is to be noted that the few records of their occurrence in Vineyard Sound refer to areas whose bottoms are known to be partially muddy. This type of distribution is not, however, wholly intelligible in the case of Clymenella torquata, since it is known to occur in abundance in shores of pure sand. Unlike most of the foregoing species, Pista palmata and P. intermedia appear to be restricted, both in the Bay and in the Sound, to the adlittoral zone. They are found upon various types of bottom, including muddy ones. Platynereis megalops might perhaps have been included in the last of the foregoing lists, since it was recorded more frequently (absolutely as well as relatively) from Buzzards Bay. Like the two species of Pista, it was taken much more often at the inshore stations. As the last of our groups with respect to distribution, we have: Species exhibiting no evident preference for one or the other body of water. Number of stations. Nephthys bucera. iy: anioucassdaciakts deca ah lenient porate ’ 6Sound+ 5 Bay. Matpliysaterdyat oe ah, sete rush natty ate ots yeu sicrapenaane et 7 Sound-+ 5 Bay. DIOP ALHAlCMPLE aes. vecdse eras see Ih yal teiei slater ouastetenahe Oar srereas tos Sound 86-Bay. Arabella opalimays: rsa ecp-lematemieloicieninia > wiaete tials gyshaivon italien 27 Sound+17 Bay. Parasabella microphthalmia.....................eeee ee eee ee 6 Sound+ 6 Bay. Hy droides dianths).. 2 sionncre ean mare, eer a cia chete whetsta eyalereneeret 130 Sound-+o3 Bay. The distribution of most of these last species seems to be entirely independent of the character of the bottom. Two of them (Diopatra and Hydroides) are among the most ubiquitous of our local Annulata, though it is possible that the distribution of Diopaira is not so general as the wide-spread occurrence of its tubes would lead one to suppose. Regarding three of the foregoing species the records are too meager to permit of our forming any conclusions of value. Nephthys bucera is probably not of general occur- rence in the Bay, since it is known to be predominantly a sand-dwelling species. The temperature factor, which has been shown to be such an important one in determining the distribution of many species belonging to other groups of organisms, probably applies to certain of the local annelids, though it appears to play a relatively insignificant part with respect to the species for which charts have been plotted. The only case among the latter which seems to fall under this head is that of the serpulid worm Hydroides dianthus. The absence of this species from the western portion of Vineyard Sound is a conspicuous feature in its distribution, especially when coupled with the fact that it has not once been recorded from Crab Ledge, despite the favorable bottom at the latter point. It is of probable significance in this connection that Hydroides is predominantly a southward-ranging species, which may, on this account, be poorly adapted to the colder waters of the region. The case resembles that of the coral Astrangia (p. 99) and that of the sea urchin Arbacia (p. 113), which have already been discussed from this point of view. So far as our records go, however, there are in Vineyard Sound none of those characteristic cold-water species which are confined to the neighborhood of the open ocean. But there are a number of species of annelids recorded from the Crab Ledge stations alone among the dredgings of the survey. For most of such species Cape Cod is believed to lie at the southern limit of distribution. Some of these are included in the following table. The statements as to range have been furnished us by Dr. Moore. ees i Sand BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 123 Northern types taken only at Crab Ledge. Ammotrypane fimbriata........5..... 0.0.0.0 ee Gulf of Maine to Vineyard Sound. Pe MMPSIMUPELCE CLIEACAN cs Fo oak colds psec ais swe sits a6 a0 Northern Europe to Crab Ledge. Cheetinopoma greenlandica......................Northern seas, south in deep water to Massachusetts. MAMIGEIOELSECH 20s o.- 22%, sin Sinn Faye scat g bhce a soejeyers Greenland to Vineyard Sound. figmleneeattee SIMO KA. Ur ieee. or civ cltalaieiciaparsisimicie + «s« North Atlantic, south to Nantucket; off Sankaty Head. BLARCAPALALD cs. o.c ces cicies, govavieinyeprietslele 6 sjele era's « Northern Europe to Crab Ledge. Memiinte CONCH YVICRIA.: 0c. 5c cic tete cnet es cees North Atlantic, south to Cape Cod. Myxicola steenstrupii...........................North Atlantic, south to Massachusetts. SMBELE PIS) CINCINMALUS.:¢ 5).5).0)nfocp sles ¢ yoerd a e bieayaers North Atlantic, south to Massachusetts. The low temperature of the bottom waters at Crab Ledge was considered on p. 51 and has been referred to elsewhere in our discussions of distribution. Attention has already been called to the fact that a number of our charted species of annelids are recorded primarily from the inshore (adlittoral) stations, both in the Bay and in the Sound. This is true of Pista palmata, Pista intermedia, Parasabella microph- thalmia, and in a lesser degree of Platynereis megalops. ‘The same phenomenon is exhibited by certain less common species, such as Sthenelais picta and Dodecaceria coralit. All of these species were recorded wholly or chiefly from the Phalarope and Blue Wing stations. ; On the other hand, certain species appear at first sight to show a tendency exactly the opposite of that manifested by those just mentioned. These others were encoun- tered with considerable frequency during the Fish Hawk dredging, but were seldom taken by the Phalarope. Examples of such species are Eulalia annulata, Nephthys bucera, Ninoé nigripes, Arabella opalina, and Rhynchobolus americanus. As a matter of fact, however, the last two species, at least, are known to be common along shore, where they may be dug up with the spade. Their absence from the Phalarope records is very probably due to the failure of the dredges employed on the latter vessel to cut deeply enough into the bottom. Indeed, it is quite possible that this same explana- tion will hold for most of the cases in which species of Annulata seem to be restricted to the Fish Hawk stations. ‘And, in general, when we are considering any case in which a given species has been obtained almost exclusively by one or the other vessel, the question must be asked whether the personal element may not have played a part in determining this result. It has been stated that the Fish Hawk and Phalarope dredgings were under the super- vision of different persons. As is well known, different observers see different things, depending upon what has especially been brought to their notice. We do not believe however, that much importance need be attached to this source of error in considering most of the species which have been listed here. In the case of certain of those which have been mentioned as having a predominantly adlittoral habitat (e. g., Pista inter- media), it is noteworthy that even the Fish Hawk stations at which they were taken were mainly near shore. A considerable number of the Annulata, the names of which appear in our faunal catalogue, are strictly intertidal in their habitat, or at least are confined to the shallow waters just below the tidal limits. Such forms have naturally not been taken with the dredge, although many of them are common enough in their proper habitat. Examples of species such as these are Podarke obscura, Nereis limbata, Scoloplos fragilis, Amphi- trite ornata, Notomastus luridus, Aremcola cristata, Arenicola marina, Spirorbis spirorbis, 124 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. and all of the Oligochzta so far as listed. As has already been stated, it is likely that most of the benthic species extend nearly or quite up to the littoral zone; and indeed they often occupy the latter as well. On the other hand, many of our local Annulata are pelagic during a part, at least, of their existence. This is true of the larve of nearly all the Polycheta, and holds for the sexual phase of many adult worms, particularly the Syllide and Nereide. One highly modified and typically pelagic form, Tomopteris helgolandica, is taken in the local tow during the winter and spring, sometimes occurring in abundance. Two exotic species, which may perhaps be termed pelagic, were found upon floating timbers among goose barnacles. These are Amphinome pallasw*® and Hipponoé gaudichaud. A few of the more striking examples of a difference of habitat being shown by different members of the same genus are as follows: Nephthys. N. incisa: Frequents bottoms of soft mud. N. bucera: Frequents sandy bottoms. Nereis. N. pelagica: Clear waters, non-muddy bottoms. N. limbata: Strictly littoral, preferring foul and brackish waters. N. virens: Diverse habitat. Cirratulus. C. grandis: Shores and deeper waters in sand and gravel. C. parvus: Deeper waters only, in colonies of Amaroucium pellucidum. Amphitrite. A. ornata: Inner waters of region, strictly littoral. A. brunnea and A. cirrata: Only recorded from Crab Ledge. Pista. P. palmata: Said to frequent purer waters and cleaner sand than P. intermedia. Spirorbis. S. spirorbis: On rock-weed, littoral. S. tubzformis: On Phyllophora and Chondrus, from adlittoral zone to greatest depths of region. S. quadrangularis: At Crab Ledge only. S. stimpsoni: At Crab Ledge only. S. fewkesi: From alge in deeper waters of Vineyard Sound. The following species of Annulata were taken during the dredging operations of the Survey: Autolytus ornatus. Sigalion arenicola. Eusyllis fragilis. Sthenelais gracilis. Odontosyllis lucifera. Sthenelais picta. Bet tie dispar. *Nephthys oe (chart 57). Syllis pallida. *Nephthys incisa (chart 58). Trypanosyllis sp. Nereis arenaceodentata. *Bulalia annulata (chart 54). Nereis dumerilii. Eulalia gracilis. *Nereis pelagica (chart 59). Eulalia pistacia. Nereis virens. Eumidia americana. *Platynereis megalops (chart 60). Phyllodoce catenula. *Marphysa leidyi (chart 61). Eunoé oerstedi. *Dicpatra cuprea (chart 62). *Harmothoé imbricata (chart 55). Nothria conchylegia. *Lepidonotus squamatus (chart 56). : *Arabella opalina (chart 63). Lepidonotus sublevis. Drilonereis longa. @ This, we learn, is known to be Jittoral in the West Indies. 0} RN BIOLOGICAL SURVEY *Lumbrireris hebes (chart 64). Lumbrineris tenuis. *Ninoé nigripes (chart 65). Euglycera dibranchiata. Glycera capitata. *Rhynchobolus americanus (chart 66). Scoloplos fragilis. *Clymenella torquata (chart 76). Scoloplos robustus. *Maldane elongata (chart 77). Polydora concharum. Praxilella zonalis. Scolecolepis viridis. Scalibregma brevicauda. Spio sp. undet. *Chetopterus pergamentaceus (chart 67). *Spiochetopterus oculatus (chart 68). OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. *Ampharete setosa (chart 73). *Melinna maculata (chart 74). *Cistenides gouldii (chart 75). Capitella sp. Ammotrypane fimbriata. Ophelia denticulata. Brada setosa. *Trophonia affinis (chart 78). Euchone elegans. 125 Ammochares artifex. Cirratulus cirratus. Cirratulus grandis. Cirratulus parvus. Cirratulus tenuis. Dodecaceria coralii. Amphitrite cirrata. *Leprza rubra (chart 69). Nicolea simplex. Myxicola steenstrupii. *Parasabella microphthalmia (chart 79). *Pseudopotamilla oculifera (chart 80). Protula sp. Chzetinopoma greenlandica. Filograna implexa. *Hydroides dianthus (chart 81). Spirorbis quadrangularis. Spirorbis spirillum (probably taken more than ten *Pista intermedia (chart 70). times). *Pista palmata (chart 71). Spirorbis tubzformis. *Polycirrus eximeus (chart 72). *Sabellaria vulgaris (chart 82). Thelepus cincinnatus. Ichthyobdella funduli. Sabellides pusilla. If we classify our 30 commoner species of bottom-dwelling annelids as predomi- nantly northern or southern, according to their known range upon our coast, we have the following groups:¢ Predominantly northern. Harmothoé imbricata.......... Circumboreal; south on our coast to New Jersey. Lepidonotus squamatus.........Both sides of North Atlantic; Greenland to South Carolina; also reported from north Pacific. Nephthys incisa.)) fo... cee: Spitzbergen to Long Island Sound. Nereis pelagical’. . 22.5 00.00.04 0s Greenland and Labrador to Beaufort, N. C., becoming smaller and less common south of Vineyard Sound. INANGOE MIQTIPES:,...-:././-)-)siewisjere! do's Eastport, Me., to Block Island. Predominantly southern. Bitlahaannulatar 52. 2 oo. 2>- Provincetown, Mass., to New Jersey. Nephthys bucera............... Massachusetts Bay to Charleston, S. C. Platynereis megalops........... Cape Cod to Beaufort, N. C. Marphysa leidyi............... Massachusetts to North Carolina. Piopatra ciprea. .. 666i... os Cape Cod to Charleston, S. C. Arabella opalina?:.)...... 02018 Massachusetts to Porto Rico. Rhynchobolus americanus...... Massachusetts to Charleston, S. C. Chztopterus pergamentaceus...Cape Cod to West Indies. Spiochztopterus oculatus.. .... Wellfleet, Mass., to Virginia. Lb 5} 22559110) 2) rr Massachusetts to North Carolina. Pistaspatinata ye et Se. eee Cape Cod to Virginia. @ The ranges are stated upon the authority of Dr. Moore. 126 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Polycirrus eximeus............ Cape Cod to Beaufort, N. C Ampharete setosa............ ..New Haven to east of Falmouth. Melinna maculata. ..............Woods Hole to Virginia. Cistenides gouldii.............. Casco Bay to North Carolina. Clymenella ea ...........Hastport, Me., to Porto Rico. Maldane elongata...............Massachusetts to North Carolma. Trophonia affinis. . ..........Massachusetts Bay to southern New Jersey. Parasabella mierophthalmia.. ..Massachusetts Bay to Beaufort, N. C. Hydroides dianthus. . .....Casco Bay (in sheltered places) and Massachusetts Bay to Charleston, San en Spirorbis tubzeformis........... Vineyard Sound to New Haven. Sabellaria vulgaris..............Provincetown to Beaufort, N. C. Having a range of approximately equul extent north and south. Lumbrineris hebes .............Casco Bay to New Jersey. Pseudopotamilla oculifera...... Bay of Fundy to Virginia. Of doubtful position. Pista intermedia. ..............Cape Cod to Block Island. It will thus be seen that a large majority of the more prevalent benthic species of Annulata found in this vicinity are predominantly southern in their range, while of the few species whose range is predominantly northern all but two have a range which extends far to the southward of Woods Hole. 55 SIPUNCULIDA. So far as known, this group of worms has a scant representation in our local fauna. Only three determined species are included in our list, of which only one (Phascolion strombi) was encountered with any frequency in the dredge. This was mainly recorded from the inshore stations of Buzzards Bay, though taken elsewhere on a number of occasions (chart 83). On account of its peculiar mode of life it was probably fre- quently overlooked during the earlier days of our dredging. This worm, according to Gerould, is ‘‘found all along the eastern coast of North America from off Virginia northward to Labrador.” Since it occurs in such widely different latitudes as the West Indies and the northern coast of Asia, the distribution of this species can have little relation to temperature. Another of our local sipunculids (Phascolosoma verrili Gerould) has been taken on a very few occasions only. It was apparently observed by Verrill, though not described by him. 8. ARTHROPODA. With a few exceptions. the phylum Arthropoda is represented in our marine fauna by the class Crustacea alone, the members of which occupy somewhat the same position in the life of the sea as do the insects upon land. The total number of Crustacea thus far listed for this region is about 300, which is a larger number than is recorded for any other class of animals or even for any entire phylum besides the Arthropoda. There are comprised in our catalogue 289 definitely determined species of Crustacea, together with 3 which are undetermined and 18 which have been determined with doubt. Of these, 126(-+6?) are to be assigned to the subclass Entomostraca and 163(+15 ?) to the subclass Malacostraca. Since the former subclass comprises for the most part small BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 127 and inconspicuous forms, it is likely that the list of these is far less complete than that for the latter group, which comprises, for the most part, species of moderate or large size. It is the Malacostraca, likewise, which are chiefly represented in our dredging records; indeed, we should say exclusively represented but for the ever-present barnacles. Owing to the magnitude of this class and to the fact that different sections have been treated by different specialists, it seems best to consider the orders separately. I. PHYLLOPODA. The Phyllopoda are represented in our list by two members of the Polyphemide, which were identified by Mr. R. W. Sharpe among material collected with the townet at Woods Hole, and by a species of Artemia, which was observed by Verrill in “‘salt vats” at Falmouth, and is perhaps not to be included in our marine fauna at all. One or more species of Polyphemide are at times excessively abundant in the Woods Hole plankton, and it is likely that our phyllopod fauna is far more extensive than the present meager records would imply. II. OSTRACODA. Twenty-six species of ostracods have been identified by Dr. Cushman?’ among specimens collected in the vicinity of Woods Hole. Of these, 21 were recorded from the Survey dredgings. Since this group had never been studied locally prior to the work of Dr. Cushman, all of these 26 species may be regarded as additions made to our local fauna through the operations of the Survey. Ten of them were described for the first time by Dr. Cushman from specimens dredged or otherwise collected during the summer of 1905. Mr. R. W. Sharpe, who has examined large quantities of townet material collected in Woods Hole Harbor, believes that he has met with ‘‘perhaps 20 forms, certainly new to our shores, and mostly new to science.’”’ Thus far, however, he has not published descriptions of any of these local species. Reference to the comparative table on page 88 shows that 29(+ 9?) species of ostra- cods have been listed for eastern Canada, 6 for Plymouth, 57(+1?) for the Irish Sea, and g for the Gulf of Trieste. It is likely that these numbers represent the relative thor- oughness of the search which has been made for these organisms rather than the relative wealth of species at these points. Ten of the Canadian species are known to be common to Woods Hole, but so far as we may infer from the lists there are no species com- mon to Woods Hole and Plymouth. None of the Ostracoda were recorded from a sufficient number of dredging stations to warrant our plotting distribution charts for them. Moreover, they were only sought for during one season of the regular dredging work of the Survey® and consequently we have a very imperfect idea of their distribution in local waters. From our records the ostracods appear to be chiefly restricted to the western end of Vineyard Sound, and it seems likely that their scarcity in the eastern part is in a considerable measure real, since bottom samples from the entire length of the Sound were examined by Dr. Cushman. @ A list of these has already been published in Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol. 32, 1906. > A few additional records were obtained in 1907, 128 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. III. COPEPODA. These fall into two rather natural subdivisions, including the free-living and the parasitic forms, respectively, though the line of division is not strictly a taxonomic one. The list of free-living copepods, including 25 (+ 1?) species, is derived from the published reports of W. M. Wheeler (1900) and of R. W. Sharpe (1910). Wheeler listed 30 spe- cies for the “‘Woods Hole Region,” though the majority of these were recorded only from waters lying well without the limits of the region considered in the present report. Mr. Sharpe examined collections taken by himself in the tow net throughout the season of 1908, as well as material which had already been gathered by the schooner Grampus and by Mr. V. N. Edwards. He has catalogued 60 species, of which, however, more than half are extralimital. The parasitic copepods of this region, of which 58(+2?) species are comprised in our catalogue, have been listed by S. I. Smith (in Verrill and Smith, 1873), R. Rathbun (1884-1887), M. J. Rathbun (1905), and by C. B. Wilson in a series of recent papers. We are indebted to the last-named authority for examining the manuscript of our annotated list of this group, as well as for furnishing a valuable set of notes which have been incor- porated in the latter. The nomenclature and the classification adopted are his. Scarcely any copepods, either free or parasitic, are recorded in the Canadian cata- logue of marine invertebrates. The Plymouth list comprises 24 free-living species and one parasitic. Herdman has listed 195 copepods (chiefly free-living) from the Irish Sea, while Graeffe’s catalogue for the Gulf of Trieste includes 56 free-living copepods and 110 parasitic species. Here again, it is quite unlikely that these figures are at all indic- ative of the actual wealth of the copepod fauna at the respective points. IV. CIRRIPEDIA. Of this order, 17 species are listed for the region, though two of these are included somewhat doubtfully. Of these only two (Balanus eburneus and B. porcatus),and possibly a third (B. crenatus), have been taken during our Survey dredging. Most of the species listed in the catalogue have, however, been collected at one point or another by our parties. One species, Chthamalus stellatus, although very abundant at present, seems to have escaped the notice of local zoologists and had not apparently been recorded for New England waters until attention was recently called to it by one of the present writers.2 Another (Balanus tintinnabulum) had not, so far as we know, been definitely recorded for points within the region. ‘This last is, however, an exotic form, and is not, probably, to be included in our fauna. Verrill and Smith (1873) listed 13 species of barnacles, most of which, however, were not recorded from definitely indicated points within the limits of our region. All but one of our 17 species are.included by Miss Rathbun in her “List of the Crustacea,” though not in all cases recorded for strictly local waters. Scant attention has been given, however, to the sessile barnacles of our coast, and it is not unlikely that further studies will considerably increase the number of known species. Notwithstanding this probable incompleteness of our list, it will be seen @ The list of Rhode Island species prepared by Williams (1906) has not been considered here, since the records relate only to Narragansett Bay. b Science, Sept. 17, 1909. (See also footnote on page 190 of this report:) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 129 (p. 89) that a greater number of cirripedes have been catalogued from Woods Hole than from any of the other stations considered in our table. Only 10 species each have been listed by Whiteaves, Herdman, and the Plymouth laboratory, while 15 have been recorded by Graeffe. Six of the Canadian species and 4 of those listed for Plymouth are common to our Woods Hole catalogue. The barnacles, particularly the sessile forms, are a very baffling group to the tax- onomist, and it must be admitted that our local collections have not received the treat- ment which they deserve. During the greater part of the Survey dredging separate specimens were preserved from each station at which barnacles were taken. A large proportion of these specimens were immature, many others were waterworn and imper- fect. The small collection made during the summer of 1903 was examined by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry, who furnished a list of identifications covering this earlier period. The survey was unable to obtain the services of this specialist in determining the barnacles dredged during the subsequent seasons of the work. This task was finally undertaken by the senior author of this report, who offers his results with considerable reservation. Atten- tion must be called to the frequently reiterated statements of Darwin, the chief monog- rapher of this group, respecting the high variability and the indefinite limits of the species of Balanus. As evidence of the impossibility of distinguishing these species by external characters, he writes (Monograph of the Cirripedia, vol. 11, p. 187): “‘ After hav- ing described nearly 40 species, and when my eye was naturally able to appreciate small differences, I began carefully to examine varieties of B. tintinnabulum, amphitrite, impro- visus, porcatus, vestitus, etc., without even a suspicion that they belonged to these species, at that time thoroughly well known to me.’”’ It must be added, however, that the case is far less difficult to one who deals with a very few species occupying a very limited area. Unless certain species which have never been reported from the Woods Hole Region are nevertheless common here, our determinations are probably correct in the great majority of cases. . By far the larger proportion of specimens coming from the Survey dredgings which have been examined have been referred to Balanus eburneus. Large specimens of this species, found upon the bottom of a boat and elsewhere, have been studied carefully, with reference both to the internal and external structure of the shell. The same careful examination was extended to certain of the specimens coming from the dredgings. None of the latter, however, nearly equaled in size the examples taken from woodwork in shallow water, and are probably for the most part immature. The longitudinal Striation of the terga is faintly indicated, or altogether wanting, and the general shape of the opercular plates differs from those taken from adult specimens. It must be confessed, therefore, that general appearance and the process of elimination have led us to our decision in regard to most of these specimens. They are obviously not to be referred to Balanus balanoides, for they have a shelly base, and differ in other conspicuous ways. Moreover, the latter species is strictly intertidal in its habitat. Nor are they to be assigned to Balanus crenatus, B. porcatus, or, indeed, to any of the other species which have thus far been recorded from this region. At least one source of serious confusion seems to be possible, however. Darwin tells us that “diagnosis @ We are indebted to him, however, for the identification of a considerable number of stalked barnacles of the genera Lebas and Conchoderma. 19269°—Bull. 31, pt 1-139 130 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. is most difficult without long practice” between immature specimens of B. eburneus and the young of B.improvisus. According to both Darwin and Gruvel, the latter species is recorded from Nova Scotia and the coast of the United States, though no definite localities are stated. Thus it does not seem unlikely that this species occurs in our local waters and that it may have hitherto been confused with Balanus eburneus. Barring this possibility, however, of a confusion with some closely similar species which has not been recorded from local waters, it is probable that nearly all of the barnacles © dredged by the Survey are to be assigned to Balanus eburneus. Acting upon this suppo- sition, we have plotted out a single distribution chart based not only upon the specimens which have been identified as Balanus eburneus but upon those which, owing to imma- turity or poor preservation, could not be identified with confidence. The two sets of records have, however, been separated in the faunal catalogue. The chart (84) shows us that this species is of general occurrence and of considerable abundance throughout both the Sound and the Bay. It was recorded from 157 stations, or somewhat more than one-third of the total number dredged. The specimens which were dredged were commonly attached to stones or shells, very frequently to shells which were occupied by hermit crabs. This last circumstance may account, in some measure, for the very general distribution of this species upon the local sea floor. Balanus eburneus occurs at all depths within our region, even extending up to the neighborhood of the low-water mark, where its zone overlaps that of B. balanoides.% The range of Balanus eburneus, according to Darwin, is from Massachusetts (‘about lat. 42°’’) to Venezuela and the West Indies. It thus falls within the class of southward- ranging species. Barnacles of one (perhaps two) other species were dredged by us. Large specimens of Balanus porcatus were taken at Crab Ledge, and at least one specimen of this same species was taken in Vineyard Sound. Other worn shells, which are believed to be those of either B. porcatus or B. crenatus, were dredged on several occasions in the Sound. The latter species was said by Verrill to be ‘‘abundant”’ in Vineyard Sound, but this is directly contradicted by our own experience, though we have found it growing in considerable numbers upon piles at Vineyard Haven. Above low-water mark Balanus balanoides occurs in prodigious profusion, being one of the most abundant and conspicuous members of our littoral fauna. With it upon rocks and piles, though commonly at a somewhat higher level, is to be found Chthamalus stellatus, which is likewise abundant and generally distributed along our shores locally. A number of species of stalked barnacles of the genera Lepas and Conchoderma are included in our list. Several of these species, notably Lepas fascicularis, L. hilh, and L. anatijera, are sometimes found in considerable profusion. They are, however, pelagic organisms which find their proper home in the open sea. @ We have found Balanus balanoides, B. eburneus, B. crenatus, and Chthamalus stellatus growing together on a single piece of bark removed from a wharf pile at Vineyard Haven. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. I31 Vv. AMPHIPODA. Locally, at least, the amphipods are by far the most abundant of the Malacostraca, both in respect to the number of individuals and of species. Seventy-one determined species are recorded for the region, to which number must be added 6 which are listed as undetermined or are doubtfully to be included in this list. These species belong to 54(+5°) genera and 22(+2?) families. Of the total number of species recorded, 35, or about one-half, have been taken during our own dredging operations; 26 others have been identified from shore or townet collections made during the progress of the survey; while the remainder are recorded solely upon the authority of published statements. None of the species encountered during the present work have been described as new to science, though it is believed that the collections contain one or more unde- scribed species. About nine species have been added to the fauna of the region either through our dredging operations or through the identification of material in the posses- sion of the laboratory. Verrill and Smith (1873) listed 31 species of amphipods, of which only 16 were determined species recorded for specified localities within the region. Many of the others must, however, have been observed in local waters, although the ranges were stated in general terms. Holmes (1905) lists 79 determined species of amphipods, some of which were first described in his report of that date. From this number, however, must be deducted about 20 species which were not recorded for points within the area at present under consideration. Miss Rathbun, in her “List of the Crustacea,” includes over 100 species and varieties for the whole of New England, but a considerable proportion of these are extralimital as regards our present region. The list of invertebrates for eastern Canada comprises 70(+ 4?) species of amphi- pods, a number almost identical with our own. Of these, 20 are known to be common to the two lists. The Plymouth catalogue records 52 members of this order, of which only 7 or 8 appear to be common to our Woods Hole fauna. Herdman catalogues 129 species for the Irish Sea, while Graeffe lists 49(+1?) for the Gulf of Trieste. Since the amphipods are contained very largely in the sand and mud brought up by the dredge, the completeness of the record for any region depends, of course, upon the character of the bottom sample obtained and upon the thoroughness with which it is subsequently washed. Thus in the first season (1903) few amphipods were listed, owing to the imperfect methods then employed. Another possible source of error is the likelihood of free-swimming species from any depth being caught in the dredge during the passage of the latter through the water after leaving the bottom. Thus, some of those amphipods which constitute at times such an important element in the plankton may figure as bottom dwelling species in the records. It is believed that cases of this sort are comparatively few, however, owing to the probability that these free-swimming ‘ species would pass out through the meshes of a dredge net. With a few exceptions no effort was made to identify the amphipods in the field, but the specimens from each station were preserved for future determination. For the identification of many of these we are under obligation to Prof. S. J. Holmes, to whom we are likewise indebted for a critical examination of our check list of amphipods. The greater part of the work of identification was, however, performed by Dr. Cole. A 132 ; BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. large collection of specimens taken by Mr. Edwards with the tow net, or gathered by the Survey parties during the shore collecting, has been identified for us by Dr. B. W. Kunkel. A few of the readily recognizable forms (e. g., Unciola wrorata) were frequently listed in the field. Unfortunately during the first season all the Caprellidz were recorded by the collectors as “Caprella geometrica.”’ Since some other members of this genus have been recorded from the region, and particularly since the allied Zginella longicornis is found with great frequency, such records are, of course, equivocal, and they have been changed to “‘Caprellide sp.”” Later dredgings have, however, resulted in differentiating to some degree the distributions of these species, but not sufficiently to warrant our plotting out a separate chart for each. We have consequently prepared a single chart showing their combined distribution. On the average 1.6 species of amphipods are recorded for each of the Survey dredge hauls. The species found to have the most general distribution was Unciola trrorata, which was taken at 115 of the regular dredging stations. No other member was encountered at as many as one-fourth the entire number of stations. The most salient fact respecting the distribution of the bottom-dwelling amphipods in local waters is the paucity of species in Buzzards Bay as compared with Vineyard Sound. In fact, of the 19 species for which distribution charts have been plotted, only 2 are shown to be of greater abundance in the Bay, while not more than 2 others seem to be present in about equal numbers in the two bodies of water. We may for con- venience group the species as follows with reference to their comparative abundance in one or the other body of water. Species wholly or chiefly restricted to Vineyard Sound. Sound Bay stations. stations. TeVSlatio PSIS ral oa a sts ale casaiAioy acetyl toler Poon haton pede aes ae oe eae ate eo II 2 Hlatistoriustarenarius. |. Ve fe wie wee itis ciloennclomictee ae nie nic cfenerate ateea eae II I Byblis serrata....... POM GIA RES Sen ea Sipe bs ee oe SN a RNa Sitios Sa 16 4 Calliopitisilaevitisculusiss wee gee eh ee ae a So sctteclontn lone denote ser 15 ° Pontogemtajineriis.: 3.30 begs eh lavas yore Sissies see ekene hae macs ae cee 2 25 2 Bateal seein aiik sutias upset metus eney dence eee aio Miciah a ewer e a mite cic ee nae 1 24 I Gammarusrannulatns aoe se alien ieee oe a ea 9 I EBlasmopus levis...................... Oeil eratane arace ete sce sual Bia sae Te 30 gy ? Autonoé smithi (data tooifew)i 2. tsa... se6 sence ie ss dde see eek 12 5 Amphithoé; subricata, ise Gai ni easier Re ha ee eee ane oe talc 32 9 JERSEM eT SoO) Bids SoG Napbooob ands dcudcon oo macocosuaaapceouupanyDD od 16 I Eiriethoritas, rita jos, <1 <4 cedesuiere tateehs it eensdel coolaneee eee caekeleolsles tele eka deme 31 I (CoproyadohhibenhplyocOlsCbbinonngdoasasededopaseonedsaseunouoonooundaor 59 7 AXginella ee SANT Pence se Sik CIOS ed Ae ol onie gies aur a. Gyo good ORO MIG Sh Cr 78 7 Caprella geomtrica Species chiefly restricted to Buzzards Bay. Ampelisca, macrocephalanm. mags vate eereh: ceter eidetieid rete eae 4 27 Ptilocheintts ping wisis 4.2.0. talainWiarsieydtys Wor eal neue ae ies Cla eke 14 42 Species of nearly unrestricted distribution. JATMUPELISCAYS DIMAS ia aie nit /2 ees aysl's citshae eno lok ieee rafe(y clove ote Reha tele 32 23 Uriciolarirroratale sy oes siciaitiya devotes, alatereboiere sane eres netet ote etale Beane P mn Sta 70 40 BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 133 With the exception of those four species comprised in the last two lists, the amphi- pods, when recorded from Buzzards Bay at all, were nearly always taken in the vicinity of land, i. e., at the adlittoral stations. Ina large proportion of cases the Bay stations were near the passages connecting with Vineyard Sound, or close to the lower end of the Bay.* On the other hand, even within the Sound, certain species are found not to have an unrestricted distribution. For example, Haustorius arenarius, Byblis serrata, Calliopius leviusculus, Pontogenia inermis, and Jassa marmorata are in large degree restricted to the western half of the Sound, while Lystanopsis alba, Batea secunda, and Autonoé smithi are for the most part restricted to the eastern half. One of the two predominantly Bay-dwelling species (Ampelisca macrocephala) and perhaps also the other (Ptilocheirus pinguis) appear to be in some measure restricted in the Sound to points where the bottom is muddy. The difference between the Bay and the Sound in respect to tneir amphipod faunas, and in considerable measure the local distribution within each of these bodies of water, are for the most part explainable by reference to the character of the bottom. Just such types of distribution have already been encountered in the case of other groups and need not be discussed here. Certain cases which appear to be explainable by reference to temperature will be considered shortly. An interesting feature respecting the amphipod life of the Bay and the Sound appears when we consider the average number of species taken per dredge haul for each body of water and for each vessel. The figures are as follows: ; Vineyard Sound: TITS: TERRI SB chalets © UNE a REED ERBTORE CRE niche casio eve: Ine tcc? A SGM ui gen 1.8 PEHELARNS PIO: ae Sieh one ee sete eretare Str aE chtad ie, RATER Nah gtd 1.9 Buzzards Bay: ESAS FUER ey tes tester ct ne ec 8s fa tactics faieyel e vejaserebevs Cyjchets w felalaie va els Ye Sunbiefeneleg ds 1.3 Phalarape Peake Soe ven Bo ae: NOE Si ree Th Wk Sart Meee eanthts nee While these figures were considerably higher for the Sound stations than forthe Bay stations, there is nothing like the disproportion which might have been expected in view of the fact that the number of predominantly Sound-dwelling species which were shown upon our charts was so much in excess of (7% times) the number of predominantly Bay-dwelling species. Again, the average number of species per dredge haul is the same (1.6) for each of the three types of bottom distinguished. And when we consider the lists of ‘preva- lent” species for the various groups of stations, we find that only such one (Unciola trrorata) occurred at one-fourth of the Vineyard Sound stations of the Fish Hawk, while three species (Pizlocheirus pinguis, Unciola irrorata, and Ampelisca macrocephala) occurred at an equal proportion of Buzzards Bay stations. This condition seems to be only explainable on the supposition that while the number of species which inhabit Vineyard Sound is greatly in excess of the number found in Buzzards Bay, such species as do occur in the latter are of much more general prevalence throughout its extent. A discussion of similar phenomena has already been given in chapter 1. Two apparent cases of distribution in relation to temperature are Calliopius levius- culus and Pontogenia inermis, which occur, so far as our dredging records show, primarily @ In some cases, just without. Here and elsewhere stations have been classed as Bay or Sound stations which lay on the Bay or Sound sides, respectively, of Sow and Pigs Reef, extending from the end of Cuttyhunk Island. 134 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. in the colder region of the Sound. Both of these are predominantly northern species, as will be seen by reference to the table on page 135, giving the ranges of some of the Jocal amphipods. It must be added, however, that the first species is taken throughout the year in the surface tow at Woods Hole and has been collected along shore at various local points even in midsummer. In the case of two other species, Byblis serrata and Haus- torius arenarius, there appears to be likewise to some extent a preference for the western extremity of Vineyard Sound. Neither of these, so far as known, are predominantly northern species, and it is likely that the character of the bottom is the determining factor in their distribution, particularly since Haustorius is known to be abundant on sand flats nearshore. Its preference for the western portions of the Sound is thus com- parable with that of the lady crab, Ovalipes ocellatus. A few species, on the other hand, appear from our rather meager records to occur predominantly in the warmer waters of the region. Such are Lysianopsis alba, Batea secunda, and Autonoé smithi. All of these have been recorded only for the immediate neighborhood of Woods Hole, and their general distribution is unknown. Little stress is to be laid upon any of these cases, however, especially since a number of other species which here reach their north- ern or their southern limit are distributed locally without any apparent reference to temperature. Amphithoé rubricata alone, among those species whose distributions have been plotted with any degree of completeness, seems to be restricted to the littoral and adlittoral zones. It is recorded chiefly from the inshore stations dredged by the Pha- larope and Blue Wing, and the comparatively few Fish Hawk stations at which it was taken are all in the neighborhood of land. The following amphipods were recorded during the Survey dredging, those taken at 10 or more stations being designated as usual by an asterisk: ?Talorchestia megalophthalma (perhaps not from | *Elasmopus levis (chart 94). bottom). Gammarellus angulosus. Anonyx nobilis (generic name questionable). Microdeutopus danmoniensis. *Lysianopsis alba (chart 85). *Autonoé smithi (chart 95). *Haustorius arenarius (chart 86). *Ptilocheirus pinguis (chart 96). Phoxocephalus holbolli. Podoceropsis nitida. Paraphoxus spinosus. *Amphithoé rubricata (chart 97). *Ampelisca macrocephala (chart 87). Amphithoé longimana. *Ampelisca spinipes (chart 88). Sunamphithoé pelagica. *Byblis serrata (chart 89). Ischyrocerus anguipes. Stenothoé minuta. *Jassa marmorata (chart 98). Sympleustes latipes. Grubia compta. *Calliopius leviusculus (chart go). Ericthonius rubricornis. *Pontogenia inermis (chart gr). *Ericthonius minax (chart 99). Dexamine thea. *Corophium cylindricum (chart 100). *Batea secunda (chart 92). *Unicola irrorata (chart ror). Gammarus locusta. * #ginella longicornis *Gammarus annulatus (chart 93). *Caprella onciapenatt A SD BELS Ee BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 135 The 19 commonest species of amphipods are herewith grouped with reference to their known range upon our coast. The ranges stated are those given by Holmes (1905). Northward ranging. Ampelisca macrocephala....... Off Halifax to Newport. Calliopius leviusculus......... Greenland to Narragansett Bay. Pontogenia inermis.............Aretic Ocean to Vineyard Sound. Ptilocheirus pinguis............ Labrador to New England. Amphithoé rubricata.......... Labrador to Newport. [sciola irrorata. ...... 2.0566. .63 Greenland to New Jersey. #@ginella longicornis........... Greenland to Narragansett Bay. Soulhward ranging. ?Haustorius arenarius. ..........Cape Cod to Georgia, Norway, British Isles. Elasmopus levis............... Provincetown, Mass., to New Jersey. Ericthonius minax............. Vineyard Sound to Great Egg Harbor, N. J. Corophium cylindricum....... Provincetown, Mass., to New Jersey. Caprella geometrica.............Southern coast of New England to Virginia. Of uncertain position. Lysianopsis alba................Woods Hole. Ampelisca spinipes.....-...... Long Island Sound, Woods Hole. (Norway.) BG DLIS Semrata. ise. ss sees aes Woods Hole, Newport. AteAISCCUNG AS os i. sec ce se ns Woods Hole. Gammarus annulatus........... Vineyard Sound, Gloucester. Autonoé smithi.................Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay. Jassa marmorata................Woods Hole region. Thus there seems to be a slight excess of northern over southern species among those 19 amphipods which we have dredged most frequently. Little importance is to be attributed to this fact, however, in considering which element is preponderant in our fauna, particularly since for more than one-third of these commoner species the range is not known with any degree of completeness. VI. ISOPODA. This order is represented in the local fauna by 25 or more species, of which 1o were recorded from our dredging stations and at least 7 more were taken by col- lectors from the laboratory during the progress of the Survey. One of these (Erich- sonella attenuata) is here recorded for the first time for this region. Our knowledge of this group in New England waters is due chiefly to the labors of O. Harger and Dr. Harriet Richardson. To the latter authority we are indebted for the identification of some of our earlier specimens, though the greater part of the material was determined by Dr. Osburn. The nomenclature employed by Miss Rich- ardson has been adopted by us without modification. Twenty-one species of isopods were listed by Harger in the “Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound,” of which only a small proportion were at that time recorded for definitely stated points within the limits of the region. In a later paper (1880) the group was treated much more fully by this writer. 136 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. The Canadian list of Whiteaves records about the same number of isopods (26) as have been listed for Woods Hole. Of these, nearly half (12) are common to the two lists. A somewhat greater number (30) is comprised in the Plymouth list, of which only 5 appear to be common to our local fauna. Twenty-four species have been recorded by Herdman for the Irish Sea, while Graeffe lists 51 species, some of which, however, are terrestrial. The representation of this order in our dredgings is very slight. The figure repre- senting the average number of species per dredge haul is only 0.4, while not a single species was taken with sufficient frequency to occur at one-fourth or more of the sta- tions. The species having the widest occurrence was Idothea phosphorea, which was taken at 72 of the regular stations. Only four species of this order were dredged by us with any frequency, and one of these (Idothea baltica) probably finds its more proper habitat among rockweed and eelgrass, whether growing alongshore or floating at the surface. It is thus possible that all of the specimens which were dredged by us actually came from floating material of this sort.% One of the other species, Lepiochelia savignyi was only taken at 11 stations, and these were all inshore stations of the Phalarcpe series. The species is abundant among floating weed, upon piles, etc., and probably does not belong to our deeper water fauna. The two remaining species (Idothea phosphorea and Erichsonella filiformis) appear with considerable frequency in our dredging records. Of these the latter appears to be of pretty general distribution, occurring with nearly the same relative frequency in the Bay and the Sound, while the former is in a large degree restricted to the Sound, appear- ing in the Bay records only from stations near the lower end, in the vicinity of land? Tsopods dredged by the Survey. *Leptochelia savignyi (chart 103). *Idothea phosphorea (chart 105). Cirolana concharum. Edotea acuta. Chiridotea czca. Edotea montosa. Idothea metallica. *Erichsonella filiformis (chart 106). *Idothea baltica (chart 104). Stegophryxus hyptius. Of the four commoner species, one (Idothea phosphorea) may be regarded as pre- dominantly northern, having a range upon our coast which is stated by Miss Richardson as ‘“‘coast of New England to Halifax, Nova Scotia, and the Gulf of St. Lawrence.” Two of the species may be regarded as predominantly southern, as follows: Leptochelia savignyi.......... Provincetown, Mass., to southern New Jersey (England to Senegal). Erichsonella filiformis......... Nantucket Sound to Florida and the Bahamas. One of the species (Idothea baltica) may be regarded as cosmopolitan, having been recorded from points as widely removed as Java and the Baltic Sea. On our coast it is said to range ‘‘from Nova Scotia and Gulf of St. Lawrence to North Carolina.” @ Miss Richardson gives the bathymetric range of this species as ‘‘surface to 119 fathoms.’’ b Our 1909 dredgings confirm these statements as to both species. | el BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 137 VII. SCHIZOPODA, CUMACEA, STOMATOPODA. Little attention has been given to the local representatives of the first of these groups since the work of S. I. Smith in 1879. The majority of the determined species of Schizopoda in our list are included solely upon the authority of Prof. Smith and of Miss Rathbun. Schizopods teem in the local plankton at certain seasons of the year, and specimens are occasionally taken in the dredge, thoughit is not at all certain that such specimens are actually brought up from the bottom. Only one species from our dredging collections (Nyctiphanes norvegica) has been definitely identified, since we have unfortunately been unable to find anyone who would undertake the task of determining our local Schizopoda. It will be seen that this order has a greater repre- sentation in each of the foreign lists which have been summarized in our comparative table. In the Plymouth list, indeed, the number is nearly five times as great. Members of the order Cumacea are rather common in the Woods Hole plankton, and have occasionally been met with during the dredging. Dr. W. T. Calman (1912) has recently prepared a report upon the Cumacea of the U. 8S. National Museum. Eight of these species are recorded from definite points within the Woods Hole Region, two of them, indeed, being described from specimens obtained locally. One determined species (Leptocuma minor) was taken during the Survey dredging. The Stomatopoda are represented in our waters by three species, of which only one (the common “‘Squilla’’) is at all familiar. None of these species occur, however, in the dredging records. VIII. DECAPODA. This group, comprising the largest and most familiar of our Crustacea, is represented locally by 55 species, including four which are listed doubtfully. These are assignable to 20 families and 37(+2?) genera. Of the total number of species listed by us, 27(+2?), or almost exactly one-half, were taken during the survey dredging. Many others were collected by our parties along shore, upon gulfweed, or elsewhere, while a few are recorded wholly on the authority of previous writers. Several of the species (Portunus ordwayi, Areneus cribrarius, Palemon tenwicorms, and perhaps Dissodactylus meilite) had not, so far as we know, been previously listed for the shores of New England. The published sources of information respecting the occurrence of this group are many. ‘The chief contributors, so far as our New England species are concerned, have been S. I. Smith and M. J. Rathbun. Smith, in the “Report upon the Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound,” listed 36 species of decapods, of which not over a third were definitely recorded for specified points within the region, while at least 5 were extralimital. In her ‘‘List of the Crustacea’ (‘‘“Fauna of New England”’ series), Miss Rathbun has included all but four of the decapods comprised in our own list, together with many others which are peculiar to more northern waters. Whiteaves lists 34 decapods for the waters of eastern Canada, of which 12 are common to the Woods Hole region. The Plymouth catalogue contains 71 representa- tives of this order, of which only 3 appear to be common to our Woods Hole fauna. Herdman lists 61 decapods for the Irish Sea, while 73 are comprised in Graeffe’s catalogue for the Gulf of Trieste. 138 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Most of the decapods collected by us, being of large size and having rather obvious specific distinctions, were listed with full confidence in the field. The others were, for the most part, referred to Miss M. J. Rathbun, to whom we are likewise indebted for criticizing our check-list of local decapods and for information generously given through- out the progress of this work. To Dr. R. P. Bigelow we are indebted for the identifica- tion of a number of specimens collected during the first season of the dredging work. Errors due to the confusion of one species with another in our dredging records are probably negligible in extent, excepting, perhaps, such as may relate to the small crabs of Panopeus group (now split into several genera). Upon this point the reader is referred to the statements made under the head of Ewrypanopeus depressus, Neopanope texana sayt, and Hexapanopeus angustifrons in the annotated list. It seems possible that specimens identified by the collectors as ‘““Panopeus sayi’’ were in some cases referable to one of the other species. It is probable, however, that the great majority of these crabs actually belong to the species last named, since none of the others are comparable with it in respect to frequency of occurrence. The examination of a large number of our specimens by Miss Rathbun indicates that Euwrypanopeus depressus is at present comparatively rare in these waters, being by no means the common species which one would infer it to be from the statements of Smith. The average number of species of decapods recorded by us from the 458 regular stations of the Survey is 3.5 per dredge haul. By far the most prevalent single species was Pagurus longicarpus, which was recorded from 290, or over 60 per cent, of the stations. Those species which were dredged at one-fourth or more of the total number of stations (arranged in order of frequency) are: Number of stations. PapiruslOMeiCarpuUse oy sions ccm araia shea inoue weasten d o\sihy a dccdte uals ole ae aa 290 CANCER ILLOT ALLIS ee ai css ay tray ssa e aks, ge) Saas ae oe a tag seaport aes as sas tay Boe ee 209 IPACUEUS/ANMUIT PES eR ae cone Rs ee lene enrece cee a da lere ee at ete svat ceed net ae 196 WPibinialiemargin atari Reb RN NS IR nse ch ee 192 Crago septemspinosus: .si22...psitynek hac eneh oem onictelig eid Mee! ee 169 Neopanops) texamarsa ype
Eugyra glutinans, another sand-dwelling species occurring in this same region, is however, a predominantly northern form. ¢ This was likewise taken at Sankaty Head and once in Vineyard Sound. 4 This notwithstanding the fact that depths as great as this were encountered at only 36 per cent of the stations. ¢ These five species are among those listed by Herdman as “unrecognizable Polyclinidz.’’ However imperfect the original descriptions may have been, these names none the less refer to well-known and readily distinguishable members of our local fauna. 160 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Predominantly southern. Molgula manhattensis.......... Casco Bay to North Carolina. Styela'partitayy. ee ee, Massachusetts Bay to North Carolina. Perophora viridis.............. Vineyard Sound to Beaufort, N. C., and Bermuda. Ac, pellucidambe ace eee es Vineyard Sound to North Carolina. Of uncertain position. Molgula arenata................ Long Island Sound to Nantucket. Didemnum lutarium........... New England coast south of Cape Cod. Amaroucium stellatum......... Vineyard Sound to North Carolina (?). A. pellucidum constellatum.... Isles of Shoals (?) and Gloucester to Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island. Thus, according to the information at our disposal, four of these eight species are to be regarded as predominantly southern, while the remaining four have only been authentically recorded from a very limited section of the coast. Only three species are known to occur north of Cape Cod. 12. PISCES. The group of fishes occupies a peculiar position in the present work. The total number of species listed for this region is greater than that for any other group except the Crustacea. There are 247(+6 ?) species” representing 188(+2 ?) genera and 99 families. Only a very small proportion of these (30 species) have, however, been taken in the dredge, owing, first, to the fact that the great majority of the species do not ordinarily lie upon the bottom, and, secondly, to the fact that even the largest dredges and trawls which were employed were not well adapted to retaining active fishes. In general, we may say that this Survey has dealt only incidentally with the fishes, since the latter do not, for the most part, belong to the benthos, any more than do the Medusz and free-swimming Crustacea. Our knowledge of the distribution of fishes within the narrow limits of such a small body of water, and of the causes determining this distribution, could be substantially increased only by the use of quite other implements than the dredge. As regards the catalogue, on the other hand, it seems likely that the list of local fishes as a whole is more complete than that of any other extensive group of organisms. And even our dredging has resulted in the capture of one fish which was not previously known south of Cape Cod. This was the little blennioid species, Ulvaria subbijurcata. For the past 40 years Mr. Vinal Edwards, throughout the year, and various nat- uralists, during the summer months, have been engated in an active search for new fishes. To the extraordinary zeal of Mr. Edwards and his rare power of observing small differences and recognizing unusual species has been due, in large measure, the completeness of our knowledge of local fishes. As early as 1873 Prof. Baird published a list of Woods Hole fishes, some of which had already been recorded for local waters by Storer many years before. ‘This list has received continual additions from year to year in various publications of the United States Fish Commission. In 1898, Dr. H. M. Smith brought together all the previously published records relating to local fishes together with a large number of additional ones, and prepared the most complete list a ‘Two species of marsipobranchii have been included with the true fishes in this computation. a An sm BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 161 thus far presented. This contained over 200 species of marine fishes. In several sup- plementary lists and special notes Dr. Smith has amplified this catalogue.® In 1908 Kendall published a “‘ List of the Pisces’’ for the “‘Fauna of New England,” series of the Boston Society of Natural History, but few changes or additions were made as regards the fishes of the vicinity of Woods Hole. All this material, together with many new data and a few entirely new records for species, have been summarized in the annotated list included in the present report.2 In the preparation of the latter con- siderable collections of unpublished notes by Mr. Edwards were examined, and he himself was continually questioned throughout the progress of the work. The data contributed by Mr. Edwards were based (1) on records from the fish traps operated by the Bureau of Fisheries in the neighborhood of the Woods Hole station; (2) on records from the fyke nets, which have been set during the fall, winter, and spring in both the harbors of Woods Hole; (3) on the records of innumerable seining trips made at various times of the year, but particularly in the summer months; (4) the collections made by the tow net suspended from the end of the pier (furnishing records of the occurrence of young fishes); and (5) from specimens or information received from fishermen through- out all of the local waters. Most of the specimens collected during the dredging opera- tions, and many more which were caught in other ways during this period, were identi- fied by the authors of this report. Those concerning which any doubt was felt were referred to the ichthyologists of the Bureau of Fisheries. To Dr. H. M. Smith and Dr. W. C. Kendall we are indebted for a critical examination of our check list of fishes. In our list of species are comprised 2 Marsipobranchii, 26 Selachii, and 219(+ 4?) Teleostomi. In our comparative table (p. 89) it will be seen that the fishes have been included in only two of the other faunal catalogues therein considered. Herdman records 134 species for the Irish Sea, i. e., hardly more than half the number comprised in our own catalogue, while Graeffe lists 181 species for the Gulf of Trieste. Here, as elsewhere, it would be interesting to know how largely these differences in the number of species are actual and how largely they are due to the thoroughness of ‘the collecting and recording. It must be borne in mind that our own list comprises a large number of species which are not indigenous, being stragglers, whose presence in our waters is due to the proximity of the Gulf Stream. The number of such exotic species is probably peculiarly high in our region. Owing to the small number of species taken by the dredge and to the comparative paucity of the records even for such as were taken, the data thus gained relating to the local distribution of these species have not been very impressive. In general we may say, however, that while some species appeared to have an unrestricted distribution in local waters, many more fishes were taken in Vineyard Sound than in Buzzards Bay; likewise that a number of species occurred wholly or mainly at the western end of the Sound.¢ @ See bibliographic li&t for the faunal catalogue, p. 791. b The records of Cope (1870) for Newport have beenincluded here, although they were not considered by Smith, who limited the “vicinity of Woods Hole’’ to a somewhat smaller area than the ‘‘Woods Hole Region” of the present report. ¢It is likely that this latter fact is in a certain measure due to the greater frequency with which the beam trawl was employed upon the sandy bottoms at the western end of Vineyard Sound. This instrument was obviously better adapted to catching and retaining fishes than were the other types of dredge employed. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt 1—13 It RS 162 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. There is no evidence whatever for distribution in accordance with temperature within the narrow limits of the present region. Most of the species taken in the dredge are ones which have a more or less extended northerly as well as southerly range along the coast, and it so happens that Pholis gunnelus, the only strictly northern species which was dredged with any frequency, was taken at scattered stations throughout most of the Sound, but was not recorded from its western end. It is quite likely that the local distribution of this fish is limited by the character of the bottom (by preference stony) and by the occurrence of certain alge. Those fishes which are recorded with greatest frequency at the western end of the Sound are mainly species of flounders and skates, which occur predominantly on sandy bottoms. Of the five species thus restricted (Raja erinacea, Lophopsetta maculata, Paralichthys oblongus, and, to a less extent, Para- lichthys dentatus and Pseudopleuronectes americanus), two ate predominantly southward ranging, while the other three have ranges which extend about equally in both directions. Thus the character of the bottom in this western area of Vineyard Sound is doubtless responsible directly or indirectly for the distribution of these fishes. The case is quite different from that of many other organisms which have been considered by us, whose presence near the open end of the Sound is to be explained by reference to the lower water temperature which obtains there. Even if we had a full and accurate knowledge of the local distribution of these various fishes, we should hardly expect to find the same dependence upon temperature conditions as was found in the case of some other organisms. Since fishes are free to move from place to place according to their needs, they are not subject to the constant influence of any set of conditions acting throughout the entire life cycle, as is the case with fixed or slowly moving organisms. It may well be (see pp. 175-177) that the restrict- ing effects of a colder or warmer environment in relation to distribution depend in many instances upon its action during the reproductive period alone, and that the adult organism itself might be able to thrive under conditions unfavorable to its early develop- ment or to its reproductive activity. Indeed it is likely that such a possibility is often realized in the case of animals having sufficient powers of locomotion. And it is perhaps among the fishes themselves, many of which migrate to warmer waters for the purposes of reproduction, that the best examples may be found. The distribution of most fishes within the narrow limits of such a region as the pres- ent one is doubtless determined chiefly by the occurrence of their food supply. This we may say with a high degree of probability, although we may not be able to determine many definite cases of correlation between the occurrence of particular species of fishes and the particular organisms which serve as their food. In the case of such predom- inantly bottom dwelling species as the flounders and the skates, it seems very probable that the character of the bottom is an independent factor in determining distribution. Such fishes require beds of comparatively clear sand, upon which they rest or under which they may find concealment. ‘i ee j J BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 163 "The following is a list of the species of fishes recorded during the survey dredging. The asterisk, here as elsewhere, denotes those species which were taken at 10 or more stations. *Raja erinacea (chart 198). *Prionotus carolinus (chart 205). Gasterosteus aculeatus. Gobiosoma bosci. *Syngnathus fuscus (chart 199). *Pholis gunnellus (chart 206). *Ammodytes americanus (chart 200). Ulvaria subbifurcata. Poronotus triacanthus. Zoarces anguillaris. Centropristes striatus. Merluccius bilinearis. *Stenotomus chrysops (chart 201). Urophycis regius. *JTautogolabrus adspersus (chart 202). Urophycis tenuis. Monacanthus hispidus. Urophycis chuss. *Spheroides maculatus (chart 203). *Paralichthys dentatus (chart 207). *Myoxocephalus zeneus (chart 204). *Paralichthys oblongus (chart 208). Myoxocephalus octodecimspinosus. Limanda ferruginea. Hemitripterus americanus. *Pseudopleuronectes americanus (chart 209). Cyclopterus lumpus. *Lophopsetta maculata (chart 210). Neoliparis atlanticus. Lophius piscatorius. The 13 most common species which were taken in the dredge may be grouped as follows in respect to their known geographical range: Predominantly northern, 2; pre- dominantly southern, 5; approximately equal, 6. The ranges for these species will not be stated here, since these are given in the table below, which gives the distribution of all our local species. Leaving the consideration of these few species which were taken with the dredge and passing to a consideration of the entire array of species which have been reported from the vicinity of Woods Hole, we may say that our local fish fauna is overwhelmingly southern in its character. In the subjoined lists the Woods Hole fishes have been grouped into (1) those which are predominantly northward ranging; (2) those which are predominantly southward ranging; and (3) those which have an approximately equal range in both directions or regarding which the data are not sufficiently known. The distributions here stated are taken in the main from Jordan and Evermann’s “Fishes of North and Middle America,” supplemented by data published by H. M. Smith and by W. C. Kendall. It will be seen that only 29 species, or less than 12 per cent of the entire number, are grouped among the northward-ranging forms, while over 75 per cent are grouped among the southward-ranging forms. The remaining 13 per cent can not well be classed in either division, and they have accordingly been grouped by themselves. Viewing these data in another way, it will be seen that nearly half of the total number of species (48 per cent) have not been recorded from any point north of Cape Cod. In this connection allowance must of course be made for the possibility that the frequent appearance of Cape Cod as the northern limit of distribution, according to published reports, results largely from the circumstance that the fishes of Cape Cod and vicinity have been more fully listed than those of almost any other point on the coast. An equally diligent search of the waters to the northward will probably reveal the presence of many species which have hitherto been supposed to be limited by this barrier.? 2 For example, Kendall (1908) records a number of species for northern New England, which by Jordan and Evermann were not listed for points to the north of Cape Cod. 164 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Again, it is true that a very large number of the species which have been recorded for the Woods Hole region do not really belong to our local fauna at all, but are to be regarded as occasional stragglers which probably follow the Gulf Stream hither from the tropical or semitropical seas. Such without exception are the barracudas (Sphyrzenide), pompanos (Trachynotus), groupers (Epinephelus, Garuppa, Mycieroperca), snappers (Lutianus), parrot-fishes (Scarus, Sparisoma), butterfly-fishes (Chetodon), surgeon-fishes (Teuthis), trunk-fishes (Lactophrys), and the sargassum-fish (Pterophryne histrio); together with most of the flying-fishes (Exocetide), drums (Scienide), and many others. But the list of southward-ranging species is likewise seen to comprise the greater number of our most familiar local fishes, both the permanent residents and the ‘‘migra- tory”’ species, which are only observed during half of the year or less. Of the northern species less than half are taken with any frequency in local waters. To this group belong most of the sticklebacks and sculpins, the lumpsucker and ‘“‘sea snails,” all of the ‘‘blenniform”’ fishes (Pholis, Ulvaria, Cryptacanthodes, Anarhichas, Zoarces, Lycodes), about half of the Gadide, three of the flounders, and several others. It is quite likely that in the deep, cold waters offshore other representatives of the northern fish fauna would be taken. The following table includes all of the identified species comprised in our annotated list, grouped according to their known range as northern or southern. Species having a predominantly northward range (29). Myxine glutinosa.............. North Atlantic, south to Cape Cod; one record off Delaware. ?Cetorhinus maximus.......... Arctic seas, straying as far as Virginia. Rajaocellata.. 72.42... 50655 ...Hastport to New York. Salmotsalar] #000). oo. ents Sie: Hudson Bay to Cape Cod; formerly in Hudson River and Delaware River. Pungitius pungitius............. Arctic Sea to Long Island. Gasterosteus aculeatus.......... Labrador to New Jersey. Gasterosteus bispinosus.........Bay of Fundy to Woods Hole and perhaps Connecticut. Tautogolabrus adspersus........ Labrador to Sandy Hook. Sebastes marinus................Greenland to New Jersey. Myoxocephalus greenlandicus . .Greenland to New York. Myoxocephalus octodecimspino- SUS. Fes baled ae ai A es Labrador to Virginia. Hemitripterus americanus...... Labrador to New York. Cyclopterus lumpus............ North Atlantic south to New York. Neoliparis atlanticus........... Wipatisdiparis, ars eer ee te se Pholis gunnellus............... Ulvaria subbifurcata........... Cryptacanthodes maculatus. ... Anarhichas lupus............... Zoarces anguillaris............. Lycodes reticulatus............ Pollachius virens............. Microgadus tomcod.......... Rhinonemus cimbrius........ Gaidropsarus argentatus...... Brosmius brosme............. Hippoglossus hippoglossus. ... Hippoglossoides platessoides. ... Limanda ferruginea.......... .Newfoundland to Cape Cod; Woods Hole. . .Spitzbergen to Connecticut. . Labrador to Bridgeport, Conn. .North Atlantic south to Cape Cod; Vineyard Sound. . Labrador to Long Island Sound. North Atlantic south to Cape Cod; Narragansett Bay. .Labrador to Delaware. .Greenland to Narragansett Bay. ..North Atlantic south to Cape Cod; Long Island Sound. .. Labrador to Virginia. ..North Atlantic south in deep water to the Gulf Stream. ..Greenland to Vineyard Sound. ..North Atlantic south to Cape Cod; off Newport. ..Northern seas southward to Sandy Hook. North Atlantic south to Cape Cod; Rhode Island. .. Labrador to New York. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. Species having a predominantly southward range (190). Mustelus canis.............. ..-Salem, Mass., to Cuba. Galeocerdo tigrinus.............Cape Cod to tropical seas. Prionace glauca.................Woods Hole southward; warm seas. Carcharhinus obscurus......... Nahant to North Carolina. Carcharhinus milberti.......... Cape Cod to Florida. Carcharhinus limbatus..........Woods Hole (stray specimens) to Brazil. Sphyma zygena................Cape Cod to warm seas. Alopias vulpes..................Eastport to warm seas. Carcharias littoralis.............Casco Bay to North Carolina 5 si (IGG: ss Casco Bay to West Indies. Carcharodon carcharias.........Eastport to tropical seas. Squalus acanthias...............Canada to Cuba. Squatina squatina..............Cape Cod to Florida. feaerlanteria................ Gloucester to Florida. LoD: LEN Sa Eastport to Florida. Tetronarce occidentalis. ........Casco Bay and perhaps Nova Scotia to Cuba. Dasyatis centrura.............. Coast of Maine to Cape Hatteras. ?Dasyatis hastata.............. Chatham to Brazil. Pteroplatea maclura............ Woods Hole to Brazil. Myliobatis freminvillei......... Cape Cod to Brazil. Rhinoptera bonasus.............Cape Cod to Florida. Acipenser sturio............... Penobscot River to Charleston. Felichthys marinus............ Cape Cod to Texas. Galeichthys felis............... Cape Cod to Texas. Ampinllairostrata..............- Gulf of St. Lawrence to Mexico. Leptocephalus conger...........Maine to Brazil. IMureemenretifera. ..... 06.4006 05. Tuckernuck Island to coast of South Carolina. Tarpon atlanticus............... Buzzards Bay to Brazil. Elops saurus....................Woods Hole to tropical seas. PUUIMARMINIDES. 2... tee ee Woods Hole to tropical seas. PEUIMENSTELES: . oe kee Cape Cod to Gulf of Mexico. Clupanodon pseudohispanicus. .Cape Cod to Gulf of Mexico. Pomolobus mediocris........... Maine to Florida. Alosa sapidissima...............Gulf of St. Lawrence to Alabama. Opisthonemaoglinum.......... Vineyard Sound to West Indies. Brevoortia tyrannus............Nova Scotia to Brazil. Anchovia brownii...............Cape Cod to Brazil. Anchovia argyrophanus......... Gulf Stream; occasional northward to Woods Hole, Mass. Anchovia mitchilli..............Casco Bay to Texas. . Trachinocephalus myops....... Woods Hole to Brazil. Synodus foetans.................Cape Cod to Brazil. Fundulus majalis...............Salem to Florida. f Fundulus heteroclitus.......... Coast of Maine to Rio Grande. Lucania parva..................Woods Hole to Key West. Cyprinodon variegatus. .........Cape Cod to Rio Grande. Tylosurus marinus..............Casco Bay to Texas. SEVIGSUTUS ACIS. 525. 65 cd paws ne Buzzards Bay (occasional) to West Indies. Uatitetites Hans. 7.0... .. 03.2 Woods Hole to Brazil. Hyporhamphus roberti......... Woods Hole to Panama. Hemirhamphus brasiliensis. .... Woods Hole to Brazil. Euleptorhamphus velox........ Massachusetts to West Indies. Parexoccetus mesogaster........ West Indies; north in the Gulf Stream to Newport. Exoccetus rondeletii............ Vineyard Sound to tropical seas. 166 Exoccetus volitans Cypselurus heterurus Cypselurus furcatus Fistularia tabacaria Syngnathus fuscus............. Hippocampus hudsonius Menidia beryllina cerea. Mugil cephalus Mugil curema Sphyreena barracuda........... Sphyreena guachancho.......... Sphyrzena borealis Polydactylus octonemus........ Holocentrus tortuge........... Mullus auratus Auxis thazard Gymmnosarda pelamis:.......... Gymnosarda alleterata.......... Thunnus thynnus.............. Germo alalunga Sarda sarda.. Scar berOriorus: fadelatus Scomberomorus regalis Scomberomorus cavalla........ Trichiurus lepturus Istiophorus nigricans........... Tetrapterus imperator.......... Xiphias gladius Oligoplites saurus.............. Naucrates ductor............... Seriola zonata Seriola lalandi.......... Seriola dumerili Decapterus punctatus Decapterus macarellus. . Trachurus trachurus.. Trachurops cearneanrinitaien ss, Carangus bartholomei Carangus hippos Carangus crysos Alectis ciliaris Vomer setipinnis Selene vomer Trachinotus falcatus............ Trachinotus goodei............. Trachinotus argenteus Trachinotus carolinus Rachycentron canadus......... Nomeus gronovii............... Coryphena hippurus........... Palinurichthys Py ae Peprilus paru. . Poronotus ineenithie Apogon imberbus Apogon maculatus BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Banks of Newfoundland to West Indies. Banks of Newfoundland to southern coast of United States. Cape Cod to warm seas. Rockport, Mass., to West Indies. . Eastport to North Carolina. Massachusetts Bay? to Charleston. Sandwich, Mass., to South Carolina. Casco Bay to Brazil. Cape Cod to Brazil. . Woods Hole to Brazil. -Woods Hole (occasional) to West Indies. Cape Cod to Cape Fear. .Woods Hole to the Rio Grande. =) Cape Cod tb Pensacola, Fla. Cape Cod (occasional) to warm seas. .Cape Cod to warm seas. .Cape Cod (occasional) to West Indies. .Newfoundland to Caribbean Sea. Woods Hole to tropical seas. . .Harpswell, Me., to Hatteras. Maine to Brazil. Cape Cod to Brazil. .Cape Cod to Brazil. Maine to West Indies. . Woods Hole to West Indies. .Cape Cod (occasional) to West Indies. Cape Breton to Cuba. .Woods Hole to West Indies. .Maine to West Indies. Salem, Mass., to Cape Hatteras. .. Woods Hole to Brazil. Woods Hole to West Indies. Cape Cod to Brazil. ..Cape Cod to warm parts of Atlantic. .. Newport; Pensacola. Cape Cod (occasional) to West Indies. Woods Hole to West Indies. Lynn to tropical America. Ipswich Bay, Mass., to Brazil. Cape Cod to tropical America. Maine to Brazil. Casco Bay to Brazil. .Cape Cod to Brazil. .Woods Hole to West Indies. Woods Hole to West Indies. Cape Cod to Gulf of Mexico. .Cape Cod to warm seas. .Woods Hole to tropical Atlantic. .Cape Cod to Texas. Maine to Cape Hatteras. ..Cape Cod to Brazil. Nova Scotia to Florida. Mediterranean and neighboring waters; Brazil. Marthas Vineyard to Brazil. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. Roccus lineatus................ Morone americana.............. Epinephelus adscensionis..... . Epinephelus niveatus........ Epinephelus morio............. ops Miptita.............. Mycteroperca bonaci......... ?Mycteroperca interstitialis. .. Centropristes striatus......... Rypticus bistrispinus........... Lobotes surinamensis......... Priacanthus arenatus......... Pseudopriacanthus altus....... Lutianus griseus............... MEMEAAIIS OCA. . 2 5. oie. oe os Lutianus apodus............... Lutianus blackfordii......... Lutianus analis.............. Orthopristis chrysopterus...... Stenotomus chrysops........... Lagodon rhomboides........... Archosargus probatocephalus. . Eucinostomus gula........... Kyphosus sectatrix............. Kyphosus incisor............. Cynoscion regalis ............. Larunus fasciatus. .............- Sciznops ocellatus........... Leiostomus xanthurus........ Micropogon undulatus.......... Menticirrhus saxatilis........ Pogonias cromis.............. Eupomacentrus leucostictus. . . Abudefduf saxatilis............ RACGP AONIIS. 912... te 2 Sparisoma flavescens......... Scarus croicemsis.............. Chetodipterus faber........... Chetodon ocellatus............ Chzetodon capistratus.......!... Teuthis ceruleus.............. Teuthis hepatus.............. Teuthis bahianus............ Balistes carolinensis. ........... Malastesvetula. ...... 22.25.05): Balistes forcipatus............. Canthidermis sobaco......... Monacanthus hispidus.......... Alutera schoepfii............. Alutera monoceros............ Lactophrys triqueter......... Lactophrys trigonus.......... Lactophrys tricormis.......... Lagocephalus levigatus........ .New Brunswick to Florida. -Nova Scotia to South Carolina. .Marthas Vineyard to Brazil. Woods Hole to Brazil. -Marthas Vineyard to Brazil. Marthas Vineyard to Brazil. Marthas Vineyard to Brazil. Marthas Vineyard to Cuba. Maine to Florida. Newport to Key West. Cape Cod to warm seas. Woods Hole to Brazil. ..Marblehead, Mass., to West Indies. . Woods Hole to Brazil. . Woods Hole (occasional) to Brazil. . Woods Hole (rare) to Brazil. Woods Hole (occasional) to Brazil. Woods Hole (occasional) to Brazil. Marthas Vineyard to Brazil. Marthas Vineyard to Rio Grande. .Eastport, Me., to South Carolina. .Cape Cod to Cuba. .Cape Cod to Texas. Woods Hole to Brazil. .Cape Cod to West Indies. Nantucket to Brazil. Maine to Gulf of Mexico. Woods Hole (occasional) to Texas. Buzzards Bay to Texas. Cape Cod to Texas. .Cape Cod to Texas. Casco Bay to Florida. Provincetown to Rio Grande. .Marthas Vineyard to West Indies. .Newport to Uruguay. New Brunswick to Charleston, S. C. Woods Hole to Rio Janeiro. Marthas Vineyard to West Indies. Cape Cod to Rio Janeiro. . Woods Hole to West Indies. -Woods Hole to West Indies. .Marthas Vineyard to Brazil. Marthas Vineyard to Brazil. Marthas Vineyard to Brazil. .Annisquam, Mass., to tropical Atlantic. Woods Hole (occasional) to West Indies. .Newport (?) to Brazil. Vineyard Sound to West Indies. .Lynn, Mass., to Brazil. Portland, Me., to Texas. . .Woods Hole to West Indies. Marthas Vineyard to West Indies. Woods Hole to West Indies. Marthas Vineyard to tropical Atlantic. .Cape Cod to Brazil. 167 168 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Spheroides spengleri........... Woods Hole to Rio Janeiro. Spheroides maculatus...........Casco Bay to Florida. Spheroides testudineus......... Newport to West Indies. Diodon hystrix.. ........Buzzards Bay to tropical seas. Chilomycterus Ooo A. ..Massachusetts Bay to Florida. Chilomycterus sacs asim} Ber Woods Hole; Cuba and Jamaica. Mola mola......................Off Portland, Me., to tropical seas. Scorpzena plumieri..............Marthas Vineyard to Brazil. Scorpna grandicornis..........Marthas Vineyard to Brazil. Prionotus carolinus.............Maine to South Carolina. Prionotus strigatus..............Salem, Mass., to Virginia. Cephalacanthus volitans........ Maine to Gulf coast. Gobius stigmaticus............. Marthas Vineyard to Rio Janeiro. Gobiosoma bosci............... Cape Cod to Florida. Echeneis naucrates.............Salem, Mass., to warm seas. Remora Tremors... 4.- sade Salem to West Indies. Remora brachyptera........... Massachusetts Bay to warm seas. Rhombochirus osteochir....... Cape Cod to West Indies. Lopholatilus chamzleonticeps. . Deep waters of the western Atlantic. Opsaniisitatinn 2 ce ere ae Massachusetts Bay, perhaps Maine, to Cuba. Macrourus bairdii.............. Eastport to West Indies. Paralichthys dentatus.......... Casco Bay to Florida. Lophopsetta maculata.......... Eastport to South Carolina. Platophrys ocellatus............Marthas Vineyard to Rio Janeiro. Achirus fasciatus.../............Cape Ann to Texas. Gymnachirus nudus............Woods Hole; Brazil. Pterophryne histrio............ Woods Hole to tropical Atlantic. Species having an approximately equal range to the north and south, and ones whose range is not definitely known (32). Petromyzon marinus.........- Eastport to North Carolina. ?Lamna cornubica............. North Atlantic; occasionally taken on coast of New England and south- ward. Rajavenitacear cern crate vate Maine to Virginia. Raya radiatiasy.. saekicksics conten cee North Atlantic. Clupea harengus. . : ..-North Atlantic Ocean, chiefly north of Cape Hatteras. Pomolobus peendoharengus. .. Atlantic coast of the United States. Pomolobus estivalis. . ...... Atlantic coast; Eastport; Southern States. Salvelinus fontinalis........... Labrador to Georgia. Osmerus mordax................Gulf of St. Lawrence to Virginia. Maurolicus pennanti............Open seas, occasionally off New England’ coast. Fundulus diaphanus........... Coast of Maine to Cape Hatteras. Scombresox saurus............. Newfoundland to Beaufort. Cypselurus gibbifrons. ..........Only two specimens known. Apeltes quadracus..............Maine to New Jersey. Menidia menidia notata........ Nova Scotia to North Carolina. Ammodytes americanus........ Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras. Scomber scombrus............. Labrador to Cape Hatteras. Scomber colias...............-. Maine; England to Mediterranean; Pacific Ocean. Pomatomus saltatrix............Atlantic and Indian Oceans, widely distributed. \esehioebeniln goad acco CHO DO BeOS Open seas, widely distributed. Centrolophus niger..............Coasts of southern Europe. Tetragonurus cuvieri........... Open Atlantic; off Toulon and Marseilles and near Madeira. Myoxocephalus eneus..........Casco Bay to New York. Merluccius bilinearis........... Straits of Belle Isle to Bahamas. _ BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 169 Gadusicallarasy is Sue eee. North Atlantic, south to Virginia; North Carolina. Melanogrammus eglefinus...... North Atlantic, south to North Carolina. MWITOPDYCIS TEPIUS hc.) es ee as North Atlantic, south to Charleston, S. C. Urophycis tenuis...............Banks of Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras. MOGI VCIS'CHUSS.)... wy... ss Gulf of St. Lawrence to Virginia. Paralichthys oblongus...........Coasts of New England and New York. Pseudopleuronectes americanus. Labrador to Chesapeake Bay; Georgia. Lophius piscatorius.............Nova Scotia, in deep water, to Barbados. 13. REPTILIA, AVES, MAMMALIA. These groups have been included in our catalogue for the sake of completeness, though they occupy a very different position in our marine fauna from any of the groups which have thus far been discussed. Of the reptiles, five species have been listed, of which only three are to be regarded as marine in the strict sense of the word. ‘These are the sea turtles, which are occa- sionally taken in fish traps or otherwise during the summer months. Weare indebted to Dr. Leonhard Stejneger for criticizing our manuscript list of Reptilia and for aiding us in the identification of one species. Of the birds, only swimming species which are known to frequent salt water have been listed. In some cases it has not been easy to decide whether or not a given bird should be regarded as ‘‘marine.’’ In the preparation of this list we have received much help from Dr. G. M. Allen and Prof. Lynds Jones. Dr. Allen has kindly examined the manuscript of our check list. The nomenclature of the American Ornithologists’ Union has been adopted without modification. In the preparation of this list, as in many other parts of our work, we have received substantial assistance from Mr. Vinal Edwards, who has for many years collected birds at Woods Hole. With the exception of the muskrat, mink, and seals, the mammals of our list are all Cetacea. The source of these records has been indicated in the list itself. Very few of these animals are seen with any frequency in the neighborhood of Woods Hole. Indeed some of the whales have not been noted within the region for many years. We are indebted to Dr. F. W. True for a number of the records for species, as well as for criticizing our manuscript. Chapter V. THEORETICAL CONSIDERATIONS. 1. FACTORS DETERMINING DISTRIBUTION. As a result of our labors, the distribution patterns of a large number of species have been portrayed graphically. Even if these were offered merely as empirical facts, without any attempt at an explanation, we feel that their publication would be fully justified. But many of these distribution patterns are not purely empirical. On the contrary they stand in evident relation to certain physical factors in the environ- ment. The nature of these factors has been already discussed rather fully in chapter I, and concrete examples of their influence upon distribution have been instanced repeatedly in chapter tv. The factors which we believe to be most effective directly and indirectly in determining the distribution of the bottom-dwelling species through- out these waters are (1) the character of the bottom, considered chiefly in relation to its physical texture; and (2) the temperature of the water. To these we may add another factor of far less extended application, so far as concerns our dredging results. This is (3) depth of water, or, perhaps, more strictly, proximity to shore, thoust this statement demands considerable explanation. We are quite aware that several other factors are generally recognized as being of importance in determining the distribution of marine organisms; and we do not wish to be understood as limiting these agencies to the ones here enumerated. But we are concerned at present only in explaining the phenomena encountered by us during our dredging operations in the vicinity of Woods Hole. The factor of salinity is doubt- less of the highest importance in determining the fauna of salt marshes and estuaries, and even that of the open sea near the mouths of rivers.? But there are, within the limits of our region, no streams of sufficient magnitude to seriously affect the fauna at any considerable distance from shore. Among all the species taken in the course of our dredging, we have encountered not more than two or three which seemed to be restricted to the upper portions of Buzzards Bay, where alone the water was found to be diluted in any considerable degree (cf. charts 215-218). The most striking case of this sort was that of the sponge Tethya gravida, which, so far as we know, has only been taken near the head of Buzzards Bay. . The presence or absence of other organisms, which may serve as the food of a given species or which may furnish it with a necessary basis for attachment, is surely to be ranked as an important factor in influencing distribution. But these other organisms are, in turn, dependent upon inorganic factors, such as those which we have mentioned, and thus the latter may be regarded as ultimately responsible for the distribution in all cases. a For admirable general discussions of this subject the reader is referred to C. G. J. Petersen (1893), Herdman et al. (1894), Walther (1894), and Allen (1899). b Certain marine fishes have been held to be sensitive, directly or indirectly, to comparatively slight differences in the density of their surrounding medium. Petterssen (1894) has shown that the appearance of herring upon the Norwegian coast is corre- lated with periodic changes of water salinity; but since the latter changes are simultaneous with changes in the temperature and in the food supply, it would seem difficult to exclude the influence of these latter factors. Onthe contrary, it is well known (vide Sumner, 1906, p. 68) that many marine fishes are capable of living equally well in waters of widely different degrees of salinity. 170 ae ons , sill BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. I7I!I 2. THE LOCAL FAUNA AS INFLUENCED BY THE CHARACTER OF THE BOTTOM. Of the three factors enumerated above, the first (character of bottom) is beyond / doubt the most effective one in determining the distribution of organisms within the | limits under consideration by us. It is a mere truism that solid objects are necessary for the attachment of whole groups of fixed organisms, e. g., hydroids, Bryozoa, ascidians, barnacles, etc., as well as of many alge. The presence of stones or shells is therefore essential to the existence of such forms. The absence of a suitable basis of support we believe to account in the main for the comparative scarcity of hydroids in Buzzards Bay. Soft mud doubtless interferes, likewise, with the respiratory currents of many organisms, and these, too, would be better fitted to live in Vineyard Sound. Other forms, on the contrary, require a muddy bottom in which to burrow. Thus, many of our local annelids and certain bivalve mollusks are, for the most part, restricted to Buzzards Bay. In some cases, as stated above, the relation between fauna and bottom is less direct, as witness the small tube-dwelling worms of the genus Spirorbis, which commonly adhere to various alge. Since, as we have seen, Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay are rather sharply distinguished from each other by the presence or absence of mud on the one hand, and of clean sand and gravel on the other, it is natural that the most obvious distinction in distribution should be that between the predominantly Sound-dwelling species and the predominantly Bay-dwelling species. By reference to the lists of species contained in chapter 11 it will be found that 40 per cent of the more prevalent species dredged by the Fish Hawk in Buzzards Bay do not appear in the list of the more prevalent species dredged by the Fish Hawk in Vineyard Sound; while 35 per cent of the species con- tained in the latter list do not appear among the former. Our distribution charts, likewise, reveal the occurrence of many species which are restricted wholly or chiefly to Vineyard Sound, and a considerable number of others which are restricted wholly or chiefly to Buzzards Bay. Furthermore, within each of these major bodies of water, the local distribution of many forms is very obviously determined by the presence of one or another variety of bottom. Thus it happens that many species whose occurrence in Vineyard Sound is general are found in Buzzards Bay only in the adlittoral zone, particularly along the Elizabeth Islands. Here the mud is less prevalent, and the bottom approximates in character much of that to be met with in Vineyard Sound. A type of distribution which is almost the converse of the last is met with in the case of certain mud-dwelling species, which are of general occurrence throughout the bottom of Buzzards Bay, but which in Vineyard Sound are confined to a few definite areas where mud is known to be present (e. g., Yoldia limatula, chart 135). Vineyard Sound is divisible, as has been already stated, into an eastern half, in which the bottom is predominantly gravelly and stony, and a western half, in which the bottom is mainly of sand (see chart 227). Accordingly, many species, particularly among the attached forms, are lacking in the western half of the Sound, except in the littoral and adlittoral zones; while certain sand-dwelling species (e. g., the ‘‘lady crab,”’ Ovalipes ccellatus, and among fishes the rays and flounders) are especially prevalent in that very region. Such cases as these are not always easy to distinguish from those to be discussed presently, in which temper- ature determines which half of the Sound is inhabited by a given species. The lower 172 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. end of Buzzards Bay, like its eastern shore, is comparatively free from deposits of mud, and accordingly we often meet with species here which occur in various parts of the Sound, but which are rarely or never met with in the more central parts of the Bay. Here again the temperature factor often leads to similar appearances, and it is therefore necessary to consider the total range of a species before we can form any definite con- clusions as to which factor is responsible in a given case. The scarcity or apparent total absence in Buzzards Bay of a considerable number of species belonging to each of the subkingdoms is, we believe, due chiefly if not entirely to the character of the bottom. It is true that the annual extremes of temperature are somewhat greater in the Bay than in the Sound, and it is true that the water density of the former is slightly lower; but we would attribute little importance to these factors in determining the differences in their respective faunas. Tables presented in chapter 1m show that the list of prevalent species for the Fish Hawk stations in Buzzards Bay is almost identical with that for muddy bottoms; while the list of prevalent species for the Fish Hawk stations in Vineyard Sound includes but two species which were not contained either in the list for sandy or in that for gravelly . bottoms. This, however, can hardly be regarded as independent evidence that the differences in fauna between the two bodies of water are due to differences of the bottom. As regards the variety of life found to occur upon the various types of bottom, it was shown above that the number of species per dredge haul was greatest for the bottoms of gravel or stones and least for the sandy bottoms, while the muddy bottoms held an intermediate position in this respect. It was pointed out, however, that the greater wealth in species, recorded for the muddy bottoms, as compared with the sandy ones, might be due, in part at least, to the fact that the dredge cut more deeply into the former, and thus obtained a fairer representation of the burrowing organisms. It was likewise shown statistically that the average number of species per dredge haul was greater in Buzzards Bay than in Vineyard Sound. This was true despite the fact that the total number of species encountered was much greater in the Sound than in the Bay. We have interpreted these facts as signifying that while the wealth of spe- cies is, on the average, as great or even greater at each particular point on the floor of Buzzards Bay, the greater diversity of conditions in Vineyard Sound as a whole results in its furnishing a habitat to a greater variety of species.* This conclusion is quite in harmony with the fact that the number of “‘prevalent’’ species for Buzzards Bay—i. e., the number of those taken at one-fourth or more of the dredging stations—is about the same (slightly greater, indeed) than the similar number for Vineyard Sound. On the assumption of a greater uniformity of life conditions throughout the former, a larger proportion of the Bay-dwelling species might be expected to occur at one-fourth or more of the stations, even though the total number of such species were smaller. We think that the reader will be impressed, as are we, by the approximate agreement among the figures representing the wealth in species of the different types of bottom distinguished by us and of the different subdivisions of the area dredged. The figures (p. 77) denoting the average number of species per dredge haul range from 35.2 for the Phalarope stations in Vineyard Sound to 39.7 for the Crab Ledge stations, the mean for all the stations being 37.0. Again, the lists of more ‘“‘prevalent”’ species for various a See, however, discussion on pp. 79, 80, which renders this conclusion somewhat uncertain. ee ee ee BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 173 habitats and regions are of approximately equal length, the number of species ranging, with a single exception, between 50 and 55. These figures, of course, in no way express the relative wealth of animal life in these situations, this last being dependent upon the number of individuals rather than the number of species. Unfortunately we have no data sufficient for the purpose of giving a statistical expression to the real wealth of life upon different portions of the local sea floor. Particular spots were found, it is true, which were in large degree destitute of life, but whether or not any one of the types of bottom or of the larger subdivisions of our region was more densely populated than any other can not be stated with mathematical certainty. It is our general impression that living organisms were found to be somewhat less abundant upon bottoms of com- paratively pure sand, although it is true that this is the prevailing type of bottom in the western portion of Vineyard Sound, to which many of our species are restricted.* Another fact which may be regarded as surprising, despite the differences pointed out above, is the comparatively small proportion of the species which are restricted to any particular type of bottom. Thirty species are common to all three of the lists which give the prevalent forms for each type of bottom, this number representing, on the average, 60 per cent of the number contained in each list. But even this figure does not fairly express the number of those which were actually found with considerable fre- quency upon all three types of bottom, since each list is restricted to species so common as to have been encountered at one-fourth of a given group of stations. Again, only 26 per cent of the species contained in the list of prevalent mud-dwelling forms is pecul- iar to that list; while only 24 per cent of the list for bottoms of stones and gravel, and only 13 per cent of that for sandy bottoms are peculiar to their respective lists. We do not think that these figures fairly express, ‘however, the obvious differences in the characteristic faunal aggregations for different types of bottom, as presented to the eye. This is because they do not take into account the relative number of indi- viduals belonging to the various species. Certain species which are characteristic of muddy bottoms (e. g., certain bivalve mollusks and worms) are present in great numbers in an average dredge haul made upon such a bottom. But along with them are smaller numbers of a great variety of species, which are not especially characteristic. The same may be said of the other types of bottom. Thus the real distinctness of the faunal aggregations in question could only be adequately expressed by reference to the relative abundance of each species.2 Again it must be once more emphasized that the mixing up, in a single dredge haul, of organisms from several quite distinct bottoms is in some measure responsible for this apparent lack of distinctness in their respective habitats, This is particularly true of relatively small areas of sea floor, such as those under consid- eration, in which quite various deposits are found to alternate with one another at fre- quent intervals. It is likely, indeed, that under such circumstances there is much over- lapping and intermingling of faunal aggregations which elsewhere might be far more distinct. Finally, it must be remembered that the lists of “prevalent” species, as here constituted, exclude many forms which are highly characteristic of the bottoms in ques- tion, and which, in some cases, are restricted to them. @ It is here, indeed, that line fishing for mackerel and flounders is carried on with the greatest success. > Of course, in a certain measure the wealth of a given species in individuals determines the frequency with whichit appears in the dredging records. It is self-evident that the more abundant species are more likely to be taken than less common ones. 174 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. It would be hard to characterize in any brief statement the faunal assemblages proper to the various types of bottom. Such assemblages have been presented in four illustrative cases (p. 58-62), and composite pictures, including the more charac- teristic species, have been given elsewhere in chapter m1. An attempt to still further condense these data would, we fear, result in a mere statement of platitudes. It maybe allowable to mention, however, that the most characteristic species found upon muddy bottoms were annelids and bivalve mollusks, many of which were restricted to such bottoms; the most characteristic species found upon bottoms of stones or gravel were hydroids, Bryozoa, and ascidians; while the few species which were in any real sense restricted to bottoms of clearsand were either burrowing species (Ovalipes, Echinarachnius, certain lamellibranchs), or fishes (flounders and skates) which adhered closely to the bottom. 3. THE INFLUENCE OF TEMPERATURE. The temperature factor is, with little doubt, the controlling one in the case of many species belonging to several different phyla. On page 74 is given a list of species which were dredged predominantly or exclusively in the colder waters of the region, i. e., at the western end of Vineyard Sound and the mouth of Buzzards Bay. Here the summer temperature of the bottom water averages about 10° F. (5.6° C.) lower than in the imme- diate neighborhood of Woods Hole. Reference to the stated ranges of these species revealed the fact that in 15 out of the 20 cases they are predominantly northward-ranging forms, some of which, indeed, are near their southern limit of distribution. Reference has also been made to a number of less common forms having a similar distribution, but which are not included among those for which distribution charts have been pre- pared. This large proportion of:northward-ranging species among those occupying the colder waters of Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay is significant in view of the fact that a decided minority (23 per cent) of the species dredged by us with any frequency throughout the region at large are to be classed as northward-ranging, according to the standard employed. It is of interest, also, to note that a large proportion of these colder water species were likewise taken by us at Crab Ledge, off Chatham, where the water temperatures in summer are even lower than at the mouth of Vineyard Sound. At Crab Ledge and at certain other outlying points were also taken a considerable number of species which appear never to enter Vineyard Sound or Buzzards Bay at all. So far as we have ascertained the ranges of the species, they belong, almost without exception, to the ‘“‘Acadian’’ fauna characteristic of the waters north of Cape Cod. Another list was presented (p. 76) of species which, though otherwise of general distribution throughout Vineyard Sound, and in many cases throughout Buzzards Bay as well, are absent from just those waters to which the northern types are restricted. This list was found to include none of the strictly northern types, while more than half of the species there included were forms which found in Cape Cod their northern limit of distribution. It is probable that the temperature factor is the one responsible for this type of distribution in some cases at least. Many of these species, it is significant to state, are conspicuously absentfrom Crab Ledge. On the other hand, it is likely that for some other organisms (e. g., the ascidians) the uniformly sandy condition of the bottom in this outer portion of Vineyard Sound and the scarcity of solid objects suitable for attachment render it an unfavorable habitat. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. b75 Although we believe these evidences of the distribution of local species with relation to temperature to be well-nigh conclusive, the fact must be admitted that there occur in Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay a considerable number of predominantly north- ward-ranging species, and a yet greater number of southward-ranging ones, whose distribution within local waters bears no possible relation to temperature. These are in some cases of very general occurrence; in others their distribution appears to be determined by the character of the bottom. The actual mode of operation of temperature in restricting the distribution of species locally is not easy to state, and it is probable that no single formula is appli- cable to all cases. In chapter 1! the temperature conditions throughout local waters have been discussed rather fully. It has been shown that the temperature of those portions of Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay which immediately join the ocean is lower than that of the more inclosed waters for probably not more than half of the year, the difference being greatest during the summer months. It was also shown to be probable that all the waters of the region reach a point not far from the freezing point of salt water for a longer or shorter period during the winter. In the light of what we know regarding local temperature conditions on the one hand and the dis- tribution of our marine fauna on the other, it will be of interest to consider certain theories which have been put forward to explain the part played by this factor in limiting the distribution of organisms in general. The influence of temperature in determining the distribution of marine animals was emphasized by Forbes and by Dana more than 50 years ago, and has been accepted as almost self-evident by a large number of naturalists. Just how this factor operates in limiting the distribution of a given species is, however, far from plain. Dana,? in 1852, introduced the concept of “isocrymal lines,’’ or lines showing the mean tem- perature of the waters along their course for the coldest 30 consecutive days of the year. Ordinary isotherms, or lines of mean annual temperature, he rejects as inade- quate, on the ground that ‘‘the cause which limits the distribution of species north- ward or southward from the Equator is the cold of winter rather than the heat of summer or even the mean temperature of the year”’ (p. 1452). Such a principle certainly does not explain the effect of temperature upon distri- bution within the limits of our local waters. Here the minimum winter temperatures are probably nearly the same throughout the entire region. If there are any local differences of regular occurrence, it is without doubt the shallower, more inclosed waters which attain the lowest winter temperatures. But these are precisely not the ones which are occupied by the northern forms of which we have spoken. Within local waters it is certainly the summer temperatures rather than the winter ones which are chiefly effective in limiting the distribution of species. Verrill (1866, p. 249) maintained that for birds “‘the essential limiting cause is the average temperature of the breeding season, which for the majority of our birds may be taken as April, May, and June.” This idea was apparently suggested by the con- clusions of certain botanists respecting the distribution of plants. Merriam (1895, 1898), following out the same thought, has been led to the belief that ‘“‘[land] animals and plants are restricted in northward distribution by the total quantity of heat during @ Dana, 1852, DP. 1451-1592; 1853, D. 153-167, 317-327. “ed ee 176 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. the season of growth and reproduction”’ (1895, p. 233); while ‘‘animals and plants are restricted in southward distribution by the mean temperature of a brief period covering the hottest part of the year” (p. 234). The phrase “total quantity of heat’”’ above employed is not to be taken in a strict sense, however, but implies ‘‘the effective tem- peratures or degrees of normal mean daily heat in excess of this minimum [6° C.]” which “‘have been added together for each station, beginning when the normal mean daily temperature rises higher than 6° C. in spring and continuing until it falls to the same point at the end of the season”’ (p. 232-233). ‘‘In conformity with the usage of bota- nists, a minimum temperature of 6° C. (43° F.) has been assumed as marking the inception of the period of physiological activity in plants and of reproductive activity in animals” (p. 232). It is obviously impossible without qualification to apply this principle in explaining the distribution of marine animals. Many of these, as is well known, breed during the coldest months of the year, at a time when the temperature lies considerably below that assumed by Merriam as a necessary minimum for physiological activity; and there is no general agreement in the breeding season of even closely related forms. Unfortunately, the period of sexual reproduction is not definitely known for the vast majority of our local species. The greater part of such definite observations as are available are contained in the rather meager notes of Bumpus (1898, 1898a, 1898b), Mead (1898), and Thomp- son (1899), which cover only the spring and summer months. For a few species, how- ever (e. g., certain amphipods? and the mollusk Littorina palliata), we have definite evidence that eggs are laid nearly or quite throughout the year. From the data offered by Garstang (1894) for the breeding periods of marine animals at Plymouth, England, we may make a rough computation of the percentage of the species which breed during each month of the year in those waters. The follow- ing table, based upon records for about 200 species, presents these figures: Per cent. Per cent. Janiaryy |. Sesrisets Meise. Nate ae TAU ANALY WEA Nok. Oils bis < anbactats Ae ee 23 ebrivany .ijcny)s ses ipappeiyole ee ata 20| August oe hs 21 March...... 22) |e ptetben vs 3:6.) cn sue. crisl acca 16 Aprils sin tsmns tetas ad spa. yisteucrsieudeete eatee 20) October... igi se tek ee 9 INT AY: Fe toe eleyorce icionsieasl sxols eithonsy mene eters AGM) INCI EOna| Ie) ob se onewie so Maoddddnooe 7 UNS. RAGS reer etecre tens cee ctee 28) WMecembene wn. sais. styeitaet etree eee 5 It is impossible to state how far these figures are representative of the total marine fauna, even at Plymouth, and how far they have depended upon the relative activity of the observers during different months, but they seem to show that a considerable proportion of the species reproduce during the coldest months of the year. And it would be a safe assumption, even in the absence of such confirmatory evidence as we possess, that the same statement would hold for the region of Woods Hole. Before the operation of Merriam’s law can be accepted as a sufficient explanation of the non-occurrence of certain southern species in the colder waters of this region, it must be shown that the ‘“‘season of growth and reproduction”’ coincides with the period during which these waters are colder. Asa matter of fact, we know that a considerable 2 One of these, Calliopius leviusculus, is included in the list of the cold-water, northward-ranging species, which are, in our dredging records, restricted to the western part of Vineyard Sound. b It must be added, however, that the waters in the neighborhood of Plymouth never reach such low temperatures as are ‘Tecorded during the winter months for Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay. (Seep. 183, 184, below.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. L77 number of species belonging to this category (though not these in particular) do repro- duce sexually during the summer months. In few cases, if any, however, do we know from local observations that their sexual period is confined to these months. We may comment parenthetically upon the urgent need of determining the reproductive condi- tion of local marine organisms througheut the entire year.? In the case of one species among those which appear to be restricted to the warmer waters of the region we have definite evidence that an actual destruction of adult organ- isms may occur as a result of extreme coldin winter. We refer to the common sea urchin, Arbacia punctulata, which, as our records show (see pp. 114, 115), was almost exterminated in Vineyard Sound during the winter of 1903-4. And it is well known to fishermen and others that great numbers of dead fishes and mollusks of certain species are frequently found after a particularly hard spell of cold weather.2 This is sometimes attributed to the action of ‘‘anchor ice” or ‘‘ground frost.’’ Gould (1840) cites the case of an extensive destruction of oysters which was believed to be due to this agency. That anchor ice does form in salt water, even at the depth of a number of fathoms, and that it may ‘‘freeze around fish caught in nets,’’ is vouched for by Sir William Dawson and others.© On the other hand, we are informed by Prof. Herdman that he has had personal knowledge of the death from cold of fishes in aquaria, and even of burrowing mollusks along shore, in cases where actual freezing was out of question. It seems difficult, indeed, to believe in such a wholesale formation of anchor ice throughout Vineyard Sound as would be necessary to account for the extermination of the sea urchins by this agency. However, the extermination did occur during an exceptionally cold winter, and it seems a legitimate inference that it resulted in some way from the cold. Now it is known that Arbacia finds in this region its northern limit of distribution upon ourcoast. It would seem, therefore, that in this latitude it is adapted to withstand- ing the average winter but not the exceptional one. On the other hand, no mere refer- ence to winter temperatures can explain the absence of this species from the western end of Vineyard Sound, or from Crab Ledge. For, although at these latter points the sum- mer temperatures are considerably lower than they are nearer Woods Hole, the winter temperatures are no lower, and possibly, indeed, not solow. Here, then, the law of Mer- riam may have application. Arbacia may not be adapted to reproducing in these colder waters. But Merriam’s principle, in its completed form, really contains two wholly distinct principles. The second is that animals are “restricted in southward distribution by the mean temperature of a brief period covering the hottest part of the year” (1895, p. 234). It is not stated whether this effect has to do with the ability of the adult organism itself to withstand higher temperatures, or whether the reproductive power is curtailed. As regards the distribution of our local marine fauna, this phase of Merriam’s law can apply, if at all, only to those predominantly northern species which were found to be restricted to the waters which were cooler during the summer months. And it does seem likely, indeed, that some of these species are unable to endure the high temperatures @ Aside from the case of certain fishes, our data for the winter months are derived almost wholly from an examination of tow-net collections made by Mr. Edwards. > The scraping action of ordinary floating ice in removing the rock-weeds (Fucus and Ascophyllum) from the boulders along shore is pointed out in the botanical section of this report. ‘This same agency doubtless restricts the distribution of such littoral animals as inhabit these weeds, and may even affect certain other forms, e. g., barnacles, which occur directly on the rocks. But it can, of course, have no influence upon the benthos, with which we are especially concerned here. © Cf. Bares, 1906, p. 210, 223-225. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt 1—13 I2 178 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. attained by our more inclosed waters during the hottest part of the summer. For the great majority of cases, it must be admitted that this explanation is wholly conjectural. We know of at least one species of animal, however, which occurs in an active condition throughout Vineyard Sound during the winter and spring, but which, in these waters, passes into a condition of zestivation during the summer. ‘This is the hydroid Tubwlaria couthouyt (see p. 565). Now it is of significance that in the colder waters at Crab Ledge, and beyond Marthas Vineyard, at a depth of 29 fathoms, active hydranths of this species have been dredged by us in July and August. Certain others among our local hydroids are likewise known to be dormant, or at least less active during the summer months. It is quite conceivable that at somewhat higher temperatures such species would be destroyed altogether. We may say, then, that while there is some evidence for the operation of the principle of Merriam, in both of its phases, in determining the distribution of marine organisms in local waters, it seems likely that no single formula will suffice to explain all the phe- nomena involved;% and it is certain that we can forin no adequate explanation of these until vastly more data are at hand. Both observation and experiment are demanded. 4. THE INFLUENCE OF DEPTH. The great majority of species which were dredged by us in Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay were found to have a distribution, in local waters, which plainly bore no relation to depth. There are notable exceptions to this statement, however, some of which it is our purpose to discuss in the present section. Leaving out of account the multitude of strictly “‘littoral’”’ or intertidal forms, we meet with a considerable number of species which are limited to comparatively shallow waters. An analysis or the depth records for all these species ® reveals the occurrence of many which were taken by us nearly or quite exclusively in waters less than 10 fathoms deep. Many of these species, indeed, occur wholly or predominantly at depths of less than 5 fathoms. A considerable number of such instances have been mentioned in the discussions for the separate subdivisions of the animal kingdom. A few of the commoner species, among those dredged, which show a distinct preference for the shallower waters, both in the Bay and the Sound, are: Pista palmata, P. intermedia, Amplithoé rubricata, Biitium nigrum, Cerithiopsis emersonu, Crepidula convexa, Lacuna puteola, Lyonsia hyalina, and Mya arenaria. Now, an examination of the distribution charts for these species shows that they were dredged chiefly, if not wholly, near shore. Some of them, at least, are known to inhabit the intertidal zone as well. It is a noteworthy fact fact that in some cases these species were dredged by the Fish Hawk, as well as by the Phalarope, but only at such of the Fish Hawk stations as were situated in the neighbor- hood of land. The depth at these points was often considerable, however (10 to 15 fathoms). Facts of this nature point to the conclusion that proximity to shore rather than depth, as such, may be the factor concerned in determining the lower limit of distribu- tion for species of this sort. Before deciding the point definitely, it would be necessary to determine whether these ‘‘adlittoral’’ species occurred likewise on shoals at considera- ble distances from the land. Unfortunately, we have no satisfactory data on this subject, @ Petersen (1893, p. 445), declares the view of Semper that ‘every single species is affected by the temperature in a way char- acteristic to itself alone is, I think, in the highest degree applicable to our marine animals.” b Tables presenting these data were prepared for use in the preparation of this report, but they have not been included herewith. dake ili BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 179 since the only shoal so situated (the Middle Ground), lying within the territory dredged by us, is made up to a considerable degree of shifting sand, ill adapted to the support of most animal life. It may be well at this point to recall the type of distribution displayed by many species whose occurrence is general in Vineyard Sound, but which in Buzzards Bay are limited to the immediate vicinity of shore. If we had the data for the Bay alone at our disposal, it would be natural to suppose that the species had a definite bathymetric limit. We have, however, the best reasons for believing that it is the muddy character of the bottom, throughout the deeper parts of the Bay, which restricts the distribution | of such forms. } Whatever be the causes which are responsible for limiting certain species to the shallower waters skirting the shore, it is certainly desirable that we should have a suitable word by which to designate both the fauna inhabiting these waters and the habitat which they occupy. For this purpose we have already employed at various times the term “adlittoral,” which, so far as we know, has not been used by previous writers. Were there any unanimity, even among zoologists, in the use of the word “‘littoral” itself we should have no hesitation in recommending this term adlittoral. But the former word has been applied with very different degrees of inclusiveness, having been restricted by some to the intertidal zone; while by others it has been so extended as to take in the whole continental shelf.* It is in the more restricted sense that the term has been employed in the present report. For this, the word ‘‘tidal’’® would be unequivocal and, indeed, self-explanatory. But, unfortunately, we could not well speak of a ‘‘tidal species,’’ however appropriate the expression ‘‘tidal zone’’ would seem. Again, this word does not lend itself readily to a combination with Latin prefixes such as ‘‘sub” and ‘“‘ad.” Now the word ‘“‘sublittoral’”’ has likewise been used with very varying inclusiveness,° from “‘just below the shore line’’ (Standard Dictionary) to a zone reaching to the greatest depths at which alge flourish (Kjellman).? This latitude of definition rests upon the inherent ambiguity of the word itself. For there is nothing in its composition to imply a limit of depth, any more than there is in the words “‘submarine”’ or “‘subterranean.”’ It is therefore with hesitation that we have chosen the term “‘adlittoral’’ as designating the zone of shallow water immediately adjacent to the shore. We have not, it is true, set any definite lower limit of depth to this zone. That would doubtless vary with different species; likewise with the abruptness of descent of the sea floor.¢ But even in this loose and inexact sense it is certainly a convenient term by which to designate such waters as those dredged by us with the Phalarope and Blue Wing. As a useful alternative term “‘infratidal’’ might be employed, though there is no implication in this word of a lower limit of depth any more than in “‘sublittoral.” A converse type of distribution to that just discussed is exhibited by certain other forms which were dredged predominantly at depths of 10 fathoms or more. A few of the commoner of such species are: Tubularia couthouyi, Strongylocentrotus droebachi- @©. g., by Petersen and by Ortmann. ‘The littoral zone of Edward Forbes, on the other hand, extended from high-water mark to a depth of 2fathoms. To make confusion worse confounded, we have the “‘littoral” fauna and flora of land zoology and botany, which are not marine at all. » The substitution of this term is favored by Dr. Stejneger in a letter to one of the authors. ¢ A circular letter of inquiry which we sent to eight leading American ecologists revealed a surprising lack of unanimity in the use of all these terms. @ It is in this latter sense that the term is employed in the botanical section of this report (cf. p. 453, 454)- ¢ Perhaps it would ordinarily be limited, in Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound, by the s-fathom line, but this would not always be true. 180 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. ensis, Cancer borealis, Ovalipes ocellatus, Pagurus acadianus, Astarte castanea, Astarte undata, Venericardia vorealis, and Amaroucium stellatum. Now, a number of the fore- going species, and in general a considerable proportion of those species which are limited to the deeper waters, have already been mentioned among the northern forms whose distribution is determined locally by temperature conditions. It must be repeated, however (see p. 28), that the waters of the western end of Vineyard Sound are little if any deeper on the average than those in the vicinity of Nobska and West Chop. The preference of these species for deeper waters is shown by their scarcity in the adlittoral zone. Certain of them, indeed, were dredged only by the Fish Hawk. It is more than likely that the somewhat lower summer temperature of these bottom waters, as compared with those skirting the shore, is the factor responsible for the restriction of some species to the former. The temperature factor is not the one directly concerned, however, in the case of all of the animals named. The distribution of Ovalipes, for example, is probably wholly determined by the character of the bottom. It is indeed known to occur on sand flats in shallow, warm water. The case of Amar- oucium stellatum is interesting, since, although a deep-water species in the sense here employed, it is for the most part restricted to the more easterly portions of the Sound, where the bottoms are gravelly or stony. ‘Thus its preference for deeper waters does not appear to be related to the temperature factor, though this is not entirely certain, since the deeper waters are everywhere somewhat cooler in summer than are the shoaler ones. The marked restriction of this species to the former is in striking contrast to the condition shown by the related Amaroucium pellucidum constellatum (=A. constellatum Verrill), which, although associated with A. stellatum at various: points, is likewise found in profusion in shallow waters and even upon piles. The vertical distribtition of marine organisms is commonly designated by the term “bathymetric,” and it has been sometimes supposed that depth was one of the primary factors determining distribution. There are, of course, at least four factors bound up in this one, viz, pressure, temperature, light, and gas content. Now, it is not at all certain to what degree, if any, pressure influences distribution. For the limited depths within our region, we may certainly leave it out of account. Temperature is, as we have seen, definitely correlated with depth in the sea, just as it is with altitude on land. But there is, in local waters, little difference between surface and bottom temperature, except in those portions of the Sound and the Bay which adjoin the open ocean. Some of the cold-water species inhabiting these last are, as just stated, restricted to the greater depths. On the other hand, the restriction of certain species (see above) to the shallow water immediately skirting the shore may be due in some cases to the palpably higher temperature commonly met with at such points during the summer. . The relation of light to depth has been treated at some length in the botanical section of this report (p. 447-449), to which the reader is referred. It is likely that for relatively slight depths, such as those we are considering, the light factor has little direct effect upon the bathymetric distribution of animals. Indirectly it may be of influence in the case of certain forms which dwell upon alge, and it is possible that some of the adlittoral species which have been discussed above are limited in this way. It may be repeated in conclusion, however, that, as regards the species taken during our dredging operations, the great majority show little or no evidence of bathymetric distribution. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 181 5. POSITION OF THE LOCAL FAUNA IN ZOOGEOGRAPHY. Certain questions will naturally present themselves to the student of geographical distribution: What is the position of the Woods Hole fauna in the fauna of our American coast? To which of the larger zoogeographical regions does it belong? And is it situated in the middle of that region or close to one of its limits? In other words, do the majority of species have a range which extends mainly to the northward along this coast, or do the majority have, on the whole, a southward range; or is there no appreci- ble preponderance of one sort over the other? Simple as these questions may seem, it is difficult to give them an answer that is at all satisfactory. The known range, as distinguished from the actual range, of a species, is very frequently determined by historical accident. Thus the Bay of Fundy, Massachusetts Bay, Woods Hole, Newport, New Haven, Charleston, etc., frequently figure in our literature as limits of distribution, and this for reasons which are obvious to anyone familiar with the history of American marine zoology. Verrill and Smith, in their Vineyard Sound report, give Cape Cod as the southern limit, or the northern limit, of distribution for many species whose known range has since been extended far beyond this point. Likewise the impossibility must be borne in mind of forming a just estimate of the geographical range of a species from any mere statement, however correct in itself, of the extreme limits of its distribution. The bathymetric range and other factors of its habitat at various latidudes must be taken into consideration. It was long ago pointed out by Edward Forbes (1844, p. 323) that “parallels in depth are equivalent to paral- lels in latitude.’ Walther (1894) states that from the surface down the temperature declines about 1° C. for each 18 meters. Accordingly, a species which is truly ‘“‘boreal”’ in its general tendencies, and which occurs in abundance aiong the littoral zone, in northern latitudes, may none the less be found in the deeper colder waters of a region far to the southward. To state such a range merely in terms of latitude would be highly misleading. Again, it is obvious that the same importance must not be attributed to the isolated and occasional occurrence of a given species as to its occurrence at points where it is widespread and abundant. But in many of the tables which are available for consultation no distinction is made between the two. Furthermore, the question as to the position of the Woods Hole fauna, from the standpoint of zoogeography, can not be answered until we have made clear what is to be understood by the ‘‘Woods Hole fauna.” If by this expression we are to mean the aggregate number of species which have ever been taken within the limits adopted, the question would be a difficult one to answer, and the answer, when given, would be of little value. Such an inclusive list (which would be coextensive with our own annotated list or catalogue) would comprise not only the truly indigenous species, characteristic of the region, but the occasional stragglers borne from southern waters by the Gulf Stream, and likewise those northern forms which we have met with only at Crab Ledge or in the colder waters off Gay Head. ‘These are mostly rare species locally, and are in no sense characteristic of the shallower waters of this section of the New England coast, yet the total number of such species is very considerable. In practice, however, it is difficult to separate the truly indigenous types from those which are to be regarded as exotics or stragglers. An arbitrary basis of selection must therefore be adopted. For the purposes of the ensuing analysis we have included as representative local species only those which have been taken at 10 or more of the dredging stations. There are 182 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. thus eliminated a large number of forms which are relatively uncommon in these waters. The remaining ones, on the other hand, being, for the most part, of comparatively common occurrence, are just those whose general range of distribution is probably known with the greatest accuracy. Such a list, of course, comprises only bottom- dwelling organisms which occur at depths sufficiently great to be taken by the dredge. It consequently excludes the littoral and pelagic life as a whole, and therefore does not represent every element of the fauna. Before entering upon such an analysis, however, it may be of interest to consider , some of the prevalent opinions regarding the distribution of marine animals and plants upon this section of the coast. It has been pretty generally assumed that Cape Cod forms a rather definite bound- ary between the fauna and flora inhabiting the regions above and below it. This was urged by Gould as early as 1840 (see Gould, 1840, p. 491), as the result of a study of the distribution of marine mollusks. Gould asserts that ‘‘many whole genera do not pass from one side to the other of this limit. Of the 203 marine species, 81 do not pass to the south and 30 have not been found to the north of the Cape, though many of them approach within a very few miles of each other.’”’ It was the opinion of Dana, likewise (1852, 1853), that there occurred at Cape Cod ‘‘a remarkable transition in species, and a natural boundary between the south and the north.”’ Dana recognized four zoogeographical divisions of the Atlantic coast of North America, viz, the Acadian (first called by him ‘‘Nova Scotian’’), Virginian, Carolinian, and Floridan. Cape Cod, he believed, served to divide the Acadian, lying to its north, from the Virginian on the south. Packard sought to distinguish another region, the ‘‘Syrtesian,”’ on the north of the Acadian, between the latter and the arctic or polar.? From a consideration of the actinians and echinoderms, in particular, Verrill (1866) was led to the belief “‘that there are portions of three distinct Faunz to be distinguished on the coast of New England, viz: First, that known asthe Virginian Fauna, extending from Cape Hatteras to the southern side of Cape Cod. * * * Second, that known as the Acadian or Nova Scotian Fauna, which extends along the shore from Cape Cod to the mouth of the St. Lawrence River, and includes * * * and many of the banks to the southward of Cape Cod, such as Nantucket Shoals; and perhaps the extreme end of Long Island. * * * Off the coast of New Jersey, also, there are deep-lying banks or shoals, which may be referredto thisFauna. * * * ‘Third, a more arctic Fauna characterizes the eastern coast of Labrador and Newfoundland, and the Grand Banks, which extends far southward along our coast in deep water, influenced by the polar current of cold water ° which skirts the northern part of our coast.’ ‘This is the “‘Syr- tesian’’ fauna of Packard. Later (1871), referring especially to his dredging operations in Vineyard Sound and vicinity, Verrill writes: “‘One of the most important of the results of these investiga- tions * * * is that while the shores and shallow waters of the bays and sounds, as far as Cape Cod, are occupied chiefly by southern forms, or the Virginian fauna,‘ the deeper channels and the central parts of Long Island Sound, as far as Stonington, Conn., are inhabited almost exclusively by northern forms, or an extension of the Acadian Fauna.”’ a Gill, 1873, p. 782, likewise recognizes the Arctic, Syrtesian, Acadian, Virginian, and Carolinian faunas. b Concerning the probability of the existence of such a current, see Chapter II of the present report. ¢ Perkins, on the other hand, from a consideration of the mollusks of the vicinity of New Haven, wrote in 1869; “ The fauna of the region belongs about equally to the Acadian and Virginian faune. ie ae BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. : 183 S. I. Smith (1879), likewise, from a study of certain groups of Crustacea, was led to believe that ‘‘the fauna from Cape Cod to Labrador is essentially a continuous one, or at least that there are no changes in it comparable with the differences between the fauna south and that north of Cape Cod Bay.” By the botanists, also, an equally great importance has been attributed to Cape Cod as a division between the floral regions distinguished by them. Harvey (1852) recognized one region north of Cape Cod, “extending probably to Greenland,” while his second region extended from Cape Cod to the southward as far as Cape Hatteras. Farlow wrote in 1882: It will be seen that Cape Cod is the dividing line between a marked northern and southern flora. In fact the difference between the flore of Massachusetts Bay and Buzzards Bay, which are only a few miles apart, is greater than the difference between those of Massachusetts Bay and the Bay of Fundy or between those of Nantucket and Norfolk. Somewhat earlier (1873), in answer to the question “whether northern species do not occur at exposed southern points, as Gay Head and Montauk, and southern species wander northward to Cape Ann,” he gave the answer: ‘‘Most decidedly, I think, such is not the case.”’ Such an extreme position as this has not, however, been taken by the author of the botanical section of the present report. It would be futile, on the basis of our own researches into the fauna of the Woods Hole region, to enter into any extended discussion regarding the position of this region upon the zoogeographical map of the world. As an adequate preliminary to such a discussion one would need to have a more or less intimate knowledge of the fauna of both shores of the Atlantic from the Arctic Ocean to the Tropics. In a table in chapter m1 (p. 88,89) we have indicated the number of species, repre- senting each of the chief subdivisions of the animal kingdom, which have been recorded from the Woods Hole region and from several other localities where a careful inventory of the fauna has been made. The number of species has been stated, also, which are known to be common to Woods Hole and to eastern Canada, and the number common to Woods Hole and to Plymouth. It will be found that 365(+4?) species are com- mon to the Woods Hole and the Canadian lists. This number represents more than 30 per cent of the total number of determined Woods Hole species belonging to groups which were considered in making the Canadian list (i. e., omitting vertebrates and parasitic worms). On the other hand, only 15 percent of the determined Woods Hole species (belonging to groups for which a comparison is possible) are common to the Plymouth list. A critical comparison of American and European species, and particularly an exhaustive search of the synonymy, would probably increase the latter figure somewhat. It is much to be regretted that no list has been prepared with similar care of the fauna of some region lying about as far to the south of Woods Hole as the Gulf of St. Lawrence lies to the north. It might be confidently predicted that the percentage of our local species which would appear in such a list would be very greatly in excess of the 30 per cent which are common to Canada. Data bearing upon this phase of the subject will, however, be introduced presently. One might perhaps have expected to find a much larger proportion of our Woods Hole species in the vicinity of Plymouth than the 15 per cent which have been recorded. To what degree these differences in fauna are due to differences in physical conditions @ We fear that much ingenuity has been wasted in the past in an endeavor to distinguish all the various “faunas’’ represented on a single section of our coast. Such entities are, after all, to a large extent figments of the imagination. 184 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. and to what degree they are due to geographical isolation we can not say. The surface temperature of the sea in the neighborhood of Plymouth is said to range from about 44° F. (February) to about 59° F. (August). (See Dickson, 1892, p. 276.) In this respect the conditions are far different from those in Vineyard Sound, in which the annual range of temperature is roughly from 30° F., or less, to 70°. On the other hand, we know that broad expanses of ocean are effective barriers to distribution, even for marine organisms. Although we have not undertaken the ambitious task of making extended com- parisons between the Woods Hole fauna and the faunas of other sections of the Atlantic coast, we have nevertheless been able to give some answer to the questions: (1) Have the majority of our more representative species a range which is predominantly north- ward or one which is predominantly southward? (2) In how large a degree is Cape Cod a barrier to distribution? As stated above, we have considered for this purpose only those species which have been taken at 10 or more of our dredging stations, and which, therefore, may be regarded as those which are most truly representative of our local benthos. Of such species there are 202, excluding 9 species of Protozoa. In the various sections of chapter Iv these species have been grouped according to their range upon our coast, and a synopsis of these separate lists is presented in a table herewith. It may be repeated that a species has been regarded as predominantly northward-ranging, whose range (in latitude) to the northward on our coast is at least twice as great as its range to the southward.? A species has been regarded as southward-ranging which presents the converse type of distribution. The column headed ‘‘Equal”’ refers to those species whose known range in one direction does not greatly exceed the known range in the other direction; while the doubtful column includes those concerning which our data are insufficient. In many cases they have been found only in the immediate vicinity of Woods Hole. Known | to occur Doubt- Total to occur | south of ful. * | north of | Woods Predom- | Predom- inantly | inantly | Equal. northern.| southern. Gane(Codt erate region.} SPOR SEST «ease Boipiecdlatsva Resare eine © Meeho o peepeeemteie ys "3 I co ee Bite cer 3 2 Gcelenterates eens Kccoaseceue ad aialaes trate eine agers vera leracnsteiage nieces 6 3 2 2 13 II EESTAOZOAM ne eiun le ere everett ate aise exetore ss Peiete aleetere etstctornteretae teres 4 4 7 6 2I 12 Ir Jadsbe soos) bomen ede oc bbdnoee nd tock oud 14 30a bod 3 2 ee ae sce 2 7 6 7 PATIRITTI ACA Bee tain asaze: cla cise eter ag dads eicteus tous Mich eiemoaeitelret: 5 22 2 nm 30 13 27 SUPA CUT LA eye o craves eal sfos/=rcNoleve ele sage Porshe eiioted Poteet ste vebeven Caracal ePete eae tatet rate | eaeee ee seerenet= DU lsrersyecetoree ats I I I (Cin seGelen Ao We Ie en ste IM antrana nd Yancy Gers el iod Apr TE Bree sieis pe wsiebll eres eyattieens I I I Amiphipodst fey Meee ARR ee Te ee CR ONES 7 Cl ee I Se See 7 19 8 6 SOMOS? Mev. bats oth ists eitiale, Moko ape tic ies Aloo ne cea ae al tinea Roane 2 a to oe 3 I 3 TD CCADOAS Hay vesacteisietals fete io:e dastiegs tos mia oddunaneis atte eter eke 2 8 cial toe caves 3 8 13 1ek iaia (ose{oyni (6 Cie bd Sane OTe Ia and tea ata ln Aaradelecdcn ol niger os ola I 2 I I WoliSksSAT AChE ed hak... Mae eee eee en ee 16 43 8 I 68 50 67 Whbbehleshdaqee ahr st, Cen CONT aU DRE REROSS AERO Moc Brion: lane reac ca Atletico 4 8 3 5 TESISHES En sitcarate UO ere ser atoeheatel acre fa voueaniln iaievé emieyelateversep nese 2 5 6. ee occas 13 13 12 Catal ete res I cabs ads ssid nig ge eral psysp eta 46 Iol 31 24 202 130 165 @ This criterion has net been applied to those cases in which it is definitely known that the extreme southern records relate only to great depths. : b Long Island Sound has not been regarded as south of the Woods Hole region. Had it been so considered, the figures in this column would have been materially increased. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 185 Of the entire 202 species, 101, or exactly 50 per cent, are believed to have a range upon our coast which is predominantly southward; 46 species (23 per cent) have a range which is predominantly northward; while 31 of them (15 per cent) have a range of approximately equal extent, so far as known, in both directions. The remaining 24 species have been relegated to the doubtful column. The fact to be emphasized is that the ratio of southward-ranging species (as thus defined) to northward-ranging species is greater than two to one, while about 15 per cent of them do not seem to be thus restricted in latitude.? Viewing these 202 species in another way, it is to be noted that 130, or about 64 per cent of them, are known to have a range extending north of Cape Cod, leaving 72 of them (36 per cent) which, so far as reported, have not transcended this barrier. Doubt- less more complete information will reduce the latter figure. As has already been pointed out, any locality where extensive collecting has been done is sure to figure as the reputed limit of distribution, whether northern or southern, for many species. It is significant, therefore, that only 37 of the species under consideration (18 per cent) have not yet been recorded from points south of Woods Hole.? Comparing this figure with the 36 per cent which are not known to occur north of Cape Cod, it may be that we have some measure of the real effectiveness of the last as a barrier to distribution. Crude, in the extreme, as any such computations must be, the conclusions seem to be fairly well grounded (1) that Cape Cod does have an appreciable influence as a barrier to distribution, and (2) that the southern types preponderate considerably over the north- ern ones in our Woods Hole fauna, or at least in that part of it which is accessible to the dredge. These generalizations may not be true of each individual group (e. g., ccel- enterates and amphipods); and in general it must be remembered that a considerable minority of northern forms are included in our local fauna, while about 64 per cent of our species are known to occur north of Cape Cod. On the other hand, it is well to state that our local fish fauna, which is but sparingly represented in our dredging records, and consequently plays little part in the foregoing tabulation, is overwhelmingly south- ern, 75 per cent being southward-ranging in the foregoing sense of the term, while nearly 50 per cent of the total number of recorded species are such as are reputed to find in Cape Cod their northern limit of distribution. And, lastly, we must bear in mind that we are here dealing only with the benthos of the region, the plankton, as well as aiERS littoral fauna, being left out of consideration. 6. COMPARATIVE DISTRIBUTIONS OF CLOSELY RELATED SPECIES. Turning to another phase of our subject, it would be unreasonable to look to the results of such a survey as the present one for any considerable light upon the origin of species. Those who insist upon the importance of isolation as a factor in species differ- entiation are wont to maintain that different subspecies do not coincide in their ranges, but that these supposedly incipient species are practically always separated from one another, geographically or otherwise. After the complete splitting of a species, i. e., its replacement by several specifically distinct forms, these latter may by migration, it is ‘said, come to occupy the same territory. @ The similar treatment by Hoyle of the deep-water fauna of the Clyde sea-area was unknown to the present writers at the time when the foregoing discussion was written. (See Hoyle, 1890, p. 463 et seq.). + More strictly, south of Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay. Block Island and Long Island Sound have not been regarded as farther south. bs a. 186 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Jordan, who is one of the foremost recent advocates of the theory of evolution by isolation, tells us (1905) that ‘‘it is extremely rare to find two subspecies inhabiting or breeding in exactly the same region.”” Again: ‘‘Given any species in any region, the nearest related species is not likely to be found in the same region nor in a remote region, but in a neighboring district separated from the first by a barrier of some sort”’ (p. 547). This, he says, ‘‘may be raised to the dignity of a general law of distribution.” Few groups of marine animals have been worked as intensively as have the birds and fresh-water fishes upon which Jordan chiefly relies for evidence in favor of his theory. It is largely due to this fact, probably, that ‘‘subspecies,’’ ‘‘varieties,’’ and ““geographical races”’ play a relatively minor part in the taxonomy of marine animals. We thus have practically no data at our present disposal to test the first of Jordan’s assertions quoted above. A case which perhaps deserves mention at this point, though its relevance may well be questioned, is that of the mollusk Polynices heros, and its supposed variety, twiseriata. We must make the reservation at once that these are regarded by some conchologists, e. g., Dall, as distinct species, and in fact we have our- selves followed Dall in so listing them in our catalogue. A glance at the charts® (187,188) reveals the fact that while the two forms coexist throughout much of their range, they nevertheless do not present the same distribution patterns, but appear to show distinct preferences as to habitat. There is, however, no real geographical isolation, for the two forms occur on closely adjacent parts of the sea floor, being taken together, not infrequently, in a single dredge haul. Whether or not these two species (or varieties?) cross freely, and with what results, we have no means of know- ing at present. It is impossible, likewise, for us to state whether or not the species nearest related to any given one among our local fauna occurs in this region, or in a “neighboring district.’’ Such a question could be answered only after an exhaustive research into. the fauna of neighboring parts of our coast. We have a considerable collection of data, however, with which to answer the kindred questions: (1) To what extent do members of the same genus tend to differ in habitat? and (2) Are different members of the same genus less likely to be associated together than species not so closely related ? As bearing upon the first of these questions, the comparative distributions of dif- ferent species of the same genus have been presented by us in a large number of cases. The reader is especially referred to the following examples: Eudendrium, 2 species (charts 16, 17). Pecten, 2 species (charts 125, 126). Tubularia, 2 species (charts 18, 19). Arca, 3 species (charts 131-133). Asterias, 2 species (charts 48, 49). Astarte, 2 species (charts 138, 139). Nephthys, 2 species (charts 57, 58). Busycon, 2 species ( charts 164, 165). Ampelisca, 2 species (charts 87, 88). Crepidula, 3 species (charts 183-185). Pagurus, 4 species (charts 1og-112). Polynices, 3 species (charts 186-188). Cancer, 2 species (charts 115, 116). Amaroucium, 3 species @ (charts 195-197). Anomia, 2 species (charts 123, 124). a In any case the relationship will be conceded as being very close. b Only the occurrence of living specimens (designated by circles) can be taken into account here, since the dead shells are probably transported considerable distances by hermit crabs. c As regards geographical range, that of Polynices heros is stated by Dall as extending from Labrador to Virginia; that of triseriata being practically identical, i. e., from Labrador to Cape Hatteras. 4 In our catalogue we have followed Dr. Van Name in not regarding one of these as a distinct species. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 187 There are several ways in which two species may differ in respect to their dis- tribution patterns: (1) The species may occur throughout practically the same area, differing only in their relative abundance; (2) the range of one may be restricted to a portion of the area occupied by another; (3) they may have distributions which are in a certain degree complementary to one another. Referring to the genera named, it will be found that in few cases, if any, are the distributions of two members of the same genus practically identical, both as regards the area inhabited and the frequency of occurrence. In a number of instances, how- ever, they differ only in respect to frequency. The type of difference most often realized upon our charts is the second among those mentioned above. In such cases one species may occur throughout only a por- tion of the territory occupied by the other; or, at least, it may not be well established except in this portion. The third condition—that of two species of the same genus having distribution patterns which are complementary to one another—is realized in a surprisingly small number of cases upon our charts. It appears most clearly from a comparison of the distributions of Pagurus acadianus (chart 110) and P. annulipes (chart 112). We have seen that these are respectively northward-ranging and southward-ranging spe- cies; so that the habitat selected by each in local waters is not improbably determined by temperature. It is a familiar fact to field naturalists that the various members of the same genus frequently, if not generally, occupy somewhat different habitats. Obvious instances of this are not uncommon among our local littoral and shallow-water fauna, as for example the three familiar species of the genus Littorima. Now, our dredging charts are not adapted to revealing such slight differences of habitat as may occur within the limits of a single ‘“‘station.’”” In the charts for Crepidula, for example, there is nothing to show that C. fornicata does not coincide in its habitat as well as its distri- bution, with C. plana; whereas we know that, in most cases, the latter occupies the inside of a hermit-crab shell, while the former may occupy the outside of the same shell, or may adhere to any solid object whatever. It is probable, likewise, that the drifting of shells and other lifeless remains may result in an apparent obliteration of actual distinctions in the distribution of species. Finally, it seems needless to remark that in no single case is the entire range of a species indicated upon one of our charts. Thus, even in cases where two species appear to coincide in their distribution locally, the range of one may extend into far deeper water, off the coast, than that of the other. It seems to us, therefore, that the differences in the distribution of closely related species have been minimized, rather than exaggerated, in our graphic represen- tations. Whether or not specific differentiation preceded or followed these changes of hab- itat, or whether they went on pari passu with such changes, is not even suggested by any of the facts which we have encountered. Who can say, for example, whether the tendency to restrict itself to muddy bottoms preceded or followed the differentiation of the amphipod A mpelisca macrocephala as a species distinct from A. spinipes? Never- theless, the bare fact that various closely related species do show decidedly different distribution patterns is one of great interest, for it shows that the slight morphological differences by which the species are distinguished from one another are oftentimes 188 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. correlated, with marked physiological differences sufficient to adapt the two to differing habitats. Thus the assertion so often made that the slight structural differences by which we distinguish one species from another are commonly of no conceivable utility, and therefore can never have arisen. through the action of natural selection, loses much of its force. While it may be true that these slight structural differences in themselves can play no significant réle in the life of the organisms concerned, it is likewise evident that there are certain correlative physiological changes sufficient to adapt the organisms to somewhat different modes of existence. That natural selection has been the con- trolling factor in the origination and perpetuation of such specific differences, whether morphological or physiological, is far from certain. But that the characters con- cerned are in most cases too insignificant to be of selective value is also far from certain. Where we have to do merely with the adoption of a more restricted habitat by one species than by another, it is quite possible that the physiological difference in question relates merely to general constitutional vigor; i. e., the less hardy species may restrict itself to the more favorable portion of the habitat. Where, however, the ranges of the two species are more or less complementary to one another, particularly if they do not coincide throughout any portion of their extent, such an explanation is of course out of question, and we are obliged to fall back upon the assumption that each is more or less specifically adapted to its respective habitat. In order to throw light upon the second of the above questions (i. e., Are members of the same genus less likely to be associated together than species which are not so closely related ?), we have adopted a method employed by Herdman (1895). This author, after noting the relatively large number of genera represented by the species taken in a single dredge haul,’ writes: ‘‘ These figures are particularly interesting in their bearing on the Darwinian principle that an aminal’s most potent enemies are its own close allies. Is it then the case, as the above cited instances suggest, that the species of a genus rarely live together; that if in a haul you get half a dozen species of lamel- libranchs, amphipods, or annelids they will probably belong to as many genera, and if these genera contain other British species these will probably occur in some other locality, perhaps on a different bottom, or at another depth? It is obviously necessary to count the total number of genera and species of the groups in the local fauna, as known, and compare these with the numbers obtained in particular hauls.” In Liver- pool Bay, for example, ‘‘the known number of species of higher Crustacea is 90, and these fall into 60 genera. So the genera are to the species as 2 to 3,’”’ whereas in certain dredging collections cited “‘the genera are to the species on the average about as 28 to 31, or nearly 7 to 8. Again, the total number of species of Tunicata is 46, and these are referred to 20 genera; while in the case given above * * * the 12 species taken on one spot represented 10 genera, or a little over a quarter of the species represented half the genera. These, and many other cases which we might quote, seem to show that a disproportionately large number of genera is represented by the assemblage of species at one spot, which means that closely related species are, as a rule, not found together”’ (p. 463). a This suggestion has been made to us by Prof. Herdman. b This fact was pointed out by Sir John Murray (Challenger ‘‘Summary,”’ p. 1435), who, however, restricts its application to great depths, concluding ‘‘in the deepest zone, therefore, the species stand to the genera in the ratio of 5 to 4, and in the shallowest zone nearly as 3 to 1.’? BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 189 When subjected to statistical analysis, our results are in full agreement with those of Herdman, though we are not convinced of the truth of his interpretation. As shown in the table on page 77, the average number of species per dredge haul, as based upon the 458 regular stations of the Survey, is 37.0, while the average number of genera per dredge haulis 34.3. Thus the average number of species per genus is approxi- mately 1.08, or the ratio of species to genera is about 13 to 12. This ratio we have thought best to compare, not with that derived from a consideration of the entire array of species and genera for the Woods Hole Region, but with that based upon the total number of species and genera, so far as encountered by us in the dredge. Among these are included 510 determined species, representing 361 genera. The average num- ber of species per genus is thus approximately 1.41, or the ratio of species to genera is as 7 to 5. So far, then, we seem to be in complete agreement with Herdman. A quite different explanation from that given by him has, however, suggested itself. It has occurred to us that the same relations would follow if some of our genera contained a considerable number of uncommon species. These latter might not be taken with sufficient fre- quency to affect appreciably the average number of species per dredge haul, but they would greatly augment the number of species per genus when the total number of those encountered were taken into account. Now, as a matter of fact, many of the genera do contain a considerable number of rare species—species which were taken once only, or a very few times—in addition to common ones. On the other hand, it is true that we also meet with certain rare species which are the only representatives in local waters of their respective genera. Thus there would seem to be nothing to show whether the inclusion of these less common species would augment or decrease the average number of species per genus in our fauna. One test may be applied, however. We may restrict our computation to the com- moner species, and determine the ratio of species to genera among these. For this pur- pose let us employ those species which were taken at 10 or more of our dredging sta- tions. Among these we find 209 species? representing 178 genera. The average number of species per genus is thus about 1.18, a figure very much smaller than that represent- ing the number of species per genus in the entire array of organisms dredged by us. Indeed it approaches more nearly the figure (1.08) expressing the average ratio within the limits of a single dredge haul. Thus the conclusion seems warranted that the larger number of species per genus found to occur in the fauna at large, as com- pared with the average number for a single dredge haul, is due largely, if not wholly, to the inclusion in the former reckoning of the rarer members of certain genera. Such species do not, on the other hand, occur with sufficient frequency to appreciably affect the ratio for the average dredge haul. If this reasoning be correct, what seemed to be a fascinating and clear-cut demonstration of a significant principle of distribution falls to the ground. @ We are quite aware that the ratio between these gross averages has not exactly the same value as the average of the separate tatios for the variousdredgehauls, In other words, atbte. xtytz has not the same value as (24245) +3. Where the num- celginz: ber of termsisso great, however, the results derived from the two methods of computation must be sufficiently close for present purposes. b Including Protozoa. 190 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 7. CHANGES IN THE COMPOSITION OF THE LOCAL FAUNA. Every area of land or sea doubtless undergoes more or less frequent changes in the composition of its fauna and flora, due to the immigration or artificial introduction of exotic species or the extinction of indigenous ones. For the Woods Hole region we have certain well-known and highly authentic instances of this phenomenon, together with some others which seem probable, if only inferential. The best-known local instances of the sort are those of the European periwinkle, Littorina litorea, and of the small sea anemone, Sagartia lucie. Rather full accounts of the history of both of these immigrants are fortunately extant. (See Verrill, 1880; Ganong, 1886; Verrill, 1898; Parker, 1902. These accounts are summarized in our own catalogue.) It may be here remarked that the periwinkle reached Woods Hole from the north about 1876; while the anemone seems to have come from the south, arriving about 1898. Within about 30 years, and perhaps much less, Littorina litorea has become the most abundant and generally distributed of our littoral (intertidal) mollusks, while Sagartia lucie in a considerably shorter time has become by far the commonest local actinian. It would be interesting to know what effects, if any, these immigrants have had in limiting the abundance or restricting the distribution of species already present. Unfortunately few observations, if any, have been made to test this point. Concerning certain other species, we have some reasons for believing either that they are, in local waters, far more abundant now than formerly, or that they have actu- ally migrated hither within recent years. The only other alternative seems to be that they were overlooked or confused with quite distinct species by a number of competent naturalists. For example, of our four local species of hermit crabs, Pagurus annulipes is second in abundance only to the ubiquitous P. /ongicarpus. Its distribution in local waters is almost universal, as will be seen from a glance at the distribution chart for this species. Yet this hermit crab was not mentioned by Verrill and Smith in 1873, nor, so far as we are aware, has it been recorded for local waters in any work prior to Miss Rathbun’s catalogue of the Crustacea of New England (1905). We have, it is true, learned from Miss Rathbun that specimens of this crustacean were recently found among the earlier material dredged by Verrill and Smith. But the fact that it was overlooked, or at least not mentioned by these writers, raises strong doubts as to whether it occurred then in its present abundance. Another problematic case is that of one of the shore barnacles, Chthamalus stellatus,° which at present is extremely abundant upon stones and boulders between tides every- where. This well-known European species is, in our waters, at least, quite distinct in appearance from the other common shore barnacle (Balanus balanoides). Yet it has not been mentioned in any catalogue of New England fauna, although several far less common cirripedes have been listed. It is hard to believe that this species has been habitually confused with Balanus balanoides by the long succession of field natu- ralists and systematic zoologists who have exploited the shores of New England for @ Allowance must be made for the fact that, in the words of one familiar with the circumstances, “the Vineyard Sound report ‘was prepared when the Fish Commission had spent but one summer at Woods Hole, and was rushed through expeditiously for insertion in the Fish Commission Report for 1871-72. It did not list everything that had been discovered, but omitted much that had not been sufficiently studied.” b For an account of this case, see Summer, 1909. — he BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY I9I over a century.* These men erred rather in the direction of discovering too many new species than in ignoring well-established ones. The medusa, Gonionemus murbachit, does not seem to have been observed until 1894, when according to Perkins (1902) it ‘“made an astonishingly sudden appearance upon the scene.” Yet at present this relatively conspicuous and readily recognizable medusa is one of the most familiar objects of research in the Woods Hole laboratories. Its distribution, locally, appears to be rather restricted, however, most of the collecting for this species being carried on in one small salt-water pond. The large noncolonial hydroid, Tubularia couthouyi, whose conspicuous yellow perisares are dredged with considerable frequency in Vineyard Sound, was likewise not referred to in the report of Verrill and Smith, although this latter listed a number of other hydroids which have not been noted by any subsequent observers. And it is likewise somewhat astonishing that neither of our local species of Arenicola was men- tioned in the Vineyard Sound report, although one, at least, of these immense annelids is now common at points in the vicinity of Woods Hole. We can not attribute so much importance to the failure of previous writers to record the gastropod Lacuna puteola, since this species, although very abundant, is like- wise very small. The same may be said of a considerable number of other species which are comprised in our list but were not recorded by various previous observers. Inconspicuous or uncommon species may readily be overlooked, even by competent collectors. Such an oversight seems unlikely, however, in the case of the other examples cited above. Just the opposite state of affairs is to be noted in the case of certain species which were recorded by Verrill as common in iocal waters, but which the present writers have seldom or never met with. As a striking instance of this is to be mentioned the anemone Edwardsia lineata Verrill, concerning which the last-named zoologist makes the following entry (p. 739): ‘“Vineyard Sound and off Gay Head, 6 to 12 fathoms, among ascidians, annelid tubes, etc., abundant.’ A search in just such situations, both by Prof. Hargitt and by ourselves, has failed to disclose a single specimen. The size, as stated by Verrill (25-35 mm. long), makes it unlikely that the species has been persistently overlooked by us. The barnacle Balanus crenatus was recorded by Verrill and Smith as “dredged abundantly in Vineyard Sound.” While we have found it to be common upon piles at Vineyard Haven, we have never, with a few possible exceptions, encountered this species with the dredge, either in Vineyard Sound or Buzzards Bay. This is true despite the fact that practically all of the barnacles dredged by us were saved for subsequent inspection. ~ The crabs Libinia dubia and Panopeus [Eurypanopeus] depressus are of far less general occurrence in these waters than the statements of Verrill and Smith seem to imply. Although we have encountered both of these species in the shallow waters near shore, we have not a single authentic record of either SS having been taken in the dredge during the course of our operations. While it is not likely that all of these discrepancies between earlier and later state- ments can be attributed to actual changes in the occurrence of species, it is probable that some of them are due to such changes. @ It has just been learned from Prof. M. A. Bigelow that he noted the occurrence of this barnacle at Woods Hole in 1898. 192 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 8. CONCLUSION. To the reader who would demand an exact economic equivalent for the labor and money here expended, our answer must be a very general one. Science and industry move together. Industry is helpless without the aid of science, and the greatest indus- trial progress is at present being made by those countries which realize this fact most fully. But science can never prosper if forced to play the réle of a servant. She must be free to pursue her own ends without being halted at every step by the challenge: Cu bono? The attempt to restrict our scientific experts to problems of obvious eco- nomic importance would be equivalent to depriving ourselves of their services altogether. It is to-day accepted as a commonplace that all the great discoveries of a practical nature have rested ultimately upon principles first brought to light by the seeker after truth. The enlightened manufacturer of Germany looks upon a well-paid scientific investigator as a good invesment. As a result of this policy the rest of the world is looking on uneasily, while its own industries pass into the hands of this farsighted competitor. Great Britain and the Scandinavian countries, the great fishing nations of Europe, have long been leaders in the scientific investigation of the sea. And in recent years we have witnessed the formation of an international council, representing all of those nations having an immediate interest in the fisheries of the North Sea, and organized for the study of hydrographic and biological problems as well as of purely economic ones. To Americans there should be no novelty in all this. Let us keep in mind the oft-quoted words of the distinguished founder of our Fish Commission in outlining the policy adopted by him: As the history of the fishes themselves would not be complete without a thorough knowledge of their associates in the sea, especially such as prey upon them or in turn constitute their food, it was considered necessary to prosecute searching inquiries on these points, especially as one supposed catse of the diminution of the fishes was the alleged decreasé or displacement of the objects upon which they subsist. Furthermore, it was thought likely that peculiarities in the temperature of the water at different depths, its chemical constitution, the percentage of carbonic-acid gas and of ordinary air, its currents, etc., might all bear an important part in the general sum of influences upon the fisheries; and the inquiry, therefore, ultimately resolved itself into an investigation of the chemical and physical char- acter of the water, and of the natural history of its inhabitants, whether animal or vegetable. It was considered expedient to omit nothing, however trivial or obscure, that might tend to throw light upon the subject of inquiry, especially as without such exhaustive investigation it would be impossible to determine what were the agencies which exercised the predominant influences upon the economy of the fisheries. So that if we can not, from our present labors, offer any suggestions of direct value to the practical fisherman, we trust that we have at least added to the intelligent under- standing of the marine life of our coast. And we likewise trust that the ultimate benefit to the practical fisherman will be as great as that to the man of science. row sy BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR SECTION I. Acassiz, ALEXANDER. 1888. Three cruises of the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey steamer Blake. . . . Houghton, Mifflin & Co., Boston, 1888, 2 vol. (Reprinted from Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, vol. xiv.) , ALLEN, E. J. . 1899. On the fauna and bottom deposits near the thirty-fathom line from the Eddystone Grounds to Start Point. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, vol. v, n. s., 1897-1899, p. 365-542. charts I-xvi. (June, 1899.) Plymouth. 1900. The fauna of the Salcombe estuary. Ibid., vol. vi, n. s., 1900-1903, p. 151-217, 1 pl. (November, 1900.) ALLEN, E. J., AND Topp, R. A. 1900-3. The fauna of the Exe estuary. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, vol. vi, n.s., 1900-3, P. 295-335. Plymouth. ApcGar, A. C. 1891. Mollusks of the Atlantic coast of the United States south to Cape Hatteras. Journal of the New Jersey Natural History Society, vol. u, no. 2, January, 1891, p. 75-160, pl. u-1Vv. Trenton. Barrp, S. F. 1873. Report on the condition of the sea fisheries of the south coast of New England in 1871 and 1872. Report U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries 1872-73, p. 1-280. Washington. 1873a. List of fishes collected at Woods Hole. Ibid., 1872-73, p. 823-827. 1876. Ibid., 1873-74 and 1874-75 (1876), p. VU-LI. 1879. Ibid., 1877 (1879), p. 1-48. 1885. Ibid., 1883 (1885), p. I-Xcv, Bairp, S. F., anp Jacozsson, H. 1878. Tables of temperatures of air and water at sundry stations of the United States Siznal Office, from March, 1874, to February, 1875, and from March, 1876, to February, 1877, inclusive. Report U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries for 1875-76 (1878), p. 851-861. Wash- ington. Baucu, F. N. 1899. List of marine Mollusca of Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, with descriptions of one new genus and two new species of nudibranchs. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol. xxix, October, 1899, p. 133-162, pl. 7. Boston. Barnes, H. T. . 1906. Ice formation, with special reference to anchor ice and frazil. 260p. New York, 1906. BocGus.LawskI, G. von. 1884. Handbuch der Oceanographie, bd. 1, 1884, 386 p. Stuttgart. BoGUSLAWSKI, G. VON, AND KRUMMEL, O. 1887. Handbuch der Oceanographie, bd. 11, 1887, 592 p. Stuttgart. Boston Society oF NaTuRAL History. 1908. The New England marine area. Museum and Library Bulletin, no. 7, May, 1908, p. 2, 3, 4. Boston. Bumevs, H. C. 1898. The breeding of animals at Woods Holl during the month of March, 1898. Science, n.s., vol. vu, no. 171, April 8, 1898, p. 485-487. New York. 1898a. The breeding of animals at Woods Holl during the month of May, 1898. Ibid., vol. vm, no. 185, July 15, 1898, p. 58-61. 1898b. The breeding of animals at Woods Holl during the months of June, July, and August. Ibid., vol. vii, no. 207, December 16, 1898, p. 850-858. 1899. The reappearance of the tilefish. Bulletin U. S. Fish Commission, vol. xv, 1898, p. 321- 333- Washington. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt r——13 193 194 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Co.uins, J. W. 1884. The history of the tilefish. Report U. S. Fish Commission 1882, p. 237-2092, pl. 1, m- Washington. CUNNINGHAM, J. T. 1895-1897. Physical and biological conditions in the North Sea. Journalof the Marine Biological Association, vol. Iv, n. s., 1895-1897, p. 233-263. Plymouth. Dat, W. H. 1871. Remarks recorded in Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol. xm, 1871, ‘ p. 164. Boston. 1889. A preliminary catalogue of the shell-bearing marine mollusks and brachiopods of the south- eastern coast of the United States, with illustrations of many of the species. Bulletin of the U. S. National Museum, no. 37, 1889, 232 p., pl. I-xcv. Washington. (Reprinted, with additional plates, in 1903.) Dana, J. D. 1852. Crustacea. United States Exploring Expedition, vol. xm, 1852. (Especia: reference to section “On the geographical distribution of Crustacea,’’ pt. mi, p. 1451-1592.) 1853. On an isothermal oceanic chart, illustrating the geographical distribution of marine animals. American Journal of Science and Arts, 2d ser., vol. XVI, no. 47, September, 1853, p. 153— 167, 317-327, 1 chart. New Haven [“ From the author’s Expl. Exped. Report on Crus- tacea, p. 1451.’’] Dawson, W. B. 1906. The currents of the southeastern coasts of Newfoundland [fetc.]. Published by the Depart- ment of Marine and Fisheries, Ottawa, Canada, 1906, 32 p., 9 pl. DEsor, E. 1848. [Notes in report of meeting.] Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol. m1, p- 65-68 (meeting of October 18, 1848). Boston. 1849. [Notes in report of meeting]. Ibid., vol. m1, p. 108-110 (meeting of January 17, 1849). Dickson, H. N. 1891-92. Physical investigations. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, vol. m (n. s.). 1891-92, P. 159-170, 272-276. Plymouth. Epwarps, B. J. - , 1873. Table of temperatures of the Little Harbor, Woods Hole, Mass., from January, 1873, to De- cember, 1873 (inclusive). Furnished by the Lighthouse Board, from observations of Capt, B. J. Edwards. Report U. S. Fish Commission 1872-73, p. 828-831. Washington. Fariow, W. G. 1873. List of the seaweeds or marine alge of the south coast of New England. Report U. S. Fish Commission 1871-72 (1873), p. 281-294. 1882. The marine alge of New England. Ibid., 1879 (1882), p. 1-210, pl. 1-xv. Washington. ForRBES, EDWARD. 1843. Report on the Mollusca and Radiata of the Aigean Sea, and on their distribution, considered. as bearing on geology. Report 13th meeting British Association for the Advancement of Science, 1843 (pub. 1844), p. 130-193. London. 1844. On the light thrown on geology by submarine researches. The Edinburgh New Philosoph- ical Journal, vol. xxxvi, 1844, p. 318-327. Edinburgh. 18st. Report on the investigation of British marine zoology by meansof the dredge. Part 1—The infra-littoral distribution of marine Invertebrata on the southern, western, and northern coasts of Great Britain. Ibid,, 2oth meeting, 1850(1851), p. 192-263. 1859. The natural history of the Europeanseas. (Edited and continued by Robert Godwin-Austen.) 306 p., London, ForBES, EDWARD, AND HANLEY, SYLVANUS. 1853. A history of British Mollusca and their shells. 4 vol. London, GANONG, W. F. 1886. Is Littorina litorea introduced or indigenous? American Naturalist, vol. xx, p. 931-940- Philadelphia. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 195 GARSTANG, WALTER. ; 1893-95. Faunistic notes at Plymouth during 1893-94. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, n.s., vol. mI, 1893-95, p. 210-235. Plymouth. 1897-99. Hjort’s hydrographic-biological studies of the Norwegian fisheries: A review. Ibid., vol. v, 1897-99, p. 56-71. Gut, THEODORE. 1873. Catalogue of the fishes of the east coast of North America. Report U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries 1871-72 (1873), p. 779-822. Washington. Goope, G. B. 1886. The status of the U. S. Fish Commission in 1884. Report U.S. Fish Commission 1884 (1886), p. 1139-1184. Washington. Gouup, A. A. 1840. Results of an examination of the shells of Massachusetts, and their geographical distribution. Boston Journal of Natural History, vol. m1, 1840, p. 483-494. Boston. 1841. Report on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts, comprising the Mollusca, Crustacea, Annelida, and Radiata. Cambridge, 1841, 373 p., 15 pl. GRAEFFE, EDUARD. 1880-1905. Uebersicht der Seethier-Fauna des Golfes von Triest, nebst Notizen iiber Vorkommen, Lebensweise, Erscheinungs- und Fortpflanzungszeit der einzelnen Arten. Arbeiten aus dem zoologischen Institut der Universitit Wien und der zoologischen Station in Triest. (Parts -x, extending from tom m1, 1880, to tom Xv, 1903.) Wien. Harris, R. A.” . 1907. Mauualof tides. Part v.—Currents, shallow-water tides, meteorological tides, and miscella- neous matters. Report U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey 1907, p. 231-545, pl. Wash- ington. Harvey, W. H. 1852. Nereis Boreali-Americana; or, Contributions to a history of the marine alge of North America. Part I—Melanospermeze. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, vol. m, art. 4, 1852, p. vim+ 150, pl. -xu. Washington. HEAPE, WALTER. 1888. Preliminary report upon the fauna and flora of Plymouth Sound. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, vol. 1, no. 2, August, 1888, p. 153-193. Plymouth. HELLAND-HANSEN, B. 1905. Report on hydrographical investigations in the Faroe-Shetland Channel and the northern part of the North Seain the year 1902. In: Reporton fishery and hydrographical investiga- tions in the North Sea and adjacent waters. Conducted for the Fishery Board for Scotland in cooperation with the International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. 1902-03 (pub. 1905), p. 1-49, pl. rm. London. HERDMAN, W. A. 1gor. Fourteenth annual report of the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee and their biological station at Port Erin. Transactions of the Liverpool Biological Society, vol. xv (1901) Pp- 19-74, pl. r-vu. Liverpool. 1903-1906. Report to the Government of Ceylon on the pearl oyster fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar. With supplementary reports upon the marine biology of Ceylon by other naturalists. Parts1-v. London. HERDMAN, W. A., AND OTHERS. 1894. The marine zoology of the Irish Sea. Report of the committee, consisting of Mr. George Brook, Prof. A. C. Haddon, Mr. W. E. Hoyle, Mr. I. C. Thompson (secretary), Mr. A. O. Walker, and Prof. W. A. Herdman (chairman). Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, 1893 (pub. 1894), p. 526-536, pl. 1v. London. 1894a. The marine zoology of the Irish Sea. Second report of the committee. Ibid., 1894 (1894), P- 318-334, pl. 1. 1895. The marine zoology, botany, and geology of the Irish Sea. Third report of the committee. Thid., 1895 (1895), p. 455-467. 1896. The marine zoology, botany, and geology of the Irish Sea. Fourth and final report of the committee. Ibid., 1896 (1896), p. 417-450. I ee 196 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. HERDMAN, W. A., AND Dawson, R. A. 1g02. Fishes and fisheries of the Irish Sea. Lancashire sea-fisheries memoir, no. 1, 1902, p. 98. London. HeErpMaAN, W. A.,.AND Lomas, J. 1898. On the floor deposits of the Irish Sea. Proceedings of the Liverpool Geological Society, 1897-98 (pub. 1898), p. 205-232. Liverpool. Hove, W. E. 1890. On the deep-water fauna of the Clyde sea-area. Journal of the Linnean Society, vol. xx, P- 442-472. INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE FOR THE EXPLORATION OF THE SEA, STOCKHOLM, 1899. 1903. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, vol. v1,n.s., 1900-1903, p. 101-114. Plymouth. JEFFREYS, J. G. : 1869. Last reporton dredging among the Shetland Isles. Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science 1868 (pub. 1869), p. 232-247. London. JOHNSTONE, JAMES. 1906. Some results of the international fishery investigations. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, vol. vu, n. s., no. 5, October, 1906, p. 437-486. Plymouth. 1908. Conditions of life in the sea. xmI+332 p. Cambridge University Press, 1908. Jorpan, D. S. 1905. The origin of species through isolation. Science, n.s., vol. xxi, no. 566, November 3, 1905, P- 545-562. New York. Jorpan, D. S., and Evermann, B. W. 1896-1900. The fishes of North and Middle America. Bulletin of the U. S. National Museum, no. 47, Iv pt., 3313 p., ccxcu pl. Washington. KIpDpER, J. H. 1887. Report on the thermometers of-the U. S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries. U.S. Fish Com- mission Report 1885 (1887), p. 185-214. Washington. LEIDY, JOSEPH. 1855. Contributions toward a knowledge of the marine invertebrate fauna of the coasts of Rhode Island and New Jersey. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. mi, 2dser. Philadelphia. Reprint, 1855, p. 2-10, pl. x, XI. LESLIE, GEORGE, AND HERDMAN, W. A. 1881. The invertebrate fauna of the Firth of Forth. Proceedings of the Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh, vol. vi, 1881, p. 68-95, 201-231, 268-316. Edinburgh. LispBEY, WILLIAM. 1891. Report upon a physical investigation of the waters off the southern coast of New England, made during the summer of 1889 by the U. 5. Fish Commission schooner Grampus. Bulle- tin of the United States Fish Commission, vol. rx, 1889 (1891), p. 391-450, pl. CKXIV-CLVIm. Washington. 1891a. The study of ocean temperatures and currents. Biological lectures of the Marine Biological Laboratory, 1890 (pub. 1891), p. 231-250. Boston. 1892. On an investigation of the relations of cold and warm ocean currents off the New England coast, by the U. S. Fish Commission, with the cooperation of the U. S$. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Report U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1891 (1892), pt. 11, p. 279-281. Wash- ington. ‘ 1895. The relationships of the Gulf Stream and the Labrador Current. Reportof the Sixth Inter- national Geographical Congress, London, 1895, p. 13, 1 pl. Lo BIANCO, SALVATORE. 1888, 1889. Notizie biologische rignardanti specialmente il periodo di maturita sessuale degli ani- mali del golfo di Napoli. Mittheilungen der zoologischen Station zu Neapel, bd. 8, 1888, p. 385-440; also (same title) bd. 13, 1899, p. 448-573. Berlin. MARINE BIOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION. 1904. Plymouth marine invertebrate fauna, being notesof the local distribution of species occurring in the neighborhood. Compiled from the recordsof the laboratory of the Marine Biological Association. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, vol. vm, n. s., no. 2, December, 1904, Pp. 155-298. Plymouth. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 197 Marion, A-F. 1883. Esquisse d’une topographie zoologique du Golfe de Marseille. Annales du Musee d’Histoire Naturelle de Marseille, t. 1, 1883, p. 5-108. Meap, A. D. 1898. The breeding of animals at Woods Holl during the month of April, 1898. Science,n.s., vol. vil, no. 177, May 20, 1898, p. 702-704. New York. Merriam, C. H. 1889. General results of a biological survey of the San Francisco mountain region in Arizona, with special reference to the distribution of species. U.S. Department of Agriculture, October, 1889. North American Fauna no. 3, p.5-34, Washington. 1895. Laws of temperature control of the geographic distribution of terrestrial animals and plants. National Geographic Magazine, vol. v1, 1895, p. 229-238, pl. 12-14. Washington. 1898. Life zones and crop zones. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Division of Biological Survey, Bulletin no. 10, 1898, p. 1-79. Washington. MurRRAY, JOHN. 1895. A summary of the scientific results obtained at the sounding, dredging, and trawling stations of H. M. S. Challenger, pt. 1 and m, 1895. Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H. M.S. Challenger during the years 1872-1876. London. Norman, A. M. 1869. Shetland final dredging report. Part 1.—On the Crustacea, Tunicata, Polyzoa, Echinoder- mata, Actinozoa, Hydrozoa, and Porifera. Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, 1868 (pub. 1869), p. 247-336. London. Nort SEA FISHERIES INVESTIGATION COMMITTEE. 1905. Report on fishery and hydrographical investigations in the North Sea and adjacent waters. 1902-3 (pub. 1905). Conducted for the Fishery Board for Scotland, in cooperation with the International Council for the Exploration of the Sea, 618 p. London. 1gosa. First reporton fishery and hydrographical investigations in the North Sea and adjacent waters (southern area). Conducted for His Majesty’s Government by the Marine Biological Asso- ciation of the United Kingdom. 1902-3 (pub. 1905), 377 p. London. 1907. Second report (northern area) on fishery and hydrographical investigations in the North Sea and adjacent waters. 1904-5. Part 1.—Hydrography. Conducted for the Fishery Board for Scotland in cooperation with the Internation! Council for the Exploration of the Sea under the superintendence of D’Arcy Wentworth Thompson, 1907, p. 209. London. PACKARD, A. S. $ 1863. A list of animals dredged near Caribou Island, southern Labrador, during July and August, 1860. Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, vol. vir, December, 1863, p. 401-429. Montreal. ParKER, G. H. * 1902. Notes on the dispersal of Sagartia lucie Verrill. American Naturalist, vol. xxxv1, no. 426, p. 491-493. Boston. PERKINS, G. H. 1869. Molluscan fauna of New Haven. Acritical review [etc.]. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol. xm, 1869, p. 109-136, 139-163. Boston. PERKINS, H. F. 1902. The development of Gonionema murbachii. Proceedingsof the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1902, p. 750-790, pl. xxI-xxx1v. Philadelphia. PETERSEN, C. G. Jou. 1893. Det Videnskabelige Udbytte af Kononbaaden ‘‘Hauchs’’ Togter. (General results trans- lated into English.) 464 p., 7 pl., and 14 distribution charts. Copenhagen, 1893. PETTERSSON, OTTO. 1894. A review of Swedish hydrographic research in the Baltic and the North Seas. Scottish Geographical Magazine, vol. x, 1894 (1894), p. 281-302, 352-359, 413-427, 449-462, 525-539, 617-635. Edinburgh. 198 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Pruvot, G. 1894. Essai sur la topographie et la constitution des fonds sous-marins de la plaine du Roussillon au Golfe de Rosas. Archives de Zoologie expérimentale et générale, 3d ser., t. 1, 1894, p. 599-672, 1 pl. Paris. 1895. Coup d’ceil sur le distribution générale des invertébrés dans la région de Banyuls (Golfe de Lion). Ibid., 3dser., t. 3, 1895, p. 629-658. 1897. Essai sur les fonds et la faune de la Manche Occidentale (cétes de Bretagne) comparés a ceux du Golfe de Lion. Ibid., 3 ser., t. v, 1897, p. 511-664, pl. XXI-XXVI. RATHBUN, R. 1887. Ocean temperatures of the eastern coast of the United States, from observations made at 24 lighthouses and lightships. The Fisheries and Fishery Industries of the United States, sec. MM, 1887, p. 157-238, 32 charts. U.S. Fish Commission, Washington, 1883-1887. Ritter, W. E. ; 1912. The Marine Biological Station of San Diego, its history, present conditions, achievements and aims. University of California Publications in Zoology, vol. 9, no. 4, D. 137-248, pl. 18-24, 2 maps. Berkeley. ScHarrr, R. F. 1899. The fauna and flora of Valencia Harbor on the west coast of Ireland. (Communicated by Dr. R. F. Scharff.) Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy, 3d ser., vol. v, 1898-1900 (com. June 26, 1899), p. 667-845, pl. xIx-xx1. Dublin. ScHotr, GERHARD. 1897. Die Gewasser der Bank von Neufundland und ihrer weitern Umgebung. Petermann’s Mitteilungen, 43 bd., 1897, p. 201-212, taf. 15. Gotha. SHALER, N.S. 1888. Report on the geology of Marthas Vineyard. Seventh Annual Report of Director of U. S. Geological Survey, 1885-86 (1888), p. 297-363, pl. Kx-xxIx. Washington. 1898. Geology of the Cape Cod district. Eighteenth Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey, 1896-97 (1898), pt. 1, p. 503-593. Washington. SmitH, SANDERSON. 1889. Lists of the dredging stations of the U. S. Fish Commission, the U. S. Coast Survey, and the British steamer Challenger, in North American waters, from 1867 to 1887, together with those of the principal European Government expeditions in the Atlantic and Arctic Oceans. Report U. S. Fish Commission 1886 (1889), p. 873-1017, 9 charts. Washington. SmitH, SANDERSON, AND PRIME, TEMPLE. 1870. Report on the Mollusca of Long Island, N. Y., and of its dependencies. Annalsof the Lyceum of Natural History of New York, vol. 1x, 1870, p. 377-407. New York. SmITH, SANDERSON, AND RATHBUN, RICHARD. 1882. Lists of the dredging stations of the United States Fish Commission from 1871 to 1879, inclusive, with temperature and other observations. Report U. S. Fish Commission 1879 (1882), P- 559-O0r. Washington. Smiru, S. I. 1879. The stalk-eyed crustaceans of the Atlantic coast of North America, north of Cape Cod. Trans- actions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. v, 1879, p. 27-138. pl. VmI—xI. New Haven. ; 1884. Report of the decapod Crustacea of the Albatross dredgings off the east coast of the United States in 1883. Report U.S. Fish Commission 1882 (1884), p. 345-426, pl. tx. Wash- ington. StTILEs, C. W. 1905. The international code of zoological nomenclature as applied to medicine. Bulletin no. 24. Hygienic Laboratory of the Public Health and Marine Hospital Service, September, 1905, p. 50. Washington. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 199 Stimpson, W. ; 1851. Shells of New England. A revision of the synonymy of the testaceous mollusks of New England, with notes on their structure, and their geographical and bathymetrical distribu- tion. 58p. pl.1andm. Boston, 1851. ; 1853. Synopsis of the marine invertebrata of Grand Manan, or the region about the mouth of the Bay of Fundy, New Brunswick. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, January, 1853, p- 1-66, pl. r-mr. Washington. Sumner, F. B. 1904-1909. Reports of the work of the biological laboratory of the Bureau of Fisheries at Woods Hole, Mass. (Titles differing somewhat from year to year.) Science, February 12, 1904 (report for 1903); April 14, 1905 (for 1904); December 29, 1905 (for 1905); May 3, 1907 (for 1906); New York. American Naturalist, May, 1908 (for 1907); New York. Science, June 25, 1909 (for 1908). 1906. The physiological effects upon fishes of changes in the density and salinity of water. Bulle- tin of the Bureau of Fisheries, vol. xxv, 1905 (1906), p. 53-108. Washington. 1909. On the occurrence of the littoral barnacle Chthamalus stellatus (Poli) at Woods Hole, Mass. Science, n. s., vol. Xxx, no. 768, September 17, 1909, p. 373-374. New York. rgto. An intensive study of the fauna and flora of a restricted area of sea bottom. Bulletin of the Bureau of Fisheries for 1908, vol. xxvut (Proceedings of the Fourth International Fish- eries Congress), p. 1225-1263 (doc. no. 716). Washington. Supan, A. 1903. Grundziige der physischen Erdkunde. 1903, 852 p. Leipzig. TANNER, Z. L. 1884. Report on the construction and work in 1880 of the Fish Commission steamer Fish Hawk. Report U. S. Fish Commission 1881 (1884), p. 3-53, pl I-xvm1. Washington. 1884a. A report of the work of the U.S. Fish Commission steamer Fish Hawk for the year ending December 31, 1881. Ibid., 1881 (1884), p. 55-85. 1885. Report on the construction and outfit of the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross. Ibid., 1883 (1885), p. 3-116, pl. I-1v. 1897. Dtep-sea exploration: A general description of the steamer Albatross, her appliances and methods. Bulletin U.S. Fish Commission, 1896 (1897), p. 257-428, pl. -xL. Washington. THompson, M. T. 1899. The breeding of animals at Woods Holl during the month of September, 1898. Science, n.s., vol. rx, no. 225, April 14, 1899, p. 581-583. New York. UNITED StTaTES Coast AND GEODETIC SURVEY. 1907. Tide tables for the year 1908. 524 p., 21 illus., 15 diag. Washington, 1907. UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE. tgit. Report of the Chief of the Weather Bureau, 1909-10, 281 p. UNITED STATES HyDROGRAPHIC OFFICE. 1891. Sailing directions for Nova Scotia, Bay of Fundy, and south shore of Gulf of St. Lawrence. Washington, 1891, p. 305. VERRILL, A. E. 1866. On the polyps and echinoderms of New England, with descriptions of new species. Pro- ceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol. x, 1866, p. 333-357. Boston. 1866a. Note on the distribution of North American birds. American Journal of Science and Arts, 2d ser., vol. xt1, March, 1866, p. 249-250. New Haven. 1871. On the distribution of marine animals on the southern coast of New England. Ibid., 3d ser., vol. 0, 1871, p. 357-362. 1873. Resultsof recent dredging expeditions on the coast of New England. Ibid., 3d ser., vol. v, February, 1873, p. 98-106. 1880. Rapid diffusion of Littorina littorea on the New England coast. American Journal of Science and Arts, 3d ser., vol. xx, p. 251. New Haven. 1883. Description of some of the apparatus used by the United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries in dredging off the New England coast. Report U. S. Fish Commission 1880 (1883), p. 65-74, pl. -1v. Washington. 200 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. VERRILL, A. E.—Continued. 1884. Notice of the remarkable marine fauna occupying the outer banks off the southern coast of New England, and of some additions to the fauna of Vineyard Sound. Ibid., 1882 (1884), p- 641-669. 1885. Results of the explorations made by the steamer Albatross off the northern coast of the United States in 1883. Report U.S. Fish Commission 1883 (1885), p. 503-699, pl. I-xLIv. Wash- ington. 1898. Descriptions of new American actinians, with critical notes on other species. American Journal of Science and Arts, 4th ser., vol. vi, p. 493-498. New Haven. VERRILL, A. E., AND SMITH, S. I. 1873. Report upon the invertebrate animals of Vineyard Sound and the adjacent waters, with an account of the physical characters of the region. Report U. S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries 1871-72 (1873), p. 295-778, pl. r-xxxvu. Washington. WALTHER, J. 1893-94. Hinleitung in die Geologie als historische Wissenschaft. I. Theil: Bionomie des Meeres II. Theil: Die Lebensweise der Meeresthiere. 1055 p., Jena, 1893-94. Wa tron, C. L. 1908. Notes on some Sagartiide and Zoanthide from Plymouth. Journal of the Marine Biologica Association, vol. vi, n. s., no. 2, May, 1908, p. 207-214. Plymouth. WHITEAVES, J. F. tgor. Catalogue of the marine Invertebrata of eastern Canada. Geological Survey of Canada, 1901, p- 272. Ottawa. WoopwaprbD, S. P. 1880. A manual of the Mollusca, being a treatise on recent and fossil shells. 4th edition, with ap pendix by Ralph Tate; 542 + 86 p., 23 pl., London, 1880. Worth, R. H. 1908. The dredgings of the Marine Biological Association (1895-1906), as a contribution to the knowledge of the geology of the English Channel. Journal of the Marine Biological Asso ciation, vol. vi, n. s..no. 2, May, 1908, p. 118-188, pl. vi-xvu. Plymouth. * DESCRIPTION OF DREDGING STATIONS OCCUPIED DURING PRESENT Station no. 7521. 7522. 7523- 7524- (Sint 7526. US Gifs 7528. wo" 7530- 7531. 7532- 7533: 7534- 7535- 7536. 7537- 7538. 7539- 7549. 7541- 7542- 7543- 7544- 7545- 7546. July 28, 1903. SURVEY. FISH HAWK STATIONS. Nobska Light, NE, % mile; 10 fathoms; coarse sand; 24-inch rake dredge. (Dredge frame broken during haul.) July 28, 1903. July 28, 1903. Nobska Light, N % W, 1 mile; ro fathoms; stony; 24-inch rake destize. Nobska Light, NW by N 34 N, 154 miles; 13 fathoms; stony; 24-inch rake dredge. (Dredge net torn during haul.) July 28, July 28, July 28, July 31, 1903. dredge. July 31, 1903. dredge. July 31, 1903. July 31, 1903. 1903. 1903. July 31, 1903. rake dredge. August 3, 1903. 1903. Nobska Light, NNW % W, 24 miles; 10 fathoms; stony; 7-foot beam trawl. Nobska Light, NNW 14 W, 254 miles; 7 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl. Nobska Light, N %4 W, 2% miles; 7% fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl. West Chop SE by E, Tarpaulin Cove W by S %§; 9 fathoms; sand; 24-inch rake West Chop SE by E 34 E, Nobska NE 4 N; 13 fathoms; sandy; 24-inch rake West Chop ESE, Nobska NNE; 13 fathoms; sand and gravel; 24-inch rake dredge. Nobska N % E, West Chop E by S \% §; 12 fathoms; stony; 7-foot beam trawl. Tarpaulin Cove W % N, Nobska NE by N 4% N; 8% fathoms; sandy; 24-inch West Chop ESE, Tarpaulin Cove W by S % §S; ro AES sand and stones 24-inch rake dredge. August 3, 1903. rake dredge. August 3, 1903. 24-inch rake dredge. August 3, 1903. stony; West Chop E by S % §S, Tarpaulin Cove W by S; 10 fathoms; sandy; 24-inch West Chop E by S, Nobska Point NE, Tarpaulin Cove W 4 S; 101% fathoms; Nobska Point N by E 34 E, Tarpaulin Cove W by N; 10 fathoms; gravel and sand; 24-inch rake dredge (2 hauls). August 3, 1903. Nobska Point N by E % E, Tarpaulin Cove W by N 14 N; 534 fathoms; sandy; 24-inch rake dredge. August 7, 1903. Tarpaulin Cove W by S %4 S, West Chop E by S % §S; 15 fathoms; coarse gravel; 24-inch dredge (2 hauls). August 7, 1903. August 7, 1903. August 7, 1903. Tarpaulin Cove W 4 S, West Chop E 34 S; 10 fathoms; stony; oyster dredge. Tarpaulin Cove W 34 N, Nobska NE; 13 fathoms; stony; oyster dredge. Nobska NE 34 N, Tarpaulin Cove W by N 1% N; 5 fathoms; sand and shells; oyster ‘dredge and beam trawl. August 7, 1903. Nobska NE by N ¥% N, Tarpaulin Cove WNW; 13 fathoms; sand and gravel; oyster dredge. August 7, 1903. beam trawl. August 11, 1903. dredge. August 11, 1903. Nobska NE by N 34 N, Tarpaulin Cove NW by W 14 W;; 7 fathoms; sandy; Gay Head SW % S, Nobska E by N !% N; 12 fathoms; coarse gravel; oyster Tarpaulin Cove W 34 N, Nobska NE by E 14 E; 1014 fathoms; coarse gravel; oyster dredge. August 11, 1903. Tarpaulin Cove WNW, Nobska NE 1% E; 10!¢ fathoms; stones and coarse gravel; oyster dredge. August 11, 1903. Tarpaulin Cove NW by W 14 W, Nobska NE 14 N; 5 fathoms; sand and stones; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. 201 me 7 202 ' BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Station no. ; 7547. August 11, 1903. Nobska NE by N, Tarpaulin Cove NW 3{W;; 12 fathoms; stony; oyster dredge. 7548. August 11, 1903. ‘Tarpaulin Cove NW % W, Nobska NE by N; 6 fathoms; stony; 7-foot beam trawl. 7549. August 12, 1903. Tarpaulin Cove NW, Nobska ENE; 12 fathoms; stony; oyster dredge. : 7550. August 12, 1903. Nobska NE by E \% E, Tarpaulin Cove NW % N;; 12 fathoms; stony; 7-foot beam trawl. 7551. August 12, 1903. Nobska NE ¥% E, Tarpaulin Cove NW 34 N; 9 fathoms; sand; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. 7552. August 12, 1903. Nobska NE 14 N, Tarpaulin Cove NW by N; 13 fathoms; sand and shells; oyster dredge. 7553. Atigust 12, 1903. Nobska NE 34 N, Tarpaulin Cove NW by N; 7% fathoms; sand and shells; 7-foot beam trawl. 7554. August 15, 1903. Nobska ENE, Gay Head SW 34 S; 7% fathoms; muddy; 7-foot beam trawl, oyster dredge, 24-inch dredge. 7555. August 15, 1903. Tarpaulin Cove N by E % E, Nobska NE by E % E; 12 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl. 7556. August 15, 1903. Nobska NE 1% E, Tarpaulin Cove N; 91% fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl. 7557. August 18, 1903. Tarpaulin Cove N by W, Gay Head SW 34 W; 3% to 10% fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl. 7558. August 18, 1903. Gay Head SW by W % W, Tarpaulin Cove N by W % W; 17% fathoms; sand and shells; 7-foot beam trawl. 7559. August 18, 1903. ‘Tarpaulin Cove N by W % W, Gay Head WSW; 54 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl. (Very little material obtained.) 7560. August 18, 1903. Gay Head WSW, Tarpaulin Cove N 14 W; 7 fathoms; sand and pebbles; beam trawl, and oyster dredge. 7561. August 18, 1903. Gay Head SW by W % W, Tarpaulin Cove N { E; 1214 fathoms; sand and stones; 7-foot beam trawl. 7562. August 18, 1903. Gay Head SW % W, Tarpaulin Cove N 34 E; 514 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. 7563. August 18, 1903. Gay Head SW, West Chop E by N; 8 fathoms; gravel; 7-foot beam trawl. 7564. August 18, 1903. Gay Head SW 34 S, West Chop E 14 N; 13 fathoms; sand; 7-foot beam trawl. 7565. August 18, 1903. Gay Head SW by S % S, West Chop E % N; 15 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. 7566. August 21, 1903. Gay Head SSW, tangent Naushon E by N % N; 7% fathoms; sandy; oyster dredge. (Scanty haul.) 7567. August 21, 1903. Tarpaulin Cove NE % E, Gay Head SW by S &% S; 12 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. (Scanty haul.) 7568. August 21, 1903. Tarpaulin Cove NE by N, Cedar Tree Neck E; 714 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. (Scanty haul.) 7569. August 21, 1903. Tarpaulin Cove NE by N 34 N, Gay Head SW; 7 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. (Scanty haul.) 7570. August 21, 1903. Gay Head SW 34 W, Tarpaulin Cove N by E % E; 12 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. (Scanty haul.) 7571. August 21, 1903. ‘Tarpaulin Cove N by E, Gay Head SW by W 4 W;; 12 fathoms; muddy; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. S 7572. August 21, 1903. Tarpaulin Cove N % E, Gay Head W by S 3{ S; 10 fathoms; sandy and stony; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. 7573. August 24, 1903. Gay Head S by W, Buoy No. 2, Quicks Hole, in line with Dumpling Light; 8 fathoms; muddy; oyster dredge. : 7574. August 24, 1903. Gay Head S by W % W, Nobska ENE; 10 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. 7575. August 24,1903. Gay Head SW by S 34 S, Nobska NE by 34 E; 1234 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. 7576. August 24, 1903. Gay Head SW 34 S, Cuttyhunk Life Saving Station W by N 34 N; 9% fathoms sand and fine gravel; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 203 ‘Station no. 7577. August 24, 1903. Cuttyhunk Life Saving Station NW by W 34 W, Gay Head SW §; 8 fathoms; 7578. fine gravel and broken shells; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. August 24, 1903. Gay Head SW by W, Cuttyhunk Life Saving station NW by W 14 W;; 14 fathoms, sand and mud; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. . August 24, 1903. Gay Head WSW, Tarpaulin Cove N by E 34 E; 10% fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl, 24-inch dredge. . August 24, 1903. Gay Head W 34 S, Tarpaulin Cove N by E; 934 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl, 24-inch dredge. . August 27, 1903. Gay Head S { W, Cuttyhunk Life Saving Station NW by N 4 N; 634 fathoms; black mud and shells; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. . August 27, 1903. Gay Head S by E, Black Buoy on Devils Bridge SW; 1434 fathoms; mud and shells; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. . August 27, 1903. Cuttyhunk Light NW % W, Black Buoy S 14 W; 13 fathoms; sand and shells; 7-foot beam and trawl and 24-inch dredge. . August 27, 1903. Gay Head SSE, Cuttyhunk Light NW by W; 1434 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. . August 28, 1903. Gay Head SE by S 34 S, tangent Cuttyhunk Island WNW; 15 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. . August 28, 1903. Gay Head SSE 14 E, tangent Cuttyhunk Island W by N 4 N; 13 fathoms; sand and mud; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. . August 28, 1903. Gay Head SE by S 34 S, tangent Cuttyhunk Island W 14 N; 10 fathoms; coarse gravel; oyster dredge. . August 28, 1903. Gay Head S by E \ E, tangent Cuttyhunk Island W 14 N; 10 fathoms, sand; oyster dredge. . August 28, 1903. Gay Head S 34 E, tangent Cuttyhunk Island W by N; 13 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. . August 28, 1903. Gay Head S % E, Nobska NE by E 34 E; 1434 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. . August 28, 1903. Gay Head S 4 W, tangent Cuttyhunk Island WNW; 14 fathoms; sand; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. . August 28, 1903. Gay Head S by W 34 W, tangent Cuttyhunk Island NW by W 4 W;; 16 fathoms; broken shells; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. . August 28, 1903. Gay Head SW, tangent Cuttyhunk NW by W; 13 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. . August 28, 1903. Gay Head SW by W 34 W, Nobska NE ¥% E; 10 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. . September 1, 1903. Gay Head S % W, bell buoy E by N; 7 fathoms; stones and gravel; oyster dredge. . September 1, 1903. Gay Head S 34 W, Nobska NE by E 34 E; 7 fathoms; hard sand and rock; j-foot beam trawl, 24-inch dredge, and oyster dredge. . September 1, 1903. Nobska NE by E % E, Gay Head SW by S 34 S; 12 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. . September 1, 1903. Nobska NE by E % E, Gay Head SW by S % §S; 13 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl, oyster dredge. . September 1, 1903. Gay Head SW % S, Cuttyhunk Life Saving Station NW 34 W, 12% fath- oms; black mud; 7-foot beam trawl, . September 1, 1903. Gay Head SW by W }{ W, Tarpaulin Cove NE by N ¥% N;; ro fathoms; hard sand; 7-foot beam trawl. . September 1, 1903. Gay Head W by S % S, Nobska NE; 10 fathoms; muddy sand; oyster dredge. . September 1, 1903. Gay Head W, Nobska NE 14 N; 7 fathoms; muddy sand; 7-foot beam trawl and 24-inch dredge. . September 2, 1903. Chatham Light WNW, 7 miles 17? fathoms; stones and pebbles; 7-foot beam trawl and small scrape dredge; drift S 1% mile. 7605. 7606. 7607. 7608. 7609. 7610. 7611. 7612. 7613. 7614. 7615. 7610. 7617. 7618. 7619. 7620. 7621. 7622. 7623. 7624. 7625. 7626. 7627. 7628. 7629. 7630. Be oh as . 204 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Station no. 7604. September 2, 1903. Chatham Light W by N 34 N, distance 7 miles; 19 fathoms; sand and gravel; oyster dredge; drift W % mile. September 2, 1903. Chatham Light W by N 34 N, distance 7 miles; 17 fathoms; pebbles and gravel; oyster dredge; drift SE 1% mile. ; September 2, 1903. Chatham Light W by N 34 N; 7 miles; 16 fathoms; large stones and gravel; oyster dredge; drift SE 1% mile. September 2, 1903. Chatham Light NW by W % W, 7 miles; 1634 fathoms; large stones and gravel; oyster dredge; drift WSW 1% mile. September 2, 1903. Chatham Light WNW, 734 miles; 1934 fathoms; sand and gravel; 7-foot beam trawl and small scrape dredge (3 separate hauls were made); drift SSW 1% mile. September 2, 1903. Chatham Light W 14 N, 71% miles; 25 fathoms; shells and pebbles; oyster dredge; drift SE 14 mile. July 22, r904. South end Big Weepecket W by S 34 S, 2 miles; Nobska Light SE by E % E, 21 miles; 414 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl; scrape dredge; drift SE 1% mile. July 22, 1904. Nobska Light SE 14 E, 3% miles; 2 small Weepecket Islands in line, 114 miles; 74 fathoms; black mud; 7-foot beam trawl, scrape dredge; drift KE 1% mile. July 22, 1904. Bird Island Light NNE, 634 miles; Fairhaven standpipe NW 4 N, 734 miles; 744 fathoms; black sandy mud; 7-foot beam trawl; scrape dredge; drift ENE ¥% mile. July 22, 1904. Bird Island Light NE 34 N, 6 miles; Fair Haven standpipe NW ¥% N, 6% miles; 7 fathoms; black sandy mud; 7-foot beam trawl; scrape dredge; drift ENE 1% mile. July 22, 1904. Fairhaven standpipe NW, 5 miles; Angelica and Cormorant Point beacon in line, vy wile; 5 fathoms; black muddy sand; 7-foot beam trawl, scrape dredge; drift E 14 mile. July 22, 1904. Bird Island Light NE by E 34 E, 534 miles; Fair Haven standpipe NW 4 W, 3% miles; 314 fathoms; black muddy sand; 7-foot beam trawl, scrape dredge; drift EK % mile. July 25, 1904. North Weepecket Island W by S % S, 334 miles; end of Quamquisset Point S by E iE, % mile; 514 fathoms; muddy sand; oyster dredge; drift E +, mile. July 25, 1904. Wings Neck Light NNE 4 E, 7 miles; Mattapoisett Light NW by W, 634 miles; 71% fathoms; black mud; 7-foot beam trawl; drift ENE % mile. July 25, 1904. Wings Neck Light NE 44 N, 64 miles; Mattapoisett Light NW by N ¥% N, 434 miles; 7 fathoms; soft black mud; 7-foot beam trawl; scrape dredge; drift ENE 14 mile. July 25, 1904. Wings Neck Light NE by E % E, 6% miles; Mattapoisett Light, NNW, 234 miles; 7 fathoms; soft black mud; 7-foot beam trawl; scrape dredge; drift ENE 4 mile. July 25, 1904. Bird Island Light NE by EH, 334 miles; Mattapoisett Light NW by N % N, 134 miles; 4 fathoms; black muddy sand; oyster dredge; drift NE % mile. July 27, 1904. Wings Neck Light N 34 E, 64% miles; Mattapoisett Light NW % N, 734 miles; 5% fathoms; coarse sand and shell fragments; oyster dredge; drift NNW ¥% mile. July 27, 1904. Wings Neck Light N by E 34 E, 5% miles; Mattapoisett Light NW % N, 6% miles; 7 fathoms; black muddy sand; 7-foot beam trawl; scrape dredge; drift NE 14 mile. July 27, 1904. Wings Neck Light NE 34 N, 434 miles; Mattapoisett NW 4 W, 434 miles; 7 fathoms; black mud; 7-foot beam trawl, scrape dredge; drift N 14 mile. July 27, 1904. Wings Neck Light NE by E, 4% miles; Mattapoisett NW % W, 34 miles; 5% fathoms; muddy sand and shell fragments; 7-foot beam trawl; scrape dredge; drift NE 14 mile. July 27, 1904. Wings Neck Light E by N %4N, 434 miles; Mattapoisett Light NW by W 4 W, 2 miles; 434 fathoms; muddy sand; oyster dredge; drift SSW 14 mile. July 29, 1904. Wings Neck Light N by E, 4 miles; Mattapoisett Light NW by W % W, 6% miles; 434 fathoms; muddy sand and shell fragments; oyster dredge; drift SW % mile. July 20, 1904. Wings Neck Light NE by N, 3!4 miles; Bird Island Light N by W 3% W, 234 miles; 534 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl; scrape dredge; drift SW 14 mile. July 29, 1904. Wings Neck Light NE by E % E, 3 miles; Bird Island Light N 14 W, 13% miles; 4fathoms; muddy sand and shell fragments; oyster dredge; drift SW 1% mile. July 29, 1904. Black Buoy on Bow Bells SSW 4 W, 34 mile; Bird Island Light E 4 N, 3 mile; 4 fathoms; sandy mud; oyster dredge; drift SW 1% mile. August 1, 1904. Wings Neck Light N 34 E, 214 miles; Bird Island Light NW 4 W, 3 miles; 4 fathoms; sandy; oyster dredge; drift SW 1% mile. 7 eee “a so. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 205 Station no. 7631. August 1, 1904. Wings Neck Light NE }4 E, 134 miles; Bird Island Light NW by W 4 W, 134 miles; 5 fathoms; mud and shells; oyster dredge; drift SW % mile. . 7632. August 1, 1904. Wings Neck Light E 14 S, 2 miles; Bird Island Light SW by W 4 W, 34 miles; 314 fathoms; mud; oyster dredge; drift SW 14 mile. 7633. August 1, 1904. Wings Neck Light SE by E, 134 miles; Bird Island Light SW 4 W, 134 miles; 34 fathoms; muddy sand; oyster dredge; drift SW } mile. 7634. August 1, 1904. Wings Neck Light SSE, 114 miles; Bird Island Light SW by W }4 W, 2% miles; 3% fathoms; sand and shell fragments; oyster dredge; drift SW 1% mile. 7635. August 1, 1904. Wings Neck NE by E \% E, 34 mile; Dry Ledge N by W 34 W, 2 miles; 434 fathoms; muddy sand and shell fragments; oyster dredge; drift SW 1% mile. 7636. August 3, 1904. Nobska Light E by S } S, 334 miles; Little Weepecket Island and Sippowisett Hotel in line SSE %4 E; North Weepecket Island '% mile; 7 fathoms; rocky with coarse sand; oyster dredge; scrape dredge; drift NW 1 mile. 7637. August 3, 1904. Nobska Light ESE, 5 miles; Sippowisett Hotel E 34 N, 514 miles; 8 fathoms; black sandy mud; 7-foot beam trawl; oyster dredge; scrape dredge; drift E 14 mile. 7638. August 3, 1904. Nobska Light SE by E % E, 614 miles; Mattapoisett Light N 14 E, 6 miles; 8 fathoms; black sandy mud; 7-foot beam trawl; oyster dredge; drift ENE 14 mile. 7639. August 3, 1904. Nobska Light SE by E, 734 miles; Cormorant Rock Spindle NE by N, 2% miles; 514 fathoms; hard sand and rocks; oyster dredge; drift ENE 4 mile. 7640. August 5, 1904. Large Weepecket Island NE 34 E, 1% miles; Clark’s Point Fort NW 34 N, 834 miles; 6 fathoms; black sandy mud; oyster dredge; drift NW 1% mile. 7641. August 5, 1904. North Weepecket Island, E ¥4 N, 2% miles; Clark’s Point Fort NW by N, 734 miles; 714 fathoms; soft sandy mud; 7-foot beam trawl; scrape dredge; drift SSE 14 mile 7642. August 5, 1904. Sippowissett Hotel E 34 N, 734 miles; Clark’s Point Fort NW by N, 534 miles; 8 fathoms; soft black mud; oyster dredge; drift SSE 14 mile. 7643. August 5, 1904. Clark’s Point Fort NW by N 414 miles; Sippowissett Hotel E 34 S, 8 miles; 7 fathoms; mud and muddy sand; beam trawl; oyster dredge; drift SSE % mile. 7644. August 5, 1904. Dumpling Rock Light W by S, 3!4 miles; Clark’s Point Fort NW by N, 3 miles; 5% fathoms; sand and mud; beam trawl; scrape dredge; oyster dredge; drift SSE 1% mile. 7645. Atigust 8, 1904. Lookout on West Island E by S % S, 2% miles; Butlers Flat Light NW, 1% mile; 4fathoms; muddy sand with’ many cinders; oyster dredge; drift SW 1% mile. 7646. August 8, 1904. Dumpling Rock Light SW 1% S, 3 miles; Sconticut Neck Beacon SE by E % E, 1% miles; 5 fathoms; soft sticky mud; oyster dredge; drift SW 1% mile. 7647. August 8, 1904. Dumpling Rock Light SW 34 W, 3 miles; Clark’s Point Fort NW 34 N, 1% miles; 6 fathoms; soft sandy mud; oyster dredge; drift SW 1% mile. 7648. August 8, 1904. Clark’s Point Fort N by E 4 E,1 mile; bell and black can buoy in line, SE 34 E, 2% miles; 434 fathoms; sandy and many cinders; oyster dredge; drift SW % mile. 7649. August 8, 1904. Dumpling Rock Light SW, 7% mile; Barekneed Rocks Spindle NW by W ¥% W, 1 mile; 51% fathoms; soft mud; oyster dredge; drift SW 1% mile. 7650. August 8, 1904. Dumpling Rock Light W 34 S, 13 miles; Clark’s Point Fort N 4 E, 234 miles; 7 fathoms; sandy mud; oyster dredge; drift SW 14 mile. 7651.4 August 11,1904. North Rock and tangent of Pasque Island in line, 134 miles; Lone Rocks Bell Buoy W by N %N, 1% miles; 714 fathoms; soft black mud; oyster dredge. 7652. August 11, 1904. Lone Rock buoy W 34 S, 274 miles; south end Big Weepecket Island NE by E 3% E, 3% miles; 7 fathoms; soft sandy mud; oyster dredge; drift NW 1% mile. 7653. August 11, 1904. Lone Rock buoy SW % W, 254 miles; North Weepecket Island E by N, 4% miles; 8 fathoms; black sandy mud; beam trawl, scrape dredge; drift SW 14 mile. 7654. August 11, 1904. West end Penikese Island SW by W, 5 miles; Dumpling Rock Light NW 34 W, 3% miles; 9 fathoms; black sandy mud; 7-foot beam trawl, scrape dredge; drift SW 1 mile. _ 7655. August 11, 1904. West end Penikese Island SW % S, 514 miles; Dumpling Rock Light WNW, 23 miles; 74 fathoms; black sandy mud; oyster dredge; drift SW 1% mile. 7656. August 12, 1904. North end Penikese Island W by S, 3% miles; Dumpling Rock Light NNW 34 W, 474 miles; 8 fathoms; sandy mud; 7-foot beam trawl, scrape dredge; drift NE 1% mile. 2 This station as plotted on the chart is considerably nearer shore than the bearings given would indicate. 206 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Station no. 7957- 7658. 7659- 7660. 7661. 7662. 7663. 7664. 7665. 7666. 7667. 7668. 7669. 7670. 7671. 7672. 7973- 7974. 7675. 7676. 7677- 7678. 7979. 7680. 7681. August 12, 1904. North end Penikese Island SW 4 W, 34 miles; Dumpling Rock Light NNW ¥% W, 3% miles; 8 fathoms; sandy mud; 7-foot beam trawl, scrape dredge; drift SW 14 mile. August 12, 1904. Hen and Chickens Lightship SW by W 34 W, 654 miles; Dumpling Rock Light NNW, 134 miles; 9 fathoms; black mud; oyster dredge. August 12, 1904. Mishaum Point SW by W % W, 134 miles; Dumpling Rock Light NNE, 34 mile; 534 fathoms; rocky, with gravel and shell fragments; oyster dredge; drift SW % mile. August 12,1904. Hensand Chickens Lightship SW by W 4 W, 434 miles; Dumpling Rock Light NNE ¥% E, 236 miles; 714 fathoms; muddy; 7-foot beam trawl, scrape dredge; drift SW % mile. August 12,1904. Hen and Chickens Lightship W by S, 534 miles; Dumpling Rock Light N 4% E, 338 miles; 1314 fathoms; muddy; 7-foot beam trawl, scrape dredge; drift SW 1% mile. August 12,1904. Hen and Chickens Lightship W 14 N, 6 miles; Dumpling Rock Light N % W, 434 miles; ro fathoms; soft mud; 7-foot beam trawl, scrape dredge; drift SW % mile. August 12, 1904. North Rock E by N 34 N, % mile; Dumpling Rock Light N by W % W, 6 miles; 7 fathoms; mud and shells; 7-foot beam trawl, scrape dredge; drift SW % mile. August 15, 1904. Cuttyhunk Light E 34 N, 5« mile; Hen and Chickens Lightship NW 34 N, 33% miles; 12 fathoms: small stones; oyster dredge; drift SW 1% mile. August 15, 1904. Cuttyhunk Light SE by E 15 miles; Hen and Chickens Lightship NW 34 N, 21% miles; 114% fathoms; rocky and sandy; oyster dredge; drift SW % mile. August 15, 1904. North end Peaikese Island E, 4 miles; Hen and Chickens Lightship NW 34 N, 34 mile; 11 fathoms; rocky and small stones; oyster dredge; drift SW 1% mile. August 15,1904. Dumpling Rock Light NE by E, 67% miles; Hen and Chickens Lightship SE by S % S, 34 mile; 9 fathoms; small stones; oyster dredge; drift SW % mile. August 15, 1904. Mishaum Point NE by E 34 E, 314 miles; Cuttyhunok Light SSE, 5 miles; 8 fathoms; muddy sand; oyster dredge; drift SW % mile. August 15, 1904. Dumpling Rock Light NE, 534 miles; Cuttyhunk Light S by E % E, 3% miles; 13 fathoms; black sandy mud; oyster dredge. August 15, 1904. Dumpling Rock Light NE by N % N, 6 miles; north end Penikese Island E Y% N, 2 miles; 19 fathoms(?); small stones; oyster dredge; drift SW 1% mile. August 15, 1904. Cuttyhunk Life-Saving Station SE by E % E, 1% miles; Cuttyhunk Light SW 34 S, 1 mile; 9 fathoms; stones and muddy sand; 7:foot beam trawl, oyster dredge; drift SW % mile. August 17, 1904. Cuttyhunk Light SW by S, 25¢ miles; Hen and Chickens Lightship W % N, 4 miles; 10 fathoms; small stones, sand, and shells; oyster dredge; drift SW 14 mile. August 17, 1904. Cuttyhunk Light S 34 W, 3% miles; Hen and Chickens Lightship W by S, 3% miles; 17 fathoms; sandy mud and stones; beam trawl, scrape dredge; drift SW 14 mile. August 17, 1904. Dumpling Rock Light NE % E, 4 miles; Cuttyhunk Life-Saving Station SE by S % S, 434 miles; 7 fathoms; coarse sand and mud; oyster dredge; drift SW 4 mile. August 17, 1904. Mishaum Point E by N, 2 miles; Hen and Chickens Lightship SW by S % §S, 334 miles; 634 fathoms; muddy sand; beam trawl, oyster dredge; drift SW 3% mile. July 17, 1905. Gay Head Light SW % S, Prospect Hill SE by E % E; 9% fathoms; hard sand; 7-foot beam trawl. July 17, 1905. Gay Head Light S by W % W, Prospect Hill ESE 34 HE, 111% fathoms; hard sand; 7-foot beam trawl; scrape dredge. July 17, 1905. Prospect Hill SE by S, Gay Head Light SW 34 W, 12% fathoms; hard sand; 7-foot beam trawl, scrape dredge. (Very little in the scrape dredge.) July 24, 1905. (a) Pasque-Nashawena 40° 47’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 27° 05’; (b) Pasque-Nasha- wena 38° 36’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 23° 44’; 1314 fathoms; sand and shells; 6-foot beam trawl and scrape dredge. July 24, 1905. (a) Pasque-Nashawena 33° 22’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 22° 30’; (b) Pasque- Nashawena 33° 35’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 22° 20’; (c) Pasque-Nashawena 32° 47’, Nashawena- Cuttyhunk 22° 10’; 131% fathoms; hard sand; 6-foot trawl and scrape dredge. July 24, 1905. (a) Pasque-Nashawena 35° 56’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 31° 05/; (6) Pasque- Nashawena 34° 41’; Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 29° 11’; (c) Pasque-Nashawena 33° 05’, Nashawena- Cuttyhunk 28° 08’; 1314 fathoms; hard sand; 6-foot trawl; scrape dredge. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 207 Station no. 7682. 7683. 7684. 7685. 7686. 7687. 7688. 7689. 7690. 7691. 7692. 7693- 7694. 7695 7696. July 24, 1905. (a) Pasque-Nashawena 37° 40’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 19° 07’; (6) Tarpaulin Cove-Nashawena 89° 08’, Nashawena-Gay Head 95° 09’; (c) Tarpaulin Cove-Nashawena 91° 097; Nashawena-Gay Head 89° 37’; 19 fathoms(?); hard sand, mud, and shells; 6-foot trawl and scrape dredge. July 26, 1095. (a) Gay Head-Nashawena 127° 48’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 61° 07’; (b) Gay Head- Nashawena 120° 50’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 60° oo’; (c) Gay Head-Nashawena 114° 41’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 61° 45’; 19!4(?) fathoms; hard sand; 7-foot beam trawi, mud bag and oyster dredge. July 26, 1t905. (a) Gay Head-Nashawena 105° 43’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 59° 40’; (b) Gay Head-Nashawena roo° 30’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 57° 33’; (c) Gay Head-Nashawena 94° 13’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 55° 43’; 1314 fathoms; hard sand; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. July 26, 1905. (a) Gay Head-Nashawena 129° 44’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 75° 42’; (b) Gay Head-Nashawena 123° 46’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 75° 20’; (c) Gay Head-Nashawena 116° 50’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 77° 46’; 17 fathoms; hard sand; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, and oyster dredge. July 26, 1905. (a) Gay Head-Nashawena 102° 34’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 73° 55’; (6) Gay Head- Nashawena 99° 42’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 71° 15’; (c) Gay Head-Nashawena 93° 52’, Nasha- wena-Cuttyhunk 68° 34’; 1744 fathoms; hard sand; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, and oyster dredge. July 26, 1905. (a) Gay Head-Nashawena 105° 11’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 109° 25’; (6) Gay Head- Nashawena 103° 67’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 104° 43’; (c) Gay Head-Nashawena 97° 52’, Nasha- wena-Cuttyhunk 103° 23’; 12 fathoms; hard sand; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. July 26, 1905. (a) Gay Head-Nashawena go° 36’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 96° 36’; (b) Gay Head- Nashawena 85° 42’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk go° 57’; (c) Gay Head-Nashawena 79° 59’, Nasha- wena-Cuttyhunk 90° 38’; (d) Gay Head-Nashawena 76° 37’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 92° 44’; 13 fathoms; hard, coarse sand; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. July 26, 1905. (a) Nashawena-Cuttyhunk Life Saving Station 92° 12’, Life-Saving Station-Cut- tyhunk Light 46° 59’; (b) Nashawena-Cuttyhunk Life-Saving Station 69° 21’, Life-Saving Sta- tion-Cuttyhunk Light 54° 40’; (c) Nashawena-Cuttyhunk Life-Saving Station 59° 20’, Life- Saving Station-Cuttyhunk Light 57° 46’; 9 fathoms; hard sand and rocks; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. July 26, 1905. (a) Gay Head-Nashawena 70° 11’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 106° 47’; (b) Gay Head- Nashawena 71° 03’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 106° 57’; (c) Gay Head-Nashawena 71° 14’, Nash- awena-Cuttyhunk 93° 31’; 9 fathoms; rocky; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. July 26, 1905. (a) Gay Head-Nashawena 69° 46’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 119° 59’; (b) Gay Head- Nashawena 70° 33’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 113° 58’; 9 fathoms; rocky; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. : July 26, 1905. (a) Gay Head-Nashawena 61° 57’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 80° 86’; (b) Gay Head- Nashawena 60° 40’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 72° 07; 9 fathoms, rosky; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. July 26, 1905. (a) Gay Head-Nashawena 82° 15’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 132° 50’; (b) Gay Head- Nashawena 87° 44’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 132° 59’; (c) Nashawena-Cuttyhunk Life-Saving Station 117° 41’, Life-Saving Station-Cuttyhunk Light 11° 55’; 11 fathoms; rocky bottom; 7-foot beam trawl, oyster dredge, mud bag. July 26, 1905. (a) Naushon SW-Nashawena 46° 37’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 99° 32’; (6) Naushon SW-Nashawena 80° 13’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 66° 06’; (c) Naushon SW-Pasque 29° o1’, Pasque Nashawena 82° 13’; 1214 fathoms; rocky; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. July 26, 1905. (a) Naushon SW-Pasque 51° 25’, Pasque-Nashawena go° 38’; (b) Naushon SW- Pasque 61° 47’, Pasque-Nashawena 80° 03’; (c) Naushon SW-Pasque 66° 50’, Pasque-Nasha- wena 71° 56’; 1014 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. July 26, 1905. (a) Naushon SW-Pasque 81° 18’, Pasque-Nashawena 56° 28/; (b) Naushon SW- Pasque 85° 04’, Pasque-Nashawena 47° 40’; (c) Naushon SW-Pasque 81° 31’, Pasque-Nasha- wena 41° 33’; 10 fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. ; 208 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Station no. 7997. 7608. 7699. 7700. 7701. 7702. 7793- 7704. 7795- 7706. . 77°7- 7708. 7799- 7710. 7717- July 26, 1905. (a) Tarpaulin Cove-Naushon SW 36° 41’, Naushon SW-Pasque 66° 33’; (6) Tar- paulin Cove-Naushon SW 56° 34’, Naushon SW-Pasque 45° 39’; (c) Tarpaulin Cove-Nauskon SW 66° oo’, Naushon SW-Pasque 32° 43’; sand and mud; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, and oyster dredge. July 28, 1905. (a) Nashawena-Gay Head g0° 02’, Gay Head-Prospect Hill 75° 27; (6) Nasha- wena-Gay Head 89° 337, Sel Head-Prospect Hill 73° 21’; (c) Nashawena-Gay Head 87° 06’, Gay Head-Prospect Hill 71° 14’; (d) Nashawena-Gay Head 84° 45’; Gay Head-Prospect Hill 69° 56’; 12 fathoms; sandy. July 28, 1905. (a) subpoenas Head 87° 33’, Gay Head-Prospect Hill 68° 40’; (6) Nasha- wena-Gay Head 91° 08’, Gay Head-Prospect Hill 68° 31’; (c) Nashawena-Gay Head 93° 227, Gay Head-Prospect Hill 67° 41’; 10 fathoms; hard sand. July 28, 1905. (a) Nashawena-Gay Head 92° 20’, Gay Head-Prospect Hill 66° 35’; (6) Nasha- wena-Gay Head 98° 39’, Gay Head-Prospect Hill 64° 17’; (c) Nashawena-Gay Head 99° 16/, Gay Head-Prospect Hill 62° 54’; (d) Nashawena-Gay Head 99° 52’, Gay Head-Prospect Hill 61° 19’; 10 fathoms; sand. July 28, 1905. (a) Nashawena-Gay Head ro1° 35’, Gay Head-Prospect Hill 58° 19’; (6) Nasha- wena-Gay Head 1or° 36’, Gay Head-Prospect Hill 56° 31’; (c) Nashawena-Gay Head ror° o1’, Gay Head-Prospect Hill 54° 45’; (d) Nashawena-Gay Head 100° 55’, Gay Head-Prospect Hill 53° 17’; 13 fathoms; sand. July 28, 1905. (a) Nassar Gey, Head 121° 43’, Gay Head-Prospect Hill 68° 43’; (6) Nasha- wena-Gay Head 124° 15’, Gay Head-Prospect Hill 66° o1’; (c) Nashawena-Gay Head 125° 25’, Gay Head-Prospect Hill 64° 02’; (d) Nashawena-Gay Head 126° 27’, Gay Head-Prospect Hill 62° 26’; 13 fathoms; sand. July 28, 1905. (a) Nashaniena: Cay Head 129° 05’, Cay; Head-Prospect Hill 55° 23’; (b) Nasha- wena-Gay Head 129° 20’, Sy Head-Prospect Hill 53° 00’; (c) Masha ee Head 129° 45’, Gay Head-Prospect Hill 51° 36’; (d) Nashawena-Gay Head 129° 55’, Gay Head-Prospect Hill 50° 08’; 12 to 7 fathoms; sand. July 31, 1905. (a) Pasque-Nashawena 72° 12’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 43° 23”; (b) Pasque-Nasha- wena 63° 47’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 47° 44’; (c) Pasque-Nashawena 57° 55’; Nashawena-Cut- tyhunk 49° 37’; 10!4 fathoms; sand. July 31, Es (a) Pasque-Nashawena 53° 47’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 43° 55’; (b) Pasque-Nasha- wena 51° 32% Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 41° 20’; (c) Pasque-Nashawena 48° 52’, Nashawena-Cut- tyhunk 39° 53’; 714 fathoms; sand. July 31, 1905. (a) Pasque-Nashawena 43° 33") ieshawena Sepik 38° 13/3 (b) Pasque-Nasha- wena 41° 52’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 37° 24’; (c) Pasque-Nashawena 40° 16’, Nashawena-Cut- tyhunk 36° 02’; (d) Pasque-Nashawena 38° 49’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 34° 55’; 1314 fathoms; sand. July 31, 1905. (a) Pasque-Cuttyhunk 63° 41’, Cuttyhunk-Gay Head 131° 22’; (b) Pasque-Nasha- wena (rejected), Nashawena-Cuttyhunk (rejected); (c) Pasque-Nashawena 29° 26’; Nashawena- Cuttyhunk 38° 25’; 15 fathoms; sand. July 31, 1905. (a) Pasque-Nashawena 30° 23’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 41° 34’; (b) Pasque-Nasha- wena 31° 14’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 43° 51’; (c) Pasque-Nashawena 32° 27’, Nashawena-Cut- . tyhunk 44° 32’; 1314 fathoms; sand. July 31, 1905. (a) Pasque-Nashawena 33° 35’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 48° 02’; (b) Pasque-Nasha- wena 33° 41’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 51° 10’; (c) Pasque-Nashawena 34° 43’, Nashawena-Cut- tyhunk 53° 15’; 1314 fathoms; sand. July 31, 1905. (a) Pasque-Nashawena 30° 26’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 65° 37’; (b) Pasque-Nasha- wena 27° 51’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 71° 53”; (c) Pasque-Nashawena 26° 10’, Nashawena-Cut- tyhunk 75° 23’; (d) Pasque-Nashawena 25° 47’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 77° 02’; 131% fathoms; fine sand. August 4, 1905. (a) Naushon SW-Nashawena 45° 16’; Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 52° 46’; (6) Nau- shon SW-Nashawena 46° 57’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 50° 127; (c) Naushon SW-Nashawena 48° 15’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 48° 27’; 1314 fathoms; sand; beam trawl and scrape dredge. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 209 Station no. 7718. August 4, 1905. (a) Naushon SW-Nashawena 43° 32’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 45° 55’; (b) Nau- 7719. 7720. 9721. 7722. 7723- 7724. ¥725- 7726. 7727- 7728. 7729- 7731. 7732. shon SW-Nashawena 43° 59’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 44° 25’; (c) Naushon SW-Nashawena 44° 17’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 43° 26’, 14 fathoms; sand and shells; beam trawl and scrape dredge. ct, 1905. (a) Naushon SW-Nashawena 43° o1’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 40° 30’; (b) Nau- shon SW-Nashawena 42° 57’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 39° 47’; (c) Naushon SW-Nashawena 42° 57’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 39° 15’; (d) Naushon SW-Nashawena 42° 57’, Nashawena-Cut- tyhunk 38° 48’; 17 fathoms; sand and shells; beam trawl and scrape dredge. August 4, 1905. (a) Naushon SW-Nashawena 42° 51’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 37° 31’; (b) Nau- shon SW-Nashawena 42° 00’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 37° 08’; (c) Naushon SW-Nashawena 41° or’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 37° 12’; 1314 fathoms; sand and shells; beam trawl and scrape dredge. August 4, 1905. (a) Naushon SW-Nashawena 32° 50’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 51° 13’; (b) Nau- shon SW-Nashawena-33° 15’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 49° 30’; (c) Naushon SW-Nashawena 33° 47’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 47° 39’; 11 fathoms; sandy; beam trawl and scrape dredge. August 4, 1905. (a) Naushon SW-Nashawena 37° 27’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 40° 51’; (b) Nau- shon SW-Nashawena 37° 55’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 39° 30’; (c) Naushon SW-Nashawena 38° 12’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 38° 28’; 13 fathoms; hard sand; beam trawl and scrape dredge. August 4, 1905. (a) Cuttyhunk-Gay Head 77° 59’, Gay Head-Prospect Hill 126° 35’; (b) (rejected); (c) Cuttyhunk Life-Saving Station-Gay Head 88° 24’, Gay Head-Prospect Hill 112° 33’; 13 fathoms; hard sand. August 8, 1905. (a) Gay Head-Prospect Hill 141° 44’, Prospect Hill-tangent Cedar Tree Neck 66° 58’; (b) Gay Head-Prospect Hill 133° 35’, Prospect Hill-tangent Cedar Tree Neck 69° 42’; (c) Gay Head-Prospect Hill 127° 29’, Prospect Hill-tangent Cedar Tree Neck 72° 15’; 10 fath- oms, hard sand; 9-foot beam trawl, mud bag. August 8, 1905. (2) Gay Head-Prospect Hill 116° 32’, Prospect Hill-tangent Cedar Tree Neck 75° 49’; (b) Gay Head-Prospect Hill 111° 44’, Prospect Hill-tangent Cedar Tree Neck 76° 55’; (c) Gay Head-Prospect Hill 108° 59’, Prospect Hill-tangént Cedar Tree Neck 76° 25’; 10 fath- oms; hard sand; 9-foot beam trawl and mud bag. August 8, 1905. (a) Gay Head-Prospect Hill 105° 24’, Prospect Hill-Tarpaulin Cove r1r° 33’; (6) Gay Head-Prospect Hill 102° 57’, Prospect Hill-Tarpaulin Cove 108° 41’; (c) Gay Head- Prospect Hill 100° 44’, Prospect Hill-Tarpaulin Cove 106° 59’; 15 to 1334 fathoms; sandy mud; g-foot beam trawl and mud bag. August 8, 1905. (a) Gay Head-Prospect Hill 93° 07’, Prospect Hill-Tarpaulin Cove 103° 56/; (6) Gay Head-Prospect Hill 89° 45’, Prospect Hill-Tarpaulin Cove 103° 31’; (c) Gay Head- Prospect Hill 87° 21’, Prospect Hill-Tarpaulin Cove 103° 18’; 12 fathoms; hard sand; 9-foot beam trawl and mud bag. ; August 8, 1905. (a) Prospect Hill-Pasque 98° 45’, Pasque-Gay Head 83° 03’; (6) Prospect Hill- Pasque 104° 51’, Pasque-Gay Head 88° 23’; (c) Prospect Hill-Pasque 107° 45’, Pasque-Gay Head 90° 57’; 8 fathoms; sticky mud; 9-foot beam trawl and mud bag. August 8, 1905. (a) Prospect Hill-Pasque 116° 51’, Pasque Gay-Head ror° 01’; (b) Gay Head-Pros- pect Hill 134° 30’, Prospect Hill-tangent Cedar Tree Neck 50° 52’; (c) Gay Head-Prospect Hill 129° 24’, Prospect Hill-tangent Cedar Tree Neck 50° 52’; 1014 fathoms; hard sand; 9-foot beam trawl and mud bag. - August 8, 1905. (a) Prospect Hill-Nashawena 115° 59’, Nashawena-Gay Head 87° 509’; (b) Pros- pect Hill-Pasque 92° 27’, Pasque-Gay Head 115° 22’; (c) Prospect Hill-Pasque ror° 57’, Pasque- Gay Head 118° 41’; 12 fathoms; hard sand; 9-foot beam trawl and mud bag. August 8, 1905. (a) Naushon SW-Nashawena 43° 17’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 30° 06; (b) Nau- shon SW-Nashawena 42° os’, Nashawena-Cuttyhunk 29° 48’; (c) Naushon SW-Nashawena 41° 35’, Nashawena Cuttyhunk 29° 39’; 12 fathoms; hard sand; 9-foot beam trawl and mud bag. August 10, 1905. (a) Naushon SW-Tarpaulin Cove 59°26’, Tarpaulin Cove-Nashawena 37° B45 (6) Naushon SW-Tarpaulin Cove 53° or’, Tarpaulin Cove-Nashawena 38° 43’; (c) Naushon SW- Tarpaulin Cove 51° 32’; Tarpaulin Cove-Nashawena 40° 30’; 1214 fathoms; sand and pebbles; 9-foot beam trawl, scrape dredge. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt r—13 14 210 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Station no. 7733+ 7734- 7735: 7739: 7737: 7738- 7739- 7740. 7741. 7742. 7743- 1744- 7745- 7746. 7747- August 10, 1905. (a) Naushon SW-Tarpaulin Cove 16° 40’, Tarpaulin Cove-Nashawena 67° 51’, (6) Naushon SW-Tarpaulin Cove 16° 42’, Tarpaulin Cove-Nashawena 63° 22’; (c) Naushon SW- Tarpaulin Cove 16° 18’, Tarpaulin Cove-Nashawena 58° 13’; 13 fathoms; pebbles; 9-foot beam trawl, scrape dredge. August 10, 1905. (a) Tarpaulin Cove-Naushon SW 31° 18’, Naushon SW-Pasque 52° 28/; (6) Tarpaulin Cove-Naushon SW 31° 47’, Naushon SW-Pasque 48° 48’; (c) Tarpaulin Cove-Naushon SW 31° 30’, Naushon SW-Pasque 45° 55’; 1034 fathoms; sand and shells; 9-foot beam trawl and scrape dredge. August 10, 1905. (a) Gay Head-Prospect Hill 66° oo’, Prospect Hill-Kopeecon Point 43° 57’; (b) Gay Head-Prospect Hill 68° 38’, Prospect Hill-Kopeecon Point 47° 21’; (c) Gay Head-Pros- pect Hill 71° 04’, Prospect Hill-Kopeecon Point 50° 31’; 9 fathoms; sand; 9-foot beam trawl and scrape dredge. August 10, 1905. (a) Prospect Hill-Kopeecon Point 56° 20’, Kopeecon Point-Tarpaulin Cove 112° 03’; (b) Prospect Hill-Kopeecon Point 60° 21’, Kopeecon Point-Tarpaulin Cove 108° 13/; (c) Kopeecon Point-Tarpaulin Cove 106° 24’; 13 fathoms; sand and shells; 9-foot beam trawl aud scrape dredge. August 12, 1905. (a) Nobska-Naushon Tripod 120° 51’, Naushon Tripod-Tarpaulin Cove 32° 087; (6) Nobska-Naushon Tripod 115° 18’, Naushon Tripod-Tarpaulin Cove 32° 31’; (c) Nobska- Naushon Tripod 115° 15’, Naushon Tripod-Tarpaulin Cove 32° 51’; 12 fathoms; pebbles. August 12, 1905. (a) Nobska-Naushon Tripod 85° 18’, Naushon Tripod-Tarpaulin Cove 72° 44’; (6) Nobska-Naushon Tripod 83° 43’, Naushon Tripod-Tarpaulin Cove 71° 38’; (c) (Dredge caught). 12 fathoms; sand and gravel. August 12, 1905. (a) Nobska-Naushon Tripod 74° 21’, Naushon Tripod-Tarpaulin Cove 37° 56/; (6) Nobska-Naushon Tripod 70° 36’, Naushon Tripod-Naushon SW 61° 06’; (c) Nobska-Naushon Tripod 67° 14’, Naushon Tripod-Tarpaulin Cove 34° 38’; 8 fathoms; sand and gravel. August 12, 1905. (a) Kopeecon Point-Indian Hill 73° 16’, Indian Hill-Nortons Point 48° 027; (6) Kopeecon Point-Indian Hill 78° 33’, Indian Hill-Nortons Point 46° 22’; (c) Kopeecon Point- Indian Hill 80° 03’, Indian Hill-Nortons Point 43° 10’; 15 fathoms; sand and gravel. August 12, 1905. (a) Prospect Hill-Indian Hill 112° 23’, Indian Hill-Nortoas Point 22° 27’; (6) Prospect Hill-Indian Hill 108° 37’, Indian Hill-Nortons Point 21° 02’; (c) Prospect Hill- Indian Hill 102° 41’, Indian Hill-Nortons Point 21° 30’; 15 fathoms; sand and shells. August 17, 1905. (a) Nobska-Naushon Tripod 1or° 34’, Naushon Tripod-Naushon SW 35° 47’; (b) Nobska-Naushon Tripod 99° 37’, Naushon Tripod-Naushon SW 35° 53’; 9 fathoms; rocky; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. August 17, 1905. (a) Nobska-Naushon Tripod 99° 40’, Naushon Tripod-Naushon SW 37° 44’; (6) Nobska-Naushon Tripod 97° 42’, Naushon Tripod-Naushon SW 38° o1’; 10% fathoms; pebbles; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. 5 August 17, 1905. (a) Nobska-Tarpaulin Cove go° 58’, Tarpaulin Cove-Nashawena 31° 05/; (d) Nobska-Tarpaulin Cove 89° 37’, Tarpaulin Cove-Nashawena 31° 30’; (c) Nobska-Tarpaulin Cove 87° 30’, Tarpaulin Cove-Nashawena 32° 32’; 1234 fathoms; pebbles and shells; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. August 17, 1905. (a) Nobska-Naushon Tripod 73° 55’, Naushon Tripod-Naushon SW 33° 46/; (6) Nobska-Naushon Tripod 73° 58’, Naushon Tripod-Naushon SW 31° 30’; (c) Nobska-Nau- shon Tripod 73° 17’, Naushon Tripod-Naushon SW 29° 52’; 12 to 8 fathoms; rocks and pebbles; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. ; August 17, 1905. (a) Gay Head-Nortons Point 48° 20’, Nortons Point-West Chop 78° 24’; (6) Gay Head-Nortons Point 40° 09’, Nortons Point-West Chop 83° 17’; (c) Gay Head-Indian Hill 28° 33’, Indian Hill-West Chop 92° 18’; 1514 to 1314 fathoms; stones and gravel; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. August 17, 1905. (a) Gay Head-Indian Hill 23° 16’, Indian Hill-West Chop 89° 40’; (6) Gay Head-Indian Hill 20° 11’, Indian Hill-West Chop 86° 16’; (c) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 67° 45’, Nobska-Tarpaulin Cove 63° 46’; 14 fathoms, large stones; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. _. 7 r BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 211 Station no. 7748. 7749- 7750: 7751- 7752- 7753- 7754- 7755: 7756. 7757- 7758. 7759- 7760. August 17, 1905. (a) Observatory-Nobska 82° 37’, Nobska-Tarpaulin Cove 43° 55’; (b) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 79° 46’, Nobska-Tarpaulin Cove 38° 42’; (c) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 75° 24’, Nobska-Tarpaulin Cove 37° 08’; 13 fathoms; pebbles and sand; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. August 17, 1905. (a) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 59° 30’, Nobska-Tarpaulin Cove 56° 11’; (b) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 58° 02’, Nobska-Tarpaulin Cove 53° 05’; (c) Falmouth Ob- servatory-Nobska 57° 03’, Nobska-Tarpaulin Cove 51° 33’; 1014 fathoms; hard sand; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. August 17, 1905. (a) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 50° 33’, Nobska-Tarpaulin Cove 56° 48’; (6) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 50° 21’, Nobska-Tarpaulin Cove 58° 10’; sandy; 9-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. August 17, t905. (a) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 42° 31’, Nobska-Tarpaulin Cove 69° 45’; (6) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 41° 10’, Noksba-Tarpaulin Cove 69° 28’; (c) Falmouth Ob- servatory-Nobska 40° 48’, Nobska-Tarpaulin Cove 69° 10’; 94 fathoms; sand; 9-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. August 17, 1905. (a) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 32° 42’, Nobska-Tarpaulin Cove 87° 32’; (b) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 31° 57’, Nobska-Tarpaulin Cove 86° r1’; (c) Falmouth Observ- atory-Nobska 31° 07’, Nobska-Tarpaulin Cove 85° 43’; 10 fathoms; sand and pebbles; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. August 17, 1905. (a) Naushon SW-Indian Hill 66° 35’, Indian Hill-West Chop 75° 22’; (b) Nau- shon SW-Indian Hill 65° 28’, Indian Hill-West Chop 72° 52’; (c) Naushon SW-Indian Hill 64° 34’, Indian Hill-West Chop 71° 22’; 131% fathoms; pebbles; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. August 17, 1905. (a) Indian Hill-West Chop 76° 29’, West Chop-Falmouth Observatory 63° 53’; (b) Indian Hill-West Chop 73° 27’, West Chop-Falmouth Observatory 62° 43’; (c) Indian Hill- West Chop 72° 02’, West Chop-Falmouth Observatory 62° 22’; 1314 fathoms; pebbles and sand; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. August 17, 1905. (a) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 95° 43’, Nobska-Naushon SW 61° 26’; (6) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 98° 11’, Nobska-Naushon SW 62° 27’; (c) Falmouth Observa- tory-Nobska 98° 45’, Nobska-Naushon SW 65° 45’; (d) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 97° 05’, Nobska-Naushon SW 70° 51’; 10 fathoms; sand and gravel; 7-foot beam trawl, mud bag, oyster dredge. August 21, 1905. (a) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 88° 05’, Nobska-Tarpaulin Cove 53° 14’; (b) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 84° 58’, Nobska-Tarpaulin Cove 52° 05’; (c) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 80° 15’, Nobska-Tarpaulin Cove 54° 33’; 1114 fathoms; stones and pebbles; g-foot beam trawl, mud bag. August 21, 1905. (a) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 68° 21’, Nobska-Nortons Point 78° 40’; (b) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 65° 05’, Nobska-Nortons Point 80° 48’; (c) Falmouth Observa- tory-Nobska 63° 38’, Nobska-Nortons Point 85° 40’; 13 fathoms; stones and shells; 9-foot beam trawl, mud bag. August 21, 1905. (a) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 62° 00’, Nobska-Nortons Point 69° 22’; (b) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 60° 37’, Nobska-Nortons Point 67° o1’; (c) Falmouth Observa- tory-Nobska 58° 58’, Nobska-Nortons Point 66° 02’; 13 fathoms; stones and shells; 9-foot beam trawl, mud bag. August 21, 1905. (a) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 53° 05’, Nobska-Nortons Point 61° 157; (6) Nobska-West Chop 65° 36’, West Chop-East Chop 95° 40’; (c) Nobska-West Chop 55° 30’, West Chop-East Chop 105° 55’; 1114 fathoms; sand and stones; 9-foot beam trawl, mud bag. August 21, 1905. (a) Vineyard Haven Water Tower-West Chop 61° 28’, West Chop-East Chop 113° 11’; (b) Nobska-West Chop 30° 28’, West Chop-East Chop 110° 37’; (c) Nobska-West Chop 27° 73’, West Chop-East Chop 108° 32’; 814 fathoms; pebbles and shells; g-foot beam trawl, mud bag. 7762. 7763. 7764. 7765. 7766. 7797. 7768. 7759. 1779: 777%: 7772: 7773:- 7774: 7775 212 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Station no. 7761. August 21, 1905. (a) Nobska-Vineyard Haven Water Tower 72° 56’, Vineyard Haven Water Tower-East Chop 86° 46’; (6) Nobska-Vineyard Haven Water Tower 74° 22’, Vineyard Haven Water Tower-East Chop 99° 42’; (c) Nobska-Vineyard Haven Water Tower 76° 52’, Vineyard Haven Water Tower-East Chop 111° 10’; 7 fathoms; sand and shells; 9-foot beam trawl, mud bag. ¢ August 21, 1905. (a) West Chop-Vineyard Haven Water Tower 78° 13’, Vineyard Haven Water Tower-East Chop 134° 50’; (b) East Chop-West Chop 139° 31’, West Chop-Vineyard Haven Water Tower 82° 23’; (c) East Chop-West Chop 121° 43’, West Chop-Vineyard Haven Water Tower 93° 83’; (d) East Chop-West Chop 114° 08’, West Chop-Vineyard Haven Water Tower 100° 04’; 4 fathoms; mud and shells; 9-foot beam trawl, mud bag. August 21, 1905. (a) Nobska-West Chop 61° o1’, West Chop-East Chop 72° 18’; (6) Nobska-West Chop 60° 24’, West Chop-East Chop 78° 03’; (c) Nobska-West Chop 59° 36’, West Chop-East Chop 82° 14’; 13 fathoms; shells and pebbles; 9-foot beam trawl, mud bag. August 21, 1905. (a) Nobska-West Chop 72° 31’, West Chop-East Chop 45° 55’; (6) Nobska-West Chop 72° 38’, West Chop-East Chop 48° 46’; (c) Nobska-West Chop 74° 19’, West Chop-East Chop 51° 10’; 6 fathoms; sand; 9-foot beam trawl, mud bag. August 21, 1905. (a) Nobska-West Chop 81° 10’, West Chop-East Chop 55° 59’; (b) Nobska-West Chop 80° 52’, West Chop-East Chop 59° 50’; (c) Nobska-West Chop 80° 41’, West Chop-East Chop 63° 48’; 13% fathoms; rocky; ggcotl beam trawl, mud bag. August 21, eos: (a) Nobska-West Chop 7° 03", West Chop-East Chop 31° 41’; ; (b) Nobska-West Chop 7 of 37” , West Chop-East Chop 32° 20’; (c) Nobska-West Chop 78° 12’, West Chop-East Chop 33° 03’; 5 fataoms; pebbles and sand; 9-foot beam trawl, mud bag. August 25, 1905. a) Nobska-West Chop 76° 21’, West Chop-East Chop 36° 35’; (6) Nobska-West Chop 76° 32’, West Chop-East Chop 39° 23’; (c) Nobska-West Chop 76° 57’, West Chop-East Chop 41° 58’; 10 to 4 fathoms; sand and pebbles; 9-foot beam trawl and mud bag. August 23, 1905. (a) Nobska-West Chop 96° 45’, West Chop-East Chop 35° 47’; (6) Nobska-West Chop 100° 32’, West Chop-East Chop 36° 40’; (c) Nobska-West Chop 103° 29’, West Chop-East Chop 37° 13’; 1ofathoms; stones; 9-foot beam trawl, mud bag. August 23, 1905. (a) Nobska-West Chop 93° 20’, West Chop-East Chop 28° 25’; (b) Nobska-West Chop 95° 21’, West Chop-East Chop 28° 38’; (c) Nobska-West Chop 97° 19’, West Chop-East Chop 28° 27’; 7 fathoms; pebbles; 9-foot beam trawl, mud bag. August 23, 1905. (a) Nobska-West Chop 108° 34’, West Chop-East Chop 27° 53’; (6) Nobska-West Chop 112° 47’, West Chop-East Chop 28° 58’; (c) Nobska-West Chop 109° 45’, West Chop-East Chop 29° 52’; 10 to 12 fathoms; sand and Dens 9-foot beam trawl and mud bag. August 23, S05: (a) Nobska-West Chop roz me West Chop-East Chop 20° 14’; (b) Nobska-West Chop 104° 40’, West Chop-East Chop 20° 12’; 7 fathoms; seule and rocks; 9-foot beam trawl and mud bag. August 23, 1905. (a) Nobska-West Chop 115° 34’, West Chop-East Chop 19° 19’; (6) Falmouth Water Tower-Nobska 59° 07’, Nobska-West Chop 118° 57’; (c) Hast Chop-Falmouth Observa- tory 115° 48’, Falmouth Observatory-Nobska ro1° 04’; 6 to 8 fathoms; sand and pebbles; 9-foot beam trawl, mud bag. gis 2 23) 1905. (a) East Chop-Faimouth eatery | 109° 41’, Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 92° 52’; (6) East Chop-Falmouth SESE Eo 106° 42’, Falmouth Observatory-Nobska ee nea (c) East Chop-Falmouth Observatory 104° 46’, Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 87° 30% 114 fathoms; pebbles and stones; 9-foot beam trawl, mud bag. August 23, 1905. (a) Falmouth Water Tower-Nobska 80° 58’, Nobska-West Chop 113° 21’; (b) Falmouth Water Tower-Nobska 77° 05’, Nobska-West Chop 122° 10’; (c) Falmouth Water Tower-Nobska 73° 45’, Nobska-West Chop 130° o1’; 7% fathoms; pebbles; 9-foot beam trawl, mud bag. . August 23, 1905. (a) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 108° 00’, Nobska-Nortons Point 87° 337; (6) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 102° 15’, Nobska-Nortons Point 93° 00’; (c) Falmouth Observatory-Nobska 96° 18’, Nobska-Nortons Point 98° 44’; 9 fathoms; pebbles and stones; o-foot beam trawl, mud bag. Ld ol al hay ™ * . BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 213 Station no. +776. August 23, 1905. (a) Falmouth Water Tower-Nobska 121° 21’, Nobska-Nortons Point 43° 157; ee (b) Falmouth Water Tower-Nobska 116° 56’, Nobska-Nortons Point 50° 36’; (c) Falmouth Water Tower-Nobska 111° 54’, Nobska-Nortons Point 58° 40’; (d) Falmouth Water Tower- Nobska 104° 14’, Nobska-Nortons Point 70° 45’; 5 to 7 fathoms; stones and shells; 9-foot beam trawl, mud bag. 7777. August 26, 1905. (a) Falmouth Water Tower-Nobska 49° 03", , Nobska-East Chop 92° 197; (6) Falmouth Water Tower-Nobska 50° 32", Nobska-East Chop 90° 11’; (c) Falmouth Water Tower- | Nobska 53° 47’, Nobska-East Chop go° 02’; 514 fathoms; sand and pebbles; 9-foot beam trawl : and mud bag. : 7778. August 26, 1905. (a) Falmouth water tower-Nobska 59° 42’, Nobska-East Chop 88° 47’; (6) Falmouth water tower-Nobska 63° 32’, Nobska-East Chop 86° 55’; (c) Falmouth water tower- Nobska 66° 03’, Nobska-East Chop 85° 10’; 4 fathoms; sand and pebbles; 9-foot beam trawl and mud bag. 7779. August 26, 1905. (a) Falmouth water tower-Nobska 46° 20’, Nobeks “Bad Chop 104° 21’; (b) Falmouth water tower-Nobska 50° 48’, Nobska-East Chop 105° 07’; (c) Falmouth water tence Nobska 54° 52’, Nobska-East Chop 104° 08’; 1234 fathoms; sand; 9-foot beam trawl and mud bag. 7780. August 26, 1905. (a) Falmouth water tower-Nobska 64° 02’, Nobska-East Chop 1o1° 21’; (6) Falmouth water tower-Nobska 72° 52’, Nobska-East Chop 98° 08’; (c) Falmouth water tower- Nobska 80° 51’, Nobska-East Chop 95° 18’; 714 fathoms; sand and pebbles; 9-foot beam trawl and mud bag. 7781. August 26, 1905. (a) Falmouth water tower-Nobska 95° 20’, Nobska-East Chop 91° a0’; (b) Falmouth water tower-Nobska 108° 03’, Nobska-East Chop 86° 46’; (c) Falmouth water tower- Nobska 121° 43’, Nobska-East Chop 82° 13’; 5 fathoms; coarse sand and pebbles; 9-foot beam trawl and mud bag. 7782. August 26, 1905. (a) Falmouth water tower-Nobska 60° 57’, Nobska-East Chop 112° 47’; (6) Falmcuth water tower-Nobska 66° 59’, Nobska-East Chop 113° 11’; (c) Falmouth water tower- Nobska 75° 59’, Nobska-East Chop 111° 51’; 10 fathoms; sand and pebbles; 9-foot beam trawl, mud bag. 7783. August 26, 1905. (a) Falmouth water tower-Nobska 95° 53’, Nobska-East Chop 106° 36’; (0) Falmouth water tower-Nobska 105° 35’, Nobska-East Chop 103° 23’; (c) Falmouth water tower- Nobska 121° 58’, Nobska-East Chop 96° 42’, (d) Faimouth water tower-Nobska 136° 41’, Nobska- East Chop 88° 47’; (e) West Chop-Falmouth observatory 83° 28’, Falmouth observatory-Fal- mouth water tower 58° 12’; 5 fathoms; sand, pebbles, and shells; 9-foot beam trawl, mud bag. The following Fish Hawk stations of 1903 were repeated with approximate accuracy by the Fish Hawk and Phalarope during the summer of 1904: Station no. 752tbis. July 14, 1904. Nobska NE by E, % mile; 714 fathoms; coarse stones and sand; 24-inch scrape dredge; drift SW { mile. 7522bis. July 14, 1904. Nobska N 1% W, 1 mile; 1434 fathoms; sand and gravel; 7-foot beam trawl; drift SW 14 mile. 7523bis. July 14, 1904. Nobska NNW, 154 miles; 12 fathoms; stones and coarse gravel; 7-foot beam trawl, 24-inch dredge; drift SW 14 mile. 7524bis. July 14, 1904. Nobska NW by N %N, 2% miles; 10 fathoms; small stones; 7-foot beam trawl, 24-inch dredge; drift SW % mile. 7525bis. July 14, 1904. Nobska NNW % W, 258 miles; ro fathoms; sandy; 7-foot beam trawl, 24-inch - scrape dredge, oyster dredge; drift SW { mile. 7530bis. September 3, 1904. 12 fathoms; stones and shell fragments; scrape dredge. ‘7531bis. September 2, 1904. 814 fathoms; gravel and small stones; scrape dredge. 7532bis. July 18, 1904. West Chop ESE, Tarpaulin Cove W by S ¥% S; 9 fathoms; — and gravel; rake dredge; drift SSW 14 mile. 7533bis. July 18, 1904. Tarpaulin Cove W by S, West Chop E by S 4 §; 15 fathoms; sand and Beret rake dredge; drift S %4 mile. 214 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Station no. 7534bis. 7535bis. 75306bis. 7537bis. 7538bis. 7539bis. 7541bis. 7542bis. 7543bis. 7544bis. 7545bis. 7546bis. 7547bis. 7549bis. 7550bis. 755tbis. 7552bis. 7553bis. 7554bis. 7550bis. 7562bis. 7563bis. 7564bis. 7565bis. 7509bis. July 18, 1904. Tarpaulin Cove W 14 S, West Chop E by S; Nobska NE; 12 fathoms; coarse gravel; trawl; drift SW 1% mile. July 18, 1904. Nobska NNE, Tarpaulin Cove W by N 34 N; 12 fathoms; stones and coarse gravel; beam trawl; drift SW 14 mile. July 18, 1904. Nobska N by E % E, Tarpaulin Cove W by N % N; 11% fathoms; coarse sand and shells; beam trawl, 22-inch scrape dredge; drift SW % mile. July 18, 1904. Tarpaulin Cove W by S % S, West Chop E by S % S; 4% fathoms; gravel and mud; rake dredge; drift SW by S % mile. September 6, 1904. 11 fathoms; scrape dredge. September 3, 1904. 1214 to 12 fathoms; gravel and stones; scrape dredge. (Very scanty haul.) September 7, 1904. 114 fathoms; gravel and stones; scrape dredge. September 7, 1904. 71% fathoms; sandy; scrape dredge. July 20, 1904. Gay Head SW % S, Nobska E by N % N; 13 fathoms; sandy (?); 7-foot beam trawl; drift NE % mile. July 20, 1904. Tarpaulin Cove W 34 N, Nobska NE by E % E; 13 fathoms; rake dredge; drift NE 1% mile. July 20, 1904. Nobska NE % E, Tarpaulin Cove NW by W 34 W; 12% fathoms; sand and gravel; 24-inch scrape dredge; drift NE 14 mile. July 20, 1904. Nobska NE % E, Tarpaulin Cove NW rey W ¥% W; tofathoms; shell fragments; oyster dredge; drift NE 14 mile. July 20, 1904. Nobska NE 34 N, Tarpaulin Cove NW 34 W; 13 fathoms; sand, coarse gravel, and shell fragments; 7-foot beam trawl, oyster dredge, scrape dredge; drift NE 1% E \% mile. September 6, 1904. 12 fathoms; small stones; scrape dredge. September 6, 1904. 17 fathoms; stony; scrape dredge. September 6, 1904. 11 fathoms; small stones and mussel shells; scrape dredge. September 7, 1904. 12 fathoms; sand; scrape dredge. September 7, 1904. 8 fathoms; scrape dredge. September 7, 1904. 12 fathoms; mud (?) and sand; scrape dredge. September 7, 1904. 534 fathoms; coarse sand; scrape dredge. September 10, 1904. 434 fathoms; sand; scrape dredge. September 10, 1904. 7 fathoms; coarse sand; scrape dredge. September 10, 1904. 12 fathoms; muddy sand and gravel; scrape dredge. September 10, 1904. 15 fathoms; sandy; scrape dredge. September 10, 1904. 5)4 fathoms; fine sand; scrape dredge. PHALAROPE STATIONS.2 . July 6, 1904. Vineyard Sound south shore of Nonamesset Island; 41% fathoms; gravel; 22-inch dredge. . July 6, 1904. Vineyard Sound, south shore of Nonamesset Island; 614 fathoms; sand and gravel; 22-inch dredge. . July 6, 1904. Vineyard Sound, south shore of Nonamesset Island; 514 fathoms; sandy; 22-inch dredge. . July 6, 1904. Vineyard Sound, south shore of Nonamesset Island; 2 to 5 fathoms; sandy; 22- -inch dredge. (Scanty haul.) . July 8, 1904. Vineyard Sound, south shore of Naushon Island; 8 to 10 fathoms, stony; 22-inch dredge. . July 8, 1904. Vineyard Sound, south shore of Naushon Island; 10 to 9 fathoms, stony and gravelly; 22-inch dredge. . July 8, 1904. Vineyard Sound, south shore of Naushon Island; 6'% fathoms; stones and gravel; 22-inch dredge. . July 13, 1904. 5 to 43% fathoms; soft mud, hard mud, 22-inch dredge. . July 13, 1904. 534 to 8 fathoms; hard sand; 22-inch dredge. @ Including also Blue Wing stations, as indicated. a Io. II. I2. 13. 14. U5: 16. 17. 18. 19. 20 21 22 23 24. 25. 20. 27. 28. 29. 30. at. 43. 44 45 46 47 48 49 5° 51. ©7532: 53- 54. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 215 July 13, 1904. 10 to 14 fathoms; hard sand, sand and gravel; 22-inch dredge. July 13, 1904. 10 tog fathoms; hard sand, sand and rock; 22-inch dredge. July 13, 1904. 13 fathoms; hard sand; 22-inch dredge. July 15, 1904. Vineyard Sound, shore of Naushon; 12 to 12)4 fathoms; gravel, gravel and sand; 22-inch dredge. July 15, 1904. Vineyard Sound, shore of Naushon; 5 to 6 fathoms; stones and sand, stone; 22-inch dredge. July x 3 1904. Vineyard Sound, shore of Naushon; 7!4 to 714 fathoms; stones; 22-inch dredge. July 15, 1904. Vineyard Sound, shore of Naushon; 4 to 5 fathoms; stones and sand; 22-inch dredge. July 19, 1904. Tarpaulin Cove; 214 to 4 fathoms; sand and gravel; oyster dredge. July 19, 1904. Tarpaulin Cove; 214 to 234 fathoms; soft mud and eelgrass; oyster dredge and 22- inch dredge. July 19, 1904. Tarpaulin Cove; 4 to 3 fathoms; mud, sand; 22-inch dredge. (Blue Wing). July 23, 1904. Robinsons Hole; 21% to 2 fathoms; stony with many alge. (Blue Wing). July 23, 1904. Robinsons Hole; 3 to 114 fathoms; rocky with many alge. (Blue Wing). July 23, 1904. Robinsons Hole; 314 fathoms; gravel. (Blue Wing). July 23, 1904. Robinsons Hole; 2!4 fathoms; sandy. July 26, 1904. July 26, 1904. July 26, 1904. July 28, 1904. July 28, 1904. July 28, 1904. July 28, 1904. July 28, 1904. . July 30, 1904. . July 30, 1904. . July 30, 1904. South side of Pasque Island; 5 to 514 fathoms; hard sand. South side of Pasque Island; 5 to 5 fathoms; hard, rocky. South side of Pasque Island; 6 to 614 fathoms; partly soft mud. Quicks Hole; 4 to 5 fathoms; stony. Quicks Hole; 5 fathoms; muddy sand. Quicks Hole; 3 fathoms; sand. South side of Nashawena; 4 to 5 fathoms; stony, sandy. South side of Nashawena; 4 to 41% fathoms; hard, clean sand. South shore of Cuttyhunk Island; 5 to 514 fathoms; stony. South shore of Cuttyhunk Island; 5 to 5!4 fathoms; gravel and hard mud. South shore of Cuttyhunk Island; 5!4 to 6 fathoms; sandy. . August 3, 1904. Off Sow and Pigs Reef; 10 to g fathoms; stones. . August 3, 1904. Off Sow and Pigs Reef; 614 to g fathoms; stony. . August 3, 1904. Off Sow and Pigs Reef; 41% to 5 fathoms; stones, sand. . August 3, 1904: Off Sow and Pigs Reef; 414 fathoms; stony. . August 4, 1904. Middle Ground; 7 to 314 fathoms; clean sand. . August 4,1904. Middle Ground, 6 to 5 fathoms; sand and broken shells. . August 4, 1904. Middle Ground; 2 to 414 iathoms; sand and broken shells. . August 4, 1904. Middle Ground; 3!4 to 6 fathoms; sand and broken shells. August 4, 1904. Middle Ground; 21% to 5 fathoms; sand and broken shells. (Blue Wing). August 9, 1904. Near Gay Head; 34 to 5 fathoms; stony, hard sand; 22-inch scrape dredge. (Blue Wing). August 9, 1904. Near Gay Head; 5 fathoms; stony; 22-inch scrape dredge. (Blue Wing). August 9, 1904. Near Gay Head; 1o feet to 3% fathoms; hard sand; 22-inch scrape dredge and tangle. (Blue Wing). August 9, 1904. Near Gay Head; 8 to 12 feet; rock, sand; 22-inch scrape dredge and tangle. (Blue Wing). August 9, 1904. Near Gay Head; sand; 22-inch scrape dredge. (Blue Wing). August 9, 1904, Near Gay Head; sand; 22-inch scrape dredge. (Blue Wing). August 9, 1904. Near Gay Head; sand; 22-inch scrape dredge. August 9, 1904. This includes several hauls, about alike in character, done with 16-inch scrape dredge, operated from a skiff close to shore; 1 to 114 fathoms; sand. Collections were also made from stones and from piles, between tides. August 11,1904. 7 to 6% fathoms; shelly and gravelly. August 11, 1904. 534 to 514 fathoms, shelly and sandy. August 11, 1904. 514 to 7 fathoms, hard, clean sand. August 11, 1904. . August 15, 1904. . August 15, 1904. . August 15, 1904. . August 15, 1904. . August 15, 1904. . August 19, 1904. . August 19, 1904. . August 19, 1904. . August 24, 1904. . August 24, 1904. . August 24, 1904. . August 24, 1904. . August 24, 1904. . August 26, 1904. . August 26, 1904. . August 26, 1904. . August 26, 1904. . August 30, 1904. . August 30, 1904. . August 30, 1904. . August 30, 1904. . August 30, 1904. . July 6, 1905. . July 6, 1905. . July 6, 1905. . July 6, 1905. . July 6, 1905. . July 12, 1905. . July 12, 1905. . July 12, 1905. . July 12, 1905. . July 15, 1905. . July 15, 1905. . July 15, 1905. . July 15, . July 15, . July rs, 2) jfile sts . July 18, 1905. . July 18, . July 18, 1905. . July 28, . July 18, . July 20, . July 20, . July 20, . July 20, . July 20, . July 20, . July 22, . July 22, . July 22, . July 22, 1905. 1905. 1905. 1905. IgO5s. 1905. 1905. IQO5. 1905. 1905. IgO5. 1905. 1905. Ig05. 1905. 1905. 1905. BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 7% to 8% fathoms; clean sand. Near Gay Head; 7 to 714 fathoms; gravel and sand. Near Gay Head; 5 to 9 fathoms; sand and gravel. Near Gay Head; 61% to 914 fathoms; sand and gravel. Near Gay Head; 11 to 12 fathoms; shell bottom. Near Gay Head; 8% to 6 fathoms; sand and shells. 514 to 5 fathoms; clean sand. 7 to 7 fathoms; sandy and pebbly. 7 to 6%4 fathoms; sandy and pebbly. 6% to 6 fathoms; hard sand. 6 to 3% fathoms; gravel. 6 to 7% fathoms; sandy. 4% to 3% fathoms; sandy. 61% to 8 fathoms; sandy and shelly. Vineyard Haven; 3% to 11% fathoms: rock and stones; 22-inch scrape dredge. Vineyard Haven; 4 to 4 fathoms; shelly mud; 22-inch scrape dredge. Vineyard Haven; 3% to 34 fathoms; shells and mud; oyster dredge. Vineyard Haven; 3 to 4 fathoms; sheils and mud; oyster dredge. 5 to 2% fathoms; mud; scrape dredge. 5% to 6 fathoms; sandy; scrape dredge. 5% to 514 fathoms; sandy and eelgrass; scrape dredge. 7 to 8% fathoms; sandy; scrape dredge. 4% to 7 fathoms; gravelly; scrape dredge. North shore of Nashawena, at western end; 6 to 5 fathoms; sand and mud. North shore of Nashawena; 534 to 534 fathoms; mud. North shore of Nashawena; 6 to 5 fathoms; sandy. Buzzards Bay, near Quicks Hole; 7 to 7 fathoms; sandy. Shore of Pasque Island near Quicks Hole; 8 to 8% fathoms; sandy. North shore of Pasque Island; 5 to 7 fathoms, sand. North shore of Pasque Island; 614 to 734 fathoms; shells and mud. Robinsons Hole; 5 to 6 fathoms; sand and shells. West end of Naushon; 5 to 6 fathoms; sand, Northwest shore of Naushon; 33% to 3 fathoms; alge, stony. Northwest shore of Naushon; 31% fathoms; clean sand. Northwest shore of Naushon; 31% to 5 fathoms; muddy sand. Northwest shore of Naushon; 4% to 434 fathoms; clean sand. Northwest shore of Naushon; 314 to 3 fathoms; clean gravel. Northwest shore of Naushon; 43% to 5 fathoms; sand. Northwest shore of Naushon; 7 to 8 fathoms; sandy mud. Northwest shore of Naushon Island; 2 to 614 fathoms; sandy mud. Northwest shore of Naushon Island; 4 fathoms; mud and sand. Northwestern extremity of Naushon Island; 4 to 314 fathoms; clean, coarse sand. 4% to 334 fathoms; coarse muddy gravel. West end of Uncatena Island; 4 to 334 fathoms; muddy sand. Near western end of Cuttyhunk Island; 3 to 3% fathoms; sand. Northwest shore of Cuttyhunk Island; 4 to 5 fathoms; sandy mud. Northwest shore of Cuttyhunk Island; 4 to 44% fathoms; clean sand. Northwest shore of Cuttyhunk Island; 5 to 5 fathoms; loose sand. North shore of Cuttyhunk Island; 4 to 5% fathoms; clean sand. Cuttyhunk Harbor; 234 to 3 fathoms; sand. Near Weepecket Islands; 6 to 634 fathoms; clean sand. Near Weepecket Islands; 6 to 6 fathoms, clean sand. Near Weepecket Islands; 534 to 514 fathoms; mud and shelis. Near Weepecket Islands; 41% to 5 fathoms; sand and gravel. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 207 109. July 22, 1905. Near Weepecket Islands; 634 to 774 fathoms; clean sand. 110. July 22, 1905. Near Weepecket Islands; 514 to 7)4 fathoms; muddy gravel. 111. July 25, 1905. Sow and Pigs Reef; 214 to 7 fathoms; stones and pebbles; scrape dredge. 112. July 25, 1905. Western end of Cuttyhunk Island; 5 to 6 fathoms; stones; scrape dredge. 113. July 25, 1905. Near Penikese Island; 7 to 8 fathoms; sand and gravel; scrape dredge. 114. July 25, 1905. Near Penikese Island; 7 to 714 fathoms; sand; scrape dredge. 115. July 25, 1905. Near Penikese Island; 5 to 7 fathoms; sand and gravel; scrape dredge. 116. July 25, 1905. Near Penikese Island; 314 to 4 fathoms; pebbles and sand; scrape dredge. 117. July 27, 1905. North shore of Uncatena Island; 3 to 414 fathoms; pebbles and stones. 118. July 27, 1905. East of Uncatena Island; 7 to 5 fathoms; sand and shells. 119. July 27, 1905. Hadley Harbor; 3 to 4 fathoms; mud and sand. 120. July 27, 1905. Entrance to Hadley Harbor; 5 to 414 fathoms; sand and mud. 121. July 27, 1905. Woods Hole passage; 4 to 434 fathoms; sand and stones. 122. July 29, 1905. Near tip of Penzance Point; 4 to 5 fathoms, sand and gravel. 123. July 29, 1905. Near Penzance Point; 3 to 4 fathoms; sand and gravel. 124. July 29, 1905. North of Penzance Point; 4 to 434 fathoms; fine sand and stones. 125. July 29, 1905. Bay shore, near bathing beach; 3 to 434 fathoms; clean sand. 126. July 29, 1905. Near entrance to Quisset Harbor; 4 to 434 fathoms; shells and mud. 127. August 3, 1905. Quisset Harbor; 3 to 134 fathoms; black mud. 128. August 3, 1905. Near entrance of Quisset Harbor; 4 to 5 fathoms; rocks and gravel. 129. August 3, 1905. North of Quisset Harbor; 3 to 414 fathoms; clean sand. 130. August 3, 1905. Near Gunning Point; 314 to 5 fathoms; sand and gravel. 131. August 3, 1905. Near Hamlin Point; 214 to 314 fathoms; stones and sand. 132. August 5, 1905. East shore, Buzzards Bay; 41% to 5 fathoms; sand and gravel. 133. August 5, 1905. South of Hog Island Harbor; 514 to 6 fathoms; sand and gravel. 134. August 5, 1905. Near entrance of Hog Island Harbor; 31% to 434 fathoms; stones and many algz. 135. August 5, 1905. Entrance of Hog Island Harbor; 334 to 5 fathoms; sand and pebbles. 136. August 5, 1905. North of Hog Island Harbor; 334 to 414 fathoms; sand. 137. August 5, 1905. Between Hog Island Harbor and Wild Harbor; 4 to 434 fathoms; stones and sand. 138. August 7, 1905. South of Wild Harbor; 514 to 614 fathoms; clean fine sand. 139. August 7, 1905. Wild Harbor; 7 to 5% fathoms; clean sand. 140. August 7, 1905. Nyes Neck; 5 to 74 fathoms; sand and shells. r4r. August 7, 1905. Cataumet Harbor; 3 to 4 fathoms; sand and gravel. 142. August 7, 1905. Cataumet Harbor; 3 to 534 fathoms; pebbles and stones. 143. August 7, 1905. Cataumet Harbor; 4 to 614 fathoms; mud. 144. August 9, 1905. Off Scraggy Neck; 434 to 434 fathoms; sand and shells. 145. August 9, 1905. Shore of Scraggy Neck; 414 to 34% fathoms; sand and shells. 146. August 9, 1905. Between Scraggy Neck and Wenaumet Neck; 3 to 4 fathoms; fine sand. 147. August 9, 1905. Near Wings Neck Light; 314 to 314 fathoms; fine gravel. 148. August 9, 1905. Off Wings Neck Light; 4 to 4 fathoms; sand and shells. 149. August 9, 1905. North shore of Wenaumet Neck; 5 to 31% fathoms; sand and shells. 150. August 11, 1905. North shore of Wenaumet Neck; 434 to 2 fathoms; fine sand. 151. August 11, 1905. North shore of Wenaumet Neck; 234 to 114 fathoms; muddy sand. 152. August 11, 1905. Near head of Buzzards Bay; 2 to 234 fathoms; fine sandy mud. 153. August 11, 1905. Off Monument Beach; 2 to 234 fathoms; fine muddy sand. 154. September 6, 1905. Mouth of Weweantic River; 12 feet; soft black mud. 155. September 6, 1905. Wareham River; 14 feet; soft black mud. 156. September 6, 1905. Wareham River; 15 feet; soft black mud. 157. September 6, 1905. Wareham River; 15 feet; soft black mud. 158. September 6, 1905. Wareham River; 15 feet; shells. if _ 159. August 27, 1907. Off Sippican Neck; 334 fathoms; black sticky mud, few shells; 22-inch dredge; _ I5 minutes. 160. August 27, 1907. Aucoot Cove; 4 fathoms; fine sandy mud; 22-inch dredge; 15 minutes. 218 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 161. August 27, 1907. Mattapoisett Harbor; 3 fathoms; black mud; 22-inch dredge; repeated with “scollop dredge.’’ (Scanty haul.) 162. August 27, 1907. West shore of West Island; 5 to 514 fathoms; mud, slightly sandy, and a little fine gravel; 22-inch dredge; 15 minutes. 163. August 27, 1907. End of Sconticut Neck; 4 to 3% fathoms; sandy mud and stones; 22-inch dredge and “‘scollop dredge.”’ 164. August 27, 1907. Below New Bedford Harbor; 3 to 234 fathoms; black mud with a little sand, few stones, and shell fragments; 22-inch dredge; 20 minutes. 165. August 27, 1907. Entrance of Clark Cove; 3 fathoms; mud, shell fragments, and stones; 22-inch dredge. 166. August 27, 1907. Round Hill Point; 3 fathoms; black mud and shells; 22-inch dredge. 167. August 27, 1907. Mishaum Point; 3274 fathoms; shells and gravel; 22-inch dredge. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CuartT 1.—Biloculina ringens. 219 220 ; BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND NEW BEDFORD@® CHART 2.—Miliolina seminulum. een CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES i} NEW BEDFORD@\°o g i) oy CHART 3.—Miliolina oblonga. 222 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD §& OUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION. OF SPECIES iN) CuHart 4.—Miliolina circularis. | ; eV oa) a BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND. BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 9 * Chg. o * 9 NEW BEDFORD@\ ¢ oM \ Cuart 5.—Polymorphina lactea. 223 224 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF ‘CHART 6.—Discorbina rosacea. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CuHart 7.—Pulvinulina lateralis. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt r—13——15 225 226 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@\ “0 Cuart 8.—Rotalia beccarii. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 9.—Polystomella striatopunctata. 227 228 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES io) NEW ~ a : 9 CHART 10.—Grantia ciliata? x eh ae BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 229 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES\ NEW BEDFORD® _ CHART 11.—Cliona celata. 230 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHart 12.—Chalina sp. en thee. tk SO Ne “ BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 9 NEW BEDFORD@\ ¢ g CHART 13.—Microciona prolifera. 231 232 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND ELS BUZZARDS BAY vine SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES * x Xe * mS ao a * (Gay Head. os AWW CHART 14.—Pennaria tiarella. aaa’) ) (a : BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 2.3.3 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 15.—Hydractinia echinata. 234 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 9 & a * | ; 9 CHart 16.—Eudendrium ramosum. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND <7 AND BUZZARDS BAY ae SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@\°0 a Q \ 0’ CHART 17.—Eudendrium dispar. » 235 236 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. = = CHART OF = VINEYARD SOUND WA, wile BUZZARDS BAY Cares SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 2 | NEW BEDFORD@\ 0 Zz Q * * x * diem * Ye * * : KY, * bg Gay Head sh Cuart 18.—Tubularia couthouyi. ee BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHaRT 19.—Tubularia crocea. 238 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING iN} Ns XY NEW BEDFORD®@ \ 0 g o 1) CHART 20.—Obelia geniculata. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 239 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 9 NEW BEDFORD@\ ¢ CHART 21.—Halecium halecinum. 240 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@ CHart 22.—Thuiaria argentea. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 'NEW BEDFORD@ CHART 23.—Schizotricha tenella. 16 16269°—Bull. 31, pt 1—13 241 242 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHarT 24.—Alcyonium carmeum. AS FEE ee ee il a aaa ae BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 243 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING= DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES S NEW BEDFORD® CHART 25.—Metridium dianthus. shah a) 2 " D's ROAM os NMR aa eeu by CC ne hy LioIN ox 244 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIE NEW BEDFORD®@ CHART 26.—Astrangia dane. Upon the chart for this coral, and those for the shell-bearing echinoderms and mollusks, the circles surrounding certain stars denote that living specimens were recorded from the stations thus designated. The absence of a circle at a given station denotes either that dead remains alone were recorded or that the records do not indicate the condition of the specimens, This practice has not been followed except in the case of shell-bearing organisms. For others, it may be assumed that the records nearly always relate to living specimens. ae yee Vs BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS «BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 9 * NEW BEDFORD@\°o “a y ) CHART 27.—Crisia eburnea. 246 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES Cart 28.—Tubulipora liliacea. pm Agta BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 247 CHART OF | VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHart 29.—Aitea anguina, 248 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 9 9 NEW BEDFORD@\ ° 0 9 NO 2 CHART 30.—Bicellaria ciliata. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND * AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES a 9 *™ : een ae CuHart 31.—Bugula turrita. 249 250 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND | AND NS | BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES cS) | ! NEW BEDFORD@ \°o me % | g & eee ee 9 % Pd i) hs + CHART 32.—Membranipora pilosa. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 251 GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND -AND BUZZARDS BAY ,! ae SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES i NEW BEDFORD@* Se pee. aor GayHead a px | CHART 33.—Membranipora monostachys. 252 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS Nella eae ws BAY 9 SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES Oo * S + « *«. A NEW BEDFORD@\°a ie g or CHART 34.—Membranipora tenuis. oo) ioe 4) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 253 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES fever NEW BEDFORD@\°o Cuart 35.—Membranipora flemingii. 254 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES @ NEW BEDFORD@® CHART 36.—Membranipora aurita. jules |< sea eae Sine al-s Ph BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES Cuart 37.—Cribrilina punctata. 250 MS EO) LP le oe by ee ee ee 256 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 38.—Schizoporella unicornis. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES = ‘ NEW BEDFORD@\ °c Q * CHART 39.—Schizoporella biaperta. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt 1—13——17 258 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES: a ' —< Gay Head & vA CuHART 40.—Hippothoa hyalina. tH hy } ‘ BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND CHART 41.—Cellepora americana. 259 260 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. = CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND NEW BEDFORD® BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 9 t 4 Q CHart 42.—Lepralia pallasiana and L. americana. Owing to a confusion of the records, the distribution of these two species has been plotted upon a single chart. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZZARDS B AY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES iS) a Q Hieveliom 261 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@ \ °c\ CHART 44.—Smittia trispinosa nitida. Re ae, elim We, ss iiias | ju a ani BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES Gi ~ i) AN CHART 45.—Bowerbankia gracilis. 264 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF . VINEYARD SOUND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 9 * NEW BEDFORD@® ne f 9 Perel Be Cuart 46.—Hippuraria armata. eae * BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES cs) i NEW BEDFORD® -) \ 0 * CHART 47.—Henricia sanguinolenta. BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@® Cuart 48.—Asterias forbesi. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZZARDS BA am SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@® J oo Wonepae y Ps cil . WK CHART 49.—Asterias vulgaris. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD® CHART 50.—Amphipholis squamata. “i os aan eae BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 269 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZZARDS BA SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF fs; % NEW BEDFORD@® CHART 51.—Strongylocentrotus droebachiensis. (See explanation of chart 26.) 270 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES c=) fe : ® NEW BEDFORD@'\ - x . ® Wen vaml * CHART 52.—Arbacia punctulata. (See explanation of chart 26.) ae ae BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 27k CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@ \ °c CHART 53.—Echinarachnius parma. (See explanation of chart 26.) 272 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND YS BUZZARDS BAY { - SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF Ka, NEW BEDFORD® \ °c ne nt 9 \) \) Ser Cnart 54.—Eulalia annulata. 5) ee ia ee ya y We ’ i BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD®@ \°o CHART 55.—Harmothoé imbricata. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt 1—13 18 Oy POL . 274 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@® CHART 56.—Lepidonotus squamatus. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF — VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CuHarT 57.—Nephthys incisa. 276 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD® Cuart 58.—Nephthys bucera. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND 0 NEW BEDFORD@® CHART 59.—Nereis pelagica. 277 278 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND SHOWING “DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 60.—Platynereis megalops. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 279 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY reha" B SHOWING We, DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHarT 61.—Marphysa leidyi. 280 NEW BEDFORD@\ °c BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND 8 AND BUZZARDS BAY .y SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES cS) x va 9 Cuart 62.—Diopatra cuprea (tubes only). Se ttn lel a a “ BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@\ °¢ CHART 63.—Arabella opalina. 282 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND GayHead CHART 64.—I1mbrineris hebes. eC 8 BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 283 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@\° ™ CHART 65.—Ninoé nigripes. 284 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. | ne INEYARD SOUND AND GHART OF BUZZARDS B We efa” Rt “SHOWING WE DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES yew 9 a x NEW BEDFORD@® oo in) % \ CHART 66.—Rhynchobolus americanus. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHart 67.—Chztopterus pergamentaceus (tubes only). to wn 286 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 68.—Spiochztopterus oculatus. i —_-- BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@® 288 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BA SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES ¥ * Gay Head a GayHead cM Cart 71.—Pista palmata. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt 1—13—19 290 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPEGIES CHART 72.—Polycirrus eximeus. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 291 GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND WY ge led Cuart 73.—Ampharete setosa. 292 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND ANDO BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 9 * er 0 NEW BEDFORD® B x» CHART 74.—Melinna maculata. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES : 0 NEW BEDFORD® 2 CHART 75.—Cistenides gouldii. 293 Pe NS 0p eT eRe ees 2094 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@® Cuart 76.—Clymenella torquata. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 295 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@® CHART 77.—Maldane elongata. 296 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD® Cuart 78.—Trophonia affinis. ne ad BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@ \ °c CHart 79.—Parasabella microphthalmia. 297 298 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@ CHart 80.—Pseudopotamilla oculifera. © BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 299 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@ Cuart 81.—Hydroides dianthus. 300 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES iS) * * % ve NEW BEDFORD®@ \ °c ey g y Q cee CHART 82.—Sabellaria vulgaris. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@\ 2 a Cart 83.—Phascolion strombi. 301 302 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SP CHART 84.—Balanus eburneus. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 303 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND ANDO BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING i DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 9 x " Cuart 85.—Lysianopsis alba. 304. BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@\ | CHART 86.—Haustorius arenarius. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 305 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND -BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 9 e * NEW BEDFORD®@ \ ¢ V8 i) + Cuart 87.—Ampelisca macrocephala. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt r—13——20 306 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 0 NEW BEDFORD® a Q CuHart 88.—Ampelisca spinipes. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 307 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 89.—Byblis serrata. 308 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY . SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES = NEW BEDFORD® Q CHART 90.—Calliopius leviusculus. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 309 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES .\ 9 NEW BEDFORD®@ \ 29 8 CHART 91.—Pontogenia inermis. 310 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. ‘CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@\° CHART 92.—Batea secunda. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING : DISTRIBUTION OF m ec NEW BEDFORD@® CHART 93.—Gammarus annulatus. 311 312 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 94.—Elasmopus levis. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES LA) NEW BEDFORD@\ ¢ CHART 95.—Antonoé smithi. 313 314 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZ ZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@\° CHART 96.—Ptilocheirus pinguis. Sa \ : : ‘ BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 315 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW., BEDFORD@® CHART 97.—Amphithoé rubricata. 316 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 0 NEW BEDFORD@ ; CHART 98.—Jassa marmorata. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF 317 VINEYARD SOUND = BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING ye a a DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@! CuHarT 99.—Ericthonius minax. 318 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS SHOWING Eee CHART 100.—Corophium cylindricum, BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. > CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 101.—Unciola irrorata. 319 320 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS SHOWING CHART 102.—Caprellide sp. Owing to a confusion in the earlier records, the distributions of two members of this family , (Caprella geometrica and ginella longicornis), and possibly some others, have been plotted upon a single chart. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND es BUZZARDS BAY ° SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES }9° °o ale NEW BEDFORD@\ °c Pa) N09) ce! 0 : CHART 103.—Leptochelia savignyi. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt 1—13 21 321 322 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CuHaRT 104.—Idothea baltica. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 323 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@® * *. * % * al CHART 105.—Idothea phosporea. 324 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF _ VINEYARD. SOUND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF a, NEW BEDFORD@\ °c a - 9 CHart 106.—Erichsonella filiformis. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES EN * NEW BEDFORD®@ 4 a C nN) Cuart 107.—Crago septemspinosus. 325 326 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND ANO BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD® CHART 108.—Homarus americanus. Ne ee ae ye, BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD® CHART 109.—Pagurus pollicaris. 327 328 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@) CHART t10.—Pagurus acadianus. a e . BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 329 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD® CHART 111.—Pagurus longicarpus. 330 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND : BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 9 zh ) ef * + py j x . * \ % we * NEW BEDFORD@® Gay Head CuHarT 112.—Pagurus annulipes. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY 331 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND = - oe AND nN , . BUZZARDS BA SHOWING Yi 9 DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES i) x NEW BEDFORD@)\ °o\ Pe : Q CHART 113.—Pelia mutica. 332 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@® CuHarT 114.—Libinia emarginata. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 333 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF om NEW BEDFORD@ 4 a e 9 ia) CHART 115.—Cancer irroratus. 334 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 2 NEW BEDFORD® ) Q os) ne \ 0 CHART 116.—Cancer borealis. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@\ CuarT 117.—Ovalipes ocellatus. 335 336 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 118.—Neopanope texana sayi. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS SHOWING CHART 119.—Pinnotheres maculatus. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt. r—13——22 aod 338 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZZARDS = © Si BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 9 NEW BEDFORD® 9 CHART 120.—Tanystylum orbiculare. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 9 NEW BEDFORD@ Cart 121.—Anoplodactylus lentus. Joo 340 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY a SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF a, a Ube AY NEW BEDFORD® CHART 122.—Ostrea virginica. (See explanation of chart 26.) The distribution pattern for the oyster, as here portrayed, is largely a spurious one, due to the occurrence of shells thrown overboard from passing vessels. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 341 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES ae GD Waponam CHART 123.—Anomia simplex. (See explanation of chart 26.) 342 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND Ww a BUZZARDS BAY 2 (=) SHOWING - ’ DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES Pe is) NEW BEDFORD@\ ? (os) \ N) CHART 124.—Anomia aculeata. (See explanation of chart 26.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY 343 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 125.—Pecten magellanicus. (See explanation of chart 26.) 344 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUN AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION: OF SPECIES: NEW BEDFORD@ \ Cuart 126.—Pecten gibbus borealis. (See explanation of chart 26.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 3 345 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD®@ \ °c ® ee ex * NA RHE saeF Ze," ee S +48 CuHarT 127.—Mytilus edulis. (See explanation of chart 26.) 346 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND NEW BEDFORD@® CHART 128.—Modiolus modiolus. (See explanation of chart 26.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 347 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@ \ °c CHART 129.—Modiolaria nigra. (See explanation of chart 26.) 348 ‘ BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. AND BUZZARDS BAY . Ces SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@ \\ GHART OF : A VINEYARD SOUND a 0 Q 9 On Ay CHART 130.—Crenella glandula. (See explanation of chart 26.) vc ) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF = ie a NEW BEDFORD® CHART 131.—Arca ponderosa. (See explanation of chart 26.) 349 350 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES, CHarT 132.—Arca transversa. (See explanation of chart 26.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD® CHART 133.—Arca campechiensis pexata. (See explanation of chart 26.) 351 352 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD®@. CHART 134.—Nucula proxima. (See explanation of.chart 26.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 353 X AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES ® &®@ CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND NEW BEDFORD@ \° Cart 135.—Yoldia limatula. (See explanation of chart 26.) 16269°—Bull. 31, pt 1—13 23 a ee 354 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@ \ °c Pe) . tf Ls) See CHART 136.—Solemya velum. (See explanation of chart 26.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND | AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING | DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES jo CHART 137.—Venericardia borealis. (See explanation of chart 26.) 355 a! 356 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES be Y As) \ Cart 138.—Astarte undata. (See explanation of chart 26.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 139.—Astarte castanea. (See explanation of chart 26.) 357 358 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES ra) “ ¥@ + @ ® NEW BEDFORD@\ i, 2 9 CHART 140.—Crassinella mactracea. (See explanation of chart 26.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 9 ON! A NEW BEDFORD® £ % 0 9 CHART 141.—Divaricella quadrisulcata. (See explanation of chart 26.) 359 alah eae 360 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 142.—Cardium pinnulatum. (See explanation of chart 26.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@\°o CHART 143.—Levicardium mortoni. (See explanation of chart 26.) 361 362 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND ‘AND YU rs) BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@\ ¢ Hf CHart 144.—Cyclas islandica. (See explanation of chart 26.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 363 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND ss BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES . j x = NEW BEDFORD® op * » ey, re. pal CHART 145.—Venus mercenaria. (See explanation of chart 26.) Cy 364 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD® CHART 146.—Callocardia morrhuana. (See explanation of chart 26.) ——=— -% BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART. OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD® %6 a 8 wy a = : CHART 147.—Petricola pholadiformis. (See explanation of chart 26.) 366 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@: CHarT 148.—Tagelus gibbus. (See explanation of chart 26.) 5) be MS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND ANDO & i.) * BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES }° NEW BEDFORD@\°o oe Ca CHART 149.—Tellina tenera. co) (See explanation of chart 26.) 367 My ‘J “Oa ae 368 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@\°e CHART 150.—Macoma tenta. (See explanation of chart 26.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 369 : CHART OF VINEYA RD SOUND BUZZARDS B fe SHOWING hy 45 ze [itll DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES Ay 3) * mm i cS) * ® * * CHART 151.—Ensis directus. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt 1—13——-24 (See explanation of chart 26.) 370 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF - VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 0 NEW BEDFORD@ Q CHART 152.—Cumingia tellinoides. (See explanation of chart 26.) shoo! q BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 9/3 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY " SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES oath) NEW BEDFORD@® * CHART 153.—Spisula solidissima. (See explanation of chart 26.) 372 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@® »* Qt uh SHAWES A NA + 4 CHART 154.—Mulinia lateralis. (See explanation of chart 26.) eis BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES” jo NEW BEDFORD@® ee: 0 9 iN CHART 155.—Thracia conradi. (See explanation of chart 26.) 373 374 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING ; DISTRIBUTION OF = 0 NEW BEDFORD® Cuart 156.—Cochlodesma leanum. (See explanation of chart 26.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. he CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND ft- BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING Warnell iL a a DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD® \°o Cuart 157.—Lyonsia hyalina. (See explanation of chart 26.) 376 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES Cuarr 158.—Clidiophora gouldiana. (See explanation of chart 26.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND ANDO BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 159.—Corbula contracta. (See explanation of chart 26.) 378 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS. BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 160.—Mya arenaria. (See explanation of chart 26.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY 379 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZZARDS BAY Wren he SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@\ °c * Gay Head specimens. CHart 161.—Chetopleura apiculata. Despite the omission of the circles from this chart, nearly all of our records are for living 380 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@\ ‘0 0 Cuart 162.—Tornatina canaliculata. (See explanation of chart 26.) tei BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND we AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES ie Pe 0 NEW BEDFORD® CHART 163.—Cylichnella oryza. (See explanation of chart 26.) 381 382 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND ANO BUZZARDS BAY 3 SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES = é @ . : as , , * NEW BEDFORD@® H CHartT 164.—Busycon canaliculatum. (See explanation of chart 26.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. GHART OF ne oe | VINEYARD SOUND A SS AND @ BUZZARDS BAY o 8 SHOWING DISTRIBUTION .OF SPECIES ra} . e a » NEW BEDFORD@\°o 7 q ° a 5 iB 9 * Kae » @ a * ™ ¢ oy oe ‘i Ge gD CHART 165.—Busycon carica. (See explanation of chart 26.) 383 384 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND ANDO BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES Cart 166.—Buccinum undatum. (See explanation of chart 26.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 9 NEW BEDFORD@\ ¢ ‘\O * RIK he Pe |e CHART 167.—Tritia trivittata. (See explanation of chart 26.) 16269°—Bull. 31, pt 1—13——25 385 386 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@® CHART 168.—Ilyanassa obsoleta. (See explanation of chart 26.) For the most part shells which had been transported by hermit crabs. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@\°o CHART 169.—Anachis avara. (See explanation of chart 26.) 387 388 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@® Cuart 170.—Astyris lunata. (See explanation of chart 26.) — | | eae at lea * . ; : BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 389 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@) CHART 171.—Eupleura caudata. (See explanation of chart 26.) 390 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@\°o CHART 172.—Urosalpinx cinereus. (See explanation of chart 26.) * BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES = NEW BEDFORD@ %G es) 9 CHarT 173.—Eulima conoidea. (See explanation of chart 26.) 391 392 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 0 NEW BEDFORD@® ‘ iS) Cuart 174.—Turbonilla sp. (See explanation of chart 26.) Owing to a confusion in the earlier records, the distribution of all members of this genus has been plotted upon a single chart. ia BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND ANDO BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD® CHART 175.—Seila terebralis. (See explanation of chart 26.) 393 394 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BED FORD® CHart 176.—Cerithiopsis emersonii. (See explanation of chart 26.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING Cart 177.—Bittium alternatum. (See explanation of chart 26.) 395 396 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 9 NEW BEDFORD@\ ° CHART 178.—Czcum cooperi. (See explanation of chart 26.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND Wonehia m ft WY CuarT 179.—Vermicularia spirata. (See explanation of chart 26.) 397 398 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 180.—Littorina litorea. (See explanation of chart 26.) In nearly every case these records are for shells which had been transported by hermit crabs. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 399 CHART. OF - VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES | NEW BEDFORD@\‘o\ CHART 181.—Lacuna puteola. (See explanation of chart 26.) 400 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZ ZARDS BA SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@\ °c Cuart 182.—Crucibulum striatum. (See explanation of chart 26.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 401 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CuHart 183.—Crepidula fornicata. (See explanation of chart 26.) 16269°—Bull. 31 pt. r—13——26 402 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND ANO BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING. DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES Cuart 184.—Crepidula convexa. (See explanation of chart 26.) eae eo BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 403 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD® CuarT 185.—Crepidula plana. (See explanation of chart 26.) 404 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND w 4 Waren AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@® CHART 186.—Polynices duplicata. (See explanation of chart 26.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 405 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD® Cuart 187.—Polynices heros. (See explanation of chart 26.) eo ee 406 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SCUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD® CuarT 188.—Polynices triseriata. (See explanation of chart 26.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 407 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD® CHart 189.—Loligo pealii. 408 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD®@| CHART 190.—Molgula arenata and Eugyra glutinans. The stars of solid black denote those stations from which the first-named species was recorded, the dotted stars denoting those stations from which the second was recorded. Owing to the probability that these two species were in some cases confused, their occurrence has been plotted upon a single chart. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 409 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND Rp. AND BUZZARDS BAY treha" Ye Of a ee SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES a ) 9 NEW BEDFORD@\ ° AS CHART 191.—Molgula manhattensis. 410 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD®' RQ) et” te Cuart 192.—Styela partita. \ fee hi BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 4II CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES. NEW BEDFORD@®| CHART 193.—Perophora viridis. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND WY * BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING No DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CNG + / *« x* * NEW BEDFORD@\ ° UT] 9 * « CuHaRT 194.—Didemnum lutarium. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY, CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD® CHART 195.—Amaroucium pellucidum. 413 AI4 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART OF a a VINEYARD SOUND oe tek &e x TREE NEW BEDFORD® Cuart 196.—Amaroucium pellucidum constellatum. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 415 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 9 9 NEW BEDFORD@\ ? CHART 197.—Amaroucium stellatum. 416 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES CHART OF ns VINEYARD SOUND 28 BUZZARDS BAY 3 SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@\° a » Sy Co * & *, (essay 6 ai gE x x & x * x > * amie CHART 198.—Raja erinacea — se Pom BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 417 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@' 9 CHART 199.—Syngnathus fuscus. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt 1—13 27 418 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES Q NEW .RBEDFORD@ ‘ CHART 200.—Ammodytes americanus. = dintacted a ee ' ae 1 ae BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 419 GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES jo ‘ NEW BEDFORD® CHART 201.—Stenotomus chrysops. 420 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF — VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES _ NEW BEDFORD® CHART 202.—Tautogolabrus adspersus. ye ied: ~® | ‘Rp ’ 5 BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND Vi R * fee AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BED FORD@® CHART 203.—Spheroides maculatus. 421 422 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND fp BUZZARDS B SHOWING real! We, C ae oo DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES ro) NEW en pe € 9 MY *« CHART 204.—Myoxocephalus eneus. Se BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES ra) NEW BEDFORD@\°o Q ae , * ee CHART 205.—Prionotus carolinus. 423 424 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND Ri BUZZARDS BA SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF S PECIES NEW BEDFORD®@ %9 Be Sue e fam CHART 206.—Pholis gunellus BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 425 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES SIN NEW BEDFORD® CHART 207.—Paralichthys dentatus. 426 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND ft. BUZZARDS BAY “SHOWING SS DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@\ °c a 9 CHART 208.—Paralichthys oblongus. =a: whe: BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 427 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 209.—Pseudopleuronectes americanus. 428 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZZARDS BAY é SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF es: NEW BEDFORD@\ °¢ p> 9 CHART 210.—Lophopsetta maculata. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 429 TEMPERATURE CHART AUGUST 1907 UPPER FIGURE DENOTES TEMPERATURE AT SURFACE LOWER * ” ca) % BOTTOM CHART 211.—Temperature throughout Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound, August, 1907. BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 430 TEMPERATURE CHART 1907 NOVEMBER ul 2) o. oS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. DENSITY CHART MARCH 1908 UPPER FIGURE DENOTES DENSITY AT SURFACE LOWER » " ” + BOTTOM . CHART 217.—Density throughout Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound, March, 1908. 435 436 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. DENSITY CHART JUNE 1908 UPPER FIGURE DENOTES DENSITY AT SURFACE LOWER ry ” ” *2 BOTTOM CHart 218.—Density throughout Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound, June, 1908. eed = r ALLEL ETS i $4: : tat : PRETERESE = ¢S0ESRUEEA LSE LEEEL ERTL TELLER ‘2 se TE HTEAIITEATOTOSESEIHATAEAIIHELIOIGHOIIIUIL SEMPER Ze SERED REM ce LEERDRUEEDERUEERESUETIERIETELUSERELRELERRESESESES [RS BREESE = BRERECLAAS OAS ASEL SU AALAS SOMERS AAAS ERR. RERERDSSGRELULLLLEL LEA ULLEL ILL EA LLU AU LLELLELITELIEIELIEN oo ’ d 4 , iad ecu ing riemehnonnb . wt hives Ss, ee Deedee Mebiaiaitl ae - } 4 i serps eign lei nt wrod ote saat mon sie Jie rage tem 0 fatten a A ke r > dot a Male genes eeb vine query devin ie pamerthes i aay CMe | ane, a fal comme te dete oe Shaw ra 7 ’ 9 ; i ’ bles reese et ee eo a f 4 4 i‘Z Pir med dpe Balto vipa eateries By Ur Anat reer eet eat se east BAe ‘na oni te satel nied ansente rf ; t t a HAs rv tort ee et joey OS et re ee ne een eerie o Pm) (On ee ea 9 - wa a et) ' Bay. 4 yn ae agile german tee tapi oa Me = pnd tape my weer seein lang ae npn detul oie oa sl deen ay SiMe. 7 : - \ lout yh ete opm ahh ‘ Penta eee eres etre Se eee a feeupocborn: 60-4) - wr dere ete mr abedoome ss Dada ied t ee eee eee ee] ae mao) vere me | ae ay oy : xi bieibeneg ~ Bae ne shel tener ters nen peur ‘cake be Pochette dere tee a tb gid phi Na ill en all eile th als BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 437 February 56 58 zr fc Hatteras pie. tatteras *"65 68 67 66 «66 C«G 7s 70 oe 60" 75 70 Ce G0" Cart 220.—Surface temperatures, northwestern Atlantic Ocean, during January, February, March, and April. (Furnished by Hydrographic Office, United States Navy Department, from com- pilation of British Meteorological Office.) 438 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 70 «6792 JC.Hatteras 78 76 Pic Hatteras Pee ei 60) er 75° 70” 6s” 60° 75° 70° 65° 60° CHartT 221.—Surface temperatures, northwestern Atlantic Ocean, during May, June, July, and August. (Furnished by Hydrographic Office, United States Navy Department, from compilation of British Meteorological Office.) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 439 October J C Hatteras 77 76 75 December jC. Hatteras Joes GS) 6a Co CHART 222.—Surface temperatures, northwestern Atlantic Ocean, during September, October, Novem- ber, and December. (Furnished by Hydrographic Office, United States Navy Department, from compilation of British Meteorological Office.) 440 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. BOSTON e RACE BET pe S “Sy NA: 0 2 ANTUCKET sp, J ENARRAGANSETT & 2a led ~. SANKATY HEAD Vay, Ne : UCKET Ss I pane vie MONTAUK. _ Pas SS e WNEYARD 2 sD. Vi as A 3 NANTUCKET 2£ SHOALS CHART 223.—Cape Cod and neighboring areas of land and water, showing geographic and hydrographic features. (Based in part on U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey chart no. roco.) 441 BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. hong 1/99 (‘gvf ‘ou yey AvAINS depoey pue ysvog “Gg *Q UO paseg) “S@lIW 1D914NON A \ 3 (iN y * aAong so9 ohe, \NOOW 5, 03 S\l oye ° a Salu3aHsis $ jo Avauyna'’s'n J3;0M091g5 \ dou} ysi4 y4og'sn osu “AWIMIOIA. pure JoqIePY BOHT spoom—*bzz LAVHD ENGRAVED AND PRINTED BY THE U.S.GEGLOGICAL SURVEY BULL. US. BF CHART 225 [ S WARCHAM Xe < 2g foNU * As & BS cy MAP * > ‘ wi Nouticai Miles SHOWING PRINCIPAL —- ; a a 3 MONUMENT BEACH LOCAL GEOGRAPHICAL FEATURES REFERRED TO IN ACCOMPANYING REPORT S BASED ON U.S. C.¥ G'S. CHART NO. lle WINGS NECK LT BIRD LOT. HYANNIS. CATAUME: CENTERVILLE NORTH FALMOUTH zr NYESNECKO™S yt a BUTLERS ) TIE FLATS WEST FALMOUTH BISHOP & CLERKS = SHOAL DLT, 7® 5 Ss e | 5S S “ 9 ® FALMOUTH x 41, 5 Mo | = My, . f G 1 & ) ‘ = HEN‘. CHICKENS = OMBLT. # UT VESSEL ra) CAOSS A/PMLT VESSEL % € 3 a CAPE POGE $ y | £ ° | nN GOPEECON PT. M VINE YARD SOUND LT VESSEL S v KATAMA 2 eAY = G = So y € 6 | | | ude GARY ae Es Th nt ecreteeethsetempeserane ine marticlr abate nptmnsserrantanAseriseandinntinstirieens a NAUTICAL MILES ENGRAVED AND PRINTED By THE U.S.GEOLOGICAL SURVEY BuLL us BF igi i a CHART 226 Lu , ae We | | ce | § . | $ Ny | CHART oF 5 | VINEYARD SOUND ano BUZZARDS BAY \s t SHOWING POSITION OF OREDGING STATIONS OF US FISHERIES STEAMERS | FISH HAW AND PHALAROPE DURING PRESENT SURVEY. | 07633 | | | tenet Bird |. i 2 ato ' Mattapoisett ried | | | 07628 yew 07625 Fuss North Falmouth BEDFORD oe I ine 7620) 27627 as - 07624 7 | ‘ % Le °. ‘ 7615 07619 7626 | 07623 ase» (4 ; Me @ West Falmouth | { Z ws kX o764 ome ° ‘e 7618 | Yisz 7648 = o76i3 Aes B 07647 163 07639 a 07617 o76lz 07644 07649 07638 07650 c Hs 07643 o76il + Dumpling Rock yy 07637 | ©7659 07655 7610 3 07642 é = 108 | As ee" for 8 We, | Ge 105 Bar, evs, io 7 De Legh | Y a, hi £ o7641 As ay, a 07675 fis 40 07660 a eee 7522 pes 40 | om 07668 | | o7s73 | 7 | 07669 07667 o8re_Tiis fis = Penikese I. 07670 ‘o7855 o7sst ay7140 75479 07666 3% “01565 e773 ob O7S66 i 07552 oe 07564 O7SS6 07665 MARTHAS WAM ANE SEN OPN AR 19) | eae = b, rsa a pre 8m to Rte eit aie < e SP sb4 18 = a ones we S20 iN ‘07382 e 47 \ 75816 6.- \ | Bash | Sy <= | | }—ai'zo’ ° at — NAUTICAL MILES Cie a an 7 2 3 | 0 ui = m)s0 mar mar =I Tiuge aw se Fl et hy rae a were ew , : : : ¢ nn ~ eee ee a ee ee ee - le i O Depth in fathoms ot each station indicated by the number in porenthesis. BULL. US. BF dit ia i; re * * Hen ond Chicken a Light Vessel mH CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND sno BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DEPTH AND CHARACTER OF BOTTOM AT DREDGING STATIONS OF US. FISHERIES STEAMERS FISH HAWK AND PHALAROPE DURING PRESENT SURVEY. Foirhoven pn tne)? § Mo aN Block Rock wes 7647 Spindle rr 1656 7650 7663 ” bol 7655 60 7657 7656 Tes 18) oe) i, Woo Nautical Miles a Cy i NOTE Bosed on CRG S. Charts. 625 - AngelicoaPr (3) Spindle: 3) 7638 (8 7537 2 eee g 7641 7629 Bom Belis*Buoy GHART 227 Bird 1 *Lr Lg West Falmouth 7617 Sippowissert Hota! ™ Falmouth, ay 158 @ ais S775 oS 7@ Vineyard Hoven A Worer Tower atsa ated S| CedorTree Neck A Ingion Hill MRA RS HAS VT NEY Ask iD EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS @ Stones or Rocks @ Grovel or Pebbles. @ Sond @ vive @ Shells. @ Light house & Gond GS Triongulaticn Depth in fornums ot eact by the number in porenth arzg_} | Section II—BOTANICAL. General Characteristics of the Algal Vegetation of Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound in the Vicinity of Woods Hole. By BrapDLEY Moore Davis. Chapter I—INTRODUCTION. Ever since the publication of Harvey’s ‘‘Nereis Boreali-Americana,” in 1852, 1857, it has been recognized that the marine alge of the Atlantic coast of North America were separated by Cape Cod into two floras. The distinction was discussed in detail in Farlow’s report ‘‘The Marine Alge of New England,” 1881, and in his earlier ‘List of the Sea-weeds or Marine Alge of the South Coast of New England,” 1873. The work of later algologists has only served to emphasize the fundamental differences between the two marine floras, and the results of this survey add further evidence in support of this general conclusion. Similar conclusions have been reached by zoologists respecting the distribution of marine animals north and south of Cape Cod. The fauna from the cape northward to Labrador is regarded as essentially a continuous one, with no changes that are com- parable to those which appear southward. Two faunas separated by Cape Cod have thus been distinguished, and there seems to be a difference between these similar to that between the two marine floras. The most important reasons for the difference between the faunas and floras north and south of Cape Cod are undoubtedly the same. The marine alge north of Cape Cod, as pointed out by Farlow (1881), are in general a part and continuation of the flora of Greenland and Newfoundland. Many of the most characteristic species of the flora, as judged quantitatively, are identical with those of the Scandinavian coast, and it seems clear that the alge of the west and east side of the north Atlantic are a part of a general Atlantic boreal flora. The reason for the boreal character of the algal flora north of Cape Cod is undoubt- edly the low range of temperature which prevails even through the warmer months of the year. The coast is bathed by a belt of cold water that lies between the coast and the Gulf Stream, this belt being from 200 to 250 miles broad off a large part of the New England coast, although the Gulf Stream is only about 80 miles from Marthas Vineyard and Nantucket. The temperature of these waters, except in sheltered situations, only reaches 60° F. or slightly above for a few weeks in midsummer, and for the greater part of the year is below 50°, and remains below 40° throughout the winter. The explanation of this condition involves a number of factors, which are discussed in section 1, chapter Il, pages 35 and 51, to which the reader is referred for details. The most important point for present consideration is the undisputed fact of the presence of a belt of rela- tively cold water north of Cape Cod, lying between the Gulf Stream and the New England shores, which directly influences the algal flora. The marine alge south of Cape Cod may be grouped into what Harvey (1852, p. 26) calls the flora of Long Island Sound, extending from Cape Cod to New Jersey. It includes 443 AAA BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. a large number of species not found at all north of Cape Cod and some that have been reported only in a few sheltered situations where the temperature of the summer undoubt- edly rises much above the average of the general region. It comprises certain species which are present in the north Adriatic and other parts of the Mediterranean and some that are found south of New Jersey, in the West Indies, and in other warmer seas. The generally sandy character of the coast from New Jersey southward serves to separate the flora of Long Island Sound from that of Key West and the West Indies. Certain species that are typically northern or arctic in their habitats are found all the year round in some localities south of Cape Cod where the conditions are sufficiently favorable for their growth, and a number of other species appear in the winter season. However, the algal flora of the summer stands in sharp contrast to that north of Cape Cod, and resembles in many respects the floras of warmer seas, although a number of important groups, characteristic of such regions, are not represented in the flora of Long Island Sound. The reasons for the peculiarities which are noticed at once in the algal flora south of Cape Cod are in general quite as evident as are those for the boreal characteristics north of the cape. Cape Cod forms a barrier which holds the cold waters of the north somewhat as in a pocket and greatly checks their mingling directly with the waters of Nantucket and Vineyard Sounds to the south. Nantucket and Marthas. Vineyard, together with various shoals, form barriers which still further protect these sheltered sounds from the cooler water which lies off such exposed points as Gay Head and No Mans Land. This offshore cooler water is probably an extension of the.cold belt north of Cape Cod, which continues southward around the cape. ‘The proximity of the Gulf Stream, which lies only about 80 nautical miles off the coast of Nantucket, is also a factor of considerable importance. While the Gulf Stream does not send any well- marked side currents toward the coast, it must, nevertheless, greatly modify the tem- perature of the water which lies between it and the shore. It is well known that southerly storms bring surface water from the Gulf Stream toward the coast, for masses of gulf- weed, Sargassum bacciferum, with animal inhabitants characteristic of sargasso seas (such as the nudibranch, Scyllea pelagica, certain crabs, Planes minutus and Portunus sayt, and the fish Pterophryne historio) are not infrequently found in Vineyard Sound and other bodies of water, especially where tidal currents are so strong as to bring them near to land. The waters south of Cape Cod, embracing such bodies as Vineyard Sound, Buzzards Bay, Narragansett Bay, Long Island Sound, and the regions that lie between, are then effectively protected from the influence of the cold water north and east of the cape, and consequently are able to become relatively warm during the summer months. ‘The fact that these waters are generally shallow permits them to respond very quickly to the atmospheric changes at different seasons and makes possible great extremes during the year. Their temperature in the winter falls close to freezing point, but rises in the summer to 70° F. and above. Some of the most sheltered harbors and bays may even become much warmer than that during the summer, while they regularly freeze over in the winter. Such a wide range of temperature throughout the year permits a great variety in the life conditions, which is expressed by sharp seasonal changes in the char- acter of the flora. Itis the high temperature of the summer which at this season accounts for the development of the characteristic summer algal flora with its resemblance to the floras of southern seas. Chapter II—SOME FACTORS AFFECTING THE DISTRIBUTION OF ALGAL AT WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 1. THE COAST. The shore line of Woods Hole, of the Elizabeth Islands, and of neighboring regions along Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay is in some respects remarkably varied (see chart 225), but lacks certain important physical features present in other localities. The coast, wherever exposed to wave action or tide currents, is composed of bowlders and stones or consists of sandy and stony beaches. This is because the bowlders and stones have remained at the shore line as the finer material of the glacial deposits covering this region was washed away by the erosion of the coast. The sheltered coves, bays, and harbors will generally have a sandy or muddy shore, sometimes gravelly, with scat- tered groups of stones or bowlders. There are also small salt marshes connected with some of the coves, as at Quisset and Hadley Harbor. There are no outcroppings of rock, except in the vicinity of New Bedford Harbor, to make possible perpendicular or slanting ledges and rock pools. An account of the geography of the region, together with the character of the shores, is given in section 1, chapter 0, pages 28 and 29. For the reasons stated above one misses some of the very characteristic associa- tions of algee which may be noted in tide pools and along the sides of rock masses where there is opportunity for the development of conspicuous bands or zones of vegetation between tide marks and below—associations that are well illustrated in such localities as Newport and at Nahant, near Boston. A shore of bowlders presents a broken line at the water’s edge which can not show to full advantage the distribution of alge in zones. ‘There are good illustrations of zonation in places, but they are on a comparatively small scale and become evident only as groups of rocks or parts of the shore are studied in detail, as was done for Spindle Rocks in the harbor of Woods Hole, to be described later (pages 476-479). Another factor that works against the conspicuous zonation of alge in this region is the relatively small tide, which does not give much opportunity for the development of broad zones of differentiated algal growth. 2. THE BOTTOM IN DEEPER WATER. As would be expected in an area of glacial drift, the bottom offshore and in the deeper portions of Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound may consist of sand, gravel, or stones, with or without deposits of mud, but is frequently of a more or less mixed or spotted character. Channels swept by swift tides are likely to be stony and sandy, while sheltered coves, bays, or other regions, free from the scouring action of tidal currents, usually have a muddy bottom. The ledges or other areas composed of bowl- ders are simply pi'es of stones heaped together where they were laid after the finer matrix of the glacial drift had been washed away. The muddy bottoms are due to deposits of silt where the water is sufficiently quiet because of its depth, or because of the absence of tidal currents or wave action sufficiently strong to prevent the accumu- 445 446 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. lation and settling of finer material. A detailed description of the bottom characters will be found in section 1, chapter 1, pages 29-33, and the peculiarities are graphically presented on chart 227. The luxuriance and to a large extent the nature of the algal vegetation depends upon the character of the bottom. Rocky, stony, and shelly bottoms are the most favorable for the attachment of alge and, in general, support the heaviest growths of marine vegetation. Sandy and muddy bottoms are less favorable and are generally very barren, although some species are confined to such situations. It is clear that the shifting nature of sand and mud, frequently stirred by tides and storms, presents conditions very unfavorable for the germination of .algal spores, which quickly become covered by sediment. Sandy or muddy bottoms are, however, apparently necessary for the development of extensive beds of the eel grass, Zostera marina. 3. THE TIDES AND TIDAL CURRENTS. As stated before, the tides at Woods Hole and adjacent portions of Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound are of relatively slight amplitude. There is considerable variation at different points in the Bay and Sound and in the harbor of Woods Hole, due to the peculiarities of the tidal currents in the region. At Woods Hole, on the Sound side, and in Vineyard Haven the average tide is 1.7 feet, at Gay Head it is 3 feet, in Buzzards Bay at Woods Hole 4.1 feet. With such small tides it is clear that the strip along the shore habitable for a littoral algal flora—that is, a flora above the lowest tide mark—could not be very broad. Itis generally only a few feet wide, and one notices at once in this region that the receding tide fails to expose broad stretches of rock, sand, or mud in the manner characteristic of the coast north of Cape Cod, where the tides are much greater. The arrangement of the land that bounds Vineyard and Nantucket Sounds is responsible for the remarkable tidal currents that flow east and west in Vineyard Sound, and in and out of Buzzards Bay through the channels of Woods Hole, Robin- sons Hole, and Quicks Hole. These tidal currents must be very effective in distribut- ing algal spores, and it seems probable that the rapidity with which algal vegetation springs up after each change of season (as over areas scraped clear by floating ice) must be due, at least in large measure, to the tidal currents. It is certain that any alga which develops large crops of spores has by such means the opportunity of dis- tributing these very rapidly throughout practically all of the waters of this region. This factor must be of considerable importance in securing the almost universal presence of some species that can grow under a wide range of life conditions, as well as the appearance of others at distantly separated stations. 4. THE EFFECT OF ICE. The upper portions of Buzzards Bay are at times during the winter more or less completely frozen over, and small harbors, such as Little Harbor at Woods Hole, may have a thick covering of ice. Sheltered portions of the coast, whith are not exposed to surf or stong tidal currents, are fringed with ice. There is also much floating ice in the Bay and Sound consisting of large cakes which come from the breaking up of larger masses. This floating ice is swept by the tides back and forth in the Bay and Sound and through such channels as Woods Hole. a = a SS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 447 The movement of the ice along the shore and through the channels, whether due to the rise and fall of the tide, to storms, or to tidal currents, serves to scrape bare the large stones and bowlders, wherever they are exposed, so that they are frequently almost or entirely free from alge in the spring when the ice disappears. These effects are particularly evident on the exposed shore line of the upper portion of Buzzards Bay and in portions of Vineyard Sound, where the rocks in the winter are not only bare of alge, but alsoat times free from the common barnacle (Balanus balanoides) which covers their surfaces in the summer. ‘This action of the ice along exposed shores and channels thus prevents or greatly reduces the littoral growth during the winter, when the conditions are most favorable for the development of a very characteristic flora, with species of the rockweeds (Fucaceze) as the most conspicuous forms. If it were not for these facts we should expect'in the winter heavy fringes of rockweeds along the shore, for these grow luxuriantly where they are not exposed to the scraping of the ice, as, for example, along the shore of Cuttyhunk and elsewhere in the lower portion of Buzzards Bay and the westerly portion of Vineyard Sound. The scraping effects of ice on a particular group of rocks may be better understood by comparing chart 267 of Spindle Rocks with chart 274 and the charts that show the coming in of the spring and summer floras after the ice has disappeared (charts 268, 269, and 270). Rocks which are perfectly bare after the winter become thickly covered during the spring and summer with alge characteristic of these seasons. 5. DEPTH OF WATER. Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound are relatively shallow bodies of water. As may be seen from chart 227, at only a few stations was a depth greater than 18 fathoms obtained. There were a number of stations with a depth between 14 and 17% fathoms, but by far the larger number in the middle regions of both Bay and Sound were between 8 and 14 fathoms. The Bay in general gradually deepens toward the lower portion, but the Sound, on the contrary, shows no marked progressive deepening toward the western end. The depth at which alge will grow is determined chiefly by the penetrating power of light and consequently varies in different seas according to the relative amount of sunshine during the year and the clearness of the water. Rosenvinge (1898, p. 233) places 20 fathoms as about the limit of growth for alge in northern seas where, how- ever, the proportion of cloudy and foggy days is very large. Bdorgesen (1905, p. 700) found the limit of growth around the Faroes to be between 25 and 30 fathoms. In southern seas, where there is a very large proportion of sunny days and more direct penetration of the sun’s rays, as in the Bay of Naples and off the Balearic Islands (Rod- riguez 1888) in the Mediterranean, deep-water alge have been reported to grow at 50 to 100 fathoms. Most of the species at these great depths belong to the Rhodophycee, but there are many of the Pheophycez in water deeper than 50 fathoms, and several species of the Chlorophycee are found at 20 to 60 fathoms. With respect to the amount of sunlight during the year Woods Hole probably stands somewhat midway between the conditions over northern seas and those of the south. It certainly has both in winter and summer a large proportion of fair and sunny days. Consequently there are no parts of either Buzzards Bay or Vineyard Sound included in the limits of the survey that are too deep for certain alge. The dredgings of the Survey 448 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. at the deepest stations have shown abundant growths of algee wherever the bottom was suitable, but two of the deepest stations in the westerly portion of Vineyard Sound (7682 and 7683, 19 and 19% fathoms, respectively) were over a sandy bottom unfavorable for the attachment of alge. Station 7670 (19 fathoms), in Buzzards Bay west of the island of Penikese, showed a stony bottom with many plants of Laminaria Agardhii vat. vittata, and in small quantity Champia parvula, Chondrus crispus, Ceramium rubrum, Grinnellia americana, Polysiphoma urceolata, and Rhodymenia palmata. t 6. LIGHT. As stated above, the depth to which certain algee may descend depends upon the penetration of light. The factor that determines ue lowest limits of algal life is not depth of water but absence of light. The Cyanophycee, or blue green alge, and the Chlorophyceze, or green wate require the greatest illumination and are rarely, if ever, found at Woods Hole and vicinity in water more than 2 or 3 fathoms deep, but are for the most part near the surface or between tide marks. The Rhodophycee, or red alge, reach the lowest depths, although matiy species grow near low-water mark and some even above it. The Phzophycee, or brown alge, are somewhat midway between the green and the red alge in their light relations. Some species of the brown alge grow at low-water mark and above, but many grow below low water and to a considerable depth; few, however, are found at the greater depths of the red alge. There are apparently no regions in Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound too deep for certain species of brown alge, for Desmarestia aculeata, Laminaria Agardhu, and Laminaria Agardhi var. vitiata were found between 17 and 19 fathoms. The list of red alge present at these depths (17 to 19 fathoms) is, how- ever, much longer: Champia parvula, Chondrus crispus, Cystoclonium purpurascens vat. cirrhosum, Delesseria sinuosa, Grinnellia americana, Phyllophora Brodiei, Phyllophora membramjolia, Plumaria elegans, Polysiphoma elongata, Polysiphoma urceolata, Rhody- menia palmata, Spermothammon Turner. There is therefore in a broad sense a distribution of alge in zones depending upon light relations, the blue-green and green alge growing under the brightest illumination, the brown alge requiring on the whole less light, and the red alge able to flourish under the weakest illumination. It must constantly be borne in mind, however, that there is always an overlapping in the habitat of species among these groups, many brown and red algee growing side by side and even with the green alge under very bright illumination. It is a matter of dispute whether the life habits of marine alge with respect to illu- mination are influenced chiefly by the quality of the light or by the quantity. The red rays of sunlight, it is claimed, can not penetrate much below 7 fathoms, and the light at greater depths is mainly composed of blue and green rays, is feeble in yellow, and lacks red rays entirely. Certain investigators, notably Engelmann (1883, 1884) and Gaidukov (1902, 1904, 1906), hold that the quality of the light rather than its intensity determines the distribution of the green, brown, and red alge. According to this view the green alge grow under bright illumination because they require the maximum of red rays, whilé the red alge are able to live in deep water because their color allows them to absorb the green rays which they especially need. The brown alge in general adjust themselves to light conditions intermediate between these extremes. It is well known that a number of the Rhodophyceze which grow near the surface of the i | BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 449 water are colored, not the characteristic red of this group, but shades of brown and green; for example, the Irish moss, Chondrus crispus, is frequently green under bright illumination in the summer at Woods Hole. Furthermore, Nadson (1900) has shown that certain species of the Cyanophycee and Chlorophyceze, which are green near the surface, take on reddish colors in deep water. These conclusions that the colors of alge depend upon the quality of the light are opposed to views held by Berthold (1882), Oltmanns (1892), and others who have con- sidered the Rhodophycee to be merely shade plants, the distribution of which was deter- mined by the quantity of light. “They have made much of the fact that in dimly lighted caves and shaded situations red alge, which usually grow at some depth, are found very near the surface; but it should be borne in mind, as Bérgesen (1905, pp. 702, 703) points out, that while these alge receive a much weaker white light in these caves, they may have the benefit of much blue and green reflected light. Gaidukov (1902, 1906), in a series of interesting experiments, has shown that certain alge (species of Oscillatoria, Phormidiuwm, and Porphyra) take on complementary colors when subjected to pure rays from a spectrum, becoming, for example, green under red and yellow light and red or purplish under green or blue light. This phenomenon, called complementary chromatic adaptation, is shown only by living plants and is believed to involve changes in the structure of the pigments. The reason why green alge can not live in deep water is clear, since the red rays upon which they depend are not there present. The red alge, on the contrary, may live at the surface as well as at depths below the penetration of red rays, but at the surface they meet the competition with green alge from which they are free in deep water. However, it can not be said that all of the phenomena are clearly explained by the hypothesis of chromatic adaptation held by Engelmann and Gaidukov. Thus, Rodriguez (1888) reports the following Chlorophycez off the Balearic Islands at much greater depths than would be expected for any of the green alge: Palmophyllum orbicularis Thuret, 130 meters; Cladophora pellucida Kiitzing, 40 meters; Codiwm tomentosum Agardh, 48 meters; C. tomentosum var. elongatum, 90 to 100 meters; Udotea Desfontainit Decaisne, 120 meters; and somewhat similar records are known for certain of the Chlorophycee in the Gulf of Naples. 7. TEMPERATURE AND SEASONAL CHANGES. The temperature of the water, the depth, and the character of the bottom are the chief factors in determining the distribution of the alge in the region covered by the survey. The influence of temperature must be of fundamental importance where the seasonal extremes are as great as those of the summer and winter at Woods Hole. The conditions in the winter would admit a rich northern or boreal algal flora at Woods Hole were it possible for the species to reach this sheltered situation by traveling around Cape Cod and to survive the warm summer. As it is, a number of northern species do grow at Woods Hole in the favorable winter and spring seasons and some are able to vegetate through the summer. In striking contrast with the winter’s cold is the summer temperature, which is so high that it can support a flora with many points of resem- blance to the floras of warmer seas. The subject of temperature receives considerable attention in section 1, chapter 11, pages 38-52, where the detailed records of the Survey 16269°—Bull. 31, pt 1—13 29 450 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. are presented in a series of tables, and likewise on charts 211 to 214, giving the location of the stations. The average monthly temperature of the water off the Government wharf in Great Harbor, Woods Hole, for the years 1902-1906 (five years) is given in table 10, page 47, and the seasonal changes are portrayed graphically in chart 219. It will be seen that during January, February, and March the mean temperature was below 35° F. The period when the temperature was below 35° actually extended from about December 25 to March 15, and this may be considered the winter season. After March 15 the temperature rose rapidly, passing 60° about June 1; this constitutes a spring season. Between June 1 and October 12 the temperature remained above 60°, holding between 69° and 71° from July 11 to August 28, a period of 48 days; this is the long summer season of warm water. After October 12 the temperature fell rapidly from 60°, until December 11, when it reached 37°, and it remained between 37° and 35° until December 26, when it passed below 35°; this period may be considered the autumn season. A table of averages such as that of table 10 does not give the extremes of temperature, the lowest of which was 2834° in January and February, and the highest 74° in July and 74.5° in August. It should also be remembered that the extremes are much. greater in situations more sheltered than Great Harbor, Woods Hole, as, for example, in the upper portions of Buzzards Bay, where the water may be heavily frozen for several weeks and the summer temperature probably rises close to 80°. It is very important to contrast the seasonal range of temperature at Woods Hole with that of the bottom water between Gay Head and the ledges of Sow and Pigs, for in this region of the survey the range of temperature is the least. On August 16, 1907, the bottom temperature off Gay Head was 57.2° F. (1634 fathoms) and 59.2° (1134 fathoms), off Sow and Pigs 60.1° (10% fathoms), and in Vineyard Sound between these two points 55° (1734 fathoms); the surface temperature at these stations was from 3° to 5° higher. On November 12, 1907, the bottom temperature off Gay Head was 51.9° (104 fathoms), off Sow and Pigs also 51.9° (8 fathoms), and in Vineyard Sound between these points 52° (18 fathoms); the surface temperature at these points was about 1° lower. On March 20, 1908, the bottom temperature off Gay Head was 36.6° (8 fathoms), off Sow and Pigs 36.6° (5 fathoms), and in Vineyard Sound between these two points 37-4° (18 fathoms); the surface temperatures being almost the same. On June 6, 1908, the bottom temperature off Gay Head was 57.6° (124 fathoms), off Sow and Pigs 55.1° (74 fathoms), and on June 5 in Vineyard Sound between these two points 53.3° (18 fathoms); the surface temperature at these points was then from 1° to 3° higher. These data are presented in tabular form below, the surface temperature being given above the line and the bottom temperature below. Aug. 16, 1907. Nov. 12, 1907. Mar. 20, 1908. June 5-6, 1908. 63 8° (16 fath.) Off Gay Head..... re 50. 7" th 36. 8° 59-3" (1234 fath la hei aie Maren gee pare mage tag SOUT B08. a i 62:4" (7334 fath.) || >"? Secieh cared cs oS 576° "Gane 8 59+ 2° ; 63:1" (zo% fath.) | 52" (8 fath. 36:5” (5 fath. 56x" (93% fath. Off'Sow sArldubipsa ie secnencnne eeaeeeeen par (10% fath.) zee (8 fath.) 36.6" (5 fath.) oe rai BY ° ° {oF ° Between Gay Head and Sow and Pigs....... Sous (1734 fath.) pies (8 fath.) 36: aie (18 fath.) 57 = (18 fath.) 55 52 37-4 53°3 (June 5) BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 451 These records of the bottom temperature between Gay Head and the ledges of Sow and Pigs indicate that the average range is from below 35° in the winter to about 60° in the summer. The bottom temperature probably does not fall to the lowest winter temperature of the sheltered waters of the Bay and Sound and does not rise to within 15° of the highest summer temperatures in such situations; the total range is close to 26°. The surface temperature between Gay Head and the ledges of Sow and Pigs is at times in the summer 4° to 5° higher than the bottom temperature, and in the winter probably somewhat lower; the total range is close to 32°. The seasonal range in Great Harbor, Woods Hole, is about 46°, and it must be more than 50° in the upper portions of Buzzards Bay. The causes of these very different conditions are not difficult to understand. The great range of temperature in the sheltered waters of the Bay and Sound is simply the result of summer and winter atmospheric temperatures acting on bodies of water suffi- ciently shallow to respond very quickly to their influences. Tables 9 and 10 (pp. 46—- 47), giving the average monthly range of the temperatures of both air and water at Woods Hole over a five-year period, make clear the relationship, also shown on chart 219. Thesmall range of the temperature of the bottom water between Gay Head and the Sow and Pigs, together with the greater range of the surface water, shows the effect of proximity to the deeper cold water of the open sea, water which, as stated before, appears to be an extension of the cold belt north of Cape Cod. It is clear from the above statements of the seasonal ranges of temperature in the two extremes of the conditions presented within the limits of the Survey (first, the bottom temperatures off Gay Head and Sow and Pigs; second, the temperatures of shel- tered waters of the Bay and Sound) that several very different types of floras would be expected,and thisisthecase. The uniformly cool bottom water of Gay Head and the Sow and Pigs (generally below 60°) admits of the development of a flora with a number of species characteristic of northern waters. ‘This flora is restricted to the lower portion of Buzzards Bay and the westerly portion of Vineyard Sound and is distinguished by the presence of the following species which are never found (at least during the summer) in the more sheltered regions of the Bay and Sound: Cheiomorpha melagonium, Lami- naria digitata, Plumaria elegans, Rhodomela subfusca, Actinococcus pelteformis, Gym- nogongrus norvegicus, Euthora cristata, Lomentaria rosea, Rhodymena palmata, Deles- seria stnuosa. It would be very interesting to know whether other northerly species may not be present during the winter and spring and whether this cold-water flora extends its range during the winter into more sheltered portions of the Bay and Sound, but we have made no dredgings for alge off Gay Head in the winter and know nothing of the deep-water flora of that season. The seasonal extremes in the sheltered portions of Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound, as would be expected, give at least two distinct seasonal floras, (1) that of the winter and early spring, and (2) that of midsummer and the early autumn. Some species are found all the year round, but they are generally much more luxuriant at one season than at the other. Many of the species are limited to a season of perhaps two or three months and are never found at other times. It is not at present possible to discuss sat- isfactorily the seasonal habits of the algez at Woods Hole, for they have been very little studied during the winter, but such data as are known are included in the Catalogue. 452 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. The study of Spindle Rocks (pages 476-479) has shown in a rather surprising way the degree of change which takes place on a small mass of rocks over a 12-month period. The northerly species which would be most likely to invade the Bay and Sound dur- ing the favorable winter season would be forms that reproduce rapidly through large crops of spores and mature so quickly that several generations may develop during the season. ‘The tidal currents of the region would serve to distribute such species very widely, even though the favorable season might be short. 8. SALINITY OF THE WATER. There are no fresh-water streams of importance in the immediate vicinity of Woods Hole to affect markedly the salinity of its waters, which are not much less dense than the open sea, having an average density of about 1.024 (the density of water in the north Atlantic being from 1.027 to 1.028). In the westerly portion of Vineyard Sound and lower portion of Buzzards Bay the density is somewhat greater, having been found at one point as high as 1.0243 (November, 1907). In the extreme upper portion of Buz- zards Bay the density is considerably less than at Woods Hole, having been recorded as low as 1.0212 (March, 1908). Details of the observations on density made by the survey are presented in section I, chapter 11, pages 52-54. The lower density of the upper portion of Buzzards Bay is evidently due to the proximity of a number of small streams that empty into the head of the Bay, but these are too far removed from Woods Hole to influence materially the salinity of the water at that point. The swift tidal currents of Vineyard Sound keep its waters fairly uniform in density. It is not probable that density is a factor of importance in determining the distribution of alge in the deeper waters of the Bay and Sound, and it certainly is not to be compared with the two chief factors of temperature and the character of the bottom. The only bodies of brackish water in the immediate vicinity of Woods Hole are those of small ponds or areas of salt marsh which are connected with the sea by channels and rendered saline in various degrees by the inflow of tides or during storms. Such brackish waters support characteristic floras totally unlike those of the Bay and Sound proper, well illustrated by the Lyngbya salt-marsh association and the Enteromorpha salt-marsh association (see page 456). Chapter II]. CHARACTERISTIC ALGAL ASSOCIATIONS AND FORMATIONS AT WOODS HOLE AND IN BUZZARDS BAY AND VINEYARD SOUND. As stated in the preceding pages, the life habits and distribution of marine alge are affected by a number of factors, the most important of which are temperature, light, depth, character of the bottom, and salinity of the water. Some or all of these factors, and in special cases others as well, determine, as a rule, the habitats and sea- sons of the different species. As a result, various alge are frequently found to be characteristic of particular situations, where they constitute groups or formations of species. J. G. Agardh (1836) was the first to describe regions of algal vegetation, recog- nizing on the Scandinavian coasts the presence of a zone characterized by green alge (Regnum Algarum Zoospermarum), a zone of brown alge (Regnum Algarum Oliva- cearum), and a zone of red alge (Regnum Algarum Floridearum). Other authors have attempted similar, but more elaborate, divisions of the algal flora into regions and zones, but none have been very satisfactory for the reason that the brown and red alge have species which range far outside the depth or zone which is in general most characteristic of their class. It later became apparent that the alge must be split into smaller assemblages than the zones of green, brown, and red alge, and Kjellman (1877 and 1878), also in studies on the Scandinavian coast, developed such a classification in detail, applying the name ‘‘formation”’ to each group and usually naming each formation after the alga most characteristic of it. Kjellman’s paper of 1878, ‘‘Ueber Algenregionen und Algenformationen im 6stlichen Skager Rack,” stands, as far as the author is aware, as the first algological contribution introducing the methods and terminology of ecology as at present practiced. Later authors have followed the methods of Kjell- man to a greater or less degree, and among them one of the most elaborate studies has been that of Bérgesen (1905), ‘“‘The Alge Vegetation of the Ferdese Coasts.’’ The reader will find in these two papers of Kjellman and Borgesen historical treat- ments of the literature, which need not be repeated here, especially since they deal with conditions in northern waters, which are very different from those at Woods Hole. Kjellman (1877) employed the terms “‘littoral,’’% ‘‘sublittoral,” and ‘‘elittoral’’ to define three regions of distribution, and these terms are in wide use among botanists and, with certain modifications of his definitions, they have replaced earlier expres- sions designating regions occupied by the green, the brown, and the red alge. K jell- man defined the littoral region as that between lowest and highest tide marks, the sublittoral region as that from the lowest tide mark to the furthest depth at which alge will grow (about 20 fathoms on the Scandinavian coast), and the elittoral region as that bottom below the sublittoral. @ Cf. discussion on pages 178-180, section 1, of present report. 453 454 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Kjellman’s limitation of the littoral region has not proved altogether satisfactory, since many marine alge range far above the highest tide mark, especially along coasts wet by the spray from heavy surf, and other species are able to live in water that is brackish or, indeed, actually fresh. - Rosenvinge (1898, p. 189) pointed out that the upper boundary of the littoral region should be considered as that level at which marine algal vegetation begins, and Boérgesen (1905, p. 709) agrees with this view. The littoral region can then best be defined as the zone extending from low-water mark to the highest point where marine alge cease to grow. As a matter of fact, however, in sheltered waters the upper limit will generally coincide closely with high-tide mark. The line between the littoral and sublittoral regions is not always easily deter- mined, for conditions vary in different localities. It is not safe to limit arbitrarily the upper boundary of the sublittoral to the lowest water or neap tide mark, for many species characteristic of the sublittoral will grow a little above such a line. Rosen- vinge and Borgesen agree in placing the boundary between the littoral and sublittoral somewhat above the lowest tide mark. It is probably very near to the average low- water level. The lower limit of the sublittoral region varies greatly in its depth from the sur- face and can not be defined with exactness. It merely marks the gradual diminution of vegetation until a bottom is reached that is devoid of plant life. There is no sharp line showing the lower boundary of the sublittoral, such as defines its upper limit at low-water mark. Consequently there is no line marking the upper limit of an elittoral region or depth from which plant life is absent. Indeed, to speak of an elittoral region is to use a negative expression, and the term is not important in descriptive studies on the distribution of alge. ' The line of greatest significance in determining regions of marine vegetatior is that between the littoral and sublittoral, near the level of average low water. Above and below this boundary the life conditions differ more than at any other point between the upper and lower limits of marine algal life. Exposure to the air, to rain, and to the heat and drying influence of untempered sunlight introduce very important fac- tors in the littoral region which are not present in the sublittoral and make this line of separation a most significant one. For these reasons the littoral and sublittoral regions are natural divisions, and further subdivisions are of far less import and, indeed, can hardly be made under ordinary conditions, although some authors have attempted to define a supralittoral region above the littoral. Certain of the Cyanophycez and Chlorophycez and a few of the Pheophycee and Rhodophycee are most commonly found only in the upper region of the sublittoral either just below the lowest tide mark or in shallow water. For these a separate zone . might be distinguished; but there are so many species of the Pheophycez and Rho- dophycez which are present in both shallow and deep water that the limits of such a zone, at least in the Woods Hole region, is not easily determined, since there is a very complex overlapping of species. For these reasons we have not attempted to separate and designate regions of the sublittoral further than to qualify the term with the words ‘‘ upper” or ‘‘lower” in certain instances where speciés are very clearly ' restricted in their habits. When the alge of the littoral and sublittoral regions are studied closely, certain groups of species will be found in more or less close companionship, with definite rela- BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 455 tions to such factors as proximity to low-water mark, temperature, exposure to air or to sunlight, sheltered and shaded stations, salinity of water, character of attachment, etc. These groups of species may cover large areas and even form broad zones of vegetation so clearly defined and conspicuous as to deserve the name of formations; but the vegetation more often consists of small and scattered groups the limits of which are generally more easily recognized and in which a single species very greatly predomi- nates. These smaller units, usually recognized by the preponderance of a single spe- cies, are called by Bérgesen (1905, p. 707) associations, and we shall employ that term in the brief account that follows. The regions included in the limits of the Survey do not, on the whole, afford mate- rial for a very satisfactory study of algal associations and formations. ‘There is noth- ing that compares with the picturesque zonation of alge above and below low-water mark, as illustrated in many localities north of Cape Cod, and such as have been so thor- oughly studied by Kjellman, Rosenvinge, and others along the Scandinavian coasts and in Greenland, and by Boérgesen for the Faroes. The chief reasons for the compar- atively undeveloped character of the formations and associations at Woods Hole and vicinity are four in number: (1) The small tides give a relatively narrow strip of coast line, generally only a few feet wide, available for the development of a littoral flora; (2) a shore line of bowlders, frequently broken by sandy or gravelly beaches, presents no smooth perpendicular or slanting surfaces where the attachment afforded to alge is uniform in character; (3) the absence of a marked boreal flora, except for the rela- tively few representatives that are present chiefly in the winter and early spring, deprives the region of a number of species of Monostroma, Alaria, Dictyosiphon, Fucus, Laminaria, Sacchoriza, Gigartina, and Halosaccion, which are conspicuous north of Cape Cod; and (4) the scraping of the ice along the more sheltered shores effectually prevents the development of a littoral flora in the winter season, which is the most favorable for ‘the growth of green and brown littoral species. One has only to look at the remarkable plates of Bérgesen (1905) illustrating the littoral algal associations and formations along the coasts of the Faroes to realize how poorly developed is the littoral flora at Woods Hole. There are also no rock pools or caverns harboring the striking assemblages of alge characteristic of such situations. On the other hand, certain peculiarities of bottom, tidal channels, shallow harbors, and coves give conditions and resulting floras that are not present in many northern seas. The arrangement of the associations follows in general the order of the Catalogue, where will be found the records upon which these brief accounts are based. The number of species discussed or listed is far short of the total list given in the Catalogue; they are merely those sufficiently conspicuous to be worthy of attention in a treatment of algal associations. For descriptive purposes Buzzards Bay has been regarded in this section of the report as being divided into an upper and lower portion by a line drawn from the west end of Naushon (Robinsons Hole) to Round Hill Point. Vineyard Sound has been divided into three regions, (a) the westerly portion from the entrance at Gay Head toa line drawn from the west end of Naushon (Robinsons Hole) to Kopeecon Point, (6) the narrow portion from this line to one between Nobska Point and West Chop, and (c) the easterly portion from the latter line to one drawn between Falmouth Heights 456 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. and East Chop.* The lower portion of the Bay and the westerly portion of the Sound have in the summer a flora, here termed the cool-water sublittoral formation, with a number of striking peculiarities, while the more sheltered regions have in the summer a strictly warm-water sublittoral formation. Only the most striking of the algal associations and formations will be described, for this is a subject which might be followed into such detail that the broad and striking peculiarities would be lost among the minor features. Moreover, for the reasons given above, the physiographical features and other conditions of Woods Hole do not lend themselves to the development of picturesque algal associations. ALGAL ASSOCIATIONS. (1) THE LYNGBYA SALT-MARSH ASSOCIATION. The bottom and sides of shallow bodies of water in salt marshes, and other brackish ditches and pools, are frequently covered by felted growths, which are largely composed of Lyngbya, most commonly the species L. estuaru and L. semiplena. Mixed with the Lyngbyas may be found Chroococcus turgidus, Microcoleus chthonoplastes, Microcoleus tenerrimus, Spirulina subsalsa, Anabena torulosa, Nodularia Harveyana, and other forms. This is a very characteristic association of blue-green alge frequently forming extensive growths in the summer months in the salt marshes and brackish pools of Quisset, Penzance, and Hadley Harbor. (2) THE ENTEROMORPHA SALT-MARSH ASSOCIATION. Brackish pools in salt marshes and other situations frequently contain extensive floating or loosely attached growths, which are chiefly species of Enteromorpha, the commonest species being E. clathrata, E. crimita, E. percursa, and E. prolifera. Clado- phora expansa is found under similar conditions, frequently mixed with the Entero- morphas. This association of green algee forms surface growths in situations where the Lyngbya association is likely to be found over the bottom. It is frequently conspicuous during the summer months in brackish pools of Quisset, Penzance, and Hadley Harbor. (3) THE CALOTHRIX ASSOCIATION. Of the four species of Calothrix which may be found on stones and woodwork between tide marks, C. pulvinata is the most conspicuous, developing thick patches resembling honeycomb on the woodwork of wharves (wharf of U.S. Bureau of Fisheries). Calothrix scopulorum, also conspicuous, grows on rocks near high-water mark or above, occasionally in company with Codiolum gregarium, forming large indefinite patches; it also grows on piles. (4) THE RIVULARIA ASSOCIATIONS. Rivularia nitida is found in salt marshes (as at Quisset) forming thick growths over mud and roots of Spartina well above low-water mark. Rivularia aira is occasionally plentiful on rocks and barnacles near high-water mark. a Geographically this region might be considered as a portion of Nantucket Sound if one were disposed to draw an arbitrary line between Vineyard Sound and that body of water. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 457 (5) THE PLEUROCAPSA ASSOCIATION. Pleurocapsa fuliginosa grows on rocks and stonework, forming a conspicuous dark stain at high-water mark and in depressions wet by waves and spray. (6) THE ULVA, ENTEROMORPHA, AND MONOSTROMA ASSOCIATIONS. Rocks and stony beaches above low-water mark frequently exhibit striking growths of species of Ulva, Enteromorpha, and Monostroma. Ulva Lactuca var. rigida is common above low-water mark on rocks exposed to waves where it frequently forms dense zones of growth. Enteromorpha intestinalis is often abundant in quiet waters attached _to stones and shells and sometimes to woodwork of wharves between tide marks; it may develop broad zones of growth in such situations. Enteromorpha linza is also found in the same situations as Enteromorpha intestinalis and is sometimes mixed withit. Entero- morpha minima is very common during the spring and summer in situations similar to those of Enteromorpha intestinalis, but always growing near high-water mark. In the spring Monostroma Grevillei is abundant on stones and larger alge a little above low- water mark. These forms, together with certain species of Cladophora described in association 9, make up the most characteristic associations of green alge in the littoral region. They are generally responsible for the conspicuous green zones on wharves, rocks, and beaches above low-water mark. (7) THE ULOTHRIX ASSOCIATIONS. Ulothrix flacca is not uncommon in the summer, forming large patches on stones and woodwork of wharves above low-water mark; it is sometimes epiphytic on Fucus. Ulothrix implexa is also present in the spring on rocks above low water. (8) THE CHA TOMORPHA ASSOCIATIONS. Chetomorpha Linum is common growing in wiry masses over sandy and muddy bottoms. It was dredged by the Survey as deep as 5 fathoms, but is generally found in shallow water in the upper regions of both the cool- and warm-water sublittoral formations (A and B). . Chetomorpha melagonium is present in deeper water off exposed points, such as Gay Head and Cuttyhunk (chart 228). This species was dredged in 4 to 9 fathoms and is a characteristic member of what is here termed the cool-water sublittoral formation. (9) THE CLADOPHORA ASSOCIATIONS. Several species of Cladophora develop conspicuous associations in the upper level of the sublittoral region. Cladophora albida and C. albida var. refracta form in the sum- mer patches on rocks. Cladophora arcta is very abundant in the spring on wharves and harbor walls near low-water mark and below, and is one of the most characteristic of the green alge at that season. C. flexuosa is common in the summer on rocks, and C. glaucescens, a delicate species, is also abundant at the same season on rocks and wharves near low-water mark. C. gracilis grows luxuriantly during the summer in quiet sheltered waters. C. /anosa is epiphytic on larger alge generally below low water; C. /anosa var. 458 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. uncialis grows on rocks above and below low-water mark and is conspicuous in the winter and spring. C. refracta and C. Rudolphiana are frequently abundant on stones near low water and below. C. rupestris is a striking species growing off exposed points as at Nobska and Gay Head. The list of Cladophoras in this region is large, but they are apt to grow mixed with other alge. However, C. albida, C. albida var. refracta, C. arcta, C. gracilis, and C. lanosa var. uncialis frequently form extensive and almost pure growths, which are as conspicuous as the zones of Ulva, Enteromorpha, and Monostroma. (10) THE VAUCHERIA ASSOCIATIONS. Vaucheria litorea and V. Thuretu are occasionally found forming rather extensive and sometimes matted growths over gravel and mud near low-water mark and below. (11) THE ECTOCARPUS ASSOCIATIONS. Most of the species of Ectocarpus grow attached to larger alge or to Zostera, but some are found on stones and the woodwork of wharves near low-water mark and below. Ectocarpus confervoides and E. siliculosus are frequently present in the latter situations, forming at times extensive growths. Some of the epiphytic species may grow so thickly over such forms as Scytostphon lomentarius, Desmarestia aculeata, Chordaria flagelli- jormis, Chorda filum, Laminaria Agardhu, and Zostera as to form a conspicuous part of the associations that contain these larger alge and the eel grass. The commonest of the epiphytic species are Ectocarpus ecidioides on old Laminaria, E. confervoides on Scytosiphon and Chordaria, E. fasiculatus on Chordaria and Chorda, E. granulosus on Sar- gassum, E. penicillatus on larger algee and Zostera, and E. siliculosus on Scytosiphon, Zostera, etc. (12) THE CLADOSTEPHUS ASSOCIATION. Cladostephus verticillatus grows in fairly deep water and has a scattered distri- bution in Vineyard Sound (chart 229). It was dredged in 2 to 13 fathoms over sandy and stony bottoms. Although not plentiful, this species is conspicuous for its size; it is a member of the warm-water sublittoral formation (B). (13) THE SPHACELARIA ASSOCIATIONS. Sphacelaria cirrhosa is epiphytic on Fucus, Ascophyllum, Sargassum, and occasion- ally on Zostera; it may also grow on stones. ‘The species is probably widely distributed along the coast and was dredged in 3 to 8 fathoms on Sargassum and stones at several scattered stations in Vineyard Sound. Sphacelaria radicans is common attached to stones, shells, and mud-covered rocks. It was dredged in 3 to 5 fathoms, chiefly at stations near Vineyard Haven. The two species are in the warm-water sublittoral formation (B). (14) THE DESMOTRICHUM AND PUNCTARIA ASSOCIATIONS. Desmotrichum balticum and D. undulatum are common, especially in the spring, forming dense growths on Zostera; they are occasionally found on larger alge and on rocks. Punctaria latifolia and P. plantaginea are likewise common in the spring, the former on Zostera and larger alge, the latter on alga and rocks. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 459 (15) THE PHYLLITIS AND SCYTOSIPHON ASSOCIATIONS. Phyllitis fascia is common in the winter and spring on rocks just below low-water mark and in the littoral region. Scytosiphon lomentarius is also abundant in similar situations on rocks, and also on stony beaches, where it develops extensive growths during the winter and spring extending above the Phyllitis in the littoral region. These two alge, so conspicuous in the littoral during the winter and spring, prac- tically disappear during the summer, being then found only in very favorable situations, as, for example, at Gay Head and at Grassy Ledge, in Woods Hole Harbor, on the side of the ship channel. They frequently form a mixed association, but Scytostphon is the commoner of the two and more widely distributed. (16) THE ARTHROCLADIA ASSOCIATION. Arthrocladia villosa, which has been considered rather rare, was found by the Survey to be widely distributed in Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound (chart 230). Although generally dredged in small quantities, it was obtained in abundance in the cove west of Cuttyhunk Neck (near station 1o1) July 27, 1905. At this date large plants in full fruit grew on shells and stones in 4 to 5 fathoms, forming large patches over the bottom. The species is a member of the warm-water sublittoral formation (B). (17) THE DESMARESTIA ASSOCIATION. Desmarestia aculeata is a large coarse species plentiful in the lower portion of Buzzards Bay and westerly portion of Vineyard Sound (chart 231). It grows over sandy and stony bottoms in 1% to 14 fathoms. Although the plants are more often scattered, they sometimes form patches which would be considered as associations. The species is frequently a member of the cool-water sublittoral formation (a). Desmarestia viridis is found not only in the same situations as D. aculeata, but also in quieter and warmer regions of the Sound (chart 232). It is common at Woods Hole in the spring and early summer, a little below low-water mark. The growths . are generally scattered, but they may also form dense associations. ‘This species is a member of the warm-water sublittoral formation (B), but is also present in colder waters, although not so common there as Desmarestia aculeata. (18) THE DICTYOSIPHON ASSOCIATION. A species of Dictyosiphon is present during the summer months rather widely distributed in both Bay and Sound on stones and over sand in 3 to 1ofathoms (chart 233). The form compares well with material and descriptions of Dictyosiphon hippuroides. However, in view of the difficulties in determining species in this genus and the fact that our material was evidently a summer seasonal condition, we do not feel sure of its affinities. It was found at several stations in sufficient quantity to constitute asso- ciations, and is present in both the cool- and warm-water sublittoral formations. (19) THE CASTAGNEA ASSOCIATION. Castagnea Zostere is common at Woods Hole in the summer, attached to Zostera Castagnea virescens is occasionally found on rocks, Zostera, and larger alge below low- water mark. Both species are present in the warm-water sublittoral formation (B), but C. virescens is also a spring species. 460 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. (20) THE CHORDARIA ASSOCIATION. Chordaria flagelliformis during the summer develops extensive growths on stones and rocks a little below low-water mark. It grows in large masses and is frequently the most conspicuous member of the zone of brown alge, fringing exposed rocks near low-water mark. The other prominent members of this zone are commonly Phyllitis jascia and Scytosiphon lomentarius, which grow above the Chordaria and in the littoral region. The Chordaria is frequently overgrown with Ectocarpus confervoides, E. fasiculatus or E. stliculosus, and it also harbors Callithamnion Baileyi, C. corymbosum, and other algal epiphytes. (21) THE MESOGLOIA ASSOCIATION. Mesogloia divaricata grows in masses on stones and alge in relatively quiet waters a little below low-water mark. It is a conspicuous summer plant occupying a situation somewhat similar to that of Chordaria flagelliformis in more exposed situations. (22) THE RALFSIA ASSOCIATIONS. Raljsia clavata is very abundant on stones and shells at low-water mark and below. It is widely distributed throughout the sublittoral region at Woods Hole and in the Bay and Sound, and has been dredged in 3 to 12 fathoms. Raljsia verrucosa is less widely distributed, but in certain localities has been found in quantity (Grassy Ledge, Little Harbor, Tarpaulin Cove); it grows on stones near low-water mark. (23) THE CHORDA ASSOCIATION. Chorda filum is a summer species very common in the sublittoral region on stones and shells in water 3 feet or more in depth. It frequently forms large beds and some- times supports extensive epiphytic growths of Ectocarpus jasiculatus, Ceramium rubrum, and other species. Chorda filum is widely distributed throughout the Bay and Sound (chart 234) and was dredged in 2 to 14 fathoms. Chorda tomentosa is a very beautiful spring species common at Woods Hole in the same situation as Chorda filum, which takes its place later in the season. We know nothing of its distribution in Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound. © (24) THE LAMINARIA ASSOCIATIONS. < The genus Laminaria has only three representatives in the waters of Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound. In comparison with the flora north of Cape Cod the kelps. play but an insignificant part in the vegetation of this region. Laminaria A gardhitis rather widely distributed (chart 235), being common at Woods Hole on wharves and stones in water 3 feet or more in depth; it was dredged over sandy, shelly, and stony bottoms in 2 to 17 fathoms. Laminaria Agardhii var. vittata is restricted in its distribution chiefly to the lower portion of the Bay and westerly portion of the Sound (chart 236); it grows over sandy, shelly, and stony bottoms in 2 to 17 fathoms, sometimes forming beds of considerable extent frequently mixed with Laminaria Agardmit. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 461 Laminaria digitala was found only off Gay Head (chart 237) over sandy and stony bottoms in 3 to 13 fathoms, accompanied by the other forms of Laminaria. All of these kelps are characteristic members of the cool-water sublittoral formation (A), but Laminaria Agardhii is more widely distributed than the others. (25) THE FUCUS AND ASCOPHYLLUM ASSOCIATIONS. Ascophyllum nodosum and Fucus vesiculosus are the only rockweeds that develop extensive associations in these waters; the other two species of Fucus do not form very conspicuous growths. Ascophyllum nodosum grows plentifully over rocks near low-water mark and above in somewhat sheltered situations. It is found in its best vegetative condition during the winter snd spring culminating with the fruiting period in May; the summer growth is somewhat dwarfed and much lighter in color (yellowish) where exposed to bright sunlight. Fucus vesiculosus, with its several forms and varieties, is more plentiful than A sco- phyllum, growing over a wide zone from below low-water mark to a high point in the littoral region. It is likewise found in its best vegetative condition during the winter and spring, fruiting most abundantly in the latter season. It is represented during the summer by dwarfish growths, frequently lighter in color than the winter condition, except off exposed points as at Gay Head, where the growth and fruiting is more uniform. The Ascophyllum and Fucus frequently form a mixed association at Woods Hole, which during the winter develops a broad zone in the littoral region over rocks that are not subjected to severe scraping by the ice. Most of the winter growths matures during the spring and the display during the summer is comparatively poor. (26) THE SARGASSUM ASSOCIATION. Sargassum Filipendula is common during the summer in the warmer and more sheltered regions of the Bay and Sound (chart 238); it was dredged over sandy, shelly, and stony bottoms in 214 to 15 fathoms, sometimes froming rather large beds. At Woods Hole there are conspicuous associations at the entrance to the Eel Pond and off Juniper Point, where the plants grow in large patches in 3 feet to 1 or more fathoms of water. Sargassum is thus strictly sublittoral, in sharp contrast to the habits of the species of rockweeds, and it is characteristic of the warm-water sublittoral formation (B). (27) THE BANGIA ASSOCIATION. Bangia fusco-purpurea is not uncommon, forming patches on rocks and woodwork of wharves near high-water mark. Ulothrix flacca is frequently mixed to a greater or less degree with the Bangia. (28) THE PORPHYRA ASSOCIATION. Porphyra lacimata frequently develops heavy growths on the harbor walls at Woods Hole near low-water mark. Porphyra leucosticta is a spring species common on larger alge and on Zostera. 462 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. (29) THE CHANTRANSIA ASSOCIATIONS. Chantransia virgatula is abundant, fringing the leaves of Zostera, and is a conspic- uous member of the Zostera formation (Cc). Chantransia secundata is sometimes com- mon on Zostera, Cerammum rubrum, and Porphyra lacimata. Chantransia Thureti .is occasionally found in quantity on Ceramium rubrum and on Cystoclonium purpurascens ‘at a depth of 1 to 3 meters (off Juniper Point). (30) THE NEMALION ASSOCIATION. Nemalion multifidum is a very characteristic summer species, frequently forming a broad zone on rocks a little above low-water mark. Thisis, perhaps, the best illustration of a red alga with life habits in this region apparently demanding a certain degree of exposure to the air. (31) THE ANTITHAMNION ASSOCIATION. Antithamnion cruciatum proved to be very widely distributed during the summer in Vineyard Sound and Buzzards Bay, attached to stones and larger alge in 3 to 15 fathoms (chart 239). It frequently forms dense epiphytic growths on Chondrus, Phyllophora, and Polyides. ‘The species is a common member of the warm-water sublittoral formation (Bs), but it is also found in exposed situations, as off Gay Head and Cuttyhunk. The other species of Antithamnion are not found in sufficient quantity to form conspicuous associations. (32) THE CALLITHAMNION ASSOCIATIONS. Of the five species of Callithamnion found in this region only three forms develop growths so extensive as to be worthy of consideration in this connection. Callithamnion roseum is common during the summer in the more sheltered waters of the Bay and Sound, growing on stones, shells, larger alge, and Zostera in 3 to 13 fathoms. It is especially abundant in the easterly portion of Vineyard Sound, where Chondrus, Phyllophora, and Sargassum frequently support heavy epiphytic growths. The species is a characteristic member of the warm-water sublittoral formation (Bs). Callithamnion Bailey: and C. Bailey var. laxum are also common during the summer, but generally only as scattered plants. Callithamnion Batleyi grows on rocks, and is also frequently epiphytic on larger alge, such as Chordaria and Ceramium rubrum, in the upper level of the sublittoral. It was dredged in 3 to 13 fathoms attached to Des- marestia, Chondrus, Phyllophora, and Cystocloniwm. ‘The species seems to prefer the conditions of the warm-water sublittoral formation. (33) THE CERAMIUM ASSOCIATIONS. Of the six species of Ceramium present in these waters, C. rubrum deserves the most attention, on account of its abundance and very wide range (chart 240). This species is conspicuous in the upper level of the sublittoral, as one of the commonest members of the zone of red alge frequently found on rocks a little below low-water mark in company with such forms as Polysiphoma fibrillosa, P. urceolata, P. vwolacea, and Chondrus crispus. Ceramium rubrum is also abundant in deeper water, and was BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 463 dredged in 1 to 19 fathoms attached tostones. It isa very common epiphyte on Chorda, Chondrus, and Phyllophora, and on Zostera. ‘The species is present in both the cool and warm-water sublittoral formations. Ceramium fastigiatum is frequently abundant on Zostera and on larger alge, such as Phyllophora, and sometimes on stones; it was dredged in 2 to 7 fathoms. Ceramiuwm strictum and C. tenuissimum are also common on Zostera and on larger alge, and occa- sionally on stones; they were dredged in 2 to 15 fathoms. These three species have a scattered and probably wide distribution in sheltered regions of the Bay and Sound, but are not present in abundance; they belong to the warm-water sublittoral forma- tion (B). (34) THE GRIFFITHSIA ASSOCIATIONS. Griffithsia Bornetiana is common in the summer in the more sheltered portions of the Bay and Sound (chart 241). The species is an epiphyte on larger alge, such as Chondrus and Phyllophora, and was dredged in 2 to 15 fathoms (most plentiful between 3 and 6 fathoms) ; it is a conspicuous member of the warm-water sublittoral formation (B). Griffithsia tenuis has a distribution restricted to the extreme upper portion of Buzzards Bay (chart 242), where it may be found in large patches loosely attached over sandy and muddy bottoms in 2 to 4 fathoms. It is a striking species in these sheltered regions (that support comparatively little algal vegetation), evidently preferring warm waters. (35) THE PLUMARIA ASSOCIATION. Plumaria elegans is restricted to exposed situations, such as Gay Head and Sow and Pigs (chart 243). There it is abundant as an epiphyte on Chondrus and Phyllophora over sandy and stony bottoms in 3 to 17 fathoms. It is one of the most characteristic species of the cool-water sublittoral formation (a). (36) THE SEIROSPORA ASSOCIATION. Seirospora Griffithsiana is sometimes very common on stones, shells, Zostera, and larger alge in 3 to rofathoms. It has a scattered distribution in both Bay and Sound, and is frequently present in the warm-water sublittoral formation (8). (37) THE SPERMOTHAMNION ASSOCIATION. Spermothamnion Turneri is very abundant as an epiphyte on such alge as Chondrus, Phyllophora, and Polyides in 1 to 17 fathoms, over sandy, shelly, stony, and muddy bottoms. It is distributed widely in the Bay and Sound (chart 244) and is present in both the cool- and warm-water sublittoral formations. (38) THE SPYRIDIA ASSOCIATIONS. Spyridia filamentosa is very widely distributed in both Bay and Sound (chart 245); it is found on stones and shells, frequently over muddy bottoms, and on Zostera and larger alge, and was dredged in 3 to 15 fathoms (most plentiful in 4 to 10 fathoms). The species is a characteristic member of the warm-water sublittoral formation (8). 464. BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. (39) THE CHONDRIA ASSOCIATIONS. Chondria tenumssima is abundant on rocks and larger alge below low-water mark along somewhat sheltered shores; it was dredged as deep as 2 to 5 fathoms at Phalarope station 73, but the species is on the whole rather characteristic of the upper level of the sublittoral region. Chondria tenwssima var. Baileyana is less common, but found in similar situations. Chondria dasyphylia is also found on rocks and larger algae and sometimes on Zostera below low-water mark. It is a coarse species, generally present in less sheltered situ- ations than Chondria tenuissima and was dredged in 4 to 10 fathoms, chiefly in the easterly portion of Vineyard Sound. Chondria sedijolia is closely related to C. dasy- phylla, and has been classed as a variety of the latter; it is less common, but is found in similar situations. All the species of Chondria are members of the warm-water sublittoral formation (8), preferring shallow water and sheltered situations. (40) THE DASYA ASSOCIATION. Dasya elegans is very abundant during the late summer below low-water mark, generally in sheltered situations on Zostera, on larger alge, and occasionally on stones; it was dredged over sandy and stony bottoms in 2 to 13 fathoms and has a wide and scattered distribution throughout the Bay and Sound. ‘The species is a member of the warm-water sublittoral formation (B) and is also frequently conspicuous in the Zostera formation (c). (41) THE POLYSIPHONIA ASSOCIATIONS. Of the 12 species of Polysiphonia found in this region 8 are sufficiently common to present conspicuous associations. Polysiphonia elongata, the largest species, grows on stones and rocks in fairly deep water over sandy, shelly, and stony bottoms in 2 to 17 fathoms (most plentiful in 5 to 13 fathoms). ‘The species is common and widely distributed throughout Vineyard Sound, but is found only in the lower portion of the Bay (chart 246). It is present in both the warm- and cool-water sublittoral formations, but is more plentiful in the latter. Polysiphomea fibrillosa is common at Woods Hole in the summer, frequently forming a zone on rocks at and just below low-water mark. Although characteristic ‘of the upper region of the warm-water sublittoral, the species was dredged at several scattered stations in Vineyard Sound in 2 to 11 fathoms. Polystphonia Harveyi and P. Olneyi form tufted growths on eel grass in quiet water, and are members of the Zostera formation (C). Polysiphonia nigrescens is very abundant on stones and shells frequently over muddy bottoms in 1 to 15 fathoms (most plentiful in 5 to 10 fathoms). The species is widely distributed in both Bay and Sound (chart 247), and is present in both the cool- and warm-water sublittoral formations. Polysiphonia urceolata is abundant in the spring and very conspicuous in the zone of red alge on stones and wharves below low-water mark. The species at that season is probably widely distibuted in both the Bay and Sound and is then a prominent mem- oe ee —— — BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 465 ber of the cool-water sublittoral formation; it was dredged in the summer in the lower portion of Buzzards Bay in 2 to 19 fathoms. Polysiphonia variegata is common in the summer on stones, Zostera, and larger alge, and also grows loosely attached over sand and mud in sheltered situations; it was dredged in 3 to 6 fathoms in the upper portion of Buzzards Bay (chart 248). The species belongs to the warm-water sublittoral formation, preferring sheltered situations. Polysiphonia violacea is abundant in the summer on stones, rocks, and on the larger alge below low-water mark; it was dredged in 1 to 13 fathoms over sandy and stony bottoms and has a wide though scattered distribution in the Bay and Sound. The species is an important member of the zone of red alge below low-water mark on rocks in exposed situations, taking the place which P. urceolata occupies in the spring. It belongs to the warm-water sublittoral formation. (42) THE RHODOMELA ASSOCIATIONS. Rhodomela Rochei and R. subjusca are probably very abundant in the spring through- out the Bay and Sound. The bases of old plants were dredged during the summer at scattered stations in 3 to 8 fathoms for Rhodomela Rochet, and 3 to 12 fathoms for R. subjusca. In the spring these species are undoubtedly conspicuous members of the cool-water sublittoral formation (A). (43) THE AHNFELDTIA ASSOCIATION. Ahnjeldtia plicata is common in exposed situations as off Gay Head and Cutty- hunk (chart 249). It was dredged in 1 to 14 fathoms (most plentiful in 7 to 13 fathoms) over sandy, shelly, and stony bottoms, and is one of the cool-water sublittoral species. (44) THE CHONDRUS ASSOCIATION. Chondrus crispus, the Irish moss, is abundant along the shores of the Bay and Sound below low-water mark; it was dredged in 1 to 19 fathoms (most plentiful in 4 to 12 fathoms) over sandy, shelly, and stony bottoms. The species is widely dis- tributed through the Bay and Sound (chart 250), wherever the bottom is favorable, and grows in dense patches on the rocks. It does not as a rule come so close to the surface as Ceramium rubrum, Polysiphonia fibrillosa, P. urceolata, and P. violacea, but it is the most conspicuous member on exposed rocks of the zone of red algze some- what below these species. Chondrus crispus is a very important member of both the cool and warm-water sublittoral formations, with preferences for the former; for, although enduring the warm water of the summer, it grows most luxuriantly in colder temperatures. (45) THE PHYLLOPHORA ASSOCIATIONS. The two species of Phyllophora have very similar life habits; they are rarely found in the upper level of the sublittoral region and are generally present only at a considerable depth. Phyllophora Brodigi grows on stones and in sand and mud and was dredged in 1% to 15 fathoms (most plentiful in 4 to 10 fathoms). It is distributed very generally 16269°—Bull. 31, pt 1—13 30 Ne mee 466 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. throughout the Bay and Sound (chart 251), but is most abundant off exposed situations, as at Gay Head and Cuttyhunk, where extensive growths are present. Phyllophora membranifolia is also found on stones and over sand and mud; it was dredged in 3 to 17 fathoms (most plentiful in 4 to 1o fathoms). The species is likewise distributed very generally throughout the Bay and Sound (chart 252), but appears to prefer rather more sheltered situations than Phyllophora Brodiav. Both species of Phyllophora are prominent in the cool- as well as the warm-water sublittoral formations. (46) THE AGARDHIELLA ASSOCIATION. Agardiella tenera is very common on stones and shells in fairly deep water; it grows in 2 to 15 fathoms (most plentiful in 4 to 10 fathoms). The species is very widely distributed throughout both the Bay and Sound (chart 253), but prefers rather sheltered waters and is a characteristic member of the warm-water sublittoral formation (8), where it is commoniy associated with Grinnellia americana. (47) THE CYSTOCLONIUM ASSOCIATIONS. Cystoclonium purpurascens has a scattered distribution in both Bay and Sound (chart 254). It was found in 2% to 13 fathoms (most plentiful in 4 to 10 fathoms) attached to stones over sandy, shelly, and stony bottoms, occasionally over mud. The species rarely forms extensive patches but is conspicuous because of its large size; it is found in both the cool- and warm-water sublittoral formations. Cystoclonium purpurascens var. cirrhosum is abundant in the lower portion of the Bay and westerly portion of the Sound (chart 255). It was dredged in 1 to 17 fathoms (most plentiful in 4 to 12 fathoms) attached to stones and to larger algee over a bottom similar to that of the preceding species. The variety is much more luxuriant than the species and frequently forms large patches of vegetation; it clearly prefers the condi- tions of the cool-water sublittoral and is a prominent member of that formation (A). (48) THE CHAMPIA ASSOCIATION. Champia parvula is one of the most widely distributed alge of the region, occa- sionally forming extensive patches in the Bay and Sound (chart 256). It growsin 1 to 19 fathoms (most plentiful in 4 to 12 fathoms) attached to stones, Zostera, and larger alge, over sandy, shelly, stony, and muddy bottoms; it is frequently found in shallow water along the shore. ‘The species belongs to the warm-water sublittoral formation (8), being found most abundantly in sheltered regions. (49) THE LOMENTARIA ASSOCIATIONS. Lomentaria rosea is found only off the exposed points of Gay Head and Cuttyhunk (chart 257). It was dredged in 4 to 13 fathoms on stones, shells, and on larger alge, over sandy, shelly, and stony bottoms. The species is restricted to the cool-water sublittoral and although never abundant is one of the most characteristic members of this forma- tion (A). Lomentaria uncinaia grows in the sheltered waters of the Bay and Sound (chart 258). It was dredged in 114 to 15 fathoms (most plentiful in 4 to 10 fathoms) over sandy, + ihe Jee ell deni BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 467 shelly, and stony bottoms, and it is also abundant in shallow water along shore. In sharp contrast to L. rosea, this species is characteristic of the warm-water sublittoral formation (B) and prefers sheltered situations where it frequently accompanies Champia parvula. ' (50) THE RHODYMENIA ASSOCIATION. Rhodymenia palmata, the dulse, is found chiefly in the lower portion of Buzzards Bay and westerly portion of Vineyard Sound (chart 259). It was dredged in 1 to 19 fathoms (most plentiful in 4 to 12 fathoms) growing on stones and larger alge, over sandy, shelly, and stony bottoms. A prominent member of the cool-water sublittoral formation (A), this large species is conspicuous for its size, although the growths in this region are never extensive. (51) THE DELESSERIA ASSOCIATION. Delesseria sinuosa is practically restricted to the lower portion of the Bay and westerly portion of the Sound (chart 260). It grows on larger alge, such as Chondrus and Phyllophora, occasionally on stones, and was dredged in 144 to 17 fathoms (most plentiful in 4 to 12 fathoms). The species is a member of the small group of alge peculiar to the exposed conditions off Gay Head and Cuttyhunk, and is one of the noteworthy forms in the cool-water sublittoral formation (A). (52) THE GRINNELLIA ASSOCIATION. Grinnellia americana is almost universally distributed throughout the Bay and Sound (chart 261). It was dredged in 2 to 19 fathoms (most plentiful in 4 to 12 fathoms) on stones and shells, over sandy, shelly, stony, and muddy bottoms, but it likewise comes close to the surface, as on piles of wharves (Little Harbor, Woods Hole). Although apparently in all regions of the sublittoral, this species is partial to the more sheltered situations, and consequently warmer waters, where it is one of the most characteristic and abundant forms together with Agardhella tenera and Champia parvula. (53) THE POLYIDES ASSOCIATION. * Polyides rotundus, although never abundant, has a rather wide distribution in both the Bay and Sound (chart 262).. It is found only in fairly deep water, 114 to15 fathoms (most plentiful in 4 to 10 fathoms), over sandy, shelly, and stony bottoms, occasionally over mud. ‘The species is a member of both the cool- and warm-water sublittoral forma- tions, and is conspicuous for its size, although the plants grow in scattered groups. (54) THE CORALLINA ASSOCIATION. Corallina officinalis grows in dense patches over rocks in exposed situations below low-water mark and to a considerable depth; the species is widely distributed in the more open portions of the Bay and Sound (chart 263). It was dredged in 4 to 10fathoms, over sandy, shelly, and stony bottoms. The associations of Corallina are generally so dense that they occupy the surface of their attachment to the almost complete exclusion of other alge; the species is present in both the cool- and warm-water sublittoral formations. 468 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. (55) THE HILDENBRANDIA ASSOCIATION. Hildenbrandia prototypus is common on stones and rocks near low-water mark and extending into deep water, where it grows in 1% to 14 fathoms (most plentiful in 4 to 10 fathoms); it is widely distributed in the Bay and Sound (chart 264). The species is found in both the cool- and warm-water sublittoral formations. (56) THE LITHOTHAMNION ASSOCIATION. Lithothammon polymorphum grows on stones and shells in fairly deep water and is rather widely distributed in the Bay and Sound (chart 265). It was dredged in2 to15 ~ fathoms (most plentiful in 4 to 10 fathoms) over sandy, shelly, and stony bottoms. Lithothamnion, although never found in abundance, is present in both the cool- and warm-water sublittoral formations. (57) THE MELOBESIA ASSOCIATIONS. Melobesia farinosa is fairly common on Fucus vesiculosus, Chondrus, Phyllophora, and Zostera at low-water mark and below, being dredged in 3% to 11% fathoms, at scattered stationsin the Sound. ‘The species isa member of the warm-water sublittoral formation. Melobesia Lejolisu is very abundant on Zostera throughout the Bay and Sound in both shallow and deep water; it was dredged in 2 to 12% fathoms. ‘The species prefers rather sheltered waters, where it may cover the eel grass with a thin incrustation; it is characteristic of the Zostera formation. Melobesia membranacea is occasionally found on Chondrus and Phyllophora, generally in exposed situations as off Gay Head, Cuttyhunk, and Penikese. It was dredged in 3% to 10 fathoms and clearly belongs to the cool-water sublittoral formation. Melobesia pusiulata is common on Ascophyllwm, Chondrus, and Phyllophora, and is present in both shallow and deep water, being dredged in 14% to 14 fathoms off Gay Head, Cuttyhunk, and in the easterly portion of the Sound. ‘The species has a scattered and probably rather general distribution along the shore.and is a member of both the cool- and warm-water sublittoral formations. THE COOL-WATER SUBLITTORAL FORMATION. The cool-water sublittoral formation of the summer contains a number of very interesting and characteristic algae, some of which are limited in their distribution to the exposed waters off Gay Head and the reefs of Sow and Pigs. Other species have a more extended range throughout the lower portion of Buzzards Bay and the westerly portion » of Vineyard Sound. Finally there is a group of species which, while most abundant in the regions described above, are also found in other portions of the Bay and Sound, where they form a part of the sublittoral flora characteristic of these more sheltered, and in the summer, warmer waters. The species in these lists preceded by an asterisk (**) are the larger or more abundant forms which dominate the formation; species which are rare or occasional are followed by an (0). The most interesting and noteworthy species in this formation are those which are especially characteristic of the cold waters north of Cape Cod and have been recorded only BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 469 south of the cape in exposed situations where they may be expected to find conditions approaching those of the north coast. *Chztomorpha melagonium. *Laminaria digitata. *Plumaria elegans. Rhodomela subfusca. Actinococcus pelteformis (0). Gymnogongrus norvegicus (0). Euthora cristata (0). *Lomentaria rosea. The list is as follows: *Rhodymenia palmata. *Delesseria sinuosa. Melobesia membranacea (0). Another group of species comprises those which range both north and south of Cape Cod; many of them are conspicuous in the warm-water sublittoral formation (B). following are prominent: Chetomorpha linum. Cladophora albida var. refracta. C. gracilis. C. rupestris. Ectocarpus confervoides. E. fasciculatus. E. siliculosus. *Desmarestia aculeata. *D. viridis. *Dictyosiphon hippuroides. Chorda filum. *Laminaria Agardhii. *L.. Agardhii var. vittata. *Ceramium rubrum. Polysiphonia atrorubescens (0). *P. elongata. *P. nigrescens. P. nigrescens var. fucoides (0). P. urceolata. Actinococcus subcutaneus. The *Phyllophora membranifolia. Agardhiella tenera. -*Cystoclonium purpurascens. *Cystoclonium purpurascens var. cirrhosum. Grinnellia americana. Polyides rotundus. Corallina officinalis. Hildenbrandia prototypus. Lithothamnion polymorphum. *Chordaria flagelliformis. *Ahnfeldtia plicata. Melobesia membranacea. Leathesia difformis. *Chondrus crispus. M. pustulata. *Ralfsia clavata. *Phyllophora Brodizi. Finally there is a group of species which are widely distributed in the warm-water sublittoral. Chief among them are— *Spermothamnion Tumeri. Rhodomela Rochei. Cladostephus verticillatus. *Antithamnion cruciatum. The lists of species in the genera Cladophora and Ectocarpus are undoubtedly far from complete, for studies at other seasons of the year would be expected to give many additions. It must be remembered that we know nothing of this formation in the lower portion of Buzzards Bay and the westerly portion of Vineyard Sound in the winter and spring when the conditions are much more favorable for the support of a cool-water sublittoral flora. The chief factor which determines the cool-water sublittoral formation is the relatively low temperature of the bottom water during the summer months. The records of the temperatures off Gay Head and Cuttyhunk for the summer, as well as for other seasons of the year, are presented in a table on page 450, to which the reader is referred. It is probable that the lowest winter temperatures of the bottom water at these points fall somewhat below 35°, and that the highest summer temperatures are close to 60°. This represents about the yearly range of the bottom temperatures off the exposed points of Gay Head and Sow and Pigs, and in general of the extreme westerly portion of Vineyard Sound and the deeper water of the lower portion of Buzzards Bay. The cool-water sublittoral formation may then be said to endure a maximum tempera- ture of about 60° for a short period in midsummer, but to live for most of the year at temperatures considerably lower. Its most favorable temperature is perhaps close to 50° or below. Whether essentially the same formation is present during the winter is not known, but it seems very probable. 470 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. THE WARM-WATER SUBLITTORAL FORMATION. A characteristic warm-water sublittoral formation is present during the summer in the more sheltered regions of the Bay and Sound—that is, in the upper portion of Buzzards Bay and in the narrow and easterly portions of Vineyard Sound. The con- ditions in these regions are much more varied than in the lower portion of the Bay and the westerly portion of the Sound occupied by the cool-water sublittoral formation. For example, the conditions and flora of the upper end of Buzzards Bay are quite different from those around Woods Hole. Further subdivisions of the warm-water sublittoral formation could undoubtedly be made to advantage, but it would be unwise to attempt to do so on our present information. Accordingly, we shall treat the warm-water sublittoral as a very large and widely distributed formation, excluding, however, those alge which are characteristically associated with beds of Zostera in an assemblage called here the Zostera formation (c). The species in these lists (as in those of the cool-water sublittoral formation) preceded by an asterisk (*) are the larger or more abundant forms which dominate the formation; species which are rare or occasional are followed by an (0). The most interesting and noteworthy species in the warm-water sublittoral forma- tion are those which have not been reported at all north of Cape Cod or are present there only under exceptional conditions. This list includes the following species: Cladophora albida. S. Filipendula var. subedenta- *Spermothamnion Turneri. Ectocarpus granulosus var. ten- tum. *Spyridia filamentosa. tis (0). Scinaia furcellata. Chondria dasyphylla. E. lutosus (0). *Antithamnion cruciatum. C. sedifolia (0). E. Mitchell (0). A. eruciatum var. radicans (0). *Polysiphonia fibrillosa. Cladostephus spongiosus (0). A. plumula (0). P. vestita (0). *C. verticillatus. Callithamnion Baileyi var. Rhodomela Rochei. Rhadinocladia Farlowii (0). laxum. * R. virgata (0). ‘Striaria attenuata (0). *C. roseum. Actinococcus aggregatus (0). *Arthrocladia villosa. . C. tetragonum. Gymnogongrus Griffithsiz (0). Elachista stellaris var. Chorde Ceramium botryocarpum (0). Gracilaria confervoides (0). (o). C. capri-cornu (0). G. multipartita. Myriactis pulvinata var. minor. *C. tenuissimum. G. multipartita var. angustissi- Stilophora rhizodes (0). *Griffithsia tenuis. ma (0). Sargassum bacciferum (0, float- Pleonosporium Borreri. . Hypnea muciformis. ing in Sound). *Seirospora Griffithsiana. Lithothamnion polymorphum. *S. Filipendula. Another group of species comprises those which range both north and south of Cape Cod, some of them being also conspicuous in the cool-water sublittoral formation (A). — The list includes the following: Chzetomorpha linum. C. rupestris. Pylaiella littoralis. Cladophora albida var. refracta. Bryopsis hypnoides (0). Sphacelaria cirrhosa. C. arcta. B. plumosa (0). S. radicans. C. glaucescens. *Hetocarpus confervoides. Punctaria plantaginea (v). C. gracilis. *E. fasciculatus. Desmarestia aculeata (0). C. hirta (0). E. granulosus. *Desmarestia viridis. €. lanosa. *H. siliculosus. Dictyosiphon hippuroides. C. Rudolphiana. E. siliculosus var. hiemalis (0). Myriotrichia filiformis. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. Castagnea virescens. *Chordaria flagelliformis. *Leathesia difformis. *Mesogloia divaricata. *Ralfsia clavata. *Chorda filum. Laminaria Agardhii. Laminaria Agardhii tata (0). Antithamnion americanum (0). Callithamnion Baileyi. C. byssoideum. C. corymbosum. *Ceramium rubrum. *C. strictum. *Griffithsia Bornetiana. var. vit- *Chondria tenuissima. C. tenuissima var. Baileyana. *Dasya elegans. Polysiphonia elongata. P. fastigiata (0). *P. nigrescens. *P. variegata. *P. violacea. Actinococcus subcutaneus. Ahnfeldtia plicata. *Chondrus crispus. *Phyllophora Brodizi. P. Brodizi var. catenata (0). *P. membranifolia. Sterrocolax decipiens (0). 471 *Agardhiella tenera. Cystoclonium purpurascens. C. purpurascens var. cirrho- sum (0). *Champia parvula. *Lomentaria uncinata. Rhodymenia palmata (0). *Grinnellia americana. Gloiosiphonia capillaris (0). Polyides rotundus. Corallina officinalis. Hildenbrandia prototypus. Melobesia farinosa. M. membranacea (0). M. pustulata. The warm-water sublittoral formation of the summer is known not only from the dredgings in the deeper waters, but also from many observations in the shallow waters at a number of points at or near Woods Hole, where the algal flora along shore has been studied by the writer for some ten summers. Extensive studies along shore have not been possible in the regions of the cool-water sublittoral formation (that is, in the lower portion of Buzzards Bay and westerly portion of Vineyard Sound), and the flora of the shallow water is known only at a few points, such as Gay Head, portions of Cutty- hunk, and Penikese. It is interesting to note that a considerable number of species in the above lists are restricted wholly or largely to shallow water in a zone from low-water mark to a depth of 3 to 6feet. The characteristic alge in this zone of the upper warm-water sublittoral are: Cheetomorpha linum. Leathesia difformis. Polysiphonia fastigiata. Cladophora, the species in the Mesogloia divaricata. P. fibrillosa. above lists. Ralfsia clavata. P. variegata. Ectocarpus, the species in the Chorda filum. P. violacea. above lists. Callithamnion Baileyi. Chondrus crispus. Pylaiella littoralis. Sphacelaria cirrhosum. S. radicans. Punctaria plantiginea. Castagnea virescens. Chordaria flagelliformis. C. Baileyi var. laxum. Ceramium rubrum. Chondria dasyphylla. C. sedifolia. C. tenuissima. C. tenuissima var. Baileyana. Champia parvula. Lomentaria uncinata. Grinnellia americana (on piles). Melobesia farinosa. M. pustulata. The algz listed in the Zostera formation (c) may also properly be included in this, the upper warm-water sublittoral formation. The summer temperature of the water is undoubtedly the chief factor in determining the warm-water sublittoral formation asa whole. The degree of exposure to wave action or tide currents and the character of the attachment are of course important factors affecting the local distribution of the alge along the shores. Thus, the vegetation off exposed points, as at Nobska or on the ledges in the passage of Woods Hole, is subjected to conditions very different from those of neighboring sheltered coves. As stated before, the summer temperature in Great Harbor, Woods Hole (as shown by daily averages 472 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. covering the years 1902-1906), passes 60° F. about June 1, holds between 69° and 71° from about July 11 to August 28, and passes 60° in its autumn decline about October 12. The bottom temperatures were taken at a large number of stations in both the Bay and the Sound during the month of August. They were at this time highest in the upper portion of Buzzards Bay, where 71.3° was recorded, while in Vineyard Sound 68.8° was recorded off Falmouth, and 66.9° off the west end of the Middle Ground, these temper- atures becoming in general lower toward the mouth of Buzzards Bay and the westerly portion of Vineyard Sound. The warm-water sublittoral formation may, then, be said to endure a temperature of about 70° for midsummer, and its most favorable temper- ature is perhaps close to 60° or above, although many species live in colder water. It would be very interesting to know to what degree the place of the warm-water sublittoral is taken by representatives of the cool-water sublittoral as the temperature of the water falls during the autumn. The cool-water sublittoral might be expected to invade the narrow and easterly portion of Vineyard Sound and the upper portion of Buzzards Bay, but we have no data on this problem. THE ZOSTERA FORMATION. There are a number of alge which have the habit of growing frequently or inva- riably attached to Zostera. They, together with the eel grass itself, constitute a very clearly defined assemblage which is here called the Zostera formation. It is really a specialized region of the warm-water sublittoral formation, for the eel grass vegetates during the summer when the water is warm. Many of the species listed below will consequently be found in the lists of the latter formation (8). Zostera marina, the eel grass, is very abundant in all sheltered regions of both Bay and Sound, forming thick beds in shallow waters. It was frequently found at inshore stations of the survey, and also at scattered stations in deeper waters of the Bay and Sound (chart 266), being dredged in 2 to 13 fathoms, over sandy, stony, and muddy bottoms. ‘The eel grass, however, prefers shallow water in coves and bays or along sheltered coasts, where it grows luxuriantly, developing extensive beds in depths of 2 feet to 2 fathoms or more. Under these conditions the formation described below is frequently developed to a greater or less extent. Species preceded by the asterisk are the most important forms; those which are rare or occasional are designated by (0). When the Zostera grows in very quiet and shallow waters the blue-green alga, Anabena torulosa, is common on the mud at the base of the plants, frequently breaking loose and floating on the surface as slimy masses. Lyngbya majuscula sometimes forms extensive tufted growths and, breaking free, also floats on the surface. Other blue-. green alge in the Lyngbya salt-marsh association (1) may be present. Hydrocoleum glutinosum and Gleocystis zostericola form coatings on the leaves, and Enteromorpha clathraia, E. plumosa, with other species, and sometimes species of Cladophora, grow in loosely attached masses. ‘These alge are all forms which may be expected in brackish water. When the eel grass grows in more open or exposed situations the list of epiphytes includes species which are never found in brackish water. Among these the following are conspicuous: BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. *Cladophora gracilis and occa- sionally other species. Ascocyclus orbicularis (0). *Ectocarpus confervoides. E. penicillatus. *E. siliculosus. Sphacelaria cirrhosa (0). *Desmotrichum balticum (in the spring). *D. undulatum (in the spring), Pogotrichum filiforme (0). *Punctaria latifolia. Rhadinocladia Farlowii (0). Giraudia sphacelarioides (0). Castagnea virescens (0). Hecatonema maculans (0). Myrionema vulgare. Stilophora rhiz»des (0). Erythrotrichia ceramicola. *Porphyra leucosticta (in the spring). Chantransia secundata. *C. virgatula. Antithamnion cruciatum (in deep water). Callithamnion Baileyi. C. Baileyi var. laxum. *C, byssoideum. *C. corymbosum. *C. roseum. 473 C. rubrum. *C. strictum. *C. tenuissimum. *Seirospora Griffithsiana. *Spyridia filamentosa (0). Chondria dasyphylla (0). Chondria sedifolia (0). *Dasya elegans. *Polysiphonia Harveyi. *P. Olneyi. P. variegata (0). Rhododermis Georgii (0). Melobesia farinosa. *M. Lejolisii. *C. Zostere. *Ceramium fastigiatum. The Zostera formation endures temperatures considerably higher than those given for the range of the warm-water sublittoral, especially where the eel grass grows in coves or other sheltered stations. Such waters may remain above 70° F. for many days, probably at times reaching as high as 75° to 78°. These conditions as to heat are the most extreme of any in this region, except of course the small brackish pools and ditches of the salt marshes. A WINTER SUBLITTORAL FORMATION. It is clear that, as the temperature of the Bay and Sound falls during the autumn, the conditions become less favorable for the warm-water sublittoral flora. Many species characteristic of waters south of Cape Cod pass out of season, although certain species which may be said to endure the summer’s heat are at their best in the winter season. A cold-water winter sublittoral formation is thus developed, which extends throughout the Bay and Sound, reaching its best development probably in the late winter and early spring. We know nothing of this winter and spring flora in the deeper waters of the Bay and Sound, for there have been no dredgings for alge at these seasons. The cool-water sub- littoral formation of the lower portion of the Bay and westerly portion of the Sound would be expected to enter the more sheltered regions occupied by the warm-water sublittoral during the summer, but how far it may extend is a matter of conjecture. Undoubtedly species appear which are not present in either Bay or Sound during the summer, some probably developing from resting spores that carry the forms through the summer, and others coming in by means of spores brought from a distance. It is probable that numbers of northern species, the spores of which might be brought from a distance, would be able to establish themselves, develop to maturity, and perhaps pass through several generations before the temperature rises sufficiently in the spring to put an end to their growth. Species of Cladophora, Ectocarpus, and other rapidly growing green and brown alge, reproducing by zoospores, are admirably fitted for a periodical winter invasion, and some of the smaller red alge which mature quickly would also be expected to take part in such a migration. Some observations on the algal vegetation along shore in shallow water have been made during the winter and spring, and if these art indices of the general change through- 474 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. out the sublittoral, the flora of the bottom of the Bay and Sound must be very different indeed from that of the summer. Especially interesting are the series of studies of the flora of Spindle Rocks, Woods Hole, which were made at intervals throughout a 12- month cycle in 1904 and 1905. These are described in the next section of this paper. Such intensive studies over long periods of time are very much to be desired to determine the seasonal changes in algal floras. We give below a list of the alge so far known to be present in the cold-water sublittoral formation of the winter and spring: Monostroma Grevillei. Desmotrichum balticum. P. leucosticta. Ulva Lactuca. D. undulatum, Chantransia secundata. Cheetomorpha Linum. Pogotrichum filiforme. C. virgatula. Cladophora arcta. Punctaria latifolia. Antithamnion americanum. C. lanosa. P. plantaginea. Callithamnion Baileyi. C. lanosa var. uncialis. Desmarestia viridis. Ceramium rubrum. Derbesia vaucherizeformis. Dictyosiphon foeniculaceus: Polysiphonia fastigiata. Eetocarpus zcidioides. Giraudia sphacelarioides. P. nigrescens. E. confervoides. Castagnea virescens. P. urceolata. E. elegans. Chordaria flagelliformis. Rhodomela Rochei. E. fasciculatus. Hecatonema maculans. R. subfusca. E. granulosus. Myrionema corunne. Ahnfeldtia plicata. E. ovatus. M. vulgare. Chondrus crispus. E. penicillatus. Chorda tomentosa. Sterrocolax decipiens. E. siliculosus. Laminaria Agardhii. Rhodymenia palmata. E. tomentosus. Haplospora globosa. Gloiosiphonia capillaris. Pylaiella littoralis. Scaphospora Kingii. Rhododermis Georgii. Sorocarpus uveeformis. Erythrotrichia ceramicola. Asperococcus echinatus. Porphyra laciniata. The cold-water sublittoral formation accepts a winter temperature, which for at least two and a half months probably averages under 35°F ., as indicated by the records for Great Harbor, Woods Hole (the average temperature between December 25 and March 15 for the years 1902-1906 was below 35°). Many of the species of this formation reach their best vegetative condition and fruit during the spring, and then pass out of season. During this period the temperature of the water rises steadily, passing 60° about June 1. THE LITTORAL FORMATIONS. As has been stated before, the algal growths in the littoral region are not very striking in the immediate vicinity of Woods Hole, chiefly for these reasons, (1) that the tides are small, (2) that the shore line is very broken, (3) a marked boreal flora is — absent, and (4) the scraping of floating ice in the winter prevents the development of an extensive littoral flora at this season. Neighboring coasts exposed sufficiently as to be free from floating ice, as at Cuttyhunk, have heavy growths of algee in the winter, but there have been no opportunities for thorough studies at this season. These growths are, however, undoubtedly composed largely of rockweeds (Fucus and Ascophyllum). The littoral formations of the different seasons at Woods Hole are of a very spotted character, rarely being so extensive as to attract attention and generally breaking up at once into small associations. Of these the following are at times very evident: The Calothrix associations (3), the Rivularia associations (4), the Pleurocapsa association “— * BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 475 (5), the Ulva, Enteromorpha, and Monostroma associations (6), the Uloihrix associations (7), the Phyllitis and Scytosiphon associations (15), the Fucus and Ascophyllum associa- tions (25), the Bangia association (27), the Porphyra association (28), the Nemalion association (30). THE PLANKTON. The only studies on the plant life present in the plankton of the region covered by the survey have been those of Peck (1894 and 1896), chiefly in relation to its value as a source of food, especially for the menhaden. In his second paper Peck (1896, p. 356) records his observations on the plankton of Buzzards Bay, describing and figuring a num- ber of microorganisms belonging to the Peridinales and Bacillariales (Diatomales), together with animal forms. His studies were quantitative rather than qualitative, and the identification of his material as regards plant life was only partial, but it is clear that the plankton of these regions is very abundant and widespread, as would be expected of warm, shallow bodies of water. Chapter IV.—A REPORT ON THE ALG OF SPINDLE ROCKS, WOODS HOLE HARBOR. That many alge have well-defined seasons of vegetative growth is well known, but there have been very few detailed or intensive studies of particular regions covering sufficiently long periods to give important conclusions. It is certain, however, that there are seasonal floras which follow one another over the same area in much the same manner as terrestrial floras. ‘his study was undertaken in the hope that observations on a particular group of rocks at Woods Hole at various seasons might bring out some important facts on the life habits of the algee of this region. The rocks selected for the study seemed particularly well adapted for the purpose. They were a group of bowlders called by the writer Spindle Rocks because, lying off Grassy Ledge at the entrance to the ship channel in the passage of Woods Hole, they bore a light on an iron spindle. Unfortunately for the continuation of the work, the rocks were removed during the summer of 1906 by dredging operations of the Govern- ment to widen the ship channel, and the spindle was shifted to another position. The destruction of the old group of rocks of course ended the observations, which had been in progress for 15 months, beginning in the summer of 1904 and extending through the summer of 1905. ‘The studies over this period, however, are of considerable interest, since they cover the seasonal changes of one entire year. They are illustrated by 8 charts, which are selected from a series of 10 made during this period. _ Spindle Rocks, as shown on the charts (267-274), was a group of 10 bowlders, the smallest having a length of about 5 feet and the largest of about 91% feet. Some portion of each rock was exposed at low water and all of the rocks were covered at high tide. The rocks lay to the north or right of the entrance to the ship channel leading through the passage from Woods Hole Harbor to Buzzards Bay and were an outlying portion of Grassy Ledge. The rocks were exposed to very swift tide currents, which flow through the channel at a rate of 5 to 8 miles an hour. ‘The ledge fell off abruptly on all sides, but between the rocks the depth was 1 to 6 feet. The outlines of the bowlders were plotted in a chart showing their form and position as viewed from above. The low-water mark was sketched for each rock by a dotted line, and above it two other lines indi- cating tide marks 2 and 5 inches, respectively, above low water. A plate was made from the original drawing and charts were printed to be used for making the records. In the. work of preparing this chart the writer received much assistance from Mr. F. W. Cushwa. The study was concerned entirely with the flora over the tops of the rocks and below low-water mark to a depth of 3 to 6 feet. Each species was given a number, and charts were plotted at intervals, the numbers with accompanying notes showing the position and abundance of the alge over the rocks. It was found most convenientin practice for two persons to take the record of the ledge, one making the examination and the other recording by number on the printed chart the position of each species. At the end of the study the list of species was arranged in the order adopted in the Catalogue, 476 as yi ee Po” a oe BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 477 necessitating a new set of numbers, which were substituted for the old. In all, 50 species were recorded on the rocks during the 15 months’ study, the list being as follows: List of alge found on Spindle Rocks. CYANOPHYCE. 1. Calothrix scopulorum. | 2. Rivularia atra. CHLOROPHYCE2. 3- Ulothrix implexa. 8. Enteromorpha prolifera. 4. Ulva Lactuca. g. Cladophora gracilis. 5. Ulva Lactuca var. rigida. zo. Cladophora lanosa. 6. Enteromorpha crinita. zz. Chadophora lanosa var. uncialis. 7. Enteromorpha intestinalis. 12. Codiolum gregarium. PHHOPHYCE. 13. Ectocarpus ecidioides. 25. Punctaria plantaginea. 14. Ectocarpus confervoides. 26. Scytosiphon lomentarius. 15. Ectocarpus fasciculatus. 27. Desmarestia viridis. 16. Ectocarpus granulosus. 28. Chordaria flagelliformis. 17. Ectocarpus ovatus. 29. Mesogloia divaricata. 18. Ectocarpus penicillatus. 30. Myrionema corunne. 19. Ectocarpus siliculosus. 31. Chorda filum. 20. Ectocarpus tomentosus. 32. Chorda tomentosa. 21. Sorocarpus uveformis. 33. Laminaria Agardhii. 22. Desmotrichum balticum. 34. Laminaria Agardhii var. vittata. 23. Desmotrichum undulatum. 35. Fucus vesiculosus. 24. Phyllitis fascia. 36. Sargassum Filipendula. RHODOPHYCE#. 37- Porphyra laciniata. 44. Chondria dasyphylla. 38. Acrochetium secundatum. 45. Dasya elegans. 39. Acrochetium virgatulum. 46. Polysiphonia fibrillosa. 40. Nemalion multifidum. 47. Polysiphonia urceolata: 4t. Callithamnion Baileyi. 48. Polysiphonia violacea. 42. Callithamnion corymbosum. 49. Chondrus crispus. 43. Ceramium rubrum. 50. Champia parvula. The detailed records of the accompanying eight charts (no. 267-274) have been given in the legends, and it is only necessary in this account to present the most important conclusions from the study of the rocks throughout the seasons. During the winter the tops of the rocks were scraped perfectly bare of vegetation, and even of barnacles, by the floating ice carried back and forth through the channel by the swft tides.? The conditions at the end of the winter of 1905 are shown in chart 267, recorded March 17, 1905. It is interesting to compare this chart with chart 274, of December 30, 1904, which shows alge well distributed over the upper portion of almost every rock. ‘That vegetation had been entirely swept away in the two and one- half months elapsing between the two records, and no alge had as yet formed a per- ceptible new growth. ‘This history is probably that of every bowlder along the shore a There are, however, winters at Woods Hole when practically no floating ice is present, and at such times the alge are not affected. 478 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. when exposed to similar ice scraping and shows clearly why the littoral flora 1n mid- winter is so little developed in this region. Returning to chart 267, it will be seen that the alge were all below low-water mark, the most conspicuous forms being Ceramium rubrum (43) and Chondrus crispus (49), forming a zone around the rocks. The group of rocks a month later presented a very different aspect, as shown in chart 268, recorded on April 22. Cladophora lanosa var. uncialis (11) had appeared in considerable quantity near low-water mark, and somewhat lower down was an imperfect zone consisting of young growth of Phyllitis fascia (24) and Scytostphon lomentarius (26). Polysiphonia urceolata (47) had appeared well below low-water mark and was the most conspicuous member of a zone of red alge, including Ceramiwm rubrum (43) and Chondrus crispus (49). There were present Sorocarpus uveformis, four species of Ectocarpus, and the two species of Desmotrichum, all new to the rocks, showing how quickly such alge, reproducing by zoospores, may establish themselves. A notably new form was Chorda tomentosa (32), which had begun to appear. Chart 269, recorded May 22, shows the-conditions after another month, and when the spring flora was at its full development. Cladophora lanosa var. uncialis (11) was still the dominant green alga, but Enteromorpha intestinalis (7) had begun to appear, and these two alge had extended the green zone much higher on the rocks than at the previous date, April 22 (chart 268). The brown zone at low-water mark, composed chiefly of Ectocarpus penicillatus (18), Phyllitis fascia (24), Scytosuphon lomentarius (26), and Chordaria flagelliformis (28), was much more evident. Polystphonia urceolata (47) was _ very conspicuous in the zone of red algze below the brown. Chorda tomentosa (32) was abundant. Conditions were very greatly changed after another month, as shown in chart 270, ‘recorded June 29, the spring flora having given place to the beginning of the summer flora. Cladophora lanosa var. uncialis had entirely disappeared, and the prominent green zone above low-water mark was composed of Ulothrix wmplexa (3) and Enteromorpha intestinalis (7), with young growths of Ulva Lactuca var. rigida (5).. The brown zone near low-water mark was now chiefly Scyiostphon lomentarius (26) and Chordaria fiagel- liformis (28); Phyllitis fascia was represented by only a few old plants and Ectocarpus penicillatus had disappeared. The other species of Ectocarpus, Desmotrichum, and Sorocarpus uveformis, as well as Chorda tomentosa, were also no longer present. Polysi- phoma urceolata had disappeared, its place being taken by Polysiphoma violacea (48), which with Ceramium rubrum (43) and Chondrus crispus (49) chiefly composed the zone of red alge below the brown zone. Nemalion multifidum (40), a characteristic summer species, had begun to appear at and above low-water mark. The typical summer flora is shown on chart 271, recorded July 22. The conspicuous — green alga was Ulva Lactuca var. rigida (5), growing in large patches with other green alge in small quantities. There was a well-defined brown zone just above low water composed chiefly of Chordaria flagelliformis (28) and Scytostphon lomentarius (26), both bearing Ectocarpus confervoides (14) as a Conspicuous epiphyte; Phyllitis fascia had dis- appeared. Nemalion multifidum (40) was now plentiful, fringing the rocks at low-water mark. Below the brown zone and mixed with it were abundant growths of Ceramiuwm rubrum (43), Polysiphonia violacea (48), and Chondrus crispus (49). Chart 272, recorded September 2, is similar to chart 271, but with certain features more pronounced. ‘The most BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 479 prominent zone (much more conspicuous than in chart 271) was just below low water and composed of Ceramium rubrum (43) and Polysiphonia violacea (48), these two forms having taken the region formerly occupied by the brown zone. Chart 273, recorded Sep- tember 19, 1904, a year previous to the last, is interesting because there was no Chordaria flagellijormis that season and very little Polysiphoma wiolacea, but an abundance of Polysiphonia fibrillosa (46), which took the place of the first two species, forming with Ceramium rubrum (43) a dense zone below low-water mark. The conditions at the beginning of the winter and before the rocks were scraped by floating ice are shown in chart 274, recorded December 30, 1904. This chart in the sequence follows chart 273, of September 19, 1904, and precedes chart 267, of March 17, 1905, by two and one-half months. The prevailing green alga was Cladophora lanosa var. uncialis (11), which had taken the place of Ulva Lactuca var. rigida (5), so abundant in the summer, but now only represented by the bases of old plants. The brown zone was composed of Phyllitis fascia (24) and Scytosiphon lomentarius (26); there was no Chordaria flagelliformis. Ceramium rubrum (43) was abundant below the brown zone but Polysiphonia fibrillosa (46) had almost disappeared. Two species of Ectocarpus were present, together with several other epiphytic brown and red alge. A close study of this series of charts will show very graphically the general nature and extent of the seasonal changes that must take place on very many ledges and groups of rocks along the coast, and similar seasonal changes would be expected wherever there ‘ is a well-developed littoral and sublittoral flora near low-water mark. Intensive studies of this character of well-chosen situations are far more important for our knowledge of seasonal habits and algal successions than random collecting undertaken along the shore. It is much to be desired that such work be systematically undertaken by those in a position to make detailed records over extended periods. Perhaps this brief record of a study (abruptly terminated by the destruction of the selected station), which shows such interesting results, will lead others to make similar investigations. In conclusion we wish to acknowledge our indebtedness to Miss Lillian J. MacRae, who, with the assistance of Mr. Collins, made the records of several charts at seasons when it was impossible for us to be at Woods Hole. Chapter V—THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE MARINE ALG IN THE DEEPER WATERS OF BUZZARDS BAY AND VINEYARD SOUND. By the deeper waters of Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound are meant the depths of 2 fathoms or more, thus excluding the coast line between tide marks and the shallows just below. The reader is referred to the “Description of dredging stations occupied during present Survey,” section I, page 201, of this report, for detailed information as to the position of the stations, dates of the dredgings, depths, etc., which it is unneces- sary to specify in this general account. The varied character of the bottom of Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound is respon- sible for many peculiarities of the algal vegetation. There are reefs of large bowlders off certain exposed points, but frequently the bottom in such situations is composed chiefly of rounded pebbles of various sizes. Then there are regions of gravel often mixed with shells and shell fragments, and large tracts of sand which are veritable deserts as far as plant life is concerned. Finally, there are some very extensive regions of black mud, especially characteristic of the upper portions of Buzzards Bay; these are likewise very barren of plant life, except where beds of Zostera marina are present in relatively shallow water. These characteristics are fully described in section 1, chapter 1, pages 29-33, and are graphically shown on chart 227. The lists of species are arranged after the plan in Collins’ ‘‘ Preliminary Lists of New England Plants: V. Marine Alge,” Rhodora, volume 11, page 41, 1900. ‘That is, they are grouped alphabetically in the order of the Chlorophycee, Pheophycez, and Rhodophycee. By far the greater number of species in the deeper waters belong to the Rhodophycez, the Pheophycez coming next in number, and the Chlorophycez claim- ing only a small proportion. The dredgings of the survey fall into two groups, (1) those in the middle regions of the Bay and Sound, at some stations within one-fourth of a mile from the shore, but generally in water of 5 fathoms or more in depth, and (2) those “inshore,” i. e., imme- diately skirting the coast line in water sometimes as shallow as 2 fathoms. The material in this account will for geographical reasons be grouped under the following headings: 1. The middle regions of Buzzards Bay. 2. The middle regions of Vineyard Sound. 3. Certain inshore regions of particular interest. 4. Some statistics refative to the distribution of alge in Buzzards Bay and Vineyard ak 1. THE MIDDLE REGIONS OF BUZZARDS BAY. Buzzards Bay, for convenience in this account, has been divided into an upper and lower portion by a line running from the west end of Naushon (Robinsons Hole) to Round Hifl Point. The upper portion of Buzzards Bay in the middle regions has a very scanty algal flora. This is easily accounted for by the character of the bottom, which for the most 480 ae BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 481 part consists of mud or fine muddy sand. Mud and fine sand furnish poor attachment for alge, and their shifting nature, especially when disturbed by storms and tide currents, give conditions very unfavorable for algal growth. ‘The water is relatively shallow in this region, occasionally more than 7 fathoms deep, but generally under 6 fathoms. The following species were found growing in the upper portion of the Bay, the numbers refer- ring to Fish Hawk stations: Arthrocladia villosa, 7653, few. Chordaria flagelliformis, 7653 and 7654, few. Desmarestia aculeata, 7653 and 7655, few. Desmarestia viridis, 7653 many; 7654, few. Laminaria Agardhii, 7653 and 7654, few. Ralfsia clavata, 7639, few. Sargassum Filipendula, 7630 (1907), 7639, and 7654, few. Agardhiella tenera, 7615, 7632, 7645, 7648, 7649, and 7650, few. Callithamnion Baileyi, 7653, few. Ceramium tenuissimum, 7652, few. Champia parvula, 7610 (1907), 7653 and 7654, many; 7630 (1907), 7648 and 7651 (1907), few. Cystoclonium purpurascens, 7653 and 7654, few. Cystoclonium purpurascens var. cirrhosum, 7639 and 7653, few. Dasya elegans, 7632, few. Griffithsia tenuis, 7632, few. Grinnellia americana, 7621, 7628, 7629 and 7648, many; 7615, 7624, 7625, 7630, 7632, 7634, 7635, 7639, 7649 and 7653, few. Lithothamnion polymorphum, 7621, few. Lomentaria uncinata, 7632 and 7653, few. Phyllophora Brodizi, 7610, 7611, 7613, 7614, 7615, 7617, 7618, 7627 and 7654, few. Phyllophora membranifolia, 7635, many; 7610 (1907), 7621 (1907), 7630, 7630 (1907), 7631, 7632, and 7639 (1907), few. Polysiphonia nigrescens, 7648,7654,and 7655, many; 7610, 7615, 7636, 7637, 7638, 7639, 7649, and 7650, few. Polysiphonia variegata, 7632, few. Rhodomela subfusca, 7639 and 7652, few. Rhodymenia palmata, 7653 and 7656, few. The lower portion of Buzzards Bay presents conditions more varied than the upper portion. The depth is generally over 8 fathoms, and all of the stations of the greatest depth in the Bay (10 to 19 fathoms) are found in this region. The nature of the bottom changes near the entrance of the Bay from mud and sand, characteristic of the upper portion, to gravel and stones, present at a number of stations (7664, 7665, 7666, 7667, 7670, 7671, 7672, 7673). This is a much more favorable bottom for alge,and the number of species and total quantity of vegetation are very much greater than in the upper portion of the Bay. ‘The following species were found in the lower portion of the Bay: Chorda filum, 7656, few. Chordaria flagelliformis, 7656, many; 7667, few. Desmarestia aculeata, 7656, 7657, 7662,and 7671,few- Desmarestia viridis, 7665, few. Dictyosiphon hippuroides, 7656, many. Ectocarpus fasiculatus, 7656, many. Laminaria Agardhii, 7656 and 7657,many; 7660, 7662, and 7663, few. f Laminaria Agardhii var. vittata, 7670, many; 7664, 7665, 7666, 7667, and 7671, few. Ralfsia clavata, 7671, few. Sargassum Filipendula, 7657, few. Agardhiella tenera, 7661, few. Ahnfeldtia plicata, 7656, few. Antithamnion cruciatum, 7671, few. Callithamnion Baileyi, 7656, many. Ceramium rubrum, 7656, many; 7665 and 7670, few. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt 1-133 Champia parvula, 7661, 7662, and 7663, many; 7656, 7657, 7664, 7668, 7670, 7671, and 7672, few. Chondrus crispus, 7656 and 7659, many; 7663, 766s, 7668, 7670, 7672, and 7673, few. Corallina officinalis, 7663, many. Cystoclonium purpurascens, 7656, 7659, and 7660, few. Cystoclonium purpurascens var. cirrhosum, 7651 (1907), 7656, 7659, 7662 (1907), 7664, 7666, 7672, and 7673, few. Dasya elegans, 7656, 7666, 7674, and 7675, few. Delesseria sinuosa, 7664, few. Grinnellia americana, 7671, many; 7660, 7661, 7663, 7670, and 7675, few. Lithothamnion polymorphum, 7659, few. Lomentaria uncinata, 7671 and 7675, few. Melobesia membranacea, 7672, many. 482 Phyllophora Brodizi, 7656, many; 7663, 7672 and 7673, few. Phyllophora membranifolia, 7659 and 7662, many; 7657, 7660, 7663 (1907), 7664, 7666, 7672 (1907), and 7675, few. Pleonosporium Borreri, 7675, few. Polyides rotundus, 7659, many; 7660 and 7666) few. Polysiphonia elongata, 7656, 7662 (1907), 7665, and 7675, few. BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Polysiphonia nigrescens, 7659, many; 7656, 7664, 7666, 7668, and 7672, few. Polysiphonia urceolata, 7670, 7673, and 7675, few. Polysiphonia violacea, 7664, few. Rhodomela subfusca, 7656 and 7667, few. Rhodymenia palmata, 7664, 7665, 7666, 7667, 7670, and 7671, few. Seirospora Griffithsiana, 7660, few. Spyridia filamentosa, 7671, many; 7656 and 7675, few. Summarizing this statement of the algal vegetation in Buzzards Bay, it may be said that the life conditions are much more favorable in the lower portions of the Bay than in the upper, since the bottom is generally stony and the water clearer, because silt and mud are less frequent. These characteristics are graphically shown on chart 227, and it will be noted that the greater part of Buzzards Bay has a muddy bottom. Such regions in the deeper waters are almost deserts as regards vegetation. The algal flora of the upper portion of Buzzards Bay is, in the summer, composed of species character- istic of the warm-water sublittoral formation, which also extends somewhat into the lower portions of the Bay. However, the vegetation changes markedly toward the entrance of the Bay, both as to its characteristics and its quantity, as is shown by the above lists. Species appear which are peculiar to the cool-water sublittoral forma- tion. Around the exposed reefs of Sow and Pigs the vegetation is typical of this forma- tion, which is presented in even greater luxuriance off Gay Head. 2. THE MIDDLE REGIONS OF VINEYARD SOUND. The conditions in Vineyard Sound differ from those of Buzzards Bay in several respects. The tides which flow east with the flood and west with the ebb have a velocity of 1 to 3 knots an hour, which is so strong a current that extensive deposits of mud or fine silt are generally rendered impossible. The bottom is in consequence chiefly hard sand, frequently mixed with shell fragments, gravel, or stones. There is little or no mud in the middle regions of the Sound. ‘The average depth is somewhat greater than that of the Bay, but not enough to be an important factor in determining the character of the vegetation. There are no large areas of shallows under 6 fathoms, as are found in the upper portion of Buzzards Bay, the Middle Ground being the only extensive region of shoal water, and that is composed chiefly of sand and is quite barren of vegetation. Vineyard Sound within the limits of this Survey (that is, from a line drawn between the westerly end of Cuttyhunk and Gay Head to a line between Falmouth Heights and East Chop) has for convenience been divided into three regions as follows: (a) The westerly portion from the entrance to a line between the west end of Naushon (Robinsons Hole) and Kopeecon Point (Cape Higgon), (6) the narrow portion of the Sound between Naushon and Marthas Vineyard to a line connecting Nobska Point and West Chop, and (c) the easterly portion of the Sound from the last line to one between Falmouth Heights and East Chop. The westerly portion of Vineyard Sound includes large areas-with a bottom of hard sand or sand with shell fragments, but exceptions to these conditions were found at a BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 483 number of stations (see chart 227). The greatest depths were between 17 and 19 fathoms (chart 227), and the average for this portion of the Sound was about 1214 fathoms. The following is the list of algae found in the deeper waters of the westerly portion of Vineyard Sound: Arthrocladia villosa, 7734, many; 7725, 7728 and | Cystoclonium purpurascens, 7720 and 7720, few. 7729, few. Cystoclonium purpurascens var. cirrhosum, 7707, Chorda filum, 7567, 7571, and 7591, few. 7730, and 7731 (1907), many; 7585, 7601, 7676, Cladostephus verticillatus, 7717, many; 7598 and 7678, 7686, 7692, 7693, 7703, 7706, 7717, 7718, 7734, few. 7719, and 7722, few. Desmarestia aculeata, 7718, many; 7566, 7588, 7595, | Dasya elegans, 7734, few. 7596, 7719, 7720, and 7730, few. Delesseria sinuosa, 7701, 7719, and 7720, many; Desmarestia viridis, 7731 (1907), many; 7677, 7678, | 7582, 7591, 7593, 7595, 7690, 7692, 7693, 7703, 7706, 7707, 7710, 7725, 7728, 7730, and 7734, few, 7709, and 7721, few. Dictyosiphon hippuroides, 7725, many; 7676, 7729, | Grinnellia americana, 7734 and 7735, many; 7575, and 7730, few. 7576, 7589, 7724, 7725) 7727; 7729) 7730, and 7736, Ectocarpus siliculosus, 7717 and 7728, few. few. Laminaria Agardhii, 7718, many; 7581 (1907), 7582 | Lomentaria rosea, 7593, 7708, and 7709, few. 7583, 7584, 7588, 7589, 7592, 7593, 7595) 7599, | Lomentaria uncinata, 7734 and 7735, few. 7677, 7702, 7703, 7706, 7719, and 7728, few. Melobesia pustulata, 7582, many. Laminaria Agardhii var. vittata, 7582, 7583, 7679, | Phyllophora Brodizi, 7583, 7584, 7591, 7595, 7596, 7680, 7681, 7701, 7704, 7706, 7707, 7719, 77207 and 75098, few. 7723, 7724, and 7731, few. Phyllophora membranifolia, 7706, 7710, 4710; 77225 Laminaria digitata, 7593 and 7722, few. 7725, and 7729, few. , Actinococcus subcutaneus, 7583 and 7595, few. Plumaria elegans, 7720, many; 7584, 7719, and Agardhiella tenera, 7735, many; 7728, 7730, and 7728, few. 7734, few. Polyides rotundus, 7581 (1907), 7701, and 7717, few. Ahnfeldtia plicata, 7593, 7598, 7599, 7718, 7719, | Polysiphonia elongata, 7685, 7701, 7723, and 7726, 7720, 7721, 7724, and 7725, few. many; 7581 (1907), 7678, 7686, 7698, 7702, 7706, Antithamnion cruciatum, 7724 and 7735, many; 77°93 7717, 7724, 7725) 7727, 7728, 7730, 7731 7566, 7571, 7690, 7720, 7730, and 7734, few. (1907), and 7734, few. Antithamnion plumula, 7678, few. Polysiphonia nigrescens, 7724, 7725, 7728, 7729, Callithamnion roseum, 7725, few. 773°, 7731 (1907), and 7734, many; 7581 (1907), Ceramium rubrum, 7721, many; 7571, 7575, 7576,| 7717, 7718, and 7726, few. 7589, 7593, 7676, 7680, 7701, 7704, 7710, 7717, | Polysiphonia viglacea, 7681, 7704, and 7721, few. 7719, 7722, 7731 (1907), and 7734, few. Rhodomela Rochei, 7731 (1907), few. Ceramium tenuissimum, 7724, 7725, and 7726, Rhodymenia palmata, 7567, 7569, 7578, 7582, 7584, many; 7730, few. 7585, 7588, 7591, 7593. 7595, 771, 7703, 7708, Champia parvula, 7572 and 7724, many; 7566, 7567, 7718, 7719, 7720, 7723, 7724, 7728, 7729, and 7568, 7569, 7571, 7574, 7575) 7576, 7578, 7588,| 7731 (1907), few. 7676, 7703, 7725, 7728, 7729, and 7734, few. Seirospora Griffithsiana, 7728, many; 7729, few. Chondrus crispus, 7718 and 7720, many; 7566, 7581 Spermothamnion Turneri, 7585, 7588, 7589, 7508, (1907), 7582, 7583, 7584, 7585, 7589, 7591, 7596,| 7717, and 7710, few. and 7731 (1907), few. Spyridia filamentosa, 7724, 7725, 7726, and 7735, Corallina officinalis, 7566, 7583, and 7596, few. $ mans; 7571, 7572, 7588, and 7720, few. It is an interesting fact that the growths ef alge are most luxuriant nearest Gay Head, the Cuttyhunk side of Vineyard Sound in the deeper waters being very barren of vegetation. The depth is nowhere sufficiently great to be an important factor in determining the distribution of the alge, for stations 7719 (17 fathoms), 7582, 7583, and 7584 (all about 15 fathoms) gave a large variety of species in considerable quantity. Gravelly and rocky bottoms generally have the greatest quantity of vegetation. The dredgings determined the presence of extensive areas of sand, which support little or 484 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. no algal life. The most important of these were around the following groups of stations: (7677, 7592); (7708, 7709, 7590); (7679, 7681, 7702); (7577, 7597, 7682, 7698, 7699, 7700, 7727); (7573, 7574; 7695); (7569, 7579, 7736). Proceeding eastward into the Sound from the entrance the most marked changein . the algal life is the appearance of such species as Arthrocladia villosa, Chorda filum, Dictyosiphon hippuroides, Agardhella tenera, Ceramiwm tenuissimum, Champia parvula, and Grinnellia americana, ‘These were not found in the deeper waters at the entrance of the Sound, but were all fairly abundant eastward, Agardhiella, Champia, and Grinnellia being very characteristic of the Sound flora from this point on. The most striking feature of the summer flora in the deeper waters at the entrance of Vineyard Sound is the presence in considerable quantity of certain species restricted wholly or almost wholly to the more open waters included in the survey. Prominent among these are Laminaria Agardhu var. vittata, Laminaria digitata, Delesseria sinuosa, Lomentaria rosea, Plumania elegans, and Rhodymemia palmata. Considered as a whole, the flora at the westerly entrance of Vineyard Sound takes its chief interest from the presence of species peculiar to the cool-water sublittoral formation. The narrow portion of Vineyard Sound will now be described. This lies between the islands of Naushon and Marthas Vineyard and may be included between a line drawn from Kopeecan Point to the west end of Naushon (Robinsons Hole) and a line from West Chop to Nobska Point. The bottom is much more varied (see chart 227) than in the westerly portion of the Sound, which in the deeper waters is almost entirely hard sand. There are, however, some extensive areas of sand adjacent to similar regions in the westerly portion of the Sound, and the region between the Middle Ground and Marthas Vineyard is likewise sandy. A few stations (7554, 7564, and 7697) pre- sented a muddy bottom. All other stations comprising the greater part of the middle region of this portion of the Sound showed a bottom of gravel or gravel and stones. The general character of the bottom may be described as variegated, areas of gravel lying next to areas of sand or of large pebbles, the distribution of the sand being deter- mined in all probability largely by the varied flow and scouring of the tidal currents. The greatest depths were from 15 to 17 fathoms; the average depth about 10 fathoms. The following alge were found in the deeper waters of this, the narrowest portion of the Sound: Arthrocladia villosa, 7733 many; 39 and 7732, few. | Actinococcus subcutaneus, 7521bis and 7525bis, Chorda filum, 7542bis, 7551, 7557, and 7559, few. many; 7522bis and 7525bis, few. Chordaria flagelliformis, 7524 and 7525, few. Agardhiella tenera, 7525bis, many; 7533, 7533bis Cladostephus verticillatus, 7525bis, 7744, and 7753, 7535, 7530, 7537, 7540, 7541, 754rbis, 7542, few. 7543biS, 7553, 7559, 7562, 7733) 7744s 775¥s 7753) Desmarestia aculeata, 7739, few. and 7754, few. Desmarestia viridis, 7s52s5bis, many; 7522bis, | Ahnfeldtia plicata, 7524bis and 752sbis, few. 7s524bis, 7543bis, and 7549 (1907), few. Antithamnion cruciatum, 7543bis and 7554bis, Ectocarpus siliculosis, 7525bis, few. many; 7521bis, 7522bis, 7523bis, 7533bis, 7541bis, Laminaria Agardhii, 7s2sbis, many; 7524bis,| 7732, 7744, and 7745, few. 7532bis, 7533bis, 7536, 7541, 7557, 7732, 7739, | Callithamnion Baileyi, 7523, few. 7740, and 7749, few. Callithamnionroseum, 7521bis, 7744, and 7754, few. Mesogloia divaricata, 7548, few. Ceramium fastigiatum, 7542 and 7548, few. Ralfsia clavata, 7524bis, few. Ceramium rubrum 7542, 7551, 7551 (1907), and 7557, Sargassum Filipendula, 7525bis, 7533bis, 7537, many; 7524, 7525, 7541bis, 7548, 7554, 7559, 7560, 7551, 7554, 7555) 7557» 7749, 7742, 7744), 7749, 7505bis, 7732, 7733, 7739) 7746, and 7749, few. and 7750, few. Ceramium strictum, 7746, few. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. Ceramium tenuissimum, 7542bis, many; 753obis, 7541bis, 7554bis, 7559, and 7565bis, few. Champia parvula, 7549bis, 7732, 7733) 7745».7749) 7752, and 7754, many; 7521, 7521 (1907), 7523bis, 7525, 7525bis, 7526 (1907), 7533bis, 7534, 7541, 7541bis, 7542, 7542 (1907), 7543 (1907), 7547, 7549 (1907), 755%, 7552 (1907), 7553» 7554, 7554bis, 7557» 7559 7560, 7562, 7565bis, 7739, 7741, 7746, and 7753, few. Chondrus crispus, 7521 (1907), 7533bis, and 7749, many; 7523bis, 7524bis, 7525bis, 7536, 7542bis, 7554; 7554bis, 7560, 7561, 7562, 7732, 7739, and 7746, few. Corallina officinalis, 7531bis, many. - Cystoclonium purpurascens, 7524bis, 7542 (1907), and 7549 (1907), few. Cystoclonium purpurascens var. cirrhosum, 39, 7523, 7534, and 7740, few. Dasya elegans, 7733, 7751, and 7753, few. Delesseria sinuosa, 39, few. Gracilaria multipartita, 7554bis, few. Griffithsia Bornetiana, 7533bis, 7749, and 7754, few. Grinnellia americana, 7542 and 7733, many; 7521, 7521 (1907), 7525bis, 7527, 7531bis, 7536, 7537, 7549, 7541, 7546, 7547 7549) 7551, 7553) 7554) 7550bis, 7557, 7559, 7560, 7562, 7565bis, 7732, 7737) 7741, and 7753, few. Hildenbrandia prototypus, 7544bis and 7547bis, many; 7533bis, 7546bis, and 7747, few. Lithothamnion polymorphum, 7524bis, 7525bis, 7533bis, 7534bis, and 7544bis, many; 7534,7535bis, 7539, 7539bis, and 7752, few. 7525bis, 485 Lomentaria uncinata, 7537, 7548, 755%, 7557) 7733» and 7751, few. Melobesia Lejolisii, 7525bis, many. Melobesia membranacea, 7739, few. Phyllophora Brodizi, 752tbis, 7523, 7524, 7525bis, 7526(1907), and 7533bis, many; 7522bis, 7524bis, 7525, 7539 7532) 7534) 7535» 7539, 7530bis, 7537, 7541, 7542 (1907), 7739, 7744, and 7749, few. Phyllophora Brodizi var. catenata, 7521 (1907), many. Phyllophora membranifolia, 7521bis, 7525bis, 753xbis, 7533bis, 7739, 7749, 7742, 7744, and 7749, many; 7523bis, 7524bis, 7530 (1907), 7542bis, 7543 (1907),7549 (1907),7741, 7743, 7745,and 7754, few. Polyides rotundus, 7752, many; 7526 (1907), 7532bis, 7533bis, 7536, 7541bis, 7560, 7749, and 7751, few. Polysiphonia elongata, 7557, 7733, 7739) 7751» 7752: and 7754, few. Polysiphonia nigrescens, 7752, many; 7523bis, 7549 (1907), 7551, and 7551 (1907), few. Polysiphonia violacea, 7523bis, few. Rhodomela subfusca, 7554bis, few. Rhodymenia palmata, 7530bis, few. Spermothamnion Turneri, 7525bis, 7533bis, and 7749, many; 752tbis, 7524, 7526 (1907), 7530bis, 7537» 7542, 7548, 7551, 7553» 7560, 7562, 7739» 774%, 775%, 7752, and 7754, few. Spyridia filamentosa, 7530bis, 7533bis, 7542, 7559, 7562, 7741, and 7749, few. The narrow portion of Vineyard Sound as well as the westerly portion presents some large areas practically devoid of vegetation for the reason that the bottom is sandy. The chief of these regions are around stations (7556, 7562, 7563, 7564, 7565, 7697), (7547, 7549» 755% 7551, 7552» 7553)» (7536, 7539: 7543) 7544» 7545) 7736, 7737)> (7530, 7531), (7523, 7522, 7527, 7528, 7529, 7532s 7533)- The more varied character of the bottom in the deeper waters of the narrow portion of the Sound gives a larger representation of alge, both in abundance and in number of species, than the westerly portion. Certain species appear which were not noted or were uncommon in the deeper waters of the westerly portion: Chordaria flagelliformis, Mesogloia divaricata, Sargassum Filipendula, Raljsia clavata, Callithamnion Baileyi, Ceramium fastigiatum, Ceramium strictum, Gracilaria multipartita, Griffithsia Bornetiana, Hildenbrandia prototypus, Lithothamnion polymorphum, Melobesia membranacea, and Rhodomela subfusca. Other species characteristic of more open waters are not present in this part of the Sound or are very rare; conspicuous among these are Chetomorpha melagonium, Lami- maria Agardhu var. vittata, Laminaria digitata, Delesseria sinuosa, Lomentaria rosea, Plumaria elegans, and Rhodymenia palmata. Considering the list as a whole, the most striking features are the abundance and widespread distribution of Sargassum Filipen- dula, Agardiuella tenera, Ceramium rubrum, Champia parvula, Chondrus crispus, Grin- 486 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. nellia americana, Phyllophora Brodiei, Phyllophora membranijolia, and Spermothamnion Turneri; these species are found at 12 or more stations each, and may be considered the dominant forms. The list in general clearly shows that the alge of the summer in the deeper waters of the narrow portion of Vineyard Sound belong to the warm-water sublittoral formation. The easterly portion of Vineyard Sound® included in this Survey is a triangular region between a line drawn from Nobska Point to West Chop and a line between Fal- mouth Heights and East Chop. The bottom here is much more stony than in the westerly portion of the Sound (see chart 227). While there is considerable sand in spots, there are no sandy areas so extensive as to include several stations. This region, there- fore, may be described in general as gravelly, stony, and rocky, with sand in spots. The greatest depths were about 13 fathoms (chart 227), the average about 9 fathoms. The following alge were found in the easterly portion of the Sound: Arthrocladia villosa, 7755, few. Cladostephus verticillatus, 7760, 7771, and 7779, few. Dictyosiphon hippuroides, 7760, few. Laminaria Agardhii, 7755, 7767, 7775, and 7776, few. Ralfsia clavata, 7780, few. Sargassum Filipendula, 7755, 7760, 7763, 7764, 7766, 7767, 7772) 7775) 7776 7778, 7780, 7781; and 7783, few. Sphacelaria cirrhosa, 7760 many; 7772, few. Agardhiella tenera, 7778 many; 7755, 7758, 7760, 7793, 7793 (1907), 7764, 7765, 7766, 7766 (1907), 771725 7772 17753 17779 1779) 7782) 7782, 7782, and 7783, few. Ahnfeldtia plicata 7760, few. Antithamnion cruciatum, 7764, 7768, 7770, 7772; 7773, and 7774, many; 7757, 7760, 7765, 7766, 777%) 7774) 7779) and 7780, few. Callithamnion Baileyi, 7768 and 7772, many; 7778, few. Callithamnion roseum, 7764, 7767, 7779, 7771, 7772; 777457775, and 7776, many; 7756, 7759, 7766, 7768, 7799, 7773) 7778) 7779 7780, 7781, and 7782, few. Callithamniontetragonum,7764, 7765,and 7766, few. Ceramium rubrum, 7755, many. ‘Ceramium strictum, 7763 and 7764, few. Ceramium tenuissimum, 7777 and 7783, many; 7781, few. ‘(Champia parvula, 7760, 7764,7775, and 7776, many; 7759 7757) 7758, 7759) 7793» 7763 (1907), 7765; 7766, 7767, 7769, 7779 777%) 7772) 7774) 7777) 7778, 7779) 7780, 7781, 7782, and 7783, few. Chondria dasyphylla, 7755, 7774, 7777) 7778, 7781; 7782, and 7783, few. Chondrus crispus, 7764, 7766, and 7768, many; 7759, 7760, 7763 (1907), 7765, 7767, 7799, 777% 7771; 2772 7777 7779, and 7781, few. Cystoclonium purpurascens, 7760, few. Dasya elegans, 7775, many; 7755, 7768, 7779 7777) 7778, 7779» 7780; 7781, 7782, and 7783, few. Gracilaria multipartita, 7766, few. Griffithsia Bornetiana, 7755, 7778, and 7782, few. Grinnellia americana, 7755, 7756, 7758, 7759, 7700, 7793, 7764, 7766, 7767, 7768, 7771) 7772) 7774» 7775» 7779) 7777» 7778) 7779) 7780, 7780 (1907), 7781, 7782, and 7783, few. Hildenbrandia prototypus, 7757, 7759, 7760, 7766, 7777) 7778, and 7780, few. Lithothamnion polymorphum, 7760, many; 7757, 7763 (1907), 7764, 7766, 7767, 7769, 7772, and 7778, few. Lomentaria uncinata, 7760, many; 7757, 7759, 7763, 7794, 7766, 7777, 7778, 7781, and 7782, few. Melobesia Lejolisii, 7779, 7780, and 7782, many. Melobesia pustulata, 7768 and 7770, many; 7764 and 7765, few. Phyllophora Brodizi, 7763 (1907) and 7766, few. Phyllophora membranifolia, 7770 and 7775, many; 7755) 7759» 7760, 7764, 7765, 7766, 7768, 7769, 7772) 7774 7780, 7782, and 7783, few. Polyides rotundus, 7759 and 7766, few. Polysiphonia elongata, 7760, 7766, 7772, and 7780, few. Polysiphonia fibrillosa, 7759, few. Polysiphonia Harveyi, 7778, 7779, 7780, 7781, 7782, - and 7783, few. Polysiphonia nigrescens, 7760 and 7763 (1907), few. Polysiphonia violacea, 7780, few. Rhodymenia palmata, 7755, few. Spermothamnion Turneri, 7764, 7770, 7772, and 7775, Many; 7755, 7759» 7760, 7763, 777%) 7774 77775 7779) 7780, 7781, and 7782, few. Spyridia filamentosa, 7776, many; 7759, 7760, 7763, 7763 (1907), and 7783, few. a As stated before, this region might be considered as within the limits of Nantucket Sound if an arbitrary line were drawn between this body of water and Vineyard Sound. a BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 487 The proportionate amount of algal life was very much greater in the deeper waters of this, the easterly portion of Vineyard Sound, than in the other regions, and there were no extensive barren areas. The character of the algal flora was essentially similar to that in the narrow portion of the Sound. The following species, however, present in the narrow portion, were not observed, although it is probable that all of the forms occur at times in this region: Chorda filum. Actinococcus subcutaneus. Chordaria flagelliformis. Ceramium fastigiatum. Desmarestia aculeata. Corallina officinalis. Desmarestia viridis. Cystoclonium purpurascens var. cirrhosum. Ectocarpus siliculosus. Melobesia membranacea. Mesogloia divaricata. Rhodomela subfusca. Ralfsia clavata. Some algze were found which are not recorded in the previous lists: Sphacelaria cirrhosa, Callithamnion tetragonum, Chondria dasyphylla, Melobesia Lejolisu, Polysiphonia fibrillosa, and Polysiphonia Harveyi. WHowever, most of these latter were in small quan- tities, and the Melobesia Lejolisi and Polysiphonia Harveyi occur in relation to beds of Zostera. ‘The summer algal flora of the easterly portion of Vineyard Sound is clearly representative of the warm-water sublittoral formation. 3. CERTAIN INSHORE REGIONS OF PARTICULAR INTEREST. It would be impossible in the limits of this paper to describe in detail the character of the vegetation along the entire coast line of Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound as determined from the dredgings at the inshore stations. There are, however, certain regions of particular interest because of various physiographical peculiarities, and of these the following will be briefly described: (1) Gay Head and vicinity, (2) the reefs of Sow and Pigs, (3) the passage of Woods Hole, (4) Robinsons Hole, (5) Quicks Hole, (6) Menemsha Bight, (7) Tarpaulin Cove, (8) Vineyard Haven, (9) Cove west of Cutty- hunk Neck, (10) the Middle Ground. (1) GAY HEAD AND VICINITY. The most interesting region in the limits of the Survey with respect to algal life is that around Gay Head. This area presents a greater luxuriance of growth and variety of species than any neighboring region, chiefly on account of the varied character of the bottom and also because a number of forms characteristic of cold waters are able to live on the exposed reefs and ledges. Conspicuous among these are Laminaria digitata, Delesseria sinuosa, Gymnogongrous norvegicus, Lomentaria rosea, Plumaria elegans, and Euthora cristata. Euthora cristata was dredged by W. G. Farlow off Gay Head in 8 to 10 fathoms in September, 1871, but we have not been fortunate enough to find this striking species, indicating that it is not common. The conditions under which most of the algze of this region live are clearly those of the cool-water sublittoral formation. The region is complex and there are at least three clearly defined zones. The first zone (stations 50 and 51) is in shallow water and includes large rocks, some of which rise above the water, with sandy areas between them. The second zone (stations 44 488 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. to 49) comprises various reefs that lie off Gay Head, and especially the ledge known as Devils Bridge; these rocks are in 2 to 5 fathoms and the bottom between them is sandy. ‘The third zone (stations 56-60, 7581 and 7731) is in deeper water outside of the reefs and has a rocky, gravelly, or sandy bottom in 5 to 12 fathoms. will be considered in order. These zones The first zone (stations 50 and 5r) in shallow water was studied August 9, 1904. It comprised the following species, chiefly growing on rocks: Calothrix scopulorum (on piles). Chzetomorpha area (on piles). Cladophora albida var. refracta. Enteromorpha intestinalis. Enteromorpha prolifera. Ulva Lactuca var. rigida. Chorda filum. Chordaria flagelliformis. Desmotrichum undulatum (on Zostera). Ectocarpus fasciculatus (on larger alge). Ectocarpus siliculosus (on larger alge). Fucus evanescens. Fucus vesiculosus. Fucus vesiculosus var. spherocarpus. Laminaria Agardhii. Laminaria digitata. Phyllitis fascia. Scytosiphon lomentarius. Ahnfeldtia plicata. Callithamnion Baileyi (on Chondrus). Ceramium rubrum (on Chondrus). Champia parvula. Chondrus crispus. Cystoclonium purpurascens var. cirrhosum. Nemalion multifidum. Pleonosporium Borreri (on larger alge). Polysiphonia fibrillosa. Polysiphonia nigrescens. Polysiphonia violacea. Rhodomela subfusca (on piles). Rhodymenia palmata. Spermothamnion Turneri. The second zone (stations 44 to 49) was also studied August 9, 1904. The list of species is as follows: Chetomorpha melagonium, 44 and 45, few. Chorda filum, 47 and 40, few. Desmarestia aculeata, 46, 47, and 48, few. Desmarestia viridis, 46, few. Ectocarpus siliculosus, 44 and 45, few. Laminaria Agardhii, 44, 45, 46, 47, and 49, few. Laminaria Agardhii var. vittata, 44, 45, and 47, few. Laminaria digitata, 44 and 48, few. u Ahnfeldtia plicata, 47 and 49, many; 44, 46, and 48, _ few. Ceramium fastigiatum, 44, few. Ceramium rubrum, 44, 45, 46, 47, and 48, few. Champia parvula, 49, many; 44, 46, and 47, few. Chondrus crispus, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, and 49, many. Corallina officinalis, 47, many; 44, 45, and 48, few. ‘Cystoclonium purpurascens, 44 and 49, many. Cystoclonium purpurascens var. cirrhosum, 44, 45, 46, and 47, many; 48 and 49, few. Delesseria sinuosa, 45, many; 46, few. Grinnellia americana, 49, few. Lomentaria rosea, 45, few. Melobesia pustulata, 45, 46, 47, and 49, many; 44, few. Phyllophora Brodiei, 45, many; 44, 46, 47, 48, and 49, few. Plumaria elegans, 44, few. Polyides rotundus, 46, 47, and 48, many; 44, few. Polysiphonia elongata, 44 and 45, many; 46, 47, 48, and 40, few. Polysiphonia nigrescens, 49, many; 47, Tew. Polysiphonia violacea, 45 and 48, few. Rhodymenia palmata, 45, 46, and 47, many; 44 and 48, few. Seirospora Griffithsiana, 49, few. Spermothamnion Turneri, 44, 45, and 46, many; 47 and 49, few. The third zone (stations 56-60, 7581 and 7731) was studied August 15, 1904. The following list includes the species of the seven stations: Chetomorpha melagonium, 56, 57, 58, and 60, few. | Laminaria Agardhii, 57, 59, 60, 7581 (1907), and Arthrocladia villosa, 56, many. 7731, few. Desmarestia aculeata, 57, many; 56, 59, 60, and | Laminaria Agardhii var. vittata, 57 and 7731, many; 7731, few. Desmarestia viridis, 57, 58, 7731, and 7731 (1907), many; 59, few. 59 and 60, few. : Ralfsia clavata, 57, many: 56, 58, and sg, few. Ahnfeldtia plicata, 60, few. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. Antithamnion cruciatum, 56, few. Antithamnion plumula, 57 and 58, few. Callithamnion roseum, 57, few. Ceramium rubrum, 57 and 7731, many; 59 and 7731 (1907), few. Chondrus crispus, 56, 57, and 58, many; 59, 60, 7581 (1907), and 7731 (1907), few. Corallina officinalis, 56 and 57, many; 58, 60, and 7581, few. Cystoclonium purpurascens, 56, 57, 58, and 59, many; 60, few. Cystoclonium purpurascens var. cirrhosum, 56, 58, 59, and 7731 (1907), many; 60, 7581 (1907), and 7731, few. Delesseria sinuosa, 56, 57, and 58, many; 7731, few. Grinnellia americana, 56, many; 7581, few. Gymnogongrus norvegicus, 56, few. Hildenbrandia prototypus, 58 and 59, many. Lithothamnion polymorphum, 57, 58, 59, and 60, many. Lomentaria rosea, 57 and 58, many; 56 and 509, few. 489 Melobesia farinosa, 57 and 58, many. Melobesia membranacea, 56, 57, and 58, many. Melobesia pustulata, 57, few. Phyllophora Brodiei, 56, 57,and 58, many: 59, few. Phyllophora membranifolia, 56, 57, and 58, many; 60, few. Plumaria elegans, 57, 58, and 59, many. Polyides rotundus, 56, 57, 58, 60, and 758x (1907), few. Polysiphonia atrorubescens, 56, many. Polysiphonia elongata, 56, 59, and 7731, many; 60, 7581 (1907), and 7731 (1907), few. Polysiphonia nigrescens, 60 and 7731, many; 59, 7581 (1907), and 7731 (1907), few. Rhodomela subfusca, 56, few. Rhodomela Rochei, 7731 (1907), few. Rhodymenia palmata, 59, many; 60and 7731(1907), few. Scinaia furcellata, 57, few. Spermothamnion Turneri, 56, 57, and 58, many; 59, few. (2) THE REEFS OF SOW AND PIGS. The bottom around the reefs of Sow and Pigs (stations 35, 36 and 37), lying off Cut- tyhunk, has an algal flora noteworthy for the presence of such species as Delesseria sinuosa, Lomentaria rosea,and Plumaria elegans, forms which are also characteristic of the ledges off Gay Head and are members of the cool-water sublittoral formation. The quantity of alge is, however, not great. An examination of the reefs themselves, although difficult, would doubtless prove interesting. There were considerable amounts of Corallina officinalis (35, 36, 37), Delesseria sinuosa (35, 36), Phyllophora Brodiai (35, 36, 37), and Plumaria elegans (36, 37), and in addition relatively few plants of Chetomorpha melago- mum (37), Ectocarpus fasciculatus (37), Laminaria A gardhit var. vittata (36, 37), Ahnfeldtia plicata (36), Ceramium rubrum (37), Ceramium tenwissimum (35), Chondrus crispus (35, 36), Cystoclonium purpurascens var. currhosum (35, 36, 37), Lithothamnion polymorphum (35), Lomentaria rosea (37), Melobesia pustulata (36), Rhodymenia palmata (36), and Spermothamnion Turneri (35). (3) THE PASSAGE OF WOODS HOLE. The easterly side of the passage of Woods Hole (station 122) off the end of the hook- shaped point of land called Penzance (Long Neck) has a sand and gravel bottom in 4 to 5 fathoms. ‘The following species were found in small quantities: Champia parvula, Dasya elegans, Griffithsia Bornetiana, Grinnellia americana, Phyllophora Brodiei, Polysiphonia migrescens, Rhodomela Rochei, and Seirospora Griffithsiana. The westerly side of the passage off Uncatena Island (station 118) on a bottom of sand and shells showed small quantities of Chordaria flagelliformis, Ceramium rubrum, Chondrus crispus, Cystoclonium purpurascens, and Lomentaria uncinata. Off the entrance to Hadley Harbor (stations 119 and 120) the bottom is sand and mud, and appears to support no algal life. 490 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. The main channel near Hadley Rock (station 121) has a bottom of sand and stones. There was an abundance of Laminaria Agardhu, Agardhiella tenera, Chondrus crispus, and Gracilaria multipartita, together with a few plants of Sargassum Filipendula. Dredgings ‘of previous years have shown that Callithamnion rosewm grows on shells in the narrower portion of the passage (Woods Hole proper), and also Scinaia furcellata. ‘The passage on the south is bordered by ledges, chiefly submerged, and these are covered with heavy growths of alge. The reader may obtain a general idea of the character of the algal life on these rocks bordering the channel from chapter Iv, page 476, ‘‘A Report on the Alge of Spindle Rocks, Woods Hole Harbor,” a small group of rocks (destroyed in the summer of 1905) that formerly lay between Grassy Ledge and Red Ledge. These sub- merged ledges are difficult to study, but detailed examinations of some of them carried on through various seasons of the year would undoubtedly give some interesting results. The algal life on the bottom of the harbor of Woods Hole and in the two ships’ chan- nels that lead into it from Vineyard Sound on either side of Great Ledge is very sparse. The bottom is hard sand and sandy mud, unfavorable for extensive growths of alge. A haul (station 4) inside of Great Ledge in 2 to 5 fathoms over a sandy bottom gave a few plants of Antithamnion cruciatum, Ceramium rubrum, Chondrus crispus, Gracilaria multi- partita, Grinnellia americana, Melobesia Lejolisi (on Zostera), and Phyllophora Brodiei. (4) ROBINSONS HOLE. Robinsons Hole, along the west end of Naushon (stations 20, 21 and 22), has a rich algal flora over a stony bottom in 2 to 3% fathoms. There was an abundance of: Chorda filum, 21 and 22. Desmarestia aculeata, 20, 21 and 22. Desmarestia viridis, 20 and 22. Laminaria Agardii var. vittata, 21. Antithamnion cruciatum, 22. Ceramium fastigiatum, 20. Ceramium rubrum, 20, 21 and 22. Chondrus crispus, 20, 21 and 22. Cystoclonium purpurascens, 20 and 22. In small quantities were found: Cladophora gracilis, 20 and ar. Cladostephus verticillatus, 21. Ectocarpus siliculosus, 21. Laminaria Agardhii, 22. Leathesia difformis, 20. Phyllitis fascia, 22. Ahnfeldtia plicata, 21 and 22. Cystoclonium purpurascens var. cirrhosum, 20 and 22. Hildenbrandia prototypus, 21 and 22. Lithothamnion polymorphum, 2r. Phyllophora Brodizi, 20, 21 and 22. Phyllophora membranifolia, 22. Rhodymenia palmata, 21 and 22. Scinaia furcellata, 2r. Spermothamnion Turneri, 20 Ceramium strictum, 20. Champia parvula, 20, 21 and 22. Corallina officinalis, 20 and ar. Dasya elegans, 21. Lomentaria uncinata, 21 and 22. Polysiphonia fibrillosa, 20. Polysiphonia nigrescens, 20 and 22. Station 23, off the island of Pasque, at the entrance to Robinsons Hole, showed the presence of much Antithamnion cruciatum, Chondrus crispus, Phyllophora membrani- folia, Rhodymenia palmata, and a few plants of Desmarestia aculeata, Desmarestia viridis, and Polystphoma elongata. This flora has a mixed composition including forms characteristic of both the cool- and warm-water sublittoral formations, indicating that the summer conditions of Robin- sons Hole are somewhat midway between those of the open and those of tne sheltered waters of the Sound and Bay. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. AQI (5) QUICKS HOLE. Quicks Hole does not have so luxuriant a vegetation as Robinsons Hole, probably because the bottom is not so rocky. On the easterly side (station 27), along the west end of Pasque, in 4 to 5 fathoms over a rocky bottom, there was a rich growth of Desmavrestia aculeata, Laminaria Agardhiu var. vittata, Callithammion Bailey, Phyllophora Brodiei, Rhodymenia palmata, and a few plants were found of Desmarestia viridis and Cystoclonium purpurascens var. cirrhosum. ‘The westerly side (station 28 and 29) has a sandy bottom in 3 to 5 fathoms, with quite a different vegetation. There were found in abundance Chorda filum (station 29), Desmarestia aculeata (station 29), Desmotrichum undulatum (station 29, on Zostera), Ectocarpus siliculosus (station 29, on Zostera), Melobesia Lejolisii (station 29, on Zostera), and Spermothamnion Turnert. The following were found in small quantities: Chordaria flagelliformis, 29. Cystoclonium purpurascens, 29. Laminaria Agardhii, 28. Hildenbrandia prototypus, 28. Leathesia difformis, 29. Lithothamnion polymorphum, 28. Agardhiella tenera, 28. Polysiphonia elongata, 29. Chondrus crispus, 29. Polysiphonia fibrillosa, 29. Corallina officinalis, 29. Rhodomela subfusca, 29. (6) MENEMSHA BIGHT. ‘A special trip to Menemsha Bight was made on July 17, 1905, in the Genevieve of the Marine Biological Laboratory. Three hauls were taken, (1) at the east end of Menemsha Bight just outside of the fish traps, bottom sandy in 61% fathoms; (2) in the middle region between the fish traps, bottom sandy mud in 514 fathoms; and (3) about three-fourths of a mile offshore at the west end of Menemsha Bight, bottom sandy in 8% fathoms. The following species were recorded: Cheetomorpha Linum, 3, few. Champia parvula, 3, few. Desmarestia viridis, 2, many; 1 and 3, few. Cystoclonium purpurascensvar.cirrhosum, 2,many. Laminaria Agardhii, 1, 2 and 3, few. Hildenbrandia prototypus, 1 and 3, few. Ralfsia clavata, 3, few. Phyllophora Brodizi, 2, few. Sargassum Filipendula, 1, few. Polysiphonia atrorubescens, 2, few. Agardhiella tenera, 1, many. Polysiphonia elongata, 2 and 3, many. Antithamnion cruciatum, 1, few. Polysiphonia fibrillosa, 2, few. Antithamnion plumula, 1 and 2, few. Polysiphonia nigrescens, 1, 2 and 3, very abundant. Callithamnion roseum, 2, few. Seirospora Griffithsiana, 1, 2 and 3, few. Ceramium rubrum, 2, few. Spyridia filamentosa, 1, few. The most remarkable feature of this locality was the great quantity of Polysiphonia nigrescens. ‘The flora of these sheltered waters was clearly representative of the warm- water sublittoral formation, a fact of some interest considering its proximity to Gay Head. An examination in the Blue Wing of the shallow waters of Menemsha Bight, off Lobsterville, on August 9, 1904, showed a bottom of sandy mud in 3 fathoms. Zostera was plentiful in spots and seems to be establishing itself in this region; there was very little present four or five years previous (Vinal Edwards). There were great quanti- ties of Ectocarpus siliculosus as well as Melobesia Lejolisii covering the Zostera, and a few plants of the following were found: Agardhiella tenera, Chondrus crispus, and Cystoclonium purpurascens var. cirrhosum. 492 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. (7) TARPAULIN COVE. Tarpaulin Cove proved interesting in several respects. The westerly side (station 17) has a bottom of sand and gravel in 2% to 4 fathoms, and there was an abundance of Desmarestia viridis and Antithamnion cruciatum, and in small quantities Cladophora gracilis, Agardmella tenera, Antithammon plumula, Callithamnion Baileyi, and Grin- nella americana; the dredge brought up large quantities of Zostera. The upper end of the cove (station 18) in 234 fathoms has a bottom of mud and gravel supporting extensive beds of Zostera, and an abundance of Polysiphonia nigrescens. A line dredged across the entrance of the cove (station 19) showed a muddy bottom with occasional plants of Polysiphoma nigrescens. WHauls made at the entrance nearest the lighthouse, July 18, 1903 (Phalarope), showed the presence of much Setrospora Griffithsiana and small quantities of Desmarestia viridis, Laminaria Agardhi, Agardhiella tenera, Calli- thamnion Batleyr, Ceramium fastigiatum, Ceramium rubrum, Champia parvula, and Grinnellia americana. (8) VINEYARD HAVEN. Station 69 off West Chop, at the entrance to Vineyard Haven, was very rich in alge and especially interesting as a locality for Rhadinocladia Farlowti. The bottom was sand and stones in 3% to 7 fathoms and supported extensive growths of Zostera. There was much of the following: Ralfsia clavata. Hildenbrandia prototypus. Rhadinocladia Farlowii (on Zostera). Lomentaria uncinata. Sphacelaria radicans. Melobesia farinosa. Agardhiella tenera. Melobesia Lejolisii. Antithamnion cruciatum. Phyllophora Brodizi. Callithamnion roseum. Phyllophora membranifolia. Ceramium tenuissimum. Spermothamnion Tumeri. In small quantitles were: Cladostephus vertillatus. Callithamnion corymbosum. Desmotrichum undulatum. Dasya elegans. Ectocarpus confervoides. Lithothamnion polymorphum. Sphacelaria cirrhosa. Polyides rotundus. : Ahnfeldtia plicata. Spyridia filamentosa. Vineyard Haven proper (stations 70, 71, 72, and 7762) presented little variety in its algal life but considerable quantities of certain species. Station 70 in 4 fathoms, with a bottom of stones and Crepidula shells, gave much Agardiuella tenera, Champia parvula,. Grinnellia americana, and Lomentaria uncinata; in small quantities were Rhadinocladia Farlowti (on Zostera), Antithamnion cruciatum, Callithamnion corymbosum, Ceramvum strictum, Ceramium tenuissimum, Hildenbrandia prototypus, Lithothamnion polymor- phum, and Melobesia Lejolisii. Station 71, with a bottom of clam and pecten shells, stones, and mud, in 3% fathoms, gave an abundance of Sphacelaria radicans, Agardh- iella tenera, Champia parvula, Grinnellia americana, Lomentaria uncinata, and Phyllo- phora Brodiewi. Station 72, stones and mud, in 3 to 4 fathoms, showed large quantities of Calothrix conjfervicola, Sphacelaria civrhosa, Agardiuella tenera, Champia parvula, Lomentaria uncinata, Melobesia Lejoliswi, and Spermothamnion Turneri, and a few plants BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 493 of Enteromorpha clathrata, Sphacelaria radicans, Grinnellia americana, and Polystphonia Harveyi. Station 7762, in the middle of Vineyard Haven, had a bottom of mud and shells in 3% to 4 fathoms; there was an abundance of Agardhiella tenera, Champia par- vula, Grinnellia americana, Lomentaria uncinata, and small quantities of Dictyostphon hippuroides, Sargassum Fulipendula, Phyllophora membranifolia, Polysiphoma elongata, Spermothamnion Turneri, and Spyridia filamentosa. The bottom of such a harbor as Vineyard Haven always receives large quantities of drifted alge, some of which are able to vegetate loosely over the bottom; conspicuous among these are Champia parvula, Lomentaria uncinata, and Spermothamnion Turneri. The shallow regions support extensive beds of Zostera marina. Station 7761, off East Chop at the entrance to Vineyard Haven, with a bottom of sand, cinders, and shell fragments in 6 to 7 fathoms, gave much Sargassum Fuilipendula, Sphacelaria cirrhosa, Agardhiella tenera, Callithammion roseum, Champia parvula, Lomen- taria uncinata, Phyllophora membrantfolia, and Spermothamnion Turneri; in small quan- tities were Chordaria flagelliformis, Cladostephus verticillatus, Dictyosiphon hippuroides, Laminaria Agardhii, Chondrus crispus, Griffithsia Bornetiana, Grinnellia americana, Lithothamnion polymorphum, Phyllophora Brodiei, Polyides rotundus, Polysiphoma nigrescens, Rhodymenia palmata, and Spyridia filamentosa. (9) COVE WEST OF CUTTYHUNK NECK. A cove west of Cuttyhunk Neck (station 101) proved to be one of the most interesting stations in Buzzards Bay because of the abundance of Arthrocladia villosa. A special trip was made July 27, 1905, on the Genevieve of the Marine Biological Laboratory, one week after this station was discovered, to determine more precisely the habits of this interesting alga. Four hauls were carried across the entrance of the cove from south- west to northeast in 4 to 5 fathoms. The bottom was sandy, with quantities of large clam shells (Venus mercenaria), mussel shells, and pebbles, to which the Arthrocladia was attached in great abundance. The plants were very large and in full fruit and supplied the set distributed in the Phycotheca Boreali-Americana, fas. D, no. Xxx. Besides the Arthrocladia, there was much Desmarestia aculeata, Laminaria Agardhit var. vittata, Cystocloniwm purpurascens var. cirrhosum, Grinnellia americana, Phyllo- phora Brodiei, and Polysiphonia elongata. In small quantities were found Chorda filum, Desmarestia viridis, Dictyosiphon hippuroides, Ectocarpus siliculosus, Laminaria Agardhit, Antithamnion cruciatum, Callithamnion roseum, Corallina officinalis, Polyides rotundus, and Scinaia jurcellata. (10) THE MIDDLE GROUND. The shallow stretch in Vineyard Sound, known as the Middle Ground (stations 41, 42, and 43), has a bottom of sand and broken shells, 2 to 41% fathoms at station 41, 3% to 6 fathoms at station 42, and 2% to 5 fathoms at station 43. There was no evi- dence of algal life, and it is probably quite safe to say that no alge grow on these banks of shifting sand scoured by tidal currents. 494 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 4, SOME STATISTICS RELATIVE TO THE DISTRIBUTION OF ALG IN BUZZARDS BAY AND VINEYARD SOUND. It is a very difficult matter to make in detail a satisfactory comparison of the algal flora of Woods Hole and its vicinity with those of other coasts, chiefly for the reason that the life conditions are so diverse in different sections of the region and at different seasons that there are in reality several floras to be considered. These have been described in the account of the principal formations which may be distinguished (section i, chapter 111, pages 468-475), but far more must be known of their composition and habits at other seasons of the year than the summer before their limits can be defined with exactness. The general characteristics of the summer flora of the warmer waters of the region, which is a part of the flora of Long Island Sound, are outlined in the introduction to section m1, chapter I, pages 443 and 444. Comparative studies of algal floras are also rendered very difficult because the floras have generally been described more with regard to the variety and number of species than with respect to the quantities of the dominant forms. A comparison of two lists of species may show that a very large proportion, perhaps a majority of the forms, are not the same, and yet when judged quantitatively, i. e., by the total mass of vegetation composed of species common to both, the two floras might be considered as essentially similar. We have examined lists of species published by surveys or from stations on the Scandanavian coast, the Faroes, Denmark, Clyde Sea area, Plymouth, the Irish Sea, Naples, etc., and considered the possibility of drawing up comparative tables of floras, but we must confess that to us there seemed so little promise of satisfactory results that the work was not undertaken. In connection with the zoological data presented in section 1, chapter 111, statistics were tabulated for the distribution of the four classes of alge and of Zostera marina as determined by the dredging operations in Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound. The results of that tabulation are presented below. Of especial interest are the statistics for the quantity of vegetation over three types of bottom: Division A, “‘sand,” including bottoms recorded as pure sand or sand and shells (excluding bottoms containing stones, gravel, or mud); division B, “gravel and stones,” including records which list either of these ingredients singly, or in combination with one another or with sand (excluding bottoms containing mud); division C, ““mud,” including bottoms recorded as of mud, muddy sand, or sandy mud (excluding bottoms containing gravel or stones, but including those in which shells are listed). Finally there is presented a table which lists those species that were of such general distribution as to occur at one-fourth or more of the total number of stations, at one-fourth or more of the stations dredged by the Fish Hawk and Phalarope in both the Bay and Sound, and at one-fourth of the stations of the three types of bottom designated as A, B, and C. These tables follow in the order: outlined above. AVERAGE NUMBER OF GENERA AND SPECIES OF PLANTS TAKEN PER DREDGE HAUL FOR THE 458 STATIONS OF THE REGULAR SERIES. Groups. Genera. Species. Cyrano ply cere ye arse) o:v:stcivts aastel eo etase Rate vieja a cous cate tiene nara sheremcehs Bs sata saponin nial aep he «(ols Sys a (a CLV ate eR ed 0. 004 ©. 004 CHTOrO PHY. Ceara essere vase she o/5aaso.0ye) apa 8 ae ini be ca usa) wave cabal oo) Suef lnte fajahe ie lade attloketelaleoeieks ai scare eisraasis etatare rela seis eerste +09 PHAOPMY COR Ae via alate arereseiasclacesn eivixsetesy|aieow dinrolaie ois alge sipiniora eiplatar uuueretedane ie el lptelwoel ite eyelet ial Teena Ca as teeter one 1-3 PROMO DH Y.CE RE, ji satis yw ety wuaiae ose bls wyojacol iota nim lacus gnatacaas a phabest co my eeatepas marta le PekClateti Jato fol estar ui Meath te hey eel eNE aE Ty 4:3 4.6 ZOSKSTATIATATIA LS, say ae alebs eles Sin shes cuss neva(o]arsyeisiaiatebe Sieralars oop halainlecseatorovetelohel Sra bieauelahetorel sie icles Stee ERI ET ASEM EST ay te Gi BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE.AND VICINITY. 495, AVERAGE NUMBER OF GENERA AND SPECIES OF PLANTS TAKEN PER DREDGE HAUL AT THE Fisu Hawk STATIONS. Vineyard Sound. Buzzards Bay. Groups. Genera. Species. Genera. Species. | | Co ELITR GIS RETESET IS IIOTTAS a CRS OL NO DECC OTE SON Bonne rsa 0. 02 ©. 02 0. 05 0. 05 ARIE PER EID ERS ES SRP sto. oia (a. w/ s\n o crea niotataonsclalvia/eianatatn eee Leia veTae sia Rik wla,ayo,e/ateis/e ajo. 6 “9 1.0 I.t It TOLLE Ely ELS nei Ba RRO ee ISBIRIGE Sie 2 OF cI Cio CBRE eMC Oar omer oe 3-4 3-6 2.8 3-0 ERTIES AER PEAT INT EO teeta Sd ars 6d ac meet oe eee iets el ee dtr eislave tna a een eins ce be oe aos AVERAGE NUMBER OF GENERA AND SPECIES OF PLANTS TAKEN PER DREDGE HAUL AT THE PHALAROPE AND BLuE Wine Srations (INSHORE). Vineyard Sound. Buzzards Bay. Groups. Genera. Species. Genera. Species. MIST EMD EE Eee tot a ec ce SAIS, ae PTE ala ee vieinin (oss ie ai raipa nena to eeiae wesices 0. 03 ON OSE ere ee eerclcl oe aie eeiiee nl) RS eeu ob bwoRnrisisoc on qd pdaotictSbasdanoasoatob acer BapepoGaTeoet 3 3 oO. or PSUR PERL. © nya sce a, Aaya ep aioe che « Sides cinaeo iho Wkble «nucle ter watadeleihe ae 1.8 2.2 I.2 m3 a OU A at Sri wie aia ete cafes ayer oie x te siwsatisenatoiv. a's, oysraitia.o.v ainava al s'aih tervts 7 8.4 4-8 5.2 RFU PRea ATI ERTIEE Hla to Sete cece oa ieee ae ek seers secede a teoalivreiaetseneae 3 3 +2 a AVERAGE NUMBER OF GENERA AND SPECIES OF PLANTS TAKEN AT EACH OF THE FOREGOING GROUPS OF STATIONS, THE CLASSES BEING COMBINED. Stations. Genera. Species. Fish Hawk: : PES MIIELR ROU MEMSASUSD. tate cy F.e fa}. eieiatchele siecle oa iwlatary cuits atepialelere me ncaee Deaereype aia atch -ieiehn det etree 218 4:5 4:7 PRU PAPEETE REL sere ely SiG) a nine he et nl a?cielclel cto tia we, aia malta tnlatdle haa wisid aleve cikibiahate a'e'elvleleibisve oie 66 | 4-0 4-2 Phalarope (and Blue Wing): RUMEN MIRC Chi sea TSKACA PARASITES PM CRIS eae icistute ctarapetatetiw ete’ one visitas Fic ais tete cave i elatadsiehe die. "7 Io. I Ir.3 Buzzards Bay, inshore 90 6.3 6.8 PENOLA RPE: RPE MTS ats cre = hehe CR a Py eT TURE MS SP Sc caeches a SlSMISIS 451 Ser 6.2 AVERAGE NUMBER OF GENERA AND SPECIES OF PLANTS TAKEN UPON BotrToms oF ‘‘SAND,’’ DIVISION A (170 STATIONS). Groups. Genera. Species. 0. 006 0. 006 ox mx reg gl 4-0 4-3 -I I 496 _ BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. AVERAGE NuMBER OF GENERA AND SPECIES OF PLANTS TAKEN Upon Botroms oF ‘‘GRAVEL AND STONES,’ DivisIon B (167 STaTions). Groups. Genera. Species. Chlorophycez rau dedicadya ow BARS CEAM SIM cover oo ava MSMR eras sh ili cancel wy oe rena Hee esd eve ct Ses a APN ef 0. 09 0. 09 B Ed ok: <(0) 0) ch (ela PREM a OR EURO ET A ACIS. nN ae Rate nee Sah mt INO Mae RA ERE a UMMM daha «oG'a id I.2 1.3 IREGAOpA VCE NS Jay oe sehen etal ae clei cke Sisuaha aieha ates arepalene PUT Se ela a goatee oe DME ISO RT 5.6 6.0 PRS CSE iit yols tN AM RMA eara HAAS RAG Soe ma Sete ROR AERA cats oaHa Neabaeaas CUsar ome sea aes Tene of ope AVERAGE NUMBER OF GENERA AND SPECIES OF PLANTS TAKEN Upon Bottoms oF ‘‘Mup,’’ Division ) C (x12 STarTIons). Groups. ; Genera. Species. IPyatiophy cece ae ee alan tape nais Mua BMUOLL cae sd cea ie cies ctaea Lak] Sage ate LLY ee elo ae a ©. 009 ©. 009 (16) 0 £55 oy 0) oh, (6. ce Sg ER RU PA Ua en arg Ue UL a ee aca elt eRe Ae “2 IPHEPOP HY. Ceca cide jet aycass brohdzaielutarotarh Acie apa ate auarateredtce Mints GA eyacereyat v nat ticked eepctstet GUE Ne eG nS Rp ea “9 I.0 18 oXa%0 (0) 0) okt (ech Pin ena Nis Cae eds Se AIOE aS PEN a) ate a di a ee CORN Sen te Ua a aaa 2.8 3-0 PLOSECLA; RATAN fof. hava os 5h chan arch nynaes age. Sse s one sey Begae rel LSPS Totes eS EES akc oss eco EATS ac cl AV egeaev ar +2 +2 SPECIES DREDGED AT ONE-FOURTH OR MORE OF THE STATIONS. [The figures at the top of the columns represent one-fourth of the total number of stations in each group.] wag S 5 17 19 23 43 Bottom 28 Species. Total ‘ish Fish Phala- Phala- | Bottom z B, Bottom etatone: Hawk, Hawk, rope, rope, ; A, 4 gravel iC ae Sound. Bay. Sound. Bay. “sand. and “mud, stones.” Phzophycez: Wesmarestiaacileatawie techs eal here eee oni eeel laaeincbeee BO! [sg oo wiartssieretione Cl Rane RMP A sero cong oncocds0 Phyllophoras Brodizal (ils Ways cis ter eee ion ise Neate eet | eee 47 PAV RG CRANE SOjil rete erent PhyJlophorain enipramito lamer eye een eeen teieenen aieleereereiier: I9 Ye f3h Pay ee eI GO! || ettdlectetete Polyades moti cltasy 04 ie saveniccta scraper liste clacton cial Brae eee tell teva a BIS | is lie ss Pat ciate «: odes alia veueia erecta De Tee Bete Polysiphomia elompatayy, Vs ceva c nevada leitem onion emanate lect iene: Li hiss ahs wteeatle eon Weadel estes See ceil dave vale peasy eee te ie Polysiphoniamigsrescens), swede. caterer ieldeeie eile | Mee netecon ioctl tices Cet eRe os hal AMGIenertr SArOmaBichllvatinoindeac Syorsavalovatvrebsboyel Ahebonyeten duqcauonacooldsauaad dado sacdcnonniloqnaoadesn SOMES ivartore enc recete nee cigs VANE Yimin aston Spermatophyta: LOS LOT ATLA TATA eh (2 esa jase aves tocckch cd avik ote env be ask ake Tete TeTe Al akon olevor ahepa var el| SURE e atone LO [hice ECE Tle pee iets taped ayo weet’ lavas atl Oe POR BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 497 LITERATURE CITED FOR SECTION II. AGaARDH, J. G. 1836. Novitie Flore Suacie ex Algarum familia. Lunde. BERTHOLD, G. 1882. Ueber die Vertheilung der Algen im Golf von Neapel. Mittheilung aus der zoologischen Station zu Neapel, bd. ur. Berlin. BORGESEN, F. 1905. The alge vegetation of the Feréese coasts. Botany of the Ferées, pt. 1, p.683. Copenhagen. ENGELMANN, T. W. 1883. Farbe und Assimilation. Botanische Zeitung, bd. x11, p. 1,17. Berlin. 1884. Untersuchungen iiber die quantitativen Beziehungen zwischen Absorption des Lichtes und Assimilation im Pflanzenzellen. Ibid., bd. xiu, p. 81, 97. Far.ow, W. G. 1873. List of the seaweeds or marine algz of the south coast of New England. Report U. S. Com- mission of Fish and Fisheries, 1871-72, p. 281. Washington. 1881. The marine alge of New England. Ibid., 1879, p. 1-210, pl. 1-xv. Gainuxov, N. rg02. Ueber den Einfluss farbigen Lichts auf die Farbung lebender Oscillarien. Anhang zur Abhandlungen der k6nigliche preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften, bd.v,p.1. Berlin. 1904. Die Farbe der Algen und des Wassers. Hedwigia, bd. xym1, p.96. Dresden. 1906. Die komplementire chromatische Adaptation bei Porphyra und Phormidium. Berichte der deutschen botanischen Gesellschaft, bd. xxiv, p. 1. Berlin. Harvey, W. H. 1852-1857. Nereis Boreali-Americana. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, pt. 1 and u, 1852, pt. m1, 1857. Washington. KJELLMAN, F. R. 1877. Ueber die Algenvegetation des Murmanschen Meeres an der Weskiiste von Nowaja, Semlja, und Wajgatsch. Nova Acta Regie Societatis Scientiarum, ser. m1, Jubelbana, Upsala. 1878. Ueber Algenregionen und Algenformationen im 6stlichen SkagerRack. Bihang till Konglige Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar, bd. v. Stockholm. Napson, G. 1g0o. Die perforierenden (kalkbohrenden) Algen und ihre Bedeutung in der Natur. Scripta botanica Horti Universitatis Imperialis Petropolitanae, fas. xvm, p. 35. OLIMANNS, F. 1892. Ueber Kulturen und Lebensbedingungen der Meeresalgen. Jahrbiicher fiir wissenschaftliche Botanik, bd. xxm, p. 347. Leipzig. PEcK, J. I. 1894. On the food of the menhaden. Bulletin U. S. Fish Commission, vol. xm, 1893, p. 113. Washington. 1896. The sources of marine food. Ibid., vol. xv, 1895, p. 351. RoprfcvEz, J. J. 1888. Algas de las Baleares. Anales de la Sociedad Espaiiola de Historia Natural, t. xvu, p. 311. Madrid. ROSENVINGE, L. K. 1898. Om Algenvegetation ved Grénlands Kyster. Meddelelser om Grénland, bd. xx, p. 131. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt 1—13——32 498 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND ‘AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES ~ * 4% af ToyHead ; CHART 228.—Chetomorpha melagonium (Weber & Mohr) Kiitzing. Present in the deeper and cooler waters off exposed points, such as Gay Head and Cuttyhunk. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 499 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES ?}° 9 NEW BEDFORD@\: ¢ is) CHART 229.—Cladostephus verticillatus (Lightfoot) Agardh. A scattered distribution throughout Vineyard Sound in fairly deep water. 500 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD® Cuart 230.—Arthrocladia villosa (Hudson) Duby. This species, formerly considered rather rare, is widely distributed and at certain stations even plentiful. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 501 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF ms NEW BEDFORD@\ °o| g i) \ % CHART 231.—Desmarestia aculeata (Linnzus) Lamouroux. This large species is almost restricted to the deeper and cooler waters of the lower portion of ' Buzzards Bay and westerly portion of Vineyard Sound. BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. on (o) ’» CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY: SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 0 NEW BEDFORD® Q CHART 232.—Desmarestia viridis (Flora Danica) Lamouroux. Presents a much more extended range than Resmarestia aculeata (chart 231), being found in warmer regions of Vineyard Sound as well as in the cooler waters. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 503 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING ' DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 0 NEW BEDFORD@® , * - Gay Head CHART 233.—Dictyosiphon hippuroides (Lyngbye) Areschoug. A scattered distribution in both Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound. 504 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD® CuHart 234.—Chorda filum (Linnzus) Stackhouse. This species, very common in quiet shallow waters, is also widely distributed in the deeper waters of both Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 505 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 9 0 NEW BEDFORD® ; a ss) CHART 235.—Laminaria Agardhii Kjellman. Widely distributed in the lower portion of Buzzards Bay and throughout Vineyard Sound, pre- ferring the cooler waters. 506 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF - VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES mw NEW BEDFORD@\°o ES Q i) Cart 236.—Laminaria Agardhii, var. vittata Setchell. This characteristic form of the species (chart 235) is almost restricted to the cooler waters of the lower portion of Buzzards Bay and the westerly portion of Vineyard Sound. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 507 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES rs) NEW BEDFORD@ % PS 8 S \ CHART 237.—Laminaria digitata (Linnzus) Lamouroux. Local distribution limited to the cooler waters off exposed points, as at Gay Head. 508 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND Ww“ fe AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES S 5d x 2\ 9 NEW BEDFORD@\ ¢ Se ae ae CHART 238.—Sargassum Filipendula Agardh. Abundant and almost restricted to the warmer and more sheltered regions of Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 509 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 9 NEW BEDFORD®@ \ ? 8 CHART 239.—Antithamnion cruciatum (Agardh) Nageli. Widely distributed in both Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound over stony bottoms that support extensive growths of Chondrus, Phyllophora, and Polyides, upon which it is a common epiphyte. 510 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND CHART 240.—Ceramium rubrum (Hudson) Agardh. This very common species of the shallow sublittoral zone is also abundant and widely distributed in the deeper waters. : BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 511 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF. SPECIE NEW BEDFORD® CHART 241.—Griffithsia Bornetiana Farlow. Local distribution almost restricted to the warmer waters of Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound. 512 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY “SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF e. CHart 242.—Griffithsia tenuis Agardh. Only found in the warm and sheltered portions of Buzzards Bay, where it forms large patches loosely attached over sandy and muddy bottoms. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 513 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 243.—Plumaria elegans (Bonnemaison) Schmitz. Local distribution limited to the cooler waters off exposed points, as at Gay Head and Cuttyhunk. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt 133 514 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 244.—Spermothamnion Turneri (Mertens) Areschoug. This striking epiphyte is widely distributed in both Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound over bottoms that support growths of Chondrus, Phyllophora, and Polyides. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 515 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND ke 9 BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 245.—Spyridia filamentosa (Wulfen) Harvey. Widely distributed in both Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound, but preferring the warmer waters of the more sheltered portions. 516 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND YU BUZZARDS BAY AS SHOWING mi DISTRIBUTION OF ees NEW BEDFORD@ \ 0 CHart 246.—Polysiphonia elongata (Hudson) Harvey. Prefers the cooler waters of the lower portion of Buzzards Bay and the westerly portion of Vineyard Sound, but presents a somewhat scattered distribution. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 517 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 247.—Polysiphonia nigrescens (Dillwyn) Greville. A species abundant and widely distributed, growing on stones and shells frequently over muddy bottoms, which accounts for its presence in the middle regions of Buzzards Bay. BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING + DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CuarT 248.—Polysiphonia variegata (Agardh) Zanardini. Restricted to the warmer waters of sheltered regions and only dredged by the Survey in Buzzards Bay. BIOLOGICAI, SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 519 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 249.—Ahnfeldtia plicata (Turner) Fries. Prefers the cooler waters off exposed points. 520 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@®! Cuart 250.—Chondrus crispus (Linnzeus) Stackhouse. Widely distributed over sandy, shelly, and stony bottoms. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 521 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND ANO BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING CHART 251.—Phyllophora Brodizi (Turner) J.-Agardh. Very generally distributed throughout Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound but most abundant in exposed situations. 522 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD® Cuart 252.—Phyllophora membranifolia (Goodenough & Woodward) J. Agardh. As widely distributed as Phyllophora Brodiai (chart 251) but apparently showing a preference for more sheltered regions. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 523 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZZARDS BA SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@\ ‘¢ g AN) * S =: was HS a ( * Gay Head a CuHarT 253.—Agardhiella tenera (J. Agardh) Schmitz. A very common and widely distributed species which, however, prefers warm and sheltered waters. 524 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SQUND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 254.—Cystoclonium purpurascens (Hudson) Kiitzing. A scattered distribution in both Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound, BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 525 GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES 9 NEW BEDFORD® %@ CHarT 255.—Cystoclonium purpurascens var. cirrhosum Harvey. This form of the species (chart 254) shows a marked preference for the cooler waters of the lower portion of Buzzards Bay and the westerly portion of Vineyard Sound. 526 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING’ DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 256.—Champia parvula (Agardh) Harvey. One of the most widely distributed algze of the region but preferring warmer and sheltered waters. Nee a ie BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 527 GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD® CHART 257.—Lomentaria rosea (Harvey) Thuret. Restricted to the cooler waters off the exposed points of Gay Head and Cuttyhunk. 528 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@® CHART 258.—Lomentaria uncinata Meneghini. In striking contrast to Lomentaria rosea (chart 257) this species is almost restricted to the warmer sheltered waters of Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound, where it is widely distributed. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 529 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES eas NEW BEDFORD® CHART 259.—Rhodymenia palmata (Linnzus) Greville. A characteristic species of the cooler waters of the lower portion of Buzzards Bay and westerly por- tion of Vineyard Sound. 16269°—Bull. 31, pt 1—13——34 530 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING CHART 260.—Delesseria sinuosa (Goodenough & Woodward) Lamouroux. A striking species practically restricted to the lower portion of Buzzards Bay and westerly portion of Vineyard Sound. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 531 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND ANO BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING * x NEW BEDFORD@\ °c Q : * Qy' \ * * *« * CHART 261.—Grinnellia americana (Agardh) Harvey. This species is almost universally distributed throughout Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound, but prefers the warmer and more sheltered waters. 532 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY ‘SHOWING. DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@! CuHartT 262.—Polyides rotundus (Gmelin) Greville. Presents a scattered distribution in Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound over sandy, shelly, and stony bottoms. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 533 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 263.—Corallina officinalis Linnzus. As dredged by the Survey the species shows a marked preference for the cooler waters off exposed points, as at Gay Head and Cuttyhunk. 534 GHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NEW BEDFORD@ \°e CHART 264.—Hildenbrandia prototypus Nardo. A scattered distribution in both Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 535 CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES LARD i CHART 265.—Lithothamnion polymorphum (Linnzus) Areschoug. Widely distributed in both Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound. 536 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART OF VINEYARD SOUND AND BUZZARDS BAY SHOWING DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES CHART 266.—Zostera marina Linneus. This common spermatophyte of the shallow waters presented a scattered distribution, but was unusually abundant off Marthas Vineyard. eS ee ee ee BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 537 CHART 267.—Distribution of alge on Spindle Rocks, March 17, 1905. All the rocks were perfectly bare above low-water mark (the dotted line), having been scraped clean during the winter by floating ice. Algz were present below low water only in positions where they were protected from contact with the ice. The number of species on the rocks was small in com- parison with other seasons of the year, and limited to those that may grow at some depth. It is interesting to compare the rocks above low-water mark, now entirely bare, with the conditions on December 30, two and one-half months previous (chart 274), for at that date the rocks were covered by growths of Cladophora lanosa var. uncialis (11), Phyllitis fascia (24), and Scyiosiphon lomentarius (26). The first zone of algze was well below low water and was composed of Ceramium rubrum (43), and Chon- drus crispus (49), the last extending into deeper water. Somewhat away from the rocks or between them were groups of Laminaria Agardhti (33), and occasional growths of Phyllitis fascia (24) and Scyto- siphon lomentarius (26) were present. List of species: Ulva Lactuca, 4, few on Chondrus; Cladophora lanosa, 10; Ectocarpus siliculosus, 19, on Scytosiphon; Phyllitis fascia, 24, few; Scytosiphon lomentarius, 26, few; Laminaria A gardhii, 33, groups in deep water; Porphyra laciniata, 37, occasional; Callithamnion Baileyi, 41, on Ceramium,; Ceramium rubrum, 43, abundant; Chondrus crispus, 49, abundant. 538 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART 268.—Distribution of algee on Spindle Rocks, April 22, 1905. Rocks still very bare above low-water mark, where they were scraped clean during the winter by floating ice. Cladophora lanosa var. uncialis (11) formed a green fringe on certain rocks near low-water mark (the dotted line), with the brown alge Phyllitis fascia (24) and Scytosiphon lomentarius (26) begin-. ning to appear lower down; this rather imperfect brown zone was composed of young growth and was not very conspicuous at this date. Well below low water were growths of the conspicuous red alge Polysiphoma urceolata (47) and Chondrus crispus (49). List of species: Cladophora lanosa var. uncialis, 11, very abundant; Ectocarpus ecidioides, 13, on old Laminaria; Ectocarpus fasciculatus, 15, abundant on larger alge; Ectocarpus ovatus, 17, on mussel shells; Ectocarpus penicillatus, 18, very abundant on larger alge; Sorocarpus uveformis, 21, on mussel shells; Desmotrichum balticum, 22, mixed with Scytosiphon; Desmotrichum undulatum, 23, mixed with Scytosiphon; Phyllitis fascia, 24, young growth on rocks; Scytosiphon lomentarius, 26, young growth on rocks; Desmarestia viridis, 27, many young plants; Chordaria flagelliformis, 28, young plants; Chorda tomentosa, 32; Laminaria Agardhii, 33; Acrochetium virgatulum, 39,0n Ceramium,; Ceramium rubrum, 43; Polysiphonia urceolata, 47, abundant; Chondrus crispus, 49, abundant. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 539 18 “136 $5 ’ . tll eer", fe ff Z Pyramid Rock CuHaART 269.—Distribution of alge on Spindle Rocks, May 22, 1905. The rocks at this date presented a characteristic algal flora of the spring at its full development. There was not much change in the species since April 22 (chart 268), but a large increase in the quantity of vegetation. Cladophora lanosa var. uncialis (11) was still the dominant green alga, but Enteromorpha intestinalis (7) had begun to appear; these two species extended the green zone much higher up on the rocks than where it was a month previous (chart 268). The brown zone at low-water mark (the dotted line) and just below, composed chiefly of Ectocarpus penicillatus (18), Phyllitis fascia (24), Scytosiphon lomentarius (26), and Chordaria flagelliformis (28), was also broader and more evident. Polysiphonia urceolata (47) formed a conspicuous red zone below the brown, with extensive growths of Chondrus crispus (49) extending into deeper water. List of species: Enteromorpha intestinalis, 7, young plants; Cladophora lanosa var. uncialis, 11, abundant; Ectocarpus fasciculatus, 15, abundant on larger alge; Ectocarpus penicillatus, 18, abundant on larger alge; Sorocarpus uveformis, 21, few on mussel shells; Desmotrichum balticum, 22, few mixed with Scytosiphon; Desmotrichum undulatum, 23, few mixed with Scytosiphon; Phyllitis fascia, 24, very abun- dant; Punctaria plantaginea, 25, few; Scytosiphon lomentarius, 26, abundant; Desmarestia viridis, 27, very abundant; Chordaria flagelliformis, 28, much; Chorda tomentosa, 32, abundant; Laminaria Agardhii, 33; Ceramium rubrum, 43, abundant; Polysiphonia urceolata, 47, abundant; Polysiphonia violacea, 48, few; Chondrus crispus, 49, abundant. 540 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. Pyramid Rock B. Ht. Davis, det. CHART 270.—Distribution of algze on Spindle Rocks, June 29, 1905. The character of the vegetation on the rocks had greatly changed from that of May 22 (chart 269), and marked the beginning of the characteristic summer flora and the end of the spring season. A green zone on the upper parts of the rocks was composed chiefly of Ulothrix implexa (3), Ulva Lactuca var.. rigida (5), and Enteromorpha intestinalis (7); Cladophora lanosa var. uncialis, formerly so abundant and conspicuous, had entirely disappeared. The brown zone near low-water mark (the dotted line) was composed almost entirely of Scytosiphon lomentarius (26), and Chordaria flagelliformis (28); Phyllitis fascia (24) was only represented by afew old plants, and Ectocarpus penicillatus had disappeared. Poly- siphonia urceolata, so plentiful throughout the spring, was no longer present, but Polystphonta violacea (48) was abundant and with Ceramium rubrum (43) formed a fringe around the rocks a little below low- water mark with Chondrus crispus (49) in deeper water. Nemalion multifidum (40) had begun to appear at and above low-water mark. List of alge: Calothrix scopulorum, 1, in small patches; Ulothrix implexa, 3, covering the top of III, VI, and Pyramid Rock; Ulva Lactuca var. rigida, 5, abundant young growths; Enteromorpha intestt- nalis, 7, much; Codiolum gregarium, 10, abundant on barnacles; Phyllitis fascia, 24, few old plants; Punctaria plantaginea, 25, few; Scytosiphon lomentarius, 26, abundant; Chordaria flagelliformis, 28, very abundant; Chorda filum, 31; Laminaria Agardhiz, 33, scattered plants; Laminaria A gardhu var. vittata, 34, small group; Nemalion multifidum, 40, young growth; Ceramium rubrum, 43, few; Polystphonia violacea, 48, abundant; Chondrus crispus, 49, abundant. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. 541 Cart 271.—Distribution of alge on Spindle Rocks, July 22, 1905. The only conspicuous green alga was Ulva Lactuca var. rigida (5), now full grown and forming large patches on some of the rocks. There was a very well-defined brown zone just below low-water mark (the dotted line) composed of Chordaria flagelliformis (28) and old Scytosiphon lomentarius (26). Ecto- carpus confervoides (14) was plentiful on the Chordaria and Scytosiphon. Phyllitis fascia had disappeared. Nemalion multifidum (40) fringed most of the rocks at low-water mark, and below was a characteristic red zone of Polysiphonia violacea (48) and Ceramium rubrum (43) mixed with the Chordaria, and with Chon- drus crispus (49) abundant from 1-5 feet below low water. List of alge: Calothrix scopulorum, 1, small patches on barnacles and rocks; Rivularia atra, 2, on barnacles; Ulothrix implexa, 3,on Pyramid Rock; Ulva Lactuca var. rigida, 5, abundant on tops of rocks; Enteromorpha intestinalis, 7, few patches; Cladophora gracilis, 9, few tufts; Codiolum gregarium, 12, on barnacles; Ectocarpus confervoides, 14, abundant on Chordaria and Scytosiphon; Scytosiphon lomentarius, 26, much old growth; Chordaria flagelliformis, 28, abundant; Mesogloia divaricata, 29, few patches; Chorda filum, 31, large patches; Laminaria Agardhii, 33, few groups; Fucus vesiculosus, 35, few plants; Nemalion multifidum, 40, abundant; Ceramium rubrum, 43, abundant; Chondria dasyphylla, 44, few plants; Polysiphonia violacea, 48, abundant; Chondrus crispus, 49, abundant. s 542 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CHART 272.—Distribution of algee on Spindle Rocks, September 2, 1905. The rocks on September 2 presented an aspect similar to that on July 22 (chart 271) with some features, however, more pronounced. The prevailing green alga was Ulva Lactuca var. rigida (5) form- ing large patches on the tops of rocks. The most conspicuous brown algz were Chordaria flagelliformis (28), growing in large masses, sometimes as a zone below low-water mark (the dotted line), and old Scytosiphon lomentarius (26) forming patches higher upon the rocks. The most conspicuous zone (much more pronounced than in chart 271) was that near low-water mark composed of Ceramium rubrum (43) and Polysiphonia violacea (48). There was much less Nemalion multifidum (40), which, however, formed a zoneonrocks V, VII, and VIII. Chondrus crispus (49) was plentiful in deeper water below the Chordaria. List of alge: Calothrix scopulorum, 1, small patches on barnacles and rocks; Rivularia atra, 2, on barnacles; Ulva Lactuca var. rigida, 5, plentiful on tops of rocks; Enteromorpha crinita, 6, few plants; Enteromorpha prolifera, 8, few plants; Ectocarpus confervoides, 14, on old plants of Scytosiphon; Ecto- carpus fasciculatus, 15, abundant on Chordaria and Chorda; Scytosiphon lomentarius, 26, patches of old plants; Chordaria flagelliformis, 28, abundant; Chorda filum, 31, large patches; Laminaria Agardhii, 33, occasional plants; Fucus vesiculosus, 35, scattered plants; Porphyra laciniata, 37, scattered plants; Nema- lion multifidum, 40, abundant; Callithamnion Baileyi, 41, many on Chordaria; Callithamnion corym- bosum, 42, many on Chordaria; Ceramium rubrum, 43, very abundant; Dasya elegans, 45, occasional plants; Polysiphonia violacea, 48, very abundant; Chondrus crispus, 49, ate Champia parvula, 50, occasional on Chordaria and rocks. BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF WOODS HOLE AND VICINITY. | 543 CHART 273.—Distribution of algee on Spindle Rocks, September 19, 1904. This chart is introduced to show variations that may be present in the algal life on the same rocks at the same season but in different years. It should be compared with chart 272, plotted September 2, 1905. The charts agree in having Ulva Lactuca var. rigida (5) as the conspicuous green alga on the tops of the rocks. There was no Chordaria flagelliformis this season and consequently no zone of brown alge, although Scytosiphon lomentarius (26) grew in scattered patches. Nemalion multifidum (40) formed a zone of thick growth above low-water mark (the dotted line) on rocks III, VII, VIII, and Pyramid Rock. The most conspicuous zone was below low water and composed of Ceramium rubrum (43) and Polysiphonia fibrillosa (46). The Polysiphonia fibrillosa, which was not present at all in 1905, this season took the place of Chordaria flagelliformis and Polysiphonia violacea (48), usually abundant, but scattered plants of the latter were present. Chondrus crispus, as usual, was abundant, extending into deeper water below the Polysiphonia. List of species: Ulva Lactuca var. fa 5, abundant; Scytosiphon lomentarius, 26, patches on rocks; Chorda filum, 31, large beds; Laminaria Agardhii, 33, scattered patches; Fucus vesiculosus, 35, scattered plants, Sargassum Filipendula, 36, few plants; Nemalion multifidum, 40, abundant; Ceramium rubrum, 43, abundant; Polysiphonia fibrillosa, 46, very abundant, fringing rocks just below low-water; Polysi- Phonia violacea, 48, few; Chondrus crispus, 49, abundant. 544 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. CuHarT 274.—Distribution of alge on Spindle Rocks, December 30, 1904. This chart plots the vegetation on the rocks in the winter before the upper parts are scraped clean by floating ice. In the series of charts it shows the conditions two and one-half months before those pre- sented on chart 267. ‘The prevailing green alga was Cladophora lanosa var. uncialis (11), present on the upper portions of every rock above low-water mark (the dotted lines). Near low-water mark was a brown zone of Phyllitis fascia (24) and Scytosiphon lomentarius (26). Phyllitis fascia, which disappears in the summer, had returned in abundance. Below low water was a red zone of Ceramium rubrum (43), very plentiful, and in deeper water was the ever-present Chondrus crispus (49). Polysiphonia fibrillosa (46), so abundant September 19 (chart 273), had almost disappeared, and there wasno Polysiphonia violacea, gen- erally characteristic of thesummer. Only a few plants of Nemalion multifidum (40) remained. List of algee: Calothrix scopulorum, 1, patcheson the top of Pyramid Rock; Ulva Lactuca var. rigida, 5, bases of old plants; Enteromorpha intestinalis, 7, few scattered plants; Cladophora lanosa var. uncialis, 11, abundant on the top of every rock; Ectocarpus granulosus, 16, abundant on Sargassum and other large algee below low-water; Ectocarpus tomentosus, 20, abundant on larger alge below low-water; Phylhitis fascia, 24, abundant above low-water; Scytosiphon lomentarius, 26, very abundant above low- water; Myrionema corunne, 30, on Laminaria; Laminaria Agardhit, 33, many old plants; Fucus vesicu- losus, 35, few scattered plants; Sargassum Filipendula, 36, few young plants; Porphyra laciniata, 37, scattered plants; Acrochetium secundatum, 38, on Porphyra; Acrochetium virgatulum, 39, on Ceramium; Nemalion multifidum, 40, few plants; Ceramium rubrum, 43, very abundant; Polysiphonia fibrillosa, 46, few plants; Chondrus crispus, 49, abundant. O ly « Pea) oat ‘sigat Yi